COMPARATIVE 



ENGLISH-GERMAN 
GRAMMAR 



BASED ON THE 



AFFINITY 



OF THE 



TWO LANGUAGES 



BY 



EL.IAS FEISSNER, 
(of University of Munich) 
UNION COLLEGE. 




SCHENECTADY. 

G. Y. VAN DE BOaERT, 



18 5 3. 






Entered according to Act of Congress in the year Eighteenhundred 
and fifty three, by Elias Peissner, in the Clerk's Office of the North- 
ern District of New York, 



JOHN WEBER, Printer, 
58 Chatham Street, New York. 



//*/ 



/7f 
PREFACE. 

The following are the principles, deduced from the au- 
thor's experience in teaching the German language, which 
have guided him in the preparation of this new introduction 
to the study of German. 

\. The mind can most easily grasp one thing at a time. 

# Therefore for him who learns a foreign language, unity 

of attention must be preserved. Only one point at a 

time must be presented, and it must be immediately 

illustrated by examples and exercises 

2. He who learns a foreign language from a grammar, has 
of course already some knowledge of another language, 
and another grammar, namely his own. Naturally 
he will express his ideas in the new language in a form 
as similar as possible to his own. Therefore the study 
of the new tongue must be comparative and guided 
(where it is possible) by laws based less on its own 
structure than on its relation to the other language, 

3 . In order therefore to preserve this unity of attention and 
to make the comparative study as easy as can be, this 
grammar is based upon the affinity of English and Ger~ 
man. It presents to the English student his own word 
as it were, and shows him the changes which this word 



IV 

has to undergo in inflection and position in the Germarj 
tongue. He is not obliged to be learning at the same 
time a new word and a new principle, but he applies the 
latter to words already known or easily recognized by 
him, and his mind is then free to learn in due season a 
new vocabulary. 

4. Principles — that is, answers to the questions asked by 
even the youngest student "why something is so or so" — ■ 
11 whether it can be imitated in a similar case 1 '* — are here 
constantly presented and reduced to their simplest form. 

5. Every one desires to begin to read as soon as possible 
the language which he is learning. Therefore immedia- 
tely after the second part is given a selection of interest- 
ing sentences in which occur only principles already 
known, and thus the attention can be directed to etymo- 
logy. No derivative word of any difficulty is introduced, 
without showing its origin and the manner of forming it, 
immediately illustrated by examples. 

6. Each division of this reading-matter is followed by a 
Conversation with only such words as have just been given, 
in order to fix in the memory those words especially 
which are most frequently used in conversation. 

1. Theory and practice are logically inseparable, and this 
law has been followed in this grammar ; but neither the 
old school with its insufficient practice nor the new one 
without system — neither the one which begins with the 
article and ends with interjections, nor the one which 
begins with "Yes Sir" and has no end — is adhered to. 



ARRANGEMENT OF THE WORK. 



Part X. 
Chiefly occupied with the most simple, natural and neces- 
sary mode of expressing an idea (Subject, Object, Genders, 
Pesonal Pronouns, Yerbs &c. in their simplest forms). 

Part XX. 

Relating to the manner of defining and modifying senten- 
ces. (Demonstrative and Possessive Pronouns, Adverbs 
&c.) 

Part XXX. 

Treating of the compound sentences. (Sentences with 
two Verbs, Subordinate Clauses &c.) 

Part XV. 

Advanced Reading and Conversation. (Pieces selected 
for beauty, simplicity and practical Use as: Poems of Gcethe, 
Schiller &c, a Tale and Letters of Koerner, a part of a 
Comedy of Kcerner &c, a Ballad of Buerger &c. ) 

Part V. 

Systematic Classification of all Paradigms of Articles, 
Pronouns, Nouns, Verbs &c. 

Part VI. 

Dictionary of the words used in the Reading lessons. 



vt 



Advice to the Student, 

I. Learn the pronunciation so that 

1) you can pronounce the word if you see it, 

2) that you can spell the word if you hear it. 

For this purpose there is given a selection of all pos- 
sible combinations of sounds, beginning with the 
easiest. If you pronounce well all those words, you 
will have no farther difficulty as to pronunciation. 

II, Translate the English exercises into German and 
write the translation in English letters ; you will thus 
see better the similiarity of the words. 

III. Copy out all the German Exercises in order to impress 
them on your memory. 

IV. If you wish to learn how to write with German letters, 
begin from the fourth part to copy the exercises in 
German conversation in imitation of the letters in the 
frontispiece of this volumne. 

V» Translate all sentences as literally as possible, this 
being now generally acknowledged to be the best way 
of learning a foreign idiom. 

VI. If you. wish to find at any time all that has reference 
to one particular point, look in the systematic index. 

Union College, Schenectady, September 1853. 



VII 



SYSTEMATIC INDEX. 



(NB. Numbers alone refer to the No l s, into which the work is divided, 
p. = page.) 

J2. 

Preliminaries. 

JF. Pronunciation, p. 1 to 8. 

11. Points of resemblance between German and English pp. 9, 10, It. 

///. Accent, No. 160. 

Formation of Words. 

J. Prefixes (85. 5.) 

be, 85, 5,6; miMli,3. 

ent, tm\> 107, 6-110, 2. un, 85, 3. 

er, 85, 3. »ec, 86, 1. 

ge, 45, 1. $er, 149, II, a. 

If. Finals, 

1. Substantives. (83, 5.) 

$en, 43, 1. lent, 43, 1. 

e, 55, 1. ling, 105, 6- 

ei, 138, 5-160, 1, 1. nig, 108, 1. 

er, 147, 2. fcfjaft, 106, 6. 

Ijtit, 83, 5. tf)um, 84, 7. 

in, 12. ung, 83, 9, 
feit, 86, 6. 

2. Adjectives. 

bar, 108, 2. icfyt, 84, 2. 

en, evn, 159, 3. if*, 107, 2, 

fa#, 110, 6. tid), 86, 3. 

fcaft, 105, 2. fam, 84, 6, 

tg, 84, 2-99, 1. 
///. Changes of letters. 

1. Modifying of vowels. 15, 2-60-97, 2-P.XII, 1-,P.XIII,CU, &. 

2. Elision of " e". 32, 2—57, 3—128, 5—130, 4. 
8, Insertion of "t". 110,2. 



VIII 



€. 

Parts of Speech. 

/. Articles. 

1. Def. art. (and words declined like it) Parad. I, 1. 3. 

2. " " for the rel. pron. 70, 1, 2. 

3. " " forthedem. pron. 71, 1— 102, 3— 99, 2. 

4. |i „ where none in English 83, I. 

5,. Indef. art. (& words declined like it) Par. I, 2, 3, 
6. „ „ alone 71, I* 
17. Substantives,. 

1. Declension. 

a) Common Nouns Par. II, 1. 
Regul. Masc. Sing. 14—20—24. 

« Fern. Sing. 15—21—25. 
*< Neut. Sing. 15—20-24. 
", Plurals 58, 2. 
Irreg. Sing. 74—111, 6—154, 2—129, 9. 
<« Plur. 59 toai— 112 to 118— 149,Iir,2 — 157, 5. 

b) Proper Nouns Par, II, 2—147. 3—129, 6 — 144, 1— 
130, 6. 

2. Gender^ 

a) In general 8 to 10—120, 1, Rem.— 42* 

b) Masc. 105, 6. 

Fern. 12-41, 2-55, 1-S3, 5, 9-86,(6-106, 6-108, 1-138, 5. 
Neut. 84, 7—87, 2—157, 5. 

3. Use of Cases. 16.1—131, 5—138, 2-129, 3. 
III. Adjectives. 

h Declension. 

a) with no declinable word preceding 56 — 83, 12. 

b) " the def. art. preceding 72. 

c) " the indef. art. " 73. 

d) " the pers. pron. " 153, 1. 

e) two adjectives 129, 8—149, I, T. 

f ) adjectives used as subst. 74, 1, 2. 

2. Comparison. 

a) Regular 97. 

b) Irreg. 98, 3—115—134, 6. 

3. Governement 161. 



IX 

IV. Pronouns. 

1. Demonst. 56, 1—58—98, 2. 

2. Rei. 56, 1—70—58—152, 8—98. 2. 

3. Poss. 57—58—71, 1—99. 

4. Inter. P. IV, 4. 

5. Pers. P, IV, 5—3—27—140, 1— Omitted 152, 2—159, 1. 

6. Reflex. 100—146, 1. 

V. Numerals P. V. 

VI. Prepositions'?. VI. 

Single Prep, see Index E. 

VII. Adverbs. 

1. From adj. and numerals 65—119, 4 — 132, 1. 

2. From Subst. 131, 5. 

3. Compounds P. VII. 

4. Expletive Particles 126, 4—18. 
VIII Cony motions. 

1. General effect 103. 

2, Omission of, 106, 1. 

IX. Interjections P. IX. 

X. Verbs, 

1. Inflection 31 to 36—51—85, 5—104. 

2. Use of Tenses 

a) Pres. 5—32, 2—150, 4. , 

b) Future 36, 3—90, 2—130, 7. 

c) Imp. and Perf. 37—144, 4. 

3. Use of Moods 

a) Subj. in general 125, 4-135, 8—142, 1. Impf. 95. 

b) Inf. 88—151, 3—125, 7—87, 2. 

c) Past Part. 134, 6—74, 1, 2—155, 6. 

4. Use of Passive 104—146, 1. 

5. Use of auxiliary verbs 

~ a) fjafcen and fetn 80, 2— 40— 122, 2. 
b) the others 89 to 95 (Index E;. 

6. Use of refl. verbs 100—146, I. 

7. Use of Impers. verbs 16 1, IV. 2, b. 

8. Compound verbs 63—64—134, 1. 

9. Government 161. 

n. 

Position of Words. 

/. Principal sentences. 

1. Subject 4—128, 1. 

2. Possessive 22—23-141, 2. 



3-. Objectives 26—85, 1—19. 

4. Verb 39-36, 2-4-66-88, 6-89-138, 3. 

5. Words modifying the verb 52 to 64—67—68—91, 3—129,1. 

6. Inversion 101, 

//. Subordinate sentences 102, 1—103, 1, 2, 3 - 127, 4. 
Ill Two sentences relatively 103, 4, 5 128, 6. 



Peculiarities 

51b, 2lb enb 84, 1 

abet 69, 1, 2— Cpds. 107, 2 

abnefjnten 119, 3' 

W^ieb 151, 6 

Slbtl)un ftrf) 154, 3 

ache 119, 2 

m, att^ier 156, 1 

anfangen 84, 4 

anfdjtagen 156, 3 

anfef)en 85, 5—141, 3: 

any, some, 29 — 71, 3. 

and) 12d, 3 

ctiif 28-87, 3—132, 1 

aufmacfcen 87, 3— fid; 155, 7 

auferfHen 124, 2 

auftreten, Stufttitt 150, 1 

augmacfyen 84, 8. 

aitf?fef)en 130, 5 

au$$iel)en 119, <£ 

beftnben 129, 5 

befotylen 133, 2 

bet 54, 1 

beibeS 107, 2 

93eifptet 86, 5 

93eFannter 150, 3 

beFommen, etbatten etc. 140, III 

belaubt 107, 4 

betragen 85, 5 

bi* 134, 3 

btctben, 151, 3 

Sogen 76 

bofe 119, 1 

but 6.9, 1, 2 



of single words, 

ba 121, 1— Cpds. P. VIE 
bav86,l 
baran 110, 2 
£>afein, 106, 4 
bauent 130, 1 
bem 136, 1 
benn 126, 4 
£)trne 132, 7 
do 6-37 
bcc$, 18 

biirfen 92-96, 1, 2, 3; 
burcfylaufen, 134, t 
(^tg.eia 105, 1 
eigentlicfc 135, 3 
em 75, 1— Cpd. 86, 6 
mmal 128, 5 
empjtnben 110, 2 
eutbecfen, 10', 6 
erfennen, 85, 3 
ed 111, 4-101, 2-98, 1-127, 7 

—32, 4 Ex. 
fasten, 82, 1—155, 1 
fe^ten 130, 9 
fcrtfa()veu 155, 1 
%xau, Sraulein 79, 2 
. 1 freuen (ftd) auf) 127, l-imp.109,5 
geben refl. 106, 4— imp. Ill, 4— 

161,IV.2.b.-151,2 
©ebcid&tnig 111, 1 
gebenFen 128, 3 
gefaUen, 109, 6 
©efveiter, 150, 5, 
©egenjknb 87, 3 



XL 



gegenuber 125, 3 

geben 82, 1 imp. 129, 5 

geifh*etd& 106, 6 

gerne80, 1-91, 1-131, 3 

gefcfyeben, 135, 7 

gctttob 152, 7 

graut, 156, 6 

gut 129, 4 

fatten 137, 1 

$er, 48 Cpd. 

£err 30-79 

I;eute 84, 1 

$tn 48—153, 3 

*oc& 77, 3 

£6&el41,5 

ja 30-126, 4-130, 2 

Semanb 109, 2 

ttjnen 27 

% 57, 4—128, 2 

immer 146, 2 

in 28-38 

intoenbig 121, 2 

irgenbtoo 130, 8 

fein 57, 1-58, 1-71, 1 

tftnb 122, 3 

Hetn 78, 2 

fonnen 89,-96, 1, 2 

fommen 155, 6 

laffen 133, 1—151, 6 

£eben3art 111, 2 

Seuie 76, 1 

iteb 127, 2 

lieber 119, 4 

liegen imp. 138, 4 

Sflabam 79, 2 

man 110, 1 

may, might 96, 2 

md}x 98, 4, 5 

mevfcn 135, 2 

mtr 145, 1 

mtt ellipt. 157, 3 

mogen 91—95—96, 1, 2 



more 98, 4, 5 

muff en 94-96, 1 

mutt) 143, 5 

mad) 38-52 

tt'atfitttt* 143, 4 

nid)t 66 to 68 

nidjt war)*: 131, 7 

nie 78, 1 

CTCtemanb 109, 2 

nottjig 153, 5 

nut 96, 3 

ctyne 141, 4 

vidyi 129, 2 

retten 80, 2—82, 1 

fag en 105, 6 

fc^icfen ftcfc 137, 2 

falagen 156, 3— ftd) 151, 4 

fdjtecfyt 119, 1 

fcfcmecfen 109, 6 

fdjteibeu 50, 1 

<Sd)ttftjW(et 107, 2 

©eclen 154, 5 

fein 129, 1—130, 4—153, 2 

fCl6er 1 109 
felbtf J 1UJ 

-shall, should 95—96, 4 

ft# 100, 1, 3 

fo 103, 4, 5-152, 8 

fo eben 126, 1 

fcUen 93-94, 2-95-96,4- 130, 

3,7 ' 

fcnbetn 69, 1, 2 

fo red;* or ganj 129, 2 

fpajteren 82, 1 

take off 119, 3 

that 56—70, 1—99, 1 

Time and its divisions 120 

fiber 131, 1 

ub erf e^ en, 134, 1 

ttbr 52, 2 

umfaff en 134, 1 

umge^en, 134, 1—148, 2 



Xtt 



umfeljen 127, 5 

urn. 85, 3 

unterljciUen 134, 1 

untcrfc&eiben 108, 7 

aSaterunfer 153, 4 

»erbriej3eu 109, 5 

x>erf)augt 159, 4 

sertjerrltcfyen 124, 3 

aerratfjen, a3errat^ec 150, 7 

»tcl 75, 2 

»ottbra#t 159, 2 

ttcttjiefyen 134, 1 

»on 38-161, II, 1 Exc— 54, 1— 

104,3 
fconnotfjen 153, 5 
ttorige 151, 1 
Wat 77—132,6-157, 2 
Wat fur 157, 1 
tteg Cpds. 108, 3 
ttegen, tmKen 132, 4—139, 2 
tvetfen 131, 4 
ttentg 78, 2—75, 2 



toenu 95, 3 
tocnn auct) 126, 3 
»erben36,3— 104, 1—150,2 

132, 3-159, 7 
ttnberfpvecfyen 134, 1 
tttbetf ef>eu 134, 1 
fttebev&ofen 134, 1 
»ie nur 134,2 
too Cpds. 45, 2— 46 — P. VII. - 

130,8 
toollen 90-95-96 
toorben 104, 1 
SSort 110, 4 
SBunber 135, 5 
you 3-27 
your 128, 2 
jeigen 131, 4 
jerringen 155, 2 
gu 54, 1—133, 4—87, 3-39 
jugefjen 150, 6 
gum, jut P. VI. 6 
jufageu 132, 5 






(SX3S2) 



(ier man Current Hand 



2; ft Z*L /> <&f 

T'rOtuinrrutiP n 

/, ah l*V t*UY 



j 






dm 



I'joimnciaiion 



I 

r,„„„ 
'V hah ee (as in nee) vote 

/:6 



/ 

kuh 



(Llaxiu/nte) rf/ if ay 



//* 






fit 




'& s; 



2.., */- r 
J, ^? 

frvitu)irrntr/>'i 

4 oh 



r r 



■sT"* 



/ / // 
4 jp 



1/ 



pay 



koa 



9 ... 



■y 



S 



<> 



2 






yf fow(cus t >'n eon) viiy 
, / «tui 

,/:.//„/ 



h :/ J 



ypgihn t«( 



tay 






art off en usrd infifcad of each ollnr. 

f > < 

f /// f // * / ' j " ' 'y " ' ' 

f- #* //// 'y »" - 

AV /**■■/' ■ rv/"" 



/ // .'. 



/ r y y / t'f / 



a,,-„ 



/ / 1 // / e: / f // / / 



v/// &X»f/<X*-^ -«JS-i 






//' / - - / // 

//,s / fns ry " V" -^"f >■ 

' / / / 



PRONUNCIATION. 



German letters 

a, 6, c, b, e f> 8' $' •> fc f ' *' m ' n ' °' *' q ' r ' f 8 ' *' *' 

a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, I, m, n, o } p, q, r, f, s, t, u, 













*/ «}/ & 9/ 


| 


















v, w, x, y, 


z» 














Litters resembling each other* 
















fc b and b 


d 


















b d « 1? 


h 


















f f " f 


s 


















m m " w 


w 


















x r " £ 


X 


















i t " f 


£ 


















ti v " 9 


y 






' 












Exercise. 










h 


t>, 


a, 


m, 


n, 


%, \\ X, 


8, 


t, 


£/ 


*>/ c, e 


ftj 


t, 


f, 


*, 


o, 


i, f/ »> 


111, 


*/ 


*, 


U, ID, S3, 


r, 


9/ 


ft 


t, 


&> 


b, f, m, 


*# 


9, 


*/ 


% f, $♦ 



§ (s f6) is only used at the erid of syllables. 

Capital letters. 
% % (5, 2), <£, ft ©, &, 3, rt, 2, g», 9?, 
A, B, C 5 D, E, F, G, H, I, K, L, M, N, 

d, % n, m, @, $, u, m oo, *, a 3. 

O, P 3 Q 5 R, S, T 5 U, V, W, X, Y, Z. 

1 



Letters resembling each other. 
29 B and 35 V J? K and \R R 

6 C " @ E 91 N " !R R 

35 D " DO 3K M " © W 

@ E " @ S DO"DQ 

Exercise, 

3, 2), 2T, 97?, ^ 4 93, 9*, @, £, & 3), 

6, <5, ©, 3, ff, rt, D, D, 11, @, SB, % 

@, St, % 2R, SB, m, D, ®, <g, 93, ©, £. 

z. 

Fow>e/s. 

12 3 4 5 

a c i o it. 

Their sounds: ah a e oh oo. 

Pronounce : la le li lo hi, 
ta te ti to tu, 
43a £e £l £0 fctt, 
ma me mi mo mu, 
na nc m no nu. 
Remark, t) is pronounced and treated like u 

II. 

Modified vowels. 

They are formed by a connection of a, or u with e = ae 
oe, uc, which are generally written thus: 

7 6 8 

a # u 

Their sounds : like about like about like 

ai in hair, u in but, wee in sweet, 

Rem* to 7, u in but is not exactly the sound for ; nor is the 

French eu equal to it. 
Rem, to 8. wee in sweet, is in English about the nearest 

sound to u ; in French u sounds like it. 






Pronounce : 


la 


16 


lit 


fa 


fo 


f& 




ta 


a 


tit 


mo" 


mo 


mil 




** 


po 


pit 


na 


no 


nil 


Pronounce: 


c 


a 


V 


u 


u 






le 


la 


16 


lit 


lit 






te 


ta 


to 


tit 


tit 






pe 


pa 


po 


m 


pit 






fe 


ft* 


fo 


fu 


fu 






me 


ma 


mo 


nut 


mii 






ne 


na 


no 


nu 


nit 




Pronounce: 


t ii 














It lit 


m 


nit 


fi 


fi 






mi mit 


ti 


tit 


Vi 


pit 





ZZI. 

Dipthongs* 
Dipthongs are pronounced by drawing the (German) sounds 
of the vowels of which they consist, quickly together, 
cut, at, (at), ui, 119, oi, 09 seldom used.) 
Except: 

9 10 

Ct (or c9) en (or an) 

Their sounds : like i in tie like py in boy. 

Pronounce: lau Iat lei leu 

tau tat let teu 
man mat met meii 
fan fai !et feu 

Remark. 1. ie sounds like the German i and makes the 
syllable long. ' 

2. dll sounds like the German eu. 
Pronounce: lie Iaii nie nait 

mte maii fte fait 

tie tail pie pait 

Double vowels (aa ee 00) are pronounced like single ones 
but make the syllable long, 



IV. 

Consonants differing from the English. 

1. b and $>, t> and t are pronounced a little harder than in 

English, 

2. C before e, i, (i>) and before the modified vowels a, ft, ti is 

pronounced like ts (quickly exploded). 
ce, ci, (cty), ci, co, cii 

3. i\ sounds like g in gold. It is best to pronounce it so in 

every case ; for in different parts of Germany the sound 
undergoes different (abusive) changes, 
go, ge, gi, go, gu, go, go, git, get, geit, gau, gai, 

a 9> ?9' m °fl> u 9' «8' °8/ »8' ef 9' «*&* au 9/ ni 9> 
ang, eng, tng, ong, ung, dng, ong, i'tng, 
gna, gne, gut, gno, gnu, gnci, gno, gnu, 

4. h in the middle or at the end of a syllable is silent; but 

makes the syllable long, 
afy, el), i(), ofy, nty, a§, "61;, itr), eif>, eufj, 
afyn, elut, ilni, olut, ufin, a[;n, o(;n, itt;tt # etfyn, cu(;n, 

5. \ sounds like y in you 

ja, je, it, jo, jit, ja, jo, jit, let, ieu, jau, |al 

6. t sounds always like k in kin* 

fa, fe, f'i, fo, fit, f ci, fo, fit, fet, feu, fait, fat, 
fna, fnc, fni, fno, fntt, fnafno, ftut, fnet, fneit, fnau, fnat 

7. t is trilled or rolled more than in English. 

ra, re, ri, ro, rit, ra, ro, rit, ret, reu, vat, rati. 

8. $ between two vowels sounds about like the English z. 

cife, efe, tfe, ofe ttfe, ofe, i'tfe, eife, eufe, aufe, aifc, 
in other cases it has a somewhat softer sound than the 
English s. 

fa, fc, ft, fo, fit, fo, fit, fet, feu, [att, fet, 
9. t in ti with a vowel following is pronounced like t3, 
atton, etton, tttort, acticn, eetien, ictten, 

action, ection, tctton, atian, ettan, itian, 
atten, ctien, tiictu 



10. t) sounds like fj 

tia, tie, tit, so, tilt, tid, tio, tiii, tiei, tieu, tiau, tiat, 

1 1. to is pronounced about like the English v. 

\va, rue, ttit, if o, am, lud, too, uni, icet, tticu, tr>au, ttar, 

12. J sounds like ts, (quickly exploded) see c above No. 2. 

W, tfr $i Wi i"/ $i $J S«, Set, $cu, $au, sat, 

V, 

Compound consonants. 

1. Double consonants are pronounced like single ones, 
only stronger. 

2. dj sounds at the beginning of words like k. 

d;a, d;e, d;i, cfyo, a)m 
In other cases it sounds like ch in the Scotch word '-loch,'' 
guttural. 

ad), ecf), tc^, od;, ucl;, ad), od;, itd), etd;, eud), aud;, aid;. 

3. c|)§ sounds like x or ks if the three letters belong to the 
same syllable. 

ad)3, ed;S, idjS, od;g, 11070, Sd?3/ ortJS* "d;§, e'fdJB, cud; 3, 
aurf;S, atd;6. 

4. <| is always followed by tt, and the two together like the' 
German f ttJ. 

qua, que, qui, quo, quu, qua, quo, quit,quei, queu,quau, quai, 

5. f$ sounds like the English &h. 

fd;a, fd;e, fd;t, fd)o, fd;u, fd;d, fd;o, fd;it, fd;ei, (d;cu, fd;au, 
fa; at. 

6. £ equal to %, is used at the end of syllables. 
«fe «§/ fc ofc, 1% cifc, i% u&, et§, eu§, au§, atg. 

7. tl) like t. 

tl;a, ttje, tbt, tl;o, tint, tlja, tf;o, tp, tf;et, t(;cu, t(;au, t(;at. 

8. Other combinations are pronounced by joining the sounds 
of the single letters — as pf : 

tfa, pfe, pft, tfo, pfu, pfa, tfo, yfii, tfei, Vfau, tfeu, vfat. 



VI. 

Final observation* 

Vowels (and dipthongs) will sound a little more open before 
certain consonants. The cause of it lies in the nature of the 
transition from the vowel to the consonant. Compare, for 
instance, the sounds et, it, ut, ut, ot, ot with et, tr, or, or, im, 
urn, om, om, in, mi, on, on, ong, ung, ing, inf and you cannot 
but see the change. 

Therefore learn only the primitive sounds well and leave 
the rest to nature. If you should learn thus to pronounce 
German more purely, than we ourselves pronounce it, think 
not that we blame you for it; no ? no, we rather admire you 
and are ourselves ashamed of our carelessness. — 

VIS. 

Exercises in Pronunciation* 
In German every letter is distinctly pronounced, except the 
few modifications in the foregoing rules. 

1. 

om ant om om urn inn em tut aim aunt aunt etm ettm an an in 
em on at ol el eif eul ax ax or or ur er it af af ef aif eif uf a§ c3 
et§ a |f au3 afd; efrt; aufcl) ad) oci> id; and) end) eirt; epfy at ix 
arfyg erf;3 ttdjS id;3 ah d6 oO it& eo t6 au6 at6 duft ei6 tnb ab ub 
iib eb ib aub eib dub ot ot eit eut eig aug a! af of uf ef if uj oj 
oj e,$ it, ai| epf; ag o£ od)8 iid;0. 

2. 

ma mo mo mo nu nil ne nt ma ma tt>ai met \un la Id lo It ret 

fail ni re ran ret rem je jo fo feu ft ba bo be bo bi> fa fo fa fe ft 
fei ga gd go gu gii ge gau get l)a l;e i)i f;o fyu l;it fyatt 6a bd ban 
bei pa po pi peu ba ba bt be bei bait tit tdu fei fait fait fo fa fd 
ft $a 30 in $e £t jau $du jei qua qua que qui pija pl;a pfyo pfyeu. 

3. 

mat mcin nttr loer wax nttr nein taut fog (eib rein reif job jar 
fattl fell bor ber fein gut gab f;od; f;ufrf; f;eijj t/eim t/eut f;at bar 
663 bt§_paj? bar bod; betn beta baS taub fount fein ,jum jeit 
qual fad; 6. 



4. 

att oft ijt efjrt einS unb einjt and) ttrt etlt alS an8 erft obi i§t 
ad;t elf arm. 

5. 
matt madjt lefrt fafyrt ffdjt fdjaut foDtgenjgtefct£od)tfauft fammt 
fuc^t jufit toot $eigt retdfyt fajjit lauft ruft lang ljorcfy fyalt qualr. 

6. 

f reify froD frefy fcf)rei bret treu fcfylau jivet grau trau fclau fttelj 
ftefy ffct fTau. 

7. 
fre^r) frtfcf; fcr>neit frumm ffctn fcreiS flad) Braun flip Ha£ trto§ 
flo§ greiff ftadj fd>roff grof? gleid) grofc grab grim oleicty fcreif 
fd)mal quer quell fta§ ftie§ glatt })Iatt fiiu\ 

8. 
macr)ft metnjt fennft nennfi fcfyijft toollt $anft $auft }ntfft f&flt 
ftd;t jtnft fommt neigft ruffi ffiqt fyttft fyordjt In'nft oangt jefct. 

9. 

Substantives and words used as such are written with a 

capital initial. 

Words of one syllable. 

att, Qfat, 2tfacfyt, 93afl, bi§, loot, ba$,£>ac$, left, ein, (Sib, gefjt, 

fur, &a§, oft, gro§, ©rag, liegt, fyod), &unb, id), 3agb, Hein, 

tfinb, fffaf, £«ib, lte&, STOonb, mtt, jrumm, S^ac^t, naf, in, oft, 

Drt,$a<f, pretjt, Ouaf, quatt, $e(t, rein, Qfrt, fagt, foa,<SdjUb, 

au@, o(o§, (SIS, £ranf, triib, ©ift, unb, Ufyr, 2ftunb, oon, toer, 

2Beg, QSi§, Srug. 

10. 

T^e accent lies generally on the radical syllable (this will 

soon be better understood.) 

Words of two syllables. 

Qtfrenb, advert, Bitten, 93auer, baton, bar&en, 2)egen, beutlicfy, 

(Stfer, etoig, Sfade, fragen, ^euer, ©ebulb, ©e&et, gemein, (;e6en, 

^anblung, fycffen, 3gel, tmmer, Sager, jeber, $aifer, tommen, 

larmcn, Setter, 2ftauer, merf6ar, JftadjBar, ne&en, ofyne, Orgel, 

$ac|ier, $ftrjtd), }m:geln, Vfflftj/ Duiitung, quetfd)en, reblicf;, 



8 

Ohfce, ®oft> at, ftttfam, $emj>el, traumen, Ufer, unter, jjow&tts, 
SSater, 59abe, roarten, Sttfel, aiemficfy. 

11. 

Words of three syllables. 

abbifben, Qfmeife, bcbauern, SSegtevbe, bauerfyaft, £)ragoner, 
emj)foI;len, (Srienntnif, Ofaulenger, fTatterT;aft, gefaUen, ©emalbe, 
KjarU)er$ig, £errlid)feit, imuenb-rg, Smtigfett, iugenbltd;, Sanuar, 
freujigen, «ftanind)en, lacf;crlic^ r gaterne, mandjerlef, SKefobie, 
ttatitrlid), 9tobember, offenbav, Dbrigfeit, perfihilici;, $tfm= 
berung, quitttven, Dttalitttat, rernigen, Oiojtne, fonberbar, ©cfyul-- 
btgfett, Sweater, tfyethteijmenb, iibertyaupt, unbanbig, Itnorbmmg, 
sertraumen, &erbrert;en, SBanbem, iviflfommen, jergltebent, 
Suprer, ©rattan, Qlctten. 

12. 
Words of four syllables, 
abfertigen, 23egtaubigung, bcfyerjigen, ©efangener, berjcntge, 
(Snnunterung, (SimDtfltgung, gcne^migen, ©evecfytigfett, $tn\U 
fcliittgfeit, ^arabiner, Xhttfyeranei:, majeflatifd;, ofutirctt, Dvigi= 
nal, ^arabiren, triuntyljtren, imangeneljm, ^erabrebung, berain 
t)evtic^, auuerlafjtg, £>pmittan, Sontitien, £>i3cvetiott. 

13. 
Words of five syllables. 
fceabftcf)tigen, beemtracfyttgen, JBereitunfligfett, ttfmmnimt, 2ftan= 
gelfyafttgfett, Sttaterialift, pf/tfofo^tren, Oiepublifaner, 9ftegcl= 
majjtgfeit, unabanberltd), unangefteibet, Unaufmerffamfeit, un= 
ijeranttoortlidj, Unentfcfyloffenfyeit. 

14. 

Compounds. 
Sfmtmann, 8?ufj6anf, JDac^ftein, jtein^art, Dfjrrtng, (Satftud), 
tfobfyrucfy, £uftfytel, WMjtotf, £utmatf;er, DljxWwfyn, CMofi= 
roagen, <seerauber, facfyfunbig, ringformig, augenfcfyetnlicfy, 39a= 
beroanne, 33arbiermeffer, bemettvegen, (Sfyrenpforte, Jtneg$ge= 
fangener, (SroberungSfucfyt, ©(ptfengelaute, Jtanonenfugel, S^aturs 
fcegebenljeit, ©cfyafcfammetfoenuatter, Ofcitembcfefyl^aber, $(;ea= 
tergarberobe, wnubertotnbli^et:. 



POINTS OF RESEMBLANCE 

BETWEEN 

GERMAN AND ENGLISH, 



s. 

Roots of words. 

1. The root of a word is found by striking off the prefix 
and final if there be any. 

Thus in the English word "singer" 

11 sing" is the root. " er v is the final. 
In the word "friendly" 

"friend" is the root, "ly" is the final* 
In the word * befriended" 

"be" is the prefix, "friend" the root, " ed? ' the final. 

2. These prefixes and finals give to the idea expressed in the 
root a certain shade or modification, and in such a way 
there are formed Substantives, Adjectives, Verbs and Adverbs, 

Thus from the root "friend" we have 
friend -ship 
{rlenc\~less 
friend-/?/ 
to be -friend 
5e-friend-ec£. 

3. As in English, so it is in other languages, and indeed no 
language can be known perfectly, in itself or compared 
with another without such an analysis. This is also the 
shortest, easiest and most interesting way of gaining the 
knowledge of any. 

I* 



10 

XX. 

Compounds.. 
1» In English there maybe formed compounds of two words, 
each one having a distinct meaning by itself — as : 
wine-glass,, rail-road. 
2. The same to a still greater extent is done in German. 

III. 

Observatio?is on the Affinity of German and English words, 

1. Many words are entirely* the same in both languages. 

£cmt), land, ali, all, 

©inter, winter, 91ml, arm, 

OHnfl, ring, mitt), mild. 

2. In many there is a difference of voivels, as r 

(Sturm, storm,. 93vob, bread, 

ftelb, field, long, long, 

<&tod, stick, See. sea. 

3. Often the " o" final is dropped or its position changed — 
as : ^igur, figure, 

%aM, fable.. 

4. Often there is a letter omitted in one of the languages, as : 

aU, as,. 
un8, us. 

5. Besides there is often a difference of consonants. 

a. The labials (lip-sounds) 6,p, v y w t f, pf, stand for each 
other — as : 

(Silfcer, silver, t;al&, half, 

efcen, even, offen, open, 

£e6er, liver, <5tah, staff, 

Rdib calf, $o!jtet. bolster* 

b. The Unguals (tongue-sounds) d r t, th, tz, z, (ts) s> sh y 
sch, stand for each other, as i 

2)ing, thing, fcatt, hard, 

bicf, thick, <§af$, salt,, 

©ott, God, Staffer, water, 

SSett, bed, fc^atf. sharp.. 



11 

c. The palatals (palate-sounds) g, k, cA, gk. y } stand for 
each other, as : 

aJWdj, milk, ftinf, finch, 

m$t&, light, 9$ud;, book, 

Stafo rank, ©am. yarn. 

6. Often consonants are doubled in one of the. languages, as 

Mum, chin. 
1. These are the principal and practical observations upon 
the changes of letters. 



^&^£D§> 



PART L 



CONTAINING THE 

MOST SIMPLE, MOST NATURAL AND MOST 
NECESSARY FORMS OF EXPRESSING AN IDEA. 



15 



No. 1. 

The Present Infi/iitve of almost all verbs ends in en. 
ftnflCtt, to sing, 

ftnfett, to sink, 

ttinrcit, to drink, 
fyafrcn, to have. 

No. 2. 
The same form is used in the first and third persons plural 
Present. 





jtnejen, 


to sing,. 






nur 


we, 






ttir fmgetr, 


we sing, 






fte 


they, 






fte ftngen, 


they sing, 






ffe trtnfcn, 


they drink 




fommen,. to 


come, 


bringen 


, to bring, 


fcinben, to bind, 


ftnben, 


to find. 




Exercise. 




They drink. 


We have.. 


We bring. 


They bind. 


They sing. 


We drink. 


We sink. 


They come. 


They bring. 


We bind. 


They find. 


We find.. 


We come. 


They sink. 


They have. 


We sing,. 



16 

No. 3. 
Write fie with a capital @ i. c. <&ie, and you have the 
form which is used in politely addressing a person ; the pro- 
nunciation is the same. 

ffe ffngen, they sing, 

@fe jingen, you sing, 
fie fommen, they come, 
<2>ie fommen, you come, 
unb, and. 

Exercise. 
They sing and you drink. They come and you sing. 

We come and they drink. We sing and you come. 

No. 4.. 
In forms of interrogation the subject stand, after the verb 
and not after the auxiliary verbs alone, as in English. 
@ie tjaben. You have. 

£a6en ©ie? Have you? 
<5ingen @te? Do you sing? 
-3Str trtnfen. We drink. 
Sttnfen to it? Do we drink? 
@ie flngen unb trtnfen. They sing and trink. 

®ingen unb trtnfen fie ? Do they sing and drink ? 

fcfyen, to see, jtel;Ien, to steal, lernen, to learn, 
gefyen, to go, ruafcijeu, to wash, tanjen, to dance, 

gefcen, to give, r/iken, to hear, ober, or. 

Exercise. 

Have you ? Do you find ? 

We have. We find. 

Do you drink ? Do they wash ? 

We drink. They wash. 

Do they go ? Do we come ? 

They go. We come. 

Do they drink and sing ? Do you give or steal * 



17 



They drink arid sing. 
Do we hear and see ? 
We hear and see. 
Do you hear and see ? 
We see. 



We give. 

Do you go or come ? 

We go. 

Do you go or sing ? 

We sing and go. 



No. 5, 
The first person singular drops the tt of the Infinitive. 



icih 


i, 


trtnfctt, 


to drink, 


id; trinfe, 


I drink, 


irf} ftnge, 


I sing. 


•Singe id; ? 


Do 1 sing? 


Exercise. 




Do you go ? 


Have I ? 


I go. 


You have. 


Do you dance ? 


Do you see and hear ? 


I dance. 


1 see and hear. 


Do they come ? 


Do you dance or sing? 


We come. 


I dance and sing. 


Do we drink ? 


Do you learn ? 


I drink and you sing. 


1 learn. 


Do I come? 


Do 1 learn ? 


You come and I go. 


You learn. 



No. 6. 
For the expressions : / sing, 

I am singing , 
I do sing, 
there is but one form in German, and this is alike through 
all person and tenses where there are such different forms in 



in the second case the 
emphasis lies in Ger- 
man on the verb. 



English. 






I sing. 


3d; fhrge, 


I do sing 




I am singing 



18 

Wix tanjen. We dance, we are dancing, we do dance. 

$an$en ttnr? Do we dance? Are we dancing ? 
fenben, to send, SBein, wine, 

foften, to cost, QBaffetv water, 

teamen, to warn. \va$, what. 

Exercise. 

Do I sing ? What are they drinking ? 

You do sing. They are drinking water... 

Do you dance ? What do you bring ? 

We are dancing ? We bring wine. 

Do you go? What do you drink? 

I am going. We are drinking wine andwater 

Are you coming? What do you see? 

We are going.. We see water. 

No. T. 
There are four cases in German. 

Nominative, (subject). 

Genitive, (Possessive). 

Dative, (remote object). 

Accusative, (near object). 

(The vocative is like the nominative). 

No. 8. 
There are three genders : 

Masculine, Feminine, and Neuter. 
The article changes with the gender, number and case. 

Definite article. 

Nominative Singular* 

Masc. Fem. Neut. 

fcer bte ba$ 

ber QBniber, bie Gutter, bag £anb, 

the brother, the mother, the land. 



19 

No. 9. 
Mate and female persons and animals follow their natural 
gender, as, ber -33ruber, brother, 

bie abutter, mother, 
ber Dct;$, ox. 

bte Stul), cow. 

No. 10. 
Also things which have no sex, are subject to a distinction 
of genders. 

1. Words ending in "e„ are generally feminines 

bte Dfofe, rose, 
bte Jhone, crown, 
bie IMlie, lily. • 

2. Also words (polysyllables) which, being of the same root 
in both languages, have the final "e,, only in English are 
generally feminines. 

SJie'fttgur, figure, 
bte $robtnj, province. 

3. Words which have a collective idea y are generally neuters. 

2>aS ©oH), gold, baS ftfeifdj, flesh, 
ba$ ©raS, grass, bctd£anb,^tffe^ 

4. Words which express a individual mil i Wbject, not 
comprised in one of the previous rule^^BPoe regarded 
as masculine. i 

2)er £ut, hat, ber Sdji fling, shilling, 

ber Ǥ a miner, hammer, ber 5Bagen, wagon, 
ber Bering, hewing, ber "Stocf, stick. 

5. Other practical observations in regard to genders will 
follow at the proper place. Exceptions of any rule will 
be learned by practice. 

No. 11. 
In the third persons singular Present, the tt of the Infini- 
tive is changed into t, and the e of the last syllable elided, 
when euphony admits ; (before b and t it is therefore not 
elided.) 



20 



fcinben, 


to bind. 


er 


he, 


er. fcinbet, 


he bind3 


-2Bev? 


who? 


feer 23ater, 


the father, 


fie, 


she, 


ffe fingt, 


she sings, 


ef, 


it, 


eg fofter, 


it costs. 


@ingt fete Gutter? 


Does the mother sing? 


@ingt fie? 


Does she sing? Js she singing ? 


Sanjt bet £kter? 


Does the father dance? 


$an$t er? 


Does he dance % Is he dancing. 


tfejlet ca? 


Does it cost? 


Q3inben ftc eS? 


Do you bind it ? 


3tf? fcinbe eg. 


I bind it. 


mad) en, to make, 


preifen, to praise, 


^flanjcn, to plant, 


r/offen, to hope, 


Uefcen, to love, 


fret, free. 


^k H^ Exercise. 


Does the fW Bnk? 


Who is going? 


He drinks. ^^^ 


The father is going. 


What do you see ? 


Does he hope ? 


I see land. 


He hopes. 


Does the mother sing? 


Does she love? 


She sings. 


Who ffcThe mother? She loves. 


Does she come? 


Does it go? 


She does come. 


It goes. 


Do you make it? 


Do you hope ? 


1 make it. 


I hope. 



No. 12. 
" 3ti" or ttttt is very often added to the name of a male 
and gives then the feminine form of it j c final is elided. 



21 



2)ev ftreunb, 


the friend. 


S)ic ftreunfcitt, 


the friend (female). 


2)cr Q3dc!er, 


the baker. 


S)ie 93acfevtn, 


the baker (female) also the 




baker's wife 


5)er Sflase, 


the slave. 


3)ie <8f(asirt, 


the slave (female). 


2)er ^riefter, 


the priest. 


<5r ift, 


he is. 


QBer ijl ()icr? 


Who is here ? 


2>er ,516 nig, 


the king, 


ttsttgi white, 


frifd), fresh, 


rot!?, red, 


grun, green, 


jung, young, 


gut, good, 


alt, old, 


grofj, great (large). 


Ex 


ercise. 


Is the rose white ? 


Is the lily fresh ? 


The rose is white. 


The lily is fresh. 


Is the queen here ? 


Does the slave hope? 


She is here. 


She hopes. ^ 


What does she drink? 


Is the pries-jH Bpmg ? 


She drinks wine. 


-She is old. " 


Does the friend (female) 


Does the bakers wife sing? 


dance ? 


She does sing. 


She dances. 


Does she hear what you sing ? 


Is she old? 


She hears what I sing. 


She is young. 


Is the queen free? 


Is the king good ? 


She is free. 


The queen is good. 


Is the rose red? 


Is the land green? 


The rose is red. 


It is green. 





No. 13. 

It if nominative, referring to a masculine is translated like 
he, by er ; referring to & feminine, like she, by jie. 



22 



3fiber $ruberf)ier? 

(Sr ift fyter. 
3ft ber SBagen r)ier? 

(Sr ift fyter. 
3ft bie Gutter gut? 

®ie ift fjut. 
3ftbicJflofe itfetfr? 
®ie ift iuei§. 
2)ie $Iote, flute, 
SMe fyVrle, pearl. 
2)ie Jtlaffe, class, 
2)tc ©cite, side. 
2) a 6 4? Mr, hair. 
2)a6 Stfcifd), flesh or meat, 
StaS ©i (ber, silver. 
5ta$ Jtupfer, copper. 



Is the brother here ? 

He is here. 
Is the wagon here? 

It is here. 
Is the mother good? 

She is good. 
Is the rose white? 

It is white. 

5)a§ @alj, salt. 

2taS 23rob, bread. 

2)ag Qiotf, (folk) people. 

2)a§ «£eu, hay. 
burnt, thin, 
bicf, thick. 

tjaxt, hard. 



Is the flute good? 

It is good. 

Is the pearly 

It is white. 

Is the shilling red? 

It is red and white. 

Is the gold thin ? 

It is thin. 

Is the flesh red or white ? 

It is white and red. 

Is the class large ? 

It is large. 

Is the bread fresh? 

It is fresh 



Exercise. 

Is the wagon large? 

It is large. 

Is the brother old? 

He is young. 

Is the copper hard ? 

It is hard. 

Is the hair thick? 

It is thin. 

What does the friend bring ? 

He brings salt and meat. 

Is she good? 

She is good. 

Is the hat large ? 

It is large. 



No. 14. 
The accusative masculine of the definite article is b e rt ; 
the substantive is not changed. 



23 



2)er ©ruber gefyt. 


The brot 


;her goes. 


3cfy (e(;e b en ©ruber. 


I see the brother. 


$>er 93 ruber ftnbei ben 


33ater. The brother finds the father. 


9Ber? 




Who? 


Men. 




Whom? 


mm. 




Him. 


3Ben finbei ber Q3ater? 


Whom does the father find? 


<Sr ftnbet itjnl 


He finds him. 


2)er gfifcfj, fish. 


2)er ©tetn 


, stone. 


2)er Sfrofrf;, frog. 


fcrecfyen, 


to break, 


2>cr #nt, hat 


fiifjlen, 


to feel, 


3)er ftu§, foot. 


retfcen, 


to rub. 


£)er @tocf, stick. 







Have you the hat? 

I have the stone. 

Do they break the stone? 

I break the stone. 

Do you wash the foot? 

I wash the foot. 

Who feels the stick? 

The brother (does). 

Do you love the friend? 

I love him. 

Do you rub the foot? 

I rub the foot. 



Exercise. 

Whom do you love? 

I love him 

Do you see him ? 

I see him. 

Whom do they find? 

They find the brother. 

Whom does the king love? 

He loves the priest. 

Do you bring the hat? 

The slave brings the hat. 

Do you see the frog ? 

I see the frog and the fish. 
No. 15. 



1. The nominative and accusative feminine are alike.; the 

•same is the case with the neuter. 
2>ie ^onigtn liefct bie SRutter. The queen loves the mother. 
Sic SMittter Ikbt bie Jtcuigin. The mother loves the queen. 
<8ie Hebt. She loves. 

<Sie liefct fie. She loves her. 

2)aS 93ud) ift &ut. The book is good. 

2>ie Gutter I;at ba$ ©ua> The mother has the book. 



24 

SDer ©arten, garden. £)te ©djiucjter, sister. 

£>er ©drtner, 2 gardener, fens, fine (not rough) 

warm, warm. SDaS ©affcr, water, 

tocirmen, to warm. £>a§ goiter, fire. 

3)ie $od)ter, daughter. £)a§ 99ier, beer* 

3)ic 93raut, bride. 2)a3 «$au3, house. 

2. The vowels a, o, u are generally modified, if a new 
syllable (with e or i) be added. 

Exercise. 

Do you see the gardener? Is the gold fine? 

I see him. It is fine. 

Does the sister dance? Is the gardener (female)young? 

She dances. She is young. 

Do you plant the rose ? Do you see the daughter ? 

I plant the lily. I see her. 

Has the sister the gold? Is the sister old? 

She has the silver. She is old. 

Have you the water ? Do you love her ? 

I have it. I love her. 

Do you warm the water ? Do you hear the flute ? 

I warm it. I hear the flute. 

Do you love the bride? Do you see the pearl? 

I love her. I see the pearl. 

No. 16. 
It if accusative, referring to a masculine is translated like 
him, by i I) n ; referring to a feminine, like her, by fie. 
Please compare No. 13. 
fytnbct er ben 23rubcr? Does he find the brother? 

<fr fmbet l|n. He finds him. 

Thibet er ben ©tctn? Does he find the stone? 

dx ftnbet ifnt. . He finds it. 

£ie£>e id; bte Gutter? Do I love the mother? 

3d; ttelie fte. I love her. 

£a6e id) bie CRofe ? Have I the rose? 

3d; I)a0e fie. I have it. 



2$ 



$)cr ©tufoent, -student. 


fuffcn, to kiss, 


3>ct ©olb at, soldier. 


fvonen, to crown, 


2>er <Bof)n f son. 


offcn, open, 


2)cr Jtttjj, kiss. 


tfffnen, to open, 


S)ie Jtnme, crown, 


fiubteren, to study. 


Exercise. 


Do you find the hammer ? 


Does the student love? 


I find it. 


He loves. 


Do you kiss the sister? 


Do you see the hat? 


1 kiss her. 


I see it. 


Do you kiss the pearl? 


Do you find the son? 


1 kiss it. 


We find him? 


Does the soldier crown the 


Do you see the crown? 


king ? 


I see it. 


He crowns him. 


Do you warm the foot? 


Do you love the queen? 


I warm it. 


I love her. 


Do you hear the flute? 


Does the daughter study? 


We hear it. 


She studies. 


Do you see the garden ? 


Do you open the house ? 


I see it.i 


I open it. 


Do you find the sister? 


Do you bring the rose ? 


I find her. 


I bring it. 





No. 17. 

The interrogative form of the verb is also that of the 
imperative and of exclamation. (No. 4.) 



©tngen @ie? 
(Singen <SteJ 
@el;en 6te ben ©atten? 
©etyen @ie ben ©atten! 



Do you sing ? 

Sing! 

Do you see the garden? 

See the garden ! 

See it I 

2 





26 




3)er %t)?e, tea. 
3)cr ^taffee / coffee. 
2)er 2Bein, wine. 
JDie ©ifcel, bible. 
S)te $iftok, pistol. 


£>te 93iene, 
fofgen, 
lacfyen, 
fagen, 

Exercise, 


bee, 

to follow, obey, 
to laugh, 
to say. 


Da you warm the tea ? What do you say ? 
I warm the coffee. I say what you say. 
Warm the tea ! Come! See the house ! 


I warm it. 
Bring the bible t 
I bring it. 
Hear the bee ! 
I hear and see it. 


I come. 

Have you the pistol ? 
I have the stone. 
Bring it ! (stone.) 
I bring it. 



No. 18. 

2) o d) means however, yet, but is often used with impera- 
tives or exclamations for the sake of entreaty. It stands 
after pronouns, but before other words. 



(Singcn ©tc boct)! 
SSrtngen @te bod; ben >Qut I 
23ringen @ic it)n bod; 1 
2)er (Stao, staff. 
2)er 91 rm, arm. 
JDer- CHing, ring, 
benfen, to think, 

fcfynungen, to swing, 



Sing pray! (or indeed.) 
Do bring the hat I 
Do bring it. 
preffen, to press, 

$ elf en, to help, 

fyalten, to hold, 

fefyr, very. 



Do you think ? 

I think. 

Do you see the ring? 



Exercise. 
Do think ! 



Say what you hear! 

I say it. 

Swing the arm I 



2? 



1 see it. I swing it. 

Press the arm 1 Do press the Bring the water 1 Do help. 

arm 1 I come. 

I press it. Do go I Do see 3 Do follow 1 
Rub it ! Do rub it 1 
I rub it. 



I laugh 



No. 19. 

If the personal pi onouns are in the objective cases, they 
stand, in questions, before the subject, if this be not itself a 
pronoun. 

Does the mother love him ? 
Does she love him ? 
Does the mother love you? 
She loves me. 
thee. 

them, (or they). 
£ic6cn <Sie bie Gutter unb bie Do you love the mother and 

<Scfytoefhr? the sister? 

3d; Iie&e fie. I love them. 

25cr IDoftor, doctor. trecfeu, to awake, 

£ct SKntm, man. i miff en, to miss, 

£>er Dnfel, uncle, imfc^en, to mix. 



iMefct it) n bie Gutter? 
SieBt ffe t^n? 
Zirii 6te bie Gutter? 
@ie liebt mid). 

bid; (accus.) 

fie 



Exercise* 



Does the doctor hear you? 

He hears me. 

Who awakes the uncle? 

I awake him. 

Do you see the man ? 

I see him. 

Does he find her? 

Whom? The sister? 

He finds her. 



Do miss the daughter? 

I miss her. 

Do you hold the arm ? 

I hold it. 

Do you warn him and her? 

I warn them both (6eibe). 

Has the brother the rose? 

He has it. 

Has the doctor it ? 



28 



Do we mix the wine? 
We mix it. 

Does the man mix it ? 
He mixes it. 



He has the lily. 
Does the slave think ? 
She thinks and hopes. 



No. 20. 



1. The genitive singular is the same in masculine and neu- 
ter : so is the dative. 

2. Masculine and neuter substantives take e$ in the gene- 
tive, eliding the e, where euphony requires. (Some have 
both forms). In monosyllables therefore the e is generally 
not elided, and in words of more syllable s, ending in n, J, 
or, r, the e is elided. 

ber ftu §, the foot, 

toe$ &ugc3, of the foot, 

t>A0 £anb, the land, 

beg &mbe0, of the land, 

ber ©ruber, the brother, 

be3 ©rubers, of the brother. 

3. Form the genitives of : 

2>er aftcmn. £>er 93nter. 

$er Sector. 2)er ©filling. 

2)er ®ol)n. JDcr Bering. 

2>er 9ftng. S)er SSngen. 



2)a8 <Siffcer. 
2>a$ ©ofb. 
2>a8 ©alj. 
£>a3 Jtupfer. 






j&rerc/se. 
you the gold of the Have you the crown 
Ler? king? 



Have 

father? 
I have the silver of the father, 
Do you wash the hair of the 

brother ? 
I wash it. 
Do you drink the wine of the 

friend ? 
1 drink it. 



of the 



king? 
I have it. 
Do you see the pearl of the 

man? 
I see it. 
Do you love the sister of the 

friend ? 
I love the daughter of the 

friend. 



29 

No. 21. 
The genitive singular of the definit article feminine is 
fcer, and the substantive does not change its form* 
5Me SMutter, the mother, 

t)er Gutter, of the mother, 

bte tyexte, the pearl, 

bet $erle, of the pearl, 

toie fttgur, the figure, 

t>er %iQnx, of the figure. 

Exercise, 



Do you see the house of the 


D j you see the crown of the 


father ? 


queen ? 


I see it. 


I see the crown of the king. 


Do you see the rose of the 


Do you love the daughter of 


garden ? 


the friend ? 


I see it. 


I love her. 


Do you find the ring of the 


Do you see the son of the 


priest ? 


gardener? (female.) 


I find it. 


I see him. 


Does he kiss the arm of the 


Open the house I 


bride? 


I open it. 


He kisses it. 





No. 22. 

Instead of "the son of the gardener," we can say and 
usually do say in English, "the gardener's son," and in the 
same way the mother's house, &c. ; in German we can also 
use this latter form, but the article the must change with 
the genitive. 

the gardener's son. 
the mother's house. 
Hau, blue, biolctt, violet, 

gelfc, yellow, fcltnb, blind. 



JDeS ©artnerg <Sof;tt, 
2)er Gutter «£aug, 
©ran, grey, 
fcraun, brown, 



m 

Exercise. 

Is the man's mother blind ? Is the mother's hair grey? 

She is blind. It is brown. 

Is the sister's hat yellow ? Is the sister's hat blue ? 

It is yellow. It is blue. 

Is the uncle's wine red? Is the friend's hat brown? 

It is red. It is grey. 

No. 23. 

In German this latter form is not so often used as in 
English. Therefore instead of "the sisters hat" say, "the 
hat of the sister" and then translate ber 4?ut bcr ©ctyme^es. 

2)ie Sautter beg 9Jhnneg. The man's mother. 

2)er £ut beg Sreunbeg. The friend's hat. 

S)ag <$a\i8 ber Sautter. The mother's house. 

5)er Scaler, dollar r fcte 93uttes, butt r, flar, clear, 
ber duder, sugar, bie Wiity, milk y fait, cold. 

Exercise. 

Is the gardener's butter good? Have you the father's dol- 

It is fresh and good. lar? 

Is the baker's milk dear? I have it. 

It is very dear. Do you drink the brother's 

Have you the mother's sugar % wine ? 

I have it. I drink it. 

Is the friend's butter yellow ? Do you see the doctor's 

It is white. house ? 

Is the mother's hair thick? I see it. 

It is thin. Is the brother's friend 

Is the son's foot cold? young? 

It is cold. He is young: 

No. 24. 
In the dative the substantive drops the 3 of the genitive, 
so that, if the genitive takes e$ an e remains. (No. 20.) 



31 



Masc. and Neut. bem 
ber ©ruber, 
be§ Q3ruber$, 
^em ©ruber, 
bag fteib, 
beg SelbeS, 
bem §elbe, 

2 Form the datives of: 



2)er @to(f, 
ber ©arten, 
bag ©rob, 
bag «£aug, 
bag <§Mer, 



ber 2)ofior, 
ber 3)tann, 
bag ©rag, 
bag 8faifc$, 

bag <5a($, 

No. 25. 



to the, 
the brother, 
of the brother, 
to the brother, 
the field, 
of the field, 
to the field. 

ber SBagen, 
ber (Stein, 
ber Schilling, 
ber 9lrm, 
ber tfontg. 



1. The dative feminine is like the genitive. 

2)ie Sautter, the mother, 

ber Sautter, of the mother, 

ber ©hitter, to the mother. 

2. Form the datives of : 

$ie ftreunbm, bte $ricfiertn, bte Jtrone, 
bie Jtonigtn, bie Otofe, M* Cilie. 

No. 26. ' 

The dative stands before the accusative, except when the 
latter is a pronoun, 

3d) flefce bem © rub er bag I give the book to the brother. 

©udj. 
3$) fleoe tf)m bag ©ucf). 
3rt> gefce eg ifjm. 

©en? (Accus.) 

2Bem? (Dat.) 

ifm, (Accus.) 

t&m, (Dat.) 

ti;r, (Dat.) 



I give the book to him. 
I give it to him. 

Whom? 

To whom ? 

him, 

to him (him), 

to her (her). 



32 



2)er 9latf)bax, neighbor. 

2)er ^rofeffor, professor. 

2)et Eiftyof, bishop. 

2>er 5 4ia£jl, pope. 

2>er Jlarbinaf,. cardinal. 



S)ic Sam^e, lamp-, 

2)te Sftonne, nun. 

2)te 4?enne, hen. 

2)a3 33uc^,. book. 



Exercise. 



To whom do you give the ring? 
I give it to the friend. 
Whom do you love ? 
I love the neighbor (female r a 

not modified). 
To whom do you tell (fagen) 

what you think ? 
I tell it to the cardinal. 
What do you send to the nun ? 
I send her the pearl. 
What do you send to the pope ? 
I send him the book. 
What do you bring to the car- 
dinal^ sister ? 
I bring her the rose. 
To whom do you give the 

hammer ? 
I give it to the neighbor's son. 



Do you tell her, what you 

hear ? 
I tell it to her. 
What do you give to the 

professor ? 
I give him the lamp. 
Do you bring him the book? 
I bring it to him. 
What docs he send to the 

cardinal ? 
He sends him the hat. 
To whom do you give the 

dollar ? 
I give it to the friend's mother 
Do you send hrr the ring ? 
I send it to her. 
Send her gold and silver! 
I send her gold.. 



No. 21. 

ifynen (to them, Dat.) if written with an capital initial 
i. e. 3 f) n e n means to you, just as fie means they, and <S>ie 
you. 



3tf; 0e6e i Ijnen ba3 33ucf;. 
3d; gefceS^nenbaS 33uc§. 

mix, (Dat.) 

3>iT, (Dat.) 



I give them the book. 

I give you the book- 
to me, me, 
to thee, thee. 



33 



£>er SKeijter, 
£>er *|5feffcr. 



master, 
pepper, 



nid)t, 
mdjtS, 



not, 
nothing. 



Exercise. 



What do you tell me ? 
I tell you nothing. (No. 26.) 
What does he t«-ll you? 
He tells me nothing. 
Do you bring me the book ? 
I bring it to you. 
What do you bring to the master; 
I bring him the lamp. 
To whom do you give the pep- 
per? 
I give it to the doctor's sister. 
Do you bring them the salt? 
I bring it to them. 



What have you ? 

I have nothing. 

Give the rose to the mother! 

I give it to her. 

What do you bring (to) her? 

I bring her nothing. 

What does she tell you? 

She tells me nothing. 

Whom do }^ou see here? 

I see you. 

What do you give (to) me ? 

I give you the book, 



No. 28. 

The prepositions govern different cases; many of them 
govern the dative, when the idea of itest, and the accusative 
when the idea of motion or direction is conveyed. (Parad- 
igms VI. 5.) 



Stf) ffnge. 


I sing. 


SBo? 


Where ? 


3n b e m ©arteiu 


In the garden. 


3d; gefce. 


I go. 


2Bot?m? 


Whither? Where to? 


3n ben ©arten. 


In (into) the garden, 


auf, (Dat. and Ace.) 


upon, on. 


£>er tfeflcr, cellar. 


2)er SB eg, way. 


£)er Qfyfer, apple. 


2)ie $*anf, bench. 


£)er ©from, stream, river. 


5>tc SKityle, mill. 




2* 



34 



SMe tfutfdje, 


coach. 


ttegen, 


to lie, 


£>te ^iic^c, 


kitchen. 


legen, 


to lay. 


£>er ^oc^, 


cook, 


&t\va$, | 


something, 


focfyen, 


to cook, 


anything, 


Men, 


to sit, 


nein, 


no. 



Exercise. 



Where do you sing? 

I sing in the garden. 

Where do you cook ? 

I cook in the kitchen. 

Do you go into the kitchen ? 

N<o, I go into the garden. 

Whom do you see in the gard- 
en? 

I see the gardener (female). 

Do you see the gardener's 
house? 

I see it. 

What lies upon the bench? 

The rose. 

What do you see upon the 
house ? 

I see the hen upon the house. 



Who is sitting upon the way ? 

(road. ) 
The professor's brother sits 

on the way. 
Whither do you send the cook ? 
I send him into the cellar. 
Have you wine in the cellar ? 
No. Have you wine ? 
I have wine. 
Have you something? 
I have nothing. 
What do you lay upon 

bench ? 
I lay the apple upon 

bench. 
Does the hat lie in the coach? 
It lies in the coach. 



the 



the 



No. 29. 

Any or some in a general sense, if connected with an 
adjective or substantive, is not translated. 

3ucfer, sugar, or some sugar. 

SBaffer, water, or some water. 
5)er Jtcife, cheese. effen, to eat, reidj, rich, 

2)cr <§alai, salad, mefyr, more, allein, alone, 



fceffcr, 



better, benn or att, than, 



runfo, round. 



35 



Do you drink 

than 1? 
I drink more than you. 
Do you drink any wine ? 
No, I drink water. 
Have you any cheese ? 
I have some cheese. 
Have you any water ? 
I have more water than you. 
Who has some sugar ? 
I have sugar and meat. 
Have you any salad ? 
I have salad. 

Have you more gold than I ? 
I have more silver than you. 
Do you drink more water 

than wine ? 



Exercise. 
more water You drink more water. 



Do they eat more cheese than 

we? 
They eat more than we. 
Does the professor's son sing 

better than I? 
He sings better than you. 
Who sings better than he? 
The uncle sings better than 

you and he. 
Is the gardener better than I? 
He is not better. 
Is he rich ? 
He is very rich. 
Have you anything ? 
I have nothing. 



No. 30. 

Yes, Sir is generally translated by ja, mein 4?err, (yes my 
Sir); no, Sir by nein, mein £err; but mein £err is generally 
not used. (There are other ways to show politeness. ) 



No. 31. 

There are two kinds of tenses : 

1. Simple tenses whose formation does not require any 
auxiliary verb, as the Present, and Imperfect Active, 
I go, he said, 

2. Compound tenses whose formation requires an auxil- 
iary verb, as : I shall go, I have said, I was gone, I 
should be gone, I was loved* 



36 

No. 32. 

L Learn the Present of the verb U e h c n , to love. 
Please look at the Paradigms XI. 1. 

2. Before f or t the c of the final syllable is in German 
generally elided, when euphony admits ; therefore we 
say generally: 

a Kefct instead of er liefcei, 
ifyr Itetit " " ifyv Itebet, 
bulicfcfl " " btt-fcjfefe 
but we retain the e after a & or t and sometimes J 
(5r fctubet, tfyr fcinbet, bu (unbcft. 

3. Inflect the Present of: 



lernen, to learn, 


Qlftfyen, to glow, 


jtubterert, to study, 


ff^cn, to sit, 


tanjen, to dance, 


jtcr/en, to stand, 


Learn the Present of: 




fya&en, 


to have, 


fetn, 


to be. 


Please look at the 


Paradigms X. 1«, 2. 


<5mb8teber93act*ei:? 


Are you the baker ? 


3d) fcitt c0. 


I am it* 


<5tnb ©ietoofyl? 


Are you well ? 


3d) bin e$. 


I am so. 


£img% hungry, 


treu, true, faithful, 


burftig, thirsty, 


fewer, sour, 


falfc^ / false, 


jtill, still, quiet, 


maQttf meager, thin, 


foQutujie, so or as good as 


fett, fat, 








Exercise. 

jAxt you hungry? Who is the mother's doctor? 

I am so. My brother is it. 

Is the doctor's friend young? Is my wine sour ? 

He is very young. It is not sour. 



37 



Are you blind? 

I am not blind. 

Is the cardinal fat or thin ? 

He is very fat. 

Are you free ? 

I am not free. 

Who are you ? 

I am the neighbor's son. 

Who stands here? 

My friend. 

Is he so good as you? 

He is better than I. 

Is he so still as you ? 

I am not so still as he. 



Are we (true) faithful ? 

We are so. 

Are you better than I? 

I am so good as you. - 

Are you the bishop's f i iend ? 

I am it. 

Is the neighbor thirsty ? 

He is not very thirsty. 

Where does he sit? 

He sits here. 

Is he false ? 

No, sir, he is not false. 

Are you faithful? 

Yes, sir, I am so. 



No. 33. 

1. The Imperfect of regular verbs is formed by adding rtt 
to the root, eliding the e, wherever euphony admits: 

enben, to end, 

id) enb=ete, I ended, 

fagen, to say, 

td) fag=te, I said. (No. 6). 

2. The third person singular in all Imperfects is like the 
first person. The terminations of the other persons is 
the same as in the Present. 

Please look at the Paradigms XL 1. 

3. Form the Imperfects of : 



nmnftfjen, 


to wish, 


Mitten, 


to bleed, 


fyoren, 


to hear, 


morben, 


to murder, 


toetfen, 


to awake, 


Ietten, 


to lead, 


lefcen, 


to live, 


toinfen, 


to wink, 


iraumen, 


to dream, 


lernen, 


to learn. 



ber £raum, dream, 



38 



4. Ǥ>a&en changes in the Imperfect b into U 
Please look at the Paradigm X. 1 . 



$a6en <5h ju jiubieten? 

3d) fyatte $.u ftubiereru 

Svdumten <§ie? 

34) traumtc. 

4?a6en @ie Sufi? 

#a6cn @ie tfuft 511 ternen? 

tualjrenb. 
(£r fhttrierte , toafyrenb id) 

traumtc. 
lad) en, to laugh, 
tear ten, to wait, 



Have you to study? 

I had to study. 

Were you dreaming? 

I was dreaming. (I dreamt.) 

Have you a mind (lust)? 

Have you a mind to learn? 
whilst. 

He was studying, whilst I was 
dreaming. 
ftfd)en, to fish, moreen, to morrow, 
toann? when (at what time). 



Exercise. 



Had you to wait ? 
I had to wait. 
Had you a mind to laugh ? 
I had a mind to laugh. 
Where is my friend ? 
He is fishing. 
Was he fishin 
waiting? 



Was he laughing ? 

Who? My brother? Yes, Sir, 

he laughed. 
What were you studying? 

When? 
Whilst I was dancing, 
whilst I was I was studying nothing. 
Had you a mind to sing? 



He was fishing, whilst you I had a mind to dance. 

Had we anything to learn? 



When have you a mind to 

come ? 
To-morrow. 

What have you to say ? 
I have nothing to say. 



We had nothing to learn. 
What had she to say? 
Who? The mother? 
No, the doctor's friend(female) f 
She had nothing to say. 

No. 34.. 
1. The Past Participle of the regular verbs is formed by 
adding et or t (according to euphony No. 33. 1.) to the 
root and prefixing to the whole the augment (JC: 



39 

lanben, to land, 
$eslanb=ei, landed, 
ltefjen, to love, 
g e -lieb - t, loved. 
2. Form the Past Participle of: 

roecfen, to awake, enbeti, to end, fiifylen, to feel, 
tanjen, to dance, leiien, to lead, nifteti, to nest, 
meinen, to mean, morben, to murder, Iernen, to learn, 
banfen, to thank, fttrcfyten, to fear, Ijoren, to hear. 

No. 35. 

1. There are a great many verbs which form their Imper- 
fects and Past Participles according to another principle. 
They are now generally called Verbs of the old form 
(sometimes irregular verbs) and correspond in most cases 
to the (so called) irregular verbs in English, as to drink, 
to sing. 

2. The Imperfect of these verbs is formed by changing the 
radical vowel of the Infinitive and retaining only the 
radical syllable 

trinfen, to drink, 

id) ttanf, 1 drank, 

ftngert, to sing, 

itf) fang, I sang r 

3. Their Past Participle is formed by changing (in mos* 
cases) the radical vowel of the Infinitive and prefixing the 
augment ge 

ttfnfen, to drink, 
$e=irunfen, drunk, 

ftngen, to sing, 
gcsfungcn, sung. 

4. There is a new classification of the verbs of the old 
form, namely, 

according to their radical syllable in the Present 
Infinitive , 



40 

and the principle is 

the same radical syllables change according to the 
same law, 
with a few exceptions. 

Please look at the Paradigms XIII. 
and learn the rule of class 3. 

5. Form the Imperfect and Past Participle of: 

ftnfen, to sink, fpttngen, to spring, 

fcinbert, to bind, fcr)hnn ( qcn, to swing, 

rmnben, to wind, fmben, to find, 

6. " f c in" to be has an irregular Imperfect and Past Parti- 
ciple. 

Please look at the Paradigms X t 2, and XII, 1. 

Exercise. 

Was the coffee good ? Had you to drink ? 

It was very good. No, sir, I had not to drink. 

Was it warm ? Had you a mind to dance ? 

No, sir, it was cold. No, sir, I had a mind to study 

Who was singing-, whilst you Was he rich ? 

were drinking? Who? My friend? 

They were drinking. Yes, sir, he was very rich. 

Had you to sing? Was he young? 

No, sir, I had not to sing. He was Yerj young. 

No. 36. 

1. The compound tenses of all verbs are formed by connect- 
ing an auxiliary verb with the Past Participle or an 
Infinitive, as in English. 

Please look at the Paradigms XI, 1. 

2. It has been seen that the auxiliary verb in the Perfect 
Infinitive is placed after the Past Participle, 

QcItcGt ijdbtn, to have loved, 
flcfungcn fyafccn, t3 have sung. 



41 

S. 5Berben in the Future tenses expresses merS futurity, 
no wish or will ; in English it is sometimes eajg|essed by 
shall, sometimes by will, ^1 

4. Inflect the compound tenses of: 

fyafcen, to have, tanjen, to dance, 

ftngen, to sing, pub en, to find,, 

lacf)eH, to laugh, enben, to end. 

No. 37. 

Where in English the auxiliary verb "did" is used, in Ger- 
man generally the Perfect is the corresponding tense. 
£aBe»t @ie gelieM? Did you love? 
<&ciUn <5ie gefunben? Did you find? 
0frgnen, to rain, fparcn, to spnre, 
fctynetert, to snow, jtiirmen, to stoim. 



Exercise, 



Have you loved ? 
I have loved. 
Had he found ? 
He had found. 
Did he laugh ? 
He did laugh. 
Was he laughing i 
He was laughing. 
Did the brother sing? 
He did sing. 
Did he fear ? 
He did fear. 
Did you dream ? 
I did dream. 
Have they lived ? 
They have lived. 
Will they learn ? 



Did you drink ? 
Yes, Sir,, I did drink. 
Did you thank ? 
I did thank. 
Did it snow ? 
It did snow. 
Has it rained ? 
It has rained. 
Did he mean? 
He did mean. 
Did they cook ? 
They did cook. 
Did we make ? 
We did make. 
Did he bind 2 
He did bind. 
Would you go ? 



42 



They will learn. 

Will he have? 

He will have. 

Would you learn ? 

I would learn. 

Would she be ? 

She would be. 

Will you come ? 

We will come. 

Would you have ? 

I would have. 

Will it storm? 

It will storm. 

Would she have learned? 

We would have learned. 

Will they go ? 

They will go. 



I would' go. 
Would she sing ? 
She would sing. 
Will she have loved t 
She will have loved. 
Will you have made ? 
I shall have made. 
Will it have snowed ? 
It will have snowed. 
Would he have found? 
We would have found. 
Will you end ? 
I shall end. 

Would you have said ? 
I would have said. 
Will she come ? 
She will conic 



No. 38. 

1. Before countries and places 

ta is translated by nad/, 
in or at by in, 
from- by uon. 
3d) g-efte it act) (Snglanb. I go to Hhgland. 
3d? tear in Berlin. I was in (at) Berlin. 

3d; fomme oon g»nbon. I come from London. 

2. The Present is often used instead of the first Future. 

3d? fonune morgen, I shall come to-morrow. 
9lm, new, ^tuierifa, America, nun, je£t, now 

9lmyoxf, New York (Surc^n, 
$art§, Paris, Qtfrtfa, 
2ftiind)en, Munich, Srlanto, 
flftom, Rome, jRufjlanb, 



Europe, oft, often, 

Africa, felten, seldom, 

Ireland, gejtern, yesterday. 
Russia. 



$eterS&urg, Petu-sburg, JDeulfcfylnnfo, Germany, 



43 

Exercise. 
Do you go to New York ? Was he in Russia ? 
I go to Berlin. He was not in Russia. 

Do you come from England? Does she go to Ireland? 
I come from Germany. She goes to Africa. 

Is the father's friend at Berlin ? Do you come from Munich ? 
No, Sir, he was at Berlin, he I come from Paris. 

is now in Munich. Is my brother inPhiladelphia? 

Does he go to Europe ? He was in Philadelphia; he 

He goes to Europe. is now in New York. 

No. 39. 

Whenever the verb occurs in the form of an Infinitive or 
Past Participle, this Infinitive or Past Participle has to 
stand at the end of the sentence, 

(£r fyat bag JBud) fl c f u n b en? He has found the book. 

SSirb er- bag SBudj f i n b en ? Will he find the book ? 

He tmrb bal 93iufy a,ef unbeit He will Aave found the 

I) a 6 en. book. 

3d? I;a6e nacf; @uropa 511 ge= I have to go to Europe. 

t;en. 

3d) fyoffe nacf; (Suropa $u g e= I hope to go to Euiope. 

§en. 

.Eirerme. 

Who has had the book ? Will you see him r 

The sister has had it. I shall see him. 

Will she go to ^ew York } Will we drink water or wine ? 

She will go to New Yo;k. We shall drink water. 

Have you found the wine ? What do you bring to the 

I have found it. man? 

Has he found anything? I shall bring him bread and 

He has found nothing. milk. 

Did he find the doctors flute? Will he sinsr to-morrow ? 



44 



He found it. 

What will you bring me ? 

I will bring you the rose and 

the lily. 
Did you laugh often ? 
I did laugh very often. 
Do you drink water or wine ? 
I drink water. 
Did it snow yesterday ? 
It snowed yesterday. 
Did you sing seldom? 
I sang very seldom. 
Will you send the book to 

England ? 
I shall send it to England 

and to Germany. 
Will you bring the lamp to 

the father? (No. 26) 
I shall bring it to him. 



He will sing to-morrow. 

Did he find the brother ? 

He found him. 

Did he sing yesterday ? 

He sang yesterday. 

Did you cook in ihe kitchen •? 

We cooked in the kitchen. 

Will it snow to-morrow? 

It wilt snow and rain to-mor- 
row. 

Will they have drunk wine? 

They will have drunk water 
and wine. 

Will they have found the 
stone ? 

They -will have found it. 

What will you give to the 
sister ? 

I shall give her the ring. 



No. 40. 

I. Many intransitive verbs, principally such in which a mo- 
tion or change is expressed, take in their compound 
tenses the auxiliary verb " f c i n " instead of " i) a b e n. ,r 
This is in some few cases similar to the English. 



©etyen, (irregular) , 

gegangen, 

id) oin gegangen, 

id) to ax gegangen. 

gegangen fein, 

font men, (irregular), 

gefommen, 

tcfy oin gefommen, 

gefommen fein, 

er rotrb gefommen fein, 



to go, 

gone, 

I am gone, 

I was gone, 

to be gone, 

to come. 

come, 

I have come, 

to have come, 

he will have come* 



45 



2. The compound tenses of f e in to be, are formed in the 

same way: 

gettiefen, been, 

id) fcitt geroefcn, I have been. 
Please fook at the Paradigms X, 2. 

3. Inflect the compound tenses of: 
fein, to be, 

Impfct. id) lam, Past Part, gefommen, 
" t$ 9**% fiegangen, 

" id) pant), geftanben, 



To mm en, to come, 
Scr/en, to go, 
ftefyen, to stand, " 

lanben, to land. 

5)aS Renter, 

in bem Sweater, 

in ba$ Sweater, 

©tno ®ie in 33crltn getrefen? 

6inb ®ie in bent £r)ea4er Q& 

roefen? 
<£r toar in ba$ Sweater gegan= 
pen. 



the theater, 
at the theater, 
into the theater. 
Have you been at Berlin? 
Have you been at the theater? 



He was gone to the theater* 



Exercise, 



Did you go into the garden ? 
I went into the garden. 
Is the father gone to Paris ? 
He went to Petersburg. 
Will he go to Philadelphia? 
He will go to Philadelphia 

and to New York. 
Did you stand in the theater? 
I stood in the theater. 
Was the mother gone ? 
She was gone. 
Have you been at Berlin ? 
We have been at Berlin. 
Has my friend been in Africa ? 
Yes, Sir, he has been in Africa, 



Has the brother's friend been 

at Munich ? 
He was at Munich and at 
Paris. 1 
Have you been inPhiladelphia ? 
I have been in Philadelphia. 
Where did you land ? 
I landed at New York, 
Did you come from London ? 
No, Sir, I came from Paris. 
Did you come from Europe ? 
Yes, I came from Europe. 
Have you been at Rome ? 
Yes, I was at Rome* 



CONTINUATION OF PART I. 



EXERCISES 

with 
words of different roots, on the acquired principles • accom- 
panied by easy practical observations. 

No. 41. 

£>le Seftton, lesson. mit, (Dat.) witn, 

2)te *yeber, feather, pen. fyeute, to day, 

2)te $inte, ink, t>cv £unb, (hound) dog, 

*reiten,, to ride on horse- * fcfyrci&en, to write, 

back, *rei6en, to rub. 

*£ei§en, to bite, 

* before a verb signifies an irregular verb 
(verb of the old form.) 

1. Words ending in t i o n are feminine. 

2)te Nation, nation. 
2)ie portion, portion. 

2. Please look at the Paradigms XIII, Class 2, and learn 
the law of it* 

Exercise. 

4?aben <Sie t>te Section? SBer ijl mit 3f;nett QmtUnl 

Sty fyafce fie. £>et ^teunb ijt mit mtr getttten. 

4?aJkn ®ie bie ^ebet ? SBer tyat ®te gefciffen? 



47 



3d) l)abebie $eber unbbte$inte. 
5Ba0 fcfyreiben ©ie? 
3d) fcfyreibe bie Mtion. 
#at bie ©d)n?ejxer bie Miion 

gefd;rieben? 
©ie I>at fte gefd)rieben. 
£at |!c mit ber fteber gefd)rie= 

ten? 
©ie t)at mtt ber o^eber gefd)rie* 

ben. 
9*ei1en ©ie t;eute? 
3d; bin l;eute gerttteu. 



£>er $unb fyat mid) get?tffen* 

3Ba3 reiben ©ie? 

3d) rei6e ben ftujj. 

4?aben ©ie ben 51 rm gerteben? 

3d) ^a6e it)n gerieben. 

©tub ©te t)eute geritten ? 

3d) bin t)ettte gerttten. 

©cfyrieben ©ie bie $efnbrt? 

3d; fcfyrieb jle. 

miebber SDoftorfcen 8fug? 

<§r rieb ibtu 



No. 42. 

2)er ©lift, tag, flenug, enough, 

ber 9Majt, palkce, fiir, (accus.) for, 
baS 95Iet, lead, r/efl, light, clear. 

Compound substantives take the gender of the last con- 
stituent part. 

2>er 3ott, toll. £>aS S3Iet, lead. 

2)a3 ^aug, house. £>er ©tift, tag. 

2>a3 S^^fluS/ customhouse. £>er SSTetjIift, leadpencil. 



Exercise. 



§aben ©ie SSIei genug? 

3d) t?abe SSXei unb ©o(b genug. 

©inb ©ie tit bem^o^aufe ge= 

tuefen? 
3d; bin in bent $atlafte getvefen. 
©direiben ©ie jeijt ? 
3d; fd;veibe je|t. 
iib wen? 

Sfitr bid) unb fur ben ©ruber. 
3 ft e3 (; eft genug? 



©d)reiben ©ie mtt bem SBIeU 

ftifte? 
0Zetn, id) fd)reibemitber^eber» 
3ft ite gut? 
©ie ift je|t gut genug. 
©cfyreiben ©ie bie £eftton? 
3d; Ijabe ©ie gefd;rieben. 
<$nt fte bie ©deeper gefd)rte* 

ben? 
©ie fyat fte gefd;rieben. 



48 



<£$ ift t>etl genug fur mi$., 
£afcen ©tc ben SBleiftift? 
3d; l;aBe i(;n. 

<5r ift fc^r C;eu\ 
©etjen^ie inben$Patta|B 
3d; gefje in ben ©arten. 
Wit wem gefye-n @ie l;eute? 
3d; get;e mit bem Softer, 
£aben@ie99let fiirben2)oftor? 
3d; t;abe ©olb fiii tyn. 



2Berben@iefitrmid; fd)rei6en? 
3d; fdjrei&e jefct fur <Sie. 
<5d;reit)en ®ie fur bie ®d;lr>e= 

ftcr? 
3d; I;a6e fiir (!c gefcr/riefcen. 
SBerben <Sie mit mtr gel;en? 
3d) gel;e mit 3f;ncn. 
3ft ber ftreunb bcS SDoftorS 

mit 3(;nen gegangen? 
Gtv ijt mit mir gegangen. 
SBann jtnb @ie gefommen? 
3d; bin l;eute gefommen. 



No. 43. 

boy. £>a$ Suffer, knife, 

(knot) node. £)aS&ebermeffer, penknife, 

money. 2)a3 Sintenfaft inkstand, 
cask, barrel. and), also. 



2)er .JtnaBe, 
3)er Jtnoten, 
2)a8 ©elb, 
£>aS graft 

1 . cr) e n and I e i n are finals for the formation of diminutives, 
and such diminutives are Neuter. 

2)er <sor)n, son. 2)a6 33ud;, book. 

$)a3 @or;nd;en, little son. £>a$ ©ud;Iein, little book. 

(No. 15, 2.) 
2>a$ ftaft cask. 2)ie Sftaib, maid. 

2)aS ftaftfyen, little cask. £)a3 2ttabd;en, (little maid) 

girl. 

2. d) c n or le i n are used according to euphony; generally 

both can be used. 



Exercise. 



2Berr)atba$$aftijen? 
2)er ^nabe t;at e8. 
4?at er aud; bag Qfleffer? 
(Sr fyat bag Sfteffer imb 
$intenfa§cfyen. 



ba8 



2Ba3 ift inbem&affe? 

©olb unb 33Iei. 

$at ber £unb ben &ater gefcif* 

fen? 
<£r r;at ben 39ruber flffciffeju 



49 



$$fcft ©ie bie Sebet? 


#a6en ®te f;cute gefungen? 


3a, idf; T?a6c f!e. 




3d; l;afcc 


t;eute gefungen. 


*^at fte bet Jtnafce get;aOt f 


iBtnben @»te ben Jfttoten? 


(5r !)at fte getjab: 


t. 


3d; ftnfci 


e it; n. 


2Ber fytt ta@ ftebermeffet? 


■§a&en ®tc ifm gcBunben? 


3cl> t;a&e *£. 




3d; I;a6e 


benJtnotengefcunbeit. 


4?a6en <5te ©eft> 


gemtg? 


SSevben i 


aucf; Ste mit mir $e= 


3d; T;afce ©clt) -genua. 


ijcnl 




@efoen ®te-ba$'8fajj? 


Qhttf; icfynwbe mit 3f;nen nad) 


3d; fc$e eS. 




Berlin 
No. 44. 


gel; en. 


£)'ie Sfiite, ) 
SMe 3ctle, J 


line. 


M, 


much, 


roenig, 


little, 


2)ag lineal, 


ruler. 


i turner. 


always, ever, 


SMe Sriae, 


spectacles 


5 «^/ 


as, when, 


* 6red;cn, 


to break, 


~ : ' r gefccn-, 


to give, 


^fprecfycn, 


to speak, 


* eff en, 


to eat, 


*fefyen, 


to see. 


*fefcm 


to read. 


1. Please look at the Paradigms XIII, class 4 and learn 


the law of it. 









"Exercise. 



$3erl;at mtt Sfynen gefyrocfyen ? 
Sftein 23ruber fjat mtt mir ge= 

fytod;en. 
Sprad; er ufcf? 
<5r fpract; fefjr biel. 
@prad; bie Gutter tuenig? 
@ie fyrad; fet;r toenig. 
£efen @ie bie Beite? 
3d; iefe jle. 

4?afcen ®ie bie trifle? 
3d; (;afce .fie =ni d;t« 



(Sffen @ie btef 1 

3d; effe feljr trentg. 

$at <Sie metn $reunb fyettte 

gefe^en? 
(&x l;ot mid; §eute gefe!)en. 
@inb <Sie mit it;m gegangenl 
3d; fcin mtt if;m gegangen. 
Wlit *»em t;at er gefprodjen? 
(£r l;at mil ber ©ctywejlcr ge* 

fprod;eiu 
®pre$en <$ie m'eH 

3 



50 



2Ba0 Ijabm ©letjeuie gclefen? 
Sty fya&e fciel gelefen. 
<&dbtn <Sie tjiel gegcffen? 
3d) tjafc-e fef;r toentg gegeffen. 
*£>atjen ©tc bag Stneal ? 
SRein, i<§ fyafceeS 3(;ncngegc(>cn. 
4?aoen@ieba3 93robgcorodjen? 
2)er Jtnabc l;at e3 gefcvocfyen. 
^auen @ie e§ gefefyen? 
2)er 93ruber X;at e3 gcfo^en. 



3tf; fpredje immer fcf;r toentg, 
©rad?en <Stc baS 93rob? 
©te 6racf;en e$. 
©pracfyen jtc del? 
©te farad) en f et? r toenig. 
91§en fie, nlS er fam? 
©te afjen, aTS er fam. 
£afen ©ie, aI8 totrgtngcn? 
3d) la3, atS ©te gingen. 



No. 45. 



3n bcr ©cfyule, at school, 
in bie ©cfyule, to school, 

(No. 28.) gefunb, 
in bcr Stivtye, at church. no, 

in bie Jtirct)e, to church. ba 

in ber ©tabt, (at) in the city, toot/in, 
in bte©iabt, to the city. bafyin, 



•Mei&en, (No. 40) to remain, 
stay. 
(sound) healthy, 
where, 
there, 

whither, whereto, 
thither, thereto. 



q e is often met with as a strengthening aug- 



feeling, 



1. gefnnb- 
ment. 

2)aS ©efitijf, 

ba3 ©effefyr, sight, face. 

2. tool? in — whenever the English where or *Aere expresses 
a direction from the speaker, i. e. whither, thither, toofjin 
and bat)tn must be used in German. 

SBotyin ge^en ©ie? Whither do you go ? 

3$ gel)e bafyin. I go thither. 

Similar to the English Where do you go to ? we can say 
in German 323 o gefyen ©te l?tn? (generally used). 



Exercise. 



$Bo jinb ©ie tyeute getoefen? 
3d; cm in ber ©dntle getoefen. 



S&ofym ritten ©ie nttt ifym? 
3tf; vttt mtt if;m in bie <St<&t 



51 



2BoI;in gefyen <&'u je§t? 
3d; gefyc jefct in bie (Stab't. 
Sleiben ®tc tuber @tabt? 
3a, id; fctei&e in ber <5tabt. 
®er)en ®ie mit mir ? 
£^etn, id? gcX;c je§t inbieJtird;e. 
20o reiten <Sie t?tn? 
3d; rcite nad; Qlthinf). 
JHcitet ber ©ruber ba^in? 
(Sr ijt bafyin geritten. 
mm er in QHluin?? 
3a, er bUibt in 9tt6an9. 
5Bo ijt ber ftrcunb gebliefte-n? 
@r fctiefc Ijier. 

3ft er mit 3f;nen geritten ? 
(£r ritt mit mir. 



®e(;en ober reiten 6ie f;euie? 
3d; ritt gefrern, id; gef;e Ijeute. 
^teitei bie Jtonigin mit 3^uen? 
<&k ifi mit mir geritten. 
2Bo ift bie ©cfyroefier getuefen? 
©te tear in ber ©cfjule. 
<55e^t fte auct; in bie ^ird;e1 
8ie ge^t oft in bie Jftrcfye. 
<3inb <5ie gefunb? 
3d; tin nicfyt gefunb. 
3ft bie Gutter gefunb ? 
<5ie tfl fefyr gefunb. 
2Bo$ef;i fte Ijeute fytn? 
<§h ge$t in bie ^ir^e. 
@inb <Sie in ber Jftrcfye getoc* 

fen? 
3a, id; tear in ber j?ird)e. 



No. 46. 



2)er ®ajr, guest, 

bcrfeirti | host,, land- 

ber ©ajitinttt;, J lord, 

ber Ǥof, court, yard, 

ber ©aftfyof, j 

bae ©aftf;au3, j- hotel, 

baS ǤoteI, ) 



ber Qfrjt, 


physician, 


* :: 'tctffen, 


to know, 


QCtiJtfl, 


certainly, 


baljer, 


thence, there- 




from (from it), 


n?or)er, 


whence, where- 




from. 



1. teiffen, to know, hm$te, germtft. 

Please look at the Paradigms XIV, and XIV, 8. 

2. tt> ol; er — 1; e r signifies a direction towards the speaker. 

5Bo fommen @ie I;er? Where do you come from ? 






5Bo getyen <$ie fyin? 



Where do you go to ? 



52 



Exercise. 



2Bo fommen Sic l;er? 

3d) font me bon $arig. 

<Sinb Sie bon (aug)2)htnd;en? 

3d; bin bon Mndjett. 

2Bo ifi mem QCrjt fcer? 

(gr tft bon $l?ilabctyt;ia. 

2Bo ifl baS ©aftyauS* 

m Cft in ber <§tabi. 

3(1 ber 9lr$t in bent ©apf;ofe 

geblie&cn ? 
3a, er fcttcO in bent ©a'ftt;ofe. 
3Bof;et ttiffen @ie eg? 
3d; rocif? eg ; tcfy fyafce mi't tf;m 

gef^rocl;en. 
5Bo ift ber JtnaBe? 
2)er tfna&e ift in bent £ofe. 



SBiffen <Sic eg Qciuifl? 

3d; roeif? c§ geir-if?. 

OBo rftber@aft? 

dx ifl in bet ,ftird;e. 

SBiffen @ie, loo bie Jtirdf; e ift? 

3d; roeifj eg. 

SBufjte caber ©aft? 

<£t nut'fjte eg. 

$Bol;in gefyen <Sie fejjt ? 

3d; get;e in "bie ©tab't. 

£aoen <Sie bag 3ett('<ut3 ge* 

fetyen? 
3a, id) t)aU eg gefeT;en. 
<5ar)en @ie aucl; ben $>a(Jaft? 
3d; fa* ben $au\tfi nub bie 



2)et better, 
bie 93afe, ) 
bie(Souftne, ) 
bte Safef, 
ber Sifd;, 



No. 47. 
cousin, 

cousin(female) 
long table, 



table, 



SBeffen, Whose ? 

unter, (No. 28) under, below 
*Jiegen, to lie, (lag, gcle- 

legen, to lay, put. 



Exercise. 



3Ba3 tiegt auf bent $ifd)e? 
SaSSud; liegt auf bent £ifd;e. 
28er f;at ben£ut auf benSifcfy 

gelegt? 
2)er better. 
9Ba§ f;afcen@ie unter ben $ifd; 

gelegt? 
3d; tyafce bag 33fct unter ben 

Sifd; gelegt. 



SBer T;at bag 2ttcjfer untcr bi* 

Safe! gelegt? 
£)ie $kfe t?at eg unter bie $a* 

fel gelegt. 
£afcen @ie eg unter bet Safe* 

gefef;en? 
3a, eg l;at unter bet &ofe! ge« 

legen; id; fat; eg. 



53 



S5er $ocf, 
ber SRanief, 
ber 4?alS> 
bag $w§, 
ba3 £a(Stud), 



coat, 

cloak, 

neck, 

cloth, 

neckcloth, 



No: 48. 
bie Metier,, 
bie SBefte,. 
btc £ofe, 



ladder, 

vest, 

pantaloons, 

black. 



1. fy e r and § t n can be connected with prepositions, and 
become so adverbs of place. 

l;erauf, (hither) up, (where the speaker is), 
fyinauf, (thither) up, (where he is not). 



Jommen <sie f;erauf I 
3d? fomme I;inauf.. 
I)erunter, 
fyinunter, 

$ommen <&k Ijerunter! 
3$ fomme fyinunter. 



Do you come up ? 

I come up. 
(hither) down, 
(thither) down. 

Do you come down ? 
I come down. 



Exercise. 






mo iji m.eiti 3focf ? 

3d; l;aue tt;n auf ben Si'fd) ge* 

lefit. 
2Bo jtnb ®ie? 
3d; bin auf ber £eiter. 
.ftommen <$ie fyerunter (or f;er*) 

3d) fomme tyinitnter (ox t;inafc). 

SBtingen <Sie ben Mantel! 

(St Iteflt auf ber 93anf. 

Unbbie £Sejte? 

®ie liegt unter ber 93anf. 

3iiba3£ud) f^arj? 

(S3 tjl fdjtoarj. 

Sjt mein$ud;rotf ^ter? 



3a, er liegt auf b em Sftantef*. 
SBringen @tc mtr bie 4?©ft unb 

bie SBefte. 
£ier ijt bie 20ejte! tfommett 

@ie tyerauf ! 
#al>en ®ie mem 4?al3fud; ? 
3a, id; (;a£c e3. 
^ommen <Sie bod; Remitter I 
Sftein, fommen @ie tjerauf! 
3d; fomme Ijmaiif. 
<%aUn @teba8«§al§tu#? 
3d; l;abe e3 unb fcringe eS fyuu 

33vingen <$k e0 fyerauf! 



54 

No. 49. 

£er £iigel, hill, ba$ Softer, cloister, con- 

fer $f)urm, tower, vent, 

ber ,ftird)t§urm, steeple, bag <Spital, hospital, 

ttett, wide, far, bic 93ifcliotIief, library, 

toon, (Dat.) of, from, nefccn, (No. 28.) near, by, 

jeigen, to show. 

Exercise, 

©eljen <Sie bag Softer ? 3)1 bie 33tbliotr;ef aitf bem £it-- 
3a, id) fetye eg; eS ift neften gel? 

bem ^aOafte. S^ein, fie ift in ber <Stabt. 

Seigen @ie mir baS ©^ttall 93)ol;er fommen <Ste jefet ? 

3d? tyaOe e6 i!)nen ge^eigt. 3d) fommc ton bem ©pitale. 

3ft ba8 (spitat ne&en bem JtTo= 3ft baa ©pital iveit bon bet 

fter? «t6ItotI;cf? 

S^ein; fefyen @te ben Jtircf;= (£3 ift ntcfyt iveit toon ber 3310= 

tl)urm ? liotfjef. 

3a, id) fefye il)n. 2Bo gel)en <sie f;tn ? 

£)a$ Softer iftnefcen ber «ftird)e. 3d; gef;e in bte <Stabt. 

No. 50. 

2)er Coffer, trunk, tyangen, to hang, sus- 

b?r ©tut)!, (stool) chair, pend, 

lend/ten, to light, shine, lefmen, to lean, 

ber £eud)ter, candlestick, an, (No. 28) on, at, to, 

1. fdjreifcen, to write, the person to whom we write is 
placed either in the accusative with an , or in the dative. 

(£r fd)reifct an mid) or mir. 
He writes to me. 

(Sr fd)reifct an <sie or 3$nen. 
He writes to you. 



55 



Exercise, 



93k3 tyongt an bent <&tui)U T 
JBcr Mantel fyiingt an bent 

©tlltjfe. 

£afren @ie an ben JDoftor ge- 

fdjrietfen? 
Set) l)afce an tT;n gefcCjrieBen. 
SfiSaS fd;rief>cn @ie i^m? 
3d? fcfyvieB ifm fcf?r inel. 
£aBen ©te bte £ofe in ben 

Coffer getegt ? 
34 fyaBe fie auf ben Coffee gc= 

Iegt. 
©efcen @tc mil mir ? 
3a, id) get)e nut S&nen. 



€?djrel6en ®ie an bie Sftutter? 

3d) fdjteibe an ffe 

SGofyin fd)reiBen ®ic? 

3d) fcf;ret6e nad) $ari3- 

2Bo tfiber better? 

Q£x Ufynt an bem ©tufyle. 

<sefyen @ie ben 2eud)ter? / 

3d) fc^c it)n. 

SBaS l;a6cn <5ie an ben £eud)= 

ter gefyangt T 
3d) f;aBe ben #ttf an ben Send)* 

ter gel;angt. 
Qln t» en IjaBen Ste gefcfyrieBen % 
%i) fjaBe an. ban better at- 

ftytte&m*. 

ETo. 51. 
©a§ <Sd)tet6e* writingbook, 
Bttd),- 
Bra ud; en, to need, 

*letyen, (No. 41) to lend, 
franf, sick, 

1. Verbs in i r e n* 

Some verbs are forme 
ieren. Ex. 
SMe^tyilofo^te, philosophy, 
pfyilofo^iten, to philosoph- 
ize, 
bet 9tuttv ruin, 

rutntren, to ruin, 

These verbs have the peculiarity of not taking the aug- 
ment "ge ,; in the Past Participle. Ex, 
rutniten, ruintit, 
fhibteren, jtubiert. 



urn, 


(accus.) about, 


urn $u, 


in order to, 


toarunv 


why, 




(what about) 


barum, 


therefore. 




(there about) 


L by the final 


syllable tren or 


b.a§ <S tub turn 


, study, 


ftitbieren, 


to study, 


bie £inie, 


line, 


liniren, 


to draw lines. 



56 



Exercise, 



2Barum I;atjc« @te baa 93utf; 

tuinirt ? 
£)er Stwabt ijat eS nttntrt. 
3jl: mein. @ti;rei6ebud) linirt? 
3a, eg ifUinitt. 
£Barum romrnen Bit r)eute ?' 
3d) fom.me, urn $u pfyilofopr/U 

ten.. 
@Ce mad) en niicQ franf.. 
2Ba3 l;a6en <Ste in Berlin jhi= 

biert? 
3d) ^a6e $r;ilofofcr;ie jhibterr. 
SBarum ge^en <$ie nad) $ari$? 
3d; get/e bal)in, urn gu flu^ie* 

ten. 
39raud)en <Ste ben SWantel? 
^ brauc^e itm 



£eir)t 3f;nen ber 93'mber ben 

mod? 
(§r f>at tfm mir geltetjen, 
£eif;en-@ie mks ben9Rocf L 
3d) r)afce it;« bem 33-etteu gelie* 

f;en. 
93raud)en< <2ie oiel ©elb ? 
3d) oraud)e fef/r &iel ®*Ib. 
3Burum ge(;en @ie nad) 

Lofton? 
3d) roerbe eS 3f)nen morgen 

fagen. 
Scr ttntrfr metn <5d)*eioeuud) ? 
3d; roerbe e^rjeute Uni-ren* 
©ie roerben eSruimren! 
O nein. 



No. 52; 



3ofe£t), Joseph, 

fd)im, beautiful 

nad?, (Dat.) after, 

toor, (No. 28) before, 



2)e« *§>afeiv pot, port, 
ba§ Ufer, shore, 

bte ©trafje, street, 
bte Xijuxe, door, 
fit^ren, to lead, guide, J)od), high. 

1 . 9t a d) , a/Ver. 

9lad) is often used, to denote a direction towards a 
place.. Ex. 

®er;en @te nad) bem <§afen? Do you go towards the port ? 

3tf) gefye nad) bem #afen. I go to the port, 
% What o'clock, 

S)te V&jX means watch, and clock; what o'clock is trans- 
lated by rote oiel VLljx (how much on the clock) 



57 



At what o'clock, 
at three o'clock, 
at four o'clock, 
before three o'clock, 
after four o'clock, 



uni one totet VLfyx, 
urn brei Ul;r, 
urn bier llfjr, 
bor bret Ut;r, 
nacr) brei U(;r. 



Exercise. 



SSotjun ftir/ren ®ie mid; ? or 
SSo fiifyren @(e mid; r)in ? 
3ci) fiil; re <5ie in bie 3cfebr)$= 

jtra£e. 
3fl bie Sofe^aftrage fd;on? 
@ie if* fer)r fdjim. 
QBann fiir)ten <Sic mid) nad; 

b?m -gafen 1 
3d; future <§ie je§t bar)in. 
5Bor)ht (;atjen <§ie mid; a,e= 

Wrt ? 
<§te flnb je&t an bent Ufer. 
SBarum r/afcen <Sie mid; an 

ba3 Ufer gefu^rt ? 
(Sg i(t fo fcr/b'n. 
IMegett @ie oft an bent lifer ? 
So, fet;r oft. 
£afren fie biet jfttbiert ? 
3d; fyafce" fetyr biel flubiert. 



2Bte met Uf;r if* e§ ? 

($$ ift bret W;r. 

SBann ger)en <3ie itx bie @tabt ? 

lint bier lU;r. 

tfommen <5ie bor bret ll(;r? 

Sftein, tcr) fontnte nad; brei ltt;r. 

J?am 3ofebr; bor mir ? 

9Zein, er fam nad; 3i;nen. 

2Bo ijl mein 93rnber? 

(£r fre(;t bor bent £aufc* 

OBo ifl mein Slid; ? 

3d; §afce e$ neoen bie $(;ure 

gelegt. 
2Bo ifi mein Sftantel unb mein 

@tod? 
3d; f;a!3e fte bor bte $T;iire ge= 

legt. 
Siegen jte nefcen ber £f;itre? 
<B'u iliegen bor ber $(;itre. 



No. 53. 



3)er Qlpfef, apple, 


UU§, 


us, to us, 


ber 35amn, tree, 


jimmern, 


to timber, 


ber Qlbfel&aunt, appletree, 


ba§ Bimnter, 


room, 


aitfbem9ftartte, at the market, 


ber@d)ufyma= \ 




anf bent Selbe, in the field, 


d;er, V- 


shoemaker, 


(Paradigms YI, 6.) 


ber <5d; tijtcr, ) 





58 



Exercise. 



<Sinb ®ie auf bem Sftarfte ge* 

rcefen? 
3$ tear ntdf)t auf bemSftarfte. 
2Bo iuaren ©ie ? 
3d) jyar auf bent ftelbe. 
Ǥafien <Sie ben 9tyfel6aum ge* 

fe^en ? 
3a, id; fyafce tt;n gefel^n. 
3fi ber better nut Sfrten auf 

ba3 ftelb gcgangen? 



9?ein, et 91119 auf ben Sftarft. 
@e(;en @te mit un0 ? 
8Bo1)in ? 

3n bag ©afil;aue. 
3d) gelje mit 3f;nen. 
3ft mein Sreunb in bent Sim- 
mer. 
3a, er ijt in bent Bintnter. 
3ft c$ fcf;ott ? 
3a, e$ ift fetyr fcfyon unb l?od;. 



No. 54, 



nad; ǤaiifeorI;etm, home-, 

straightway, 

just, 
perhaps, 
much, 
light, easy. 



©ro§, great, 

ber QSaier, father, gcrabe, 

ber ©roftoater, grandfather, 
bte ©rogmutter, grandmother, bieu'eid;!, 
gu^aufe, at home, &ief, 

Iet$i> 

1. ©et, $u. 

33etbem$t*eunbe, with the friend, or at the friend's house, 

or at the friend's, 
%\\ bent $i*eunt>e, to the friend, or to the friend's house, 

or to the friend's, 
loon bem i^reunbe, (of) from the friend, or from the friend's 

house, or fi om the friend's, 
fcei mir, with me, or at my house, 
§u mit, to my, or to my house, 
Eel una, $u un0, fcei tt)nen, 311 Ujnen etc. in the same way. 

<Sinb <Ste fcet bem Sfmrnbe ge* Have you been at the friend's 

ttcfen? house, or with the friend? 

Cgr. tft £et mit getoeferu He has been at my house, or 

with me. 



59 



Exer 

58ot;er fommen ®te ic|t? 
3d; fomute gerabe bon beut 

©rofsater. 
<Stnb <Ste aucf) bet bet ©ro§= 

mutter getf efcn'? 
3a, ict) war bet it)r. 
2Bo ijx rnctn ©ruber ? 
(£r ifr bei ber ©tojjmtutter ge* 

blteben; n?oi)tn gefyen <3ie? 
3d? gcf;e $u bent Qiqte. 
Jtommt er tneUetcr)t ^u nut? 
(St fontmt 511 3t;nen. 
®et)cti @te in ba§ Sweater? 
3a, id) gef)e bat)tn. 
2tfer gel)t nut 3f;nen? 
3J*ein ©rofj&ater ger)t nut mir. 
3ft tueitt SSruber uad; £aufe 

(t)'eim) gegangenl 



ase. 
9iem, er ifi nad; £aufe gertt* 

ten. 
SBamt flnb @te $u £aufe? 
3Metteici)t urn fcier Ut)r. 
SSann gefjen ©te nad; ^vtufe ? 
Uut jtuet Ut)r. 

QSnrett <Ste bet bent 95acfer ? 
3d; war ntd;t bet tl)m. 
SBann gefyen <Ste jit ifym? 
a3ie0fetct)t petite. 
•SBo fommt bte@d)ttjefter t)er? 
®te fommt gerabe Don bent 

®cf;ufymart)er» 
£Bar fie bicdeic^t aud; bet bent 

23acfer? 
®te wax ntd;t bti bent 33acfer. 
SBar fie in bent $(;eater? 
@te war in bent Sweater. 



No. 55. 



2)er $fa|, place, au3, (Dat.) out, from, 

ba§ ?yenjter, window, auger, (Dat.) out of, without, 

bie £ttft, air, rein, pure, 

bie £Ha(;e, vicinity, offeit^ open, 

buret;, (Acctts.) through, offnen,(No.l5) to open, 

tote, how, 5 tlJ oIf, twelve. 

1. Many substantives are formed by adding c to the adjec- 
tive; (they are then all feminine.) 

91 at), nigh, lang, long, 

$k £ftar)e, (!S T o. 15) vicinity, bie £ange, length, 
tief, deep, 
bie £tefe, depth. 



60 



Exercise. 



3fiber 2Barftyfofc toeit bon ^ter ? 
(£r tft in ber 9tat)e beS £afen3. 
8inb <5ie auf bent 9ftarfte ge= 

ttjcfen ? 
3a; totffen®ieben2RatftyIafc? 
S^etn ; ftt^rcn <^te mid) bafyin? 
3a, id) fufyre @te bat)in. 
3ft bag Boa^ua cinfei: ber 

@tabt ? 
<& ift in ber SWtye be8 $al= 

fafteS. 
3ft bag Ufer $od) ? 
m ijt ntc^t fel;r t?od). 
SBiffen ®ie, ate tief baa 2Baf= 

fer ijt ? 
Sfleim 
$ui;ren 8te mid) ie£t burd) bie 

©tabt I 
3$ fomme gerabe au3 ber 

(Stabt. 
<§inb <Sie auf bem SftarFtyTafce 

getoefen? 



3a, id) to at auf bem SWatfts 

tfafce. 
2Bo fommen <Sie f)tx t 
3d) fomme gerabe auS ber 

3|t bie <&d)vdt nefcen ber Jtir= 

c^e? 
Stein, fie ift netjen bem $fyea= 

ter. 
fommen <&it gerabe au8 bent 

heater? 
3a; tone Diet UJ)r ift e8? 
©3 ift jtoMf W;r. 
<Sinb ®ie bet ber (Eouftne ge* 

toefen? 
3a, id) toar 6ei tr)r» 
3ft bag ftenfter offenl 
Stein, e3 ift nidjt often; bie 

«uft ift ju frifcfc. 
£), nein; offnen ®ie bod) bag 

Senftcr! JDiefiuft ift fo rein* 
3d) offne cS. 



^fijC®&^ 



PART II. 



RELATING 

TO THE DEFINING AND MODIFYING 

OF SENTENCES. 



No. 56. 

The demonstrative and relative pronouns as well as the 
adjectives (if not preceded by any declinable word) are 
declined like the definite article. 

Please look at the Paradigms I. 1. 
Decline: 



jener SRann, that man, 


Jrclcfyeg 93ucr), which book, 


welder $rcunb, which friend, 


guteg @al$, (some) good 


guter 2£cui, (some) good 


salt, 


wine, 


jene SRofe, that rose. 


jencg 33rob, that bread, 


foefcfy'e Jtrone, which crown, 


QUtc 3Kft$, (some) good 




milk, 




£aOen @te biefen *§8t$ 


Have you this hat ? 


3d) fyafce jenert. 


I have that. 


@el;cn @ic jenc CRofe? 


Do you see that rose ? 


3(1; fc^c feiefe. 


I see this (one). 


#aben @te guteg <SaT$? 


Have you good salt ? 


3tf) l;a6c guteg. 


I have (some) good. 


4?afcen <5ie ben £ut biefeg 


Have you this man's hat, 


P«mnef? 


or the hat of this man ? 




'(No. 23.) 


Ȥ>a&cn @te btc $ofe jtenev 


Have you that friend's rose, 


Sreunbtn ? 


or the rose of that friend 


2)er 5TttcT, title, 


bte £ec£e, hedge,. 


berS'iagel, nail, 


bag £ta)t, light, 


ber 4?onig, honey, 


bag tftltma, climate,. 


bie Sfaidjt, night, 


bag #om, horn, 


*D ie Stacfytfgafl, nightingale, 


bag SBttt, bed, 


bie S3riicfe, bridge. 


bag Oiec^i, right, 



64 



Exe?'tise. 



Do you see that bridge ? 

I see it. 

Have you this nail or that ? 

I have that. 

Which wine do you drink ? 

I drink this. 

Is that bed good ? 

This (one) is better. 

Do you see the rose in that 
hedge ? 

I see the lily in that hedge. 

Will you come into that gar- 
den? 

I shall come into that garden. 

Did you drink good water ? 

I drank very good water. 

Do you love this man ? 

Yes, Sir, I love him. 

Is this night clear? 

It is very clear. 

Do you see that nightingale ? 

I hear it ; I have seen it. 

Is this climate cold ? 

It is very cold. 

Have you spoken with that 
man? 

I have spoken with this man. 

Have you studied this lesson ? 

I have studied it. 

Which lesson did you study ? 

I studied this lesson. 

Did you find the new bridge ? 

Yes, Sir, I have found it. 



Have you the hat of this man ? 
I have the hat of that man. 
Which light do you see ? 
I see the light of that house. 
What does he bring ? 
He brings this honey. 
Is this man the mother's doc- 
tor? 
He is my doctor. 
Do you go into that garden? 
Into which garden ? 
Into the garden of that man. 
I shall come into that garden. 
Who sits upon that bench ? 
The gardener's daughter sits 
upon that bench. 

Have you had good wine? 

We had very good water. 

Had you very clear milk? 

Yes, we had very clear and 
fresh milk. 

Did you find that man's nail ? 

I found it. 

Have you found that ring ? 

Yes, I found it upon that 
bridge. 

Have you been at that man's 
house ? 

I have been at his house. 

Does he bring you fresh 
honey ? 

Yes, Sir. 



&5 

No. 5? 
1\ The possessive pronouns and t e i n , no, are declined like 
the indefinite article "ein," a. 

Please look at the Paradigms I. %, 

2. Decline: 

mein Sfreunfc, my friend; unfer $ett), our field, 

betne aflutter thy mother, if;rc SHofe, their rose, 
fein £au3, his- house; fein ©teitt, no stone. 

3. Whenever in German* *«*> syltabhs uiih c are at the end 
of a word* one e is elided; euphony decides, which one. 

Thus: utt fervor u«fre6 instead of unfereS. 
unfrc instead of unfcre etc. 

4. t r) x, their written with a capital initial "3 I) t" means your. 
©efyen ®ie ifyren Sfreunb ? Do you see their friend ? 
<Sef;en <8ie 3l;ren 8>retuib? Do you see your friend? 
3d) fel;e ben ftveunb roeinei I see my father's friend, 



latere. 




or the friend of my father, 
(N-o 23.) 


3d) felje beit Sfreunb meiner 


I see my sister's friend, 


<sd)h>efier. 




or the friend of my sister. 


2)er Sttac^ar,. 


neighbor* 


We tfafce, cat, 


baS ©erf, 


work, 


We QSioluie, violin, 


fcaS SSier, 


beer, 


bie £arpe, harp,. 


bo6 papier, 


paper, 


fiix (Accuse for. 


bte^atte, 


rat,. 





Exercise. 



Do you see my house ? Have you my friend's paper h 

Which house? I see that I have it, . 



house. 
Have you a field i 
I have no field. 
Has my father a hat ?- 
He has a hat. 



Who has my rose ? 

That man has it. 

What do you give to my 

mother?; 
I give her my- book, 



66 



Which (what) title has your 
brother ? 

He has no title., 

Have you your violine ? 

I have my violine. 

Who has our paper f 

The neighbor's son has your 
paper. 

Do you see my sister's 6at?. 

I have seen it. 

Have you heard our nighting- 
ale? 

I have heard it often;. 

Did you drink my father's 
wine ? 

I drank no wine. 

Where is your mother ? 

She is in Italy (Stalien).. 



Whatwill she send to her son? 

She will send him some gold. 

Do you sing for our friend ? 

I sing for him. 

Did you sing for our brother? 

I shall sing foe him. 

Have you seen my work ? 

I have seen it. 

Have you seen my sister? 

I have seen your sister. 

Is our mother's hair white ? 

Your mother's hair is brown- 

Have you my harp ? 

I have your harp. 

Who has the father's harp ?. 

I have it. 

Who has his paper?. 

Lhave it.. 



No. 5-8; 

1. The plural of the article, of the pronouns and of adject- 
ives (not preceded by any declinable word) is formed in 

one way. 

Please look at the Paradigms I. 3. 

2. The substantives, if masculines, add in the Plural C to 
the nominative singular; if neuters et; if feminines ett 
(or tt, if euphony requires,) 

ber Srreunb, the friend, bie QftQiu:,, 

bte $reunbe, the friends, bte ftigurett, 

baS Brett), the field, bte ffiofe, 

bte ftelbet, the fields, bte Oiofett, 

All substantives take tt in the dative plural, if they have 

not already one, 

ble ftreunbe, the friends, bie Srtguren, the figures, 
bertftreunbett, to the friends, ben tfrguren, to the figures. 



the figure, 
the figures, 
the rose, 

the roses. 



6? 



4. Decline the plural of: 
ber ftreunt), the friend,, 
biefeg 3felt>, this field, 
jene $tgur, that figure, 
mein (Bfyul), iny shoe, 
fein ©ctyicert.. his sword, 



tmfere ^nnonc^ 

toetcfyer 2Betn, 
gutev @d)ul),. 



our cannon, 
her cat, 
which wine, 
good shoe, 



langeS (Scfyto eri, long sword. 



Exercise. 



Have you (any) friends? 

(No. 29.) 
I have friends. 
Do you see my fields ? 
I see your fields and your roses. 
Have you seen our shoes ? 
I have seen them. 
Have you seen those swords ? 
I have seen them. 
Did you sing for our sisters ? 
I sang for them. 
For whom will you sing? 
I shall sing for you and for your 

friends. 
Do you go with your sisters ? 
I go with them. G-o with us! 
Did you speak with our friends? 
I have spoken with them. 
What did you bring to our 

sisters ? 
Nothing. 

Which figures did you make? 
I made no figures. 
Who is gone with my brothers? 
Our friends are gone with them. 
Where are my friends? 
They went to church. 



Did you find those wines ? 

I found them. 

Where are our kings ? 

Our kings are in Europe. 

Have they our cannons ? 

They have their cannons. 

Which swords have they ? 

They have our friends' swords 
(No. 23). 

Have you good cannons ? 

We have very good cannons. 

Have you had good swords 
and good pistols? 

We have had very good 
swords ; the pistols were old. 

Who has been in these fields? 
(JNo. 53.) 

Our friend has been in these 
fields. 

Have you long lessons ? 

We have very long les- 
sons. 

Have you seen our cats? 

We have seen them ; they are 
very beautiful. 

Where do you go to ? 

I go to our friends. 



68 

No. 59. 
The masculine and neuter substantives, ending in ett~, e-Ty. 
C X , or Ic in do not change their form in the plural; 
JDev 5tnfer, the anchor, ber ©fatten, the shadow, 

bte <Srt; often,, the shadows, 
baa QBttcfylein, the little booV, ? 
bie 93ticr;lein, the little books.. 

b.aa $Bimber, wonder, 
ba0 Sweater, theater,, 
ba6 $ie&er, fever.. 



bie 2lnfer>. the anchors, 
ber $enipet, the temple, 
bie Sempel, the temples, 

£)er Scaler, dollar, 
ber $iger, tiger, 
ber ^ro^fen, drop, 



Exercise. 



Have you any dollars ? 

I have dollars. 

Did you see tigers .?• 

Yes, Sir, I saw your tigers.. 

To whom did you give my 

little books ? 
I gave them to our friends. 



Have you seen our theaters £ 
1 have seen them.. 
Where have those priests- 
been? 
They were in their temples,. 
Did you find our dollars ?. 
I found them.. 



No. 60;. 



The substantives whiehtake cor Ct* in the plural; gene rally 
modify their radical vowels (i, O, tt and mt into a, p, it 
and nit.. 



2)er «£ur, 


the hat, 


baS <§au$, 


the house, 


bie £itte, 


the hats, 


bie <£aufer, 


the houses,. 


ber @of;n, 


the son, 


baa £ab, 


the bad, 


bie <§oJ)ne, 


the sons, 


bie 93aber,. 


the baths. 


&er Srofd), 


frog, 


b?r ©from, 


stream, river. 


ba$ %f)dl, 


(dale) valley, 


i ber 2BoIf> 


wolf, 


ber Sort, 


tone, souncli, 


ba$ £anb, 


land, country. 



69 



Exercise. 



Did you find your books? 

I have found them. 

Do you hear the (tones) 

sounds of this violine ? 
I hear them. 
Have you seen the -valleys of 

this country ? 
I have seen them. 
Where do you go with my 

sons ? 
To New York. 



Have you seen those wolves? 
Yes, Sir, I have seen those 

wolves. 
Have you been in my houses? 
I have been in your houses. 
Have you cold baths ? 
'We have cold and warm 

baths. 
Did you see fishes ? 
Where ? In those streams ? 
Yes, Sir, we have seen frogs 

-and fishes. 



:No. 61, 



1 . Form the plural of: 



S)a$ attabcfyen, 


girl, 


ber %U%, 


place, 


bag ^tegel, 


seal, 


ber fBaa, 


ball, 


bag ©rag, 


grass> 


ber QBirtter, 


winter, 


bag 33anb, 


(band> ribbon, ber Jtamm, 


comb, 


iber OUufcer, 


robber. 


ber Wlaxfr, 


market, 


ber 93art, 


beard, 


ber orofcf;, 


frog, 


ber 2)ucaten, 


ducat, 


•ber <$a6el, 


sabre, 


ber ftud;g, 


fox, 


ber ^>reig, 


price, 


ber ©tern, 


star, 


ber Singer, 


finger, 


bie'Sercfye, 


lark, 


^ie 3«nge, 


tougue, 


bic $ifiole, 


pistol, 


t>ie mdt, 


world, 


bie Sftacfytigafl, 


nightingale. 


bie Untoerjttat 


, university, 


bie £i)tye, 


lip, 


bie iftafe, 


nose, 


bie SPfltonje, 


plant, 


bie Sfreunbin, 


friend, (female) 


bie £am£e, 


lamp, 


(it doubled 


in such cases) 


-bie Seber, 


feather, 


bie Jtonigin, 


queen. 


$«3 mdb, 


wife, woman, 







70 

2. Some irregular plurals: 
2)ie 2Jhttter, bie $od;ter, ber ©ruber soften their radical 

vowels; 
bev 27hnn, man (vir) has banner, men; 
ber @cf;u&, shoe, has €>djul)c ; 
*fe'imeit, to know i. e. to be acquainted with (Pard. XIV, 1.) 



Exercise. 



Who are those men ? 
Those men are my brothers. 
Do you give them our ducats ? 
I give them my ducats. 
Have you been in our schools ? 
I have been in your and in 

our schools. 
With whom have you been 

at church ? 
With your daughters. 
Did you see those girls ? 
Which girls ? 

The girls of our neighbor. 
I have seen them and spoken 

with them. 



Do you know my daughters ? 
I know them. 
Where are your sisters? 
They are in the fields. 
Have they red lips. 
Yes, Sir, they have red lips 
Have you cold winters ? 
We have very cold winters. 
Hav you lili< s and roses? 
We have lilies and roses. 
Have you warm hats ? 
We have very warm hats. 
Have you hungry friends ? 
I have no friends. 



No. 62. 

1. The position of the verb is now fully understood, the 
Infinitive or Past Participle being placed at the end (of 
a principal sentence) (No. 39). — Thus the two forms 



are 



1. 3c$ fifcret&e -e. — — . 
(or (Scfytei&e id;) — — — ? 

2. 3tf> fyafce — — — — gefd)tie&en. 
3d) fya&e — — — — $u fcfyretOen, 
3d) toevbe — — — — fd)rei&en. 






7! 

2. Now in regard to the other words of a sentence observe : 
"In general that word, which principally modifies the 
verb, stands farthest back in the space left," 

3d) fc^reiOe t;eutc e i n 93 u d) (a book). 



3ct) f)afce geftern " 


gefd)rie&en. 


«£al>e ic^ fyaite M 


$u fd) vei&en? 


5Bevt>e id) morgen " 


frf;rei6cn? 


@r trfrb t;eutc " 


.gefdjtiefcen f)a6en. 


(£r gefyt mi t mil* n ad) (Rett? 3) off (to ]^ew York) 


(Sr. i\t mit 3()nen 


gegangen. 


$at er morgen 


" $u gel) en? 


SBtrfc cr fyeute 


get) en? 


®ef;t er §eute ! t)etm? 


(or nact) £aufe) (home). 


<£r ijt geflcrn " 


gegangen. 


£afcen ©re worsen '" 


ju gefyen? 


■HBerteu @ie morgen n 


gel) en ? 


Jtommen <Sie mit mtr 


3 u r it (f? (back). 


3d) tun mit 3fnien 


"" gefommen. 


<Sr l)at morgen 


$u fommeit. 


(Sr nu'rb mit meiuent $rut>er " tommen. 


<5r ttutb mit metitem 33ruber " gefommen feitu 



No. 63. 

Many of the adverbs of place, and prepositions used ad- 
Terbially are now written in one word with the Infinitive or 
Past Participle of the verb which they modify. 

3d) merbe Ijcimgefyen. 
3d? fyafce fyeinqugefyen. 
3d; bin Ijeimgegangett. 
(Sr ijt juriicfgcfoimnen. 
(£x tyofft jurutfjufommett. 
@r luirb juriitffommen. 

Q(u0, 
€k.tottb tyeute auJgefyen, 



I shall go home. 
I have to go home* 
I went home. 
He has come back. 
He hopes to come back. 
He will come back. 

out. 
He will go out to day. 



72 



auSjugefyen, 

auSgegangen, 

auStrtnfen, 

auS&utrtnfen, 

auSgetrunfen, 

baln'n or tjttv, 
3cr) ruerbe fyeute fyingetyett. 

fytnauf, 

fyerauf, 
@r Hurt) fjerauffommen. 

fyinuriter (l;ina&), 

fy emitter (fyetafc)/ 
(Sr toirt> eS fytmtnterfcringen. 

gcfcracfyt, 
2Ber tjat metnen «$irt fyentnt'ets 

gefcracfyt? 
3cfy fcracfyte Sfyren «&ut tjerunter. 
£afcen <Ste meineu SBein au§= 

getrunfen ? 
3d? fyafce 3(;t SBaffer mi§ge= 

trunfen. 
(Sr Cft fyerafrgefommen. 



to go out (out to go), 

gone out, 

-to drink up (out), 

to drink up, 

drunk up, 

thither, there, 
I shall go there do day, 

up (No. 48), 

up, » 
He will come up (hither), 

down (No. 48), 

down. 
He will bring it down. 
I brought (Parad. XIV, 1.) 

brought* 
Who has brought (here) do wn 

my hat ? 
I brought down your hat. 
Did you drink up my wine ? 

I have drunk 4ip your water. 

He has come down. 



Exercise. 



Is he gone up there with his 

daughters ? 
He is gone up there with them. 
Is he gone back to Paris ? 
He is gone back to Paris. 
Have yon to go back to Paris? 
I have to go back to Paris. 
Have you to bring back my 

book ? 
I have to bring it back. 



Will he go into the garden 

to day ? 
He will go there to day. 
Will he come back with his 

friends ? 
He will come back with his 

friends. 
With whom will you come 

home ? 
I come home with your sons. 



73 

Have you to bring it back today? Had your friend to go out 
I have to bring it back to with my father ? 

morrow. He had to go out with him. 

Will you come home with me ? Do you go up there with my 
I shall come home with your brothers ? 

sisters. I shall go up with your sons. 

Do you go back to Europe ? Did you bring back my hat ? 
I go back to Europe. I brought it back yesterday. 

What do you bring back to Did you go to church with my 

Europe ? daughters ? 

I bring back nothing. I went to church with these 

Did you give me back my book? girls. 
I gave it back to you. With whom did you go in the 

With whom did your brother field ? 

go out ? I went there with these men. 

He went out with our friends. With whom did he go toBer- 
Have you to go out with them? lin ? 

I have to go out with them. He went to Berlin with his 
Who brought (here) down my wife* 

violin? Who came back with these 

My sister has brought it down. men ? 
Do you bring me back my Our brothers came back with 

paper ? them. 

I bring it back to you to mor- Have you been at my father's 

row. yesterday ? 

Bring it back to day ! I was at your father's to day. 

I bring it back to morrow. Did become home yesterday? 
Will you go to Philadelphia to He came home to day. 

morrow ? Do you go out to day ? 

I shall go to Boston to morrow. Yes^ sir, I go out to day. 

No. 64. 

It happens sometimes that there is in German such an 
adverb, whilst there is none in English, 

4 



m^ 


after. 


3d; madje nadf;» 


I imitate, (I mimick) 


nacfygemad;t, 


imitated. 


aft, 


off. 


3d; fd;*et6e at>. 


(I write off) I copy, 


afcgefd;rtefcen, 


copied, 


log, 


loose. 


3d; Binbe log, 


(I bind loose) I unbind, 


loSgeBunben, 


unbound, 


ber Qlffe, 


the ape, 


mae3. 


everything. 


£a?ercwe» 


Does this man imitate oui 


Has your father unbound him ? 


nightingale ? 


He has unbound him. 


He imitates it. 


Did you copy your lesson ? 


Who has imitated the king ? 


I have copied it yesterday. 


Our friend has imitated him. 


Has your sister to copy it to 


Who imitates everything ? 


day? 


The ape imitates everything. 


She has to copy it to-morrow. 



No. 65. 

The adjective is unchanged in its adverbial form 
offen, open, openly, gut, good, well- 



fvet, 



free, freely, 



fiar, 



clear, clearly. 



2)tefer Sfllann ifl often, 

2Mefe Sfyure ijl offen, 

@te fpred;en offen, 

@ie fpred;en fret, 

(§r fjat geftern gut gefungen, 



this man is open. 

this door is open. 

you speak openly. 

you speak freely. 

he has sung well yesterday. 



Stalicnifcfj, Italian. (Snglifd;, English, toilb, wild, wildly, 
©panifd), Spanish. 2)eutfd;, German, \vn$, wise, wisely. 



75 



Exercise. 



Are we wise ? 

We are very wise. 

Bo we speak very wisely ? 

We have spoken very wisely. 

Are you good ? 

I am very good. 

Do you sing well ? 

I sing very well. 

Do you speak English ? 

I speak English and German. 

Do you speak also Spanish ? 

I speak Spanish and Italian. 



Does your nephew dance well? 

He dances very wildly. 

Did he dance well yesterday? 

He danced very well yester- 
day. 

Did you speak with my friend? 

I spoke with him. 

Did you speak very openly ? 

I spoke very openly. 

Do you see everything very 
clearly ? 

I saw everything very clearly. 



No. 66. 



The negative form of ALL verbs is as simple as that of the 
English auxiliaries. 



<Ste Ijabtn, 
@ie l)atjcn md)t, 
<S(e ftngert, 
@te fln^cn trier}!., 

^aben <Ste? 
jbcihtn ®te md)t? 
<8ingen <Sie? 
(Singen <Sie ntd)t? 
3d) rcerbe ntd)t getjen. 

3d) §a&e md)t getanjt. 

3d) Bin md)t gefommen. 
£at er ntd)t gcfprod)en? 
3d) uHttbe ntd;t get)en. 



you have* 

you have not. 

you sing. 

(you sing not) you do mot 

sing. 
Have you ? 
Have you not? 
Do you sing ? 
Do you not sing? 
I shall not go. 
( I did not dance. 
"[ I have not danced. 
I did not come. 
Did he not speak ? 
I would not go. 



(Snmtrbemcfyt gefyrod) en f?ato. He would not have spoken, 



76 

fit rtf) ten, to fear, bet- tfamm, comb, bet bonnet, thunder, 
tyoffen, to hope, ffimmen, to comb, bonnern, to thunder. 
Ic&crt, to live, fuel; en, to seek, 



Exercise. 



Did you sing ? 
I did not sing. 
Did you dance ? 
I did not dance. 
Do we go ? 
We do not go. 
Do they hope ? 
They do not hope. 
Have they feared ? 
They have not feared. 
Did they not seek ? 
They did not seek. 
Does she not dance ? 
She does not dance. 
Was she not dancing ? 
She was not dancing. 
Did it not thunder ? 
It did not thunder. 
Did they not ride (on horse- 
back) ? 
They did not ride. 
Does he not fear ? 
He does not fear; he hopes. 
Is your friend not gone ? 
He is not gone. 
Do our friends not drink ? 
Thoy do not drink. 
Did you not seek ? 
I sought and found. 



Did thoy drink ? 

They did not drink. 

Do you not hope ? 

I do not hope. 

Does it not rain ? 

It does not rain ; it thunders* 

Do you not learn ? 

I do not learn. 

Did they not come ? 

They did not come. 

Does he not live ? 

He does not live. 

Was it raining? 

It was not raining. 

Does it thunder ? 

It does not thunder. 

Will thfy not come ? 

They do not come. 

Do you not see ? 

I do not see. 

Does she not live ? 

She does not live. 

Do you not drink ? 

I do not drink. 

Did our friend not come ? 

He has not come. 

Do you not go ? 

I do not go. 






77 



No. 6T. 



If the " n t d) t " refers to 
No. 63, 

3d) brtnge ba£ 33ud) ju vit ($♦ 
3d) fcringe bag 33ud) n t d) t. 
3d) l;a6c 3C)r 23ud) $ it r it cf ge= 

farad) f. 
3d) $a*e Si)x 33ud) n t d? t ge 

brad;t. 
(S§ ijt fceffet jurit tf^ugefyen. 
(5§ ifi fceffer ntd) t ju gefyeru 

£)er Starts, flax, 



t>te SBofle, 
bte <Scibe, 
bie £aterrte, 
bng ©arn, 



wool, 
silk, 
lantern, 
yarn, 



the verb, it follows the rule 

I bring back the book. 
I do not bring the book. 
: I have brought back your 

book. 
■ I did not bring back your 
book. 
It is better to go back. 
It is better not to go. 

ba§ ©ag, gas, 

bag @trof), straw, 

ber <Stror;fjut, strawhat, 

bag £eber, leather. 



Exercise. 



Have you our wool ? 

I have it not. 

Have you my silk ? 

I have not your silk, 

Has my brother given you 

our lantern ? 
He has not given me your ' 

lantern. 
Did you not find our leather ? 
I have not found it. 
Did you not speak yesterday? 
I did not speak yesterday. 



Do you not love your mother? 

I love her. 

Do you not see my strawhat ? 

I do not see your strawhat. 

Do you bring me my harp ? 

I do not bring it to you. 

Do you not wash your feet ? 

I wash them. 

Did you not see our gas ? 

We have not seen it. 

Will it not rain to morrow? 

It will not rain to morrow. 



No. 68. 
« 
1. In general, if "ntdj t M refers to any other word, it must 

stand before it. 



78 



(Slnb <Sie teicr) ? 

3cfy fctn ntctyt reicr). 

#a&e»t <5te meinen £ui ober 

meinen ©tocf ? 
3d) f;at>e nic^t 3i;ren $ut, [on* 

bern 3fyren (Stoct 
CSv f)at mirntc^tba0®olb,foa= 

bem ba8 ©tlfcer. jurucfgege= 

£en. 



Are you rich ? 
I am not rich. 
Have you my hat or my 

stick ? 
I have not your hat, hut your 

stick. 
He has not given me back 

the gold, but the silver. 



2. Therefore if " n i d) t " refers to a word which modifies the 
verb, it must stand before that word. 

Safari ©ie nacfy s #ari3 gefefyries Did you write to Paris ? 

ben? 

3cfy ^abe n t d) t natf; S))ari0 ge= I did not write to Paris ? 

fcfyrieSen. 

(Singt mctn ©ruber gut? Does my brother sing well ? 

(£x fingt nicfyt gut. He does not sing well. 

$a6en 6te mi* meine fteber Did you bring me back my 

guritcfgeOracvjt ? pen? 

3ct) *)af;e Slmert 3t)re ftebe* I did not bring you back 

tutfjt &urii(fge!6rad)t. your pen. 

©e(;en ®ic t;cute in bie ©ctyufe? Do you go to school to day ? 

3d) gdje I;eutc mc$i in bie I do not go to school to day. 

<©cf)ule. 

©t^tbte^enneaufbem^aufe? Does the hen sit upon the 

house ? 



<sie ftfct nic^t auf bem Ǥaufe. 

5lu0 bem $t) eater, 
au§ ber Jttrd;e, 
ciu% ber <5d)ule, 



£>e* ©ilrtel, 

giirten, 
bie 0tabet, 



girdle, 
to gird^ 
needle, 



It does not sit upon the house. 

from the theater, 
from church, 
from school. 

bie ©ofyle, sole, 

ber@d)itt)mart)er* shoemaker, 
bet 4?utmad;er, hatter. 



79 



Exercise. 



Do you write to Paris ? 
I do not write to Paris. 
Did you bring down (here) 

my girdle ? 
I did not bring it down (there). 
Has he come from school ? 
He has not come from school,' 
Will the hatmaker bring back 

your hat ? 
He will not bring it back. 
Did you write home ? 
I did not write home. 
Do you go to New York to 

day ? 
I do not go to New York to 

day. 



Has your sister come from the 
theater ? 

She has not been at the thea- 
ter. 

Did she go to school ? 

She did not go to school, but 
to church. 

Have you been at the shoe- 
maker's ? 

I have not been at the shoe- 
maker's, but at my friend's. 

Have your sisters come back 
from church ? 

They came back, but not 
from church. 



No. 69. 



1. „But" is translated by ' 

tences, by "afcerj" after 

<5r r)at ntcfyt bagSSrob, fonbcrn 

bag QBaffet. 
Hx I;at bag 93rob, after mcfyt 

bag SSaffer. 

JDte @eife, soap, 
bie ©ptnbel, spindle, 
♦ bet 2Bc6er, weaver, 
Ujeftctt, to weave, 



f o n b e r n n after negative sen- 
affirmative. 

He has not the bread, but 

the water. 
He has the bread, but not 



the water, 

ber <5atthx, saddler, 

ber ©attel, saddle, 

ber 93ucptnber, bookbinder, 

ber pfennig, penny. 



Exercise, 



Has the bookbinder my pa- 
per and my leather ? 



Has the saddler my saddle 
and my girdle ? 



80 

He has not your paper, but He has your girdle, but not 

your leather. your saddle. 

Has the weaver our spindles Who has my pennies ? 

and our needles ? The bookbinder has your pen- 
He has your needles, but not nies. 

your spindles; your neigh- Do you find his soap ? 

bor has your spindles. I do not find it. 

2. If "something unexpected" i.e. not "following as of 
course" comes after but, this but is even after negative 
sentences translated by "after." 
3ft er reid) ? Is be rich ? 

(Sir t(i nid)t reicl), after gut. He is not rich, but good. 
S'ief/ deep, ^tnetn, in (therein), (No. 48) 

SPtt, full, herein, in (hither in). 

Exercise. 

Is the water deep ? It is not full, but I give it to 
It is not deep, but do not go you. 

in I Is this water fresh? 

Does that man come to you ? It is not fresh, but I shall 
He does not come to me, but drink it. 

I see him often. Is your grandmother rich ? 

Is my glass (ba3 ®(a0) full? She is rich, but she does not 

Do you hear ? give me her dollars. 

No. 70. 

1. When the relative pronoun ,, to etd) er", which, that or 
who, stands after the word to which it refers, it has some* 
irregular cases. 

Please look at the Paradigms IV, 1. 

5)er$hmt,beffert£au3 id; fet)e. The man whose house I see. 
2pie 8freunbin, beren 3ftofe id) The friend whose rose I have. 
i?afte. 



81 

JDiiS SBctt, beffen $oI|ler er The bed whose (or of which 
Oringt. the) bolster he brings. 

S) te Scanner, beren <Seifc &k The men whose soap you 
fya&en. have. 

5>ie Sftabdjen, mtt benen id; The girls with whom I speak. 
fpred;e. 

2. In such a case the definite article can be used instead of 
the relative pronoun, but the irregular cases have to be 
retained* 

Please look at the Paradigms IV. 2. 

3. The relative pronoun can never be omitted as it is done 
sometimes in English. 

S)ie9fa>fe,-toelcije orbte idj fctje. The rose (that) I see. 
S)aS 2ttabd;ert, ruela)c3 or baS The girl (whom) I love, 
id) licfce. 

The men (whom) I see. 

bic ©unbe, wound, 

bag Regiment, regiment, 

ba# SSaterlanb, fatherland, 

furiren, to cure. (N. 51) 



Exercise. 

Do you go with the man Which regiment? I did not 

whom we see ? 'hear. 

I go with the man whom you The regiment whose general 

see. I am. 

Do you know the officer whose I see it; its flag is white and 

finger I cured ? r* d. 

I do not know him. Do you know the officer whose 
Do you know the general wound my doctor cured ? 

whose sister I love ? I know him; I have seen him 
I have heard of (toon) him; often. 

but I do not know him. Do you love your fatherland ? 



S)ie banner, toeld)e or bte 


u§ 


fefee. 






2)ev Dffater, 


officer, 




ber ©eneraf, 


general, 




ber finger, 


finger, 




bic Sfarbe, 


nerve, 




bie frlagge, 


flag, 





82 



Have you seen the officers of 

that regiment ? 
We have seen them. 
Do you know the men I know ? 
I do not know them. 
Do you fear the men you 

speak with ? or (with whom 

you speak.) 
I fear the men you speak with. 
Do you see the regiment whose 

general 1 am? 



I love it. 

For whom do you live ? 

I live for my fatherland. 

Do you go with the general 

I know ? 
I do not go with him. 
Do you see the pen I write 

with? or (with which I 

write ?) 
I see it. 



No. n 

1. If the indefinite article or a word declined like it stand 
alone, i. e. the word to which they belong, be not im- 
mediately following, they take the terminations of the 
definite article. 

Have you no bread ? (or not 



Jgaben @ie f c in 23rot> ? 

3d) (;aBe f eitteg. 
«§a6en ®ie foiefefi Q3rob ? 
3d) fyafce jencS. 
«&a6en ©ie m e i n 33ud) ? 
3d; K)afte m e t n e §. 
Reiner fyat e8 mir gefagt. 
(Sine* (;at mir gefagt. 
(Sv if* e i n 9ftann. 
<§r ijt fetn SKann. 
2» Instead of the demonstrative pronoun the definite article 
can be used. 

$) er I?at mid) gefe(;en. This one has seen me. 

SDi e t)a6en c$ mir gefagt. These (people) have told it to 

me. 

®e1)en <Sie b t c D^ofc I See this rose 1 



any bread?) 
I have none or not any. 
Have you this bread ? 
I have that (one). 
Have you my book ? 
I have mine. 
No one has told it to me. 
One has told me. 
He is a man. 
He is no man. 



83 



o. Some, when standing alone or in a limited sense., some 
few, a few, is translated by " t 1 n 1 9 c r " or "welder". 
£aOen <5h cinige Dfafen? Have you some (few) roses? 

(No. 29.) 



3d) fyatoe einige. 

«§a6en @tc ©alj? 

3d; §a6e iDclcl?cg. 
2)ie $fitte, hut, 
fete @uj3pe, soup, 
tie 33of;ne, bean, 



I have some (few), 

Have you any salt ? 

I have some, 

bte 21 lifter, oyster, 

ba8 Wltfl, (meal) flour, 

fcciS Del, oil. 






HaTe you any oil ? 

I have none. 

Give me a few oysters! 

I hare not any. 

Have you not heard 

nightingales ? 
I have not heard any. 
Does this one bring 

beans ? 
This one brings my 

and my beans. 



Exercise. 

Have you any soup ? 

I have some. 

Do you know this man ? 

I d© not know hirn. 
any Did you find our huts ? 

We have found them. 

Did you drink any oil? 
your I did not drink any. 

Have you my book ? 
flour I have yours. 



No. 12. 

i. When the adjective is preceded by the definite article or 
or a word declined like it (Parad. I, 1.), its nominatives 
singular have £ as termination, all other cases en. 
Please look at the Paradigms III, 1. 3. 
2. Decline: 

S)iefer retd)e <5taat, this rich state, (PI. S'taaten). 

jcncS gute £anb, that good land (or country), 

atle flaren $etlen, all clear pearls. 

mmtfft retcfyen -SSciOer, many rich women. 



84 



2>ie Sfafdje, 


(flask) bottle, 6reit, 


broad, 


bie ftiiege, 


fly, teligtoS, 


religious, 


bag tfaI6, 


calf, ^ofnifcfc, 


Polish, 


be* SBtnb, 


wind, amerifanifd), 


American, 


raul), 


rough, 





Exercise. 



Have you been in these rich 

states ? 
I have been in these rich 

states. 
Where did you find this clear 

pearl ? 
I found it in that deep water. 
To whom do you bring this 

thick book ? 
I bring it to that old man. 
Have you been at that old 

man's yesterday ? 
I have been with him yeste- 

day. 
Who are the queens of this 

great country ? 
Our women are our queens. 
What will you bring to this 

young girl ? 
I bring her this white rose. 
Have you seen those English 

hats ? 



I have seen them. 

Have you seen those great 
tigers ? 

Which great tigers ? 

The tigers of that old man. 

I have not seen them. 

Are the English girls religi- 
ous ? 

They are very religious. 

Did you see these Polish hats? 

I saw these broad Polish hats. 

Have you such rough winds 
in your country? 

No, Sir. 

Did you see these American 
flies ? 

I saw them. 

Did you speak with these 
religious girls ? 

I spoke with them. 

See those large bottles I 

They are not very beautiful. 



No. 13. 

If the adjective is preceded by the indefinite article, or a 
word declined like it, its nominatives singular have the 
terminations of the definite article and all other cases Ctl. 
Please look at the Paradigms HI, 2, 3. 



85 



Exercise. 



Who has a grey hat ? 

I have a giey hat. 

Have you an old grey hat ? 

I have an old grey hat. 

Have you seen my young 
daughter ? 

I have seen her. 

Where is the mother of our 
good friend ? 

She is in the neighbor's gar- 
den. 

Are your young daughters 
here ? 

They are not here. 

Where is oar wild girl? 

She is at school. 

Have you spoken with her 
wise father ? 

I have not spoken with him. 

Have you seen my old father ? 

I have not seen your old father, 
but I shall see him to day. 



Do you bring my English 

books ? 
I have brought them to you. 
Who has given you these 

German and Italian books? 
My mother has given them 

to me. 
Has your friend seen your 

fatherland ? 
No ; he has not seen it. 
Did you go to our old friend's ? 
I did not go to him. 
Did you see our German dol- 
lars ? 
I have seen them. 
Did you speak with those 

German gardeners? 
I did not speak with them ; 

they do not speak English 
Speak German with them! 
It is better to speak witl 

you 



No. 14. 



1. Participles can be used as adjectives. 



©eiie&t, 
t>er geliefcte Sfreunb, 
mein geltcBter Q3ater, 
metne cjelieBie Gutter, 

liefrenb, 
Vie He&enbe $ocf;ter, 
ein ItebenW SWatocfyen, 



loved, 
the beloved friend, 
my beloved father, 
my beloved mother, 

loving, 
the loving daughter, 
a loving girl. 



86 

2. Adjectives and Participles can be used substantively. 

2>er ®ute f the good one, 

bte ©ute, the good one (female), 

baS ©ute, that which is good, 

ber ©cliefcte, the beloved one, 

bie ©eltefcte, the beloved one (female), 

meine ©eltefcte, my beloved one ( " ), 

mem ©elte&ter, my beloved, 

ber S)eutfd)e, the German, 

ein 2)eutfcfyer, a German. 

3. In a similar way the masculine substantives ending in c 
take tt in all other cases. (Parad. II. 1.) 

2)er Sfteffe, the nephew, mem 0lcffe, my nephew, 

beg Sfteffen, of the nephew, metneS SReffen, of my nephew. 

ber Sfrcmjofe, Frenchman, ein Surfe, a Turk, 

ber Omffe, Russian, ein ©rtecfye, a Greek, 

ein Uicifce, * a raven, ein 93atbe, a bard. 



Exercise, 



Does he find the Frenchman? 
Yes, Sir, he finds him. 
Do you know those Greeks ? 
Yes, Sir, I know them. 
What did you give to that 

slave ? 
I did not give him anything 

(nothing or not anything). 



Do you know the slaves of my 

nephew? 
I know them. 

Did you see those old ravens ? 
I saw them. 

Had the Greeks any bards ? 
They had bards. 



Please learn the Numerals. Paradigms V, 



^fi;C®l9p>- 



CONTINUATION OF PART II. 

(Similar to that of Part I pag. 46) 



No. 15. 

£)et QBtief, letter, bructen, to print, 

ber 93ogen, bow, arch, britden, to press, 

"(uegen, to bend, biel, much, 

*fd)te|?eti, to shoot, toenig, little, 

bie ®eite, side, page, gan3, entire, 

baS @icgcl; seal, glciufcen, to believe. 

1. Sin (often written with a capital e) means also one. 
2 33 t e I and \v e n i g are generally unchanged before words 
in the singular; in the plural they are regular like ad- 
jectives, 

«&o&en @ie sncl SBciut «&a6en @ie titclc Silver? 
3d; l;a6e (beffen) mel. 3d; fyafce (beren) bide. 
(of it) (of them) 

3. Of it, of them is translated, by the genitive of the ar- 
ticle, (as used instead of the demonstrative pronoun. 
Parad. IV, 3.) 

4. 35 i e g e n. — Please look at the Paradigms XII L 1 . 

Exercise. 

£afcen<Sie cincit 93rtcf gefd;rie= 2Bte bicle@etten ffab in btofctu 

Sevi? S3ud;e? 

3d) f$rlri cinen fcT;t Ictngen 3d; glautjc bteU;tmbert. 

SBricf. £a6ett @ie metnen 533etu? 



88 



SBte totele ©eiten fd;riefcen @ie ? 
3d; I;a6e brei <3eiten gefdjrie* 

fcen. 
9(n wen fci)rei6en ®te ieijt? 
3d; fcfyreifce an meinen 93ater. 
«§afcen @ie mein ©iegel ? 
3d; (;afce e3 nid;t 
5Ber f;at mein ftebermeffer? 
Unfer 93ruber t)at c0. 
<$at et $atoier? 
(St ^at fctneS. 
2Ba3brucfen<Sie? 
3d; btude ein gnte3 93ud;. 
33raud;en <Ste <Sd;rei6£a£ter'? 
SRetn, ttf; fcvauc^e £)rucr>atoter. 

No 



3d; fyafce 3f;ren. 

£afeen @te met 23tet? 

3d) fyafce nid;t biel. 

SSie biete ©latter fyafcen <5ie? 

3d; l;abe \eijx mete. 

SBagfciegen @ie? 

3d; fciege btefen ©tod. 

%abtn ©ie il;n ge&ogen? 

3$ t;a6e i(;n gefcogeiu 

3Q3cr t)at meinen fcfyonen S3o= 

gen! 
3d; lC;abe \t)n. 

UBerben ©ie I;eute fdjiefjen ? 
3d; fd;ie{?e I;eute md;t. 



$er Sifd;, 


table, 


ber Sifcfyfer, 


joiner, 


ber ©djufter, 


shoemaker,' 


bet 2fte|ger, 


butcher, 


jlmmew, 


to timber, 


ber 3immermann, 


carpenter, 


1. £eute, peop 


le. 



76. 

malen, to paint, 

ber WlaXit, painter, 

*fd;neiben, to cut, 

ber ©djneiber, tailor, 

faufen, to buy, 

bertfaufmann, merchant. 

Substantives, compounds with mann, change it in the 
plural into ' \ 1 e u t iP Ex. 
£anb6mann, countryman, £anbSleute, countrymen, 
Bimmetmann, carpenter, Qimmexknte, carpenters. 
2)te £eute (alone) means people. 
2. 93og en $a£ier , sheet of paper. 

"23ogen" means also sheet; the English li of" is 
not translated. In the same way we say ein 93ud; 
$atoter, a quire of paper, tin SBtait $am'er, a leaf of 
paper. 
3- ©cfynetben, to cut. 

©djnitt, gefanttiem (Parad. XIII, 2.) 



89 



Exercise. 



SBaS faufen <Bkt 

3d; faufe etnen 3Sogen s 4>a:pier. 

©eben @ie 311 bem 2Mer? 

3ct) get;e 51* il;m. 

SWalt er ©troaS fur <sie? 

<£r malt (StroaS fur meine 

3D?uttcr. 
©efyen Sie aud; ju bem£ifct)Ier? 
3d; fomme 9 crab c 00 n bem 

Sifdjier. 
dtennen <Sie mcinen ^c^gcrl 
3d) fenne 3f;ren 2J?e£ger nid;t. 
5Bie mele@d;ufxer jlnb in bte= 

fer^tabtl 
3d) n?ei^ c6 ntd)t. 
£aben <Sie ntit meinem $auf= 

mannc gefproc^en ? 
3d) l;al3e nid;t mit i^m flefp-ros 

d)en. 



(Seben <5te jene JtaufTeute ? 
3d) fe(je ftc; after id; ferine fte 

ntcrjt. 
38a3 fd;neiben @tc? 
3dj fd;ncibe nicbtg. 
^ommt 3(;r @d)neiber (;cute 

311 3i)neii? 
$ein, id; ge^e ju it)m. 
£aben ©ie (JttraS gefefcnitten? 
3d) (;a&e ntcfytS gefebnitten. 
Jtennen'Sie bie(e3immerleute 1 
3d? fenne nid)t m'ele. 
OBo ift3br <Sd)itt)tnad)er? 
(Sr tfi bei bem Jtaufmanne. 
$Ba3 fauft er bou it)m? 
@r fauft ein Sucfy papier. 
3£te ioieleSeilen finb auf einem 

mam Pallet? 
3d; n>ei§ niet)t 



No. It. 



JDer 2Jhtnb, 
ber £a(3, 
ber 3at)n, 
ber QXt^em, 

atfimen, 
bie ©time, 
bie 2Bange, 



mouth, 

neck (throat), 

tooth, 

breath, 

to breathe. 



bag Qluge, eye, 
(PL 2Utgen), 
bie^lugenbraunen, eyebrows, 
bie ©timme, voice, 

jiimmen, to tune, 

front, (forehead) baS $iano, ) . 

cheek, bag pianoforte, >> ' 

bie <8d) niter, shoulder, fur$, short, 

1. 5&a $ f u x e i n , (what for a) what kind of, (Parad.I. 2.) 

2S a 6 f ti r is undeclinable ; ein is regular. Ex. 
•2Ba6 fur einen £ut l)aben <Sie? What kind: of a hat have you? 
5£a0 fur £itte fydbtn @ie ? What sort of hats have you ? 



90 



45 o d; , high. 

Whenever a syllable or final is added to t;od), the 
"cj)" is charged into "b". (Except in the Superlative.) 
$)iefer £ut if% fyod;. 
4?aben ©ie einen l;of;en 4?ut? 



Exercise. 



Affile biele 5(ugcn I;afren ©ie ? 
3d) f;ak jtuet Slugen. 
4?afcen ©ie eine l;o(;e ©time? 
3d; l;afce cine fel;r l;of;e ©time. 
«§at 3f;ve ©d;U)efter fcfyone $&a* 

gen? 
©ie fyat fefjr fd;6ne Qtugen. 
SBaS fur £aare tyat tfe? 
©te (;at fd;irar$e 4?aate. 
©inb if;re 2lugenbraunen aud) 

fd;u>arj? 
Sftein, jle flnb nid;t fdjiuar^. 
4?at fie vott;e QBangen ? 
©te l;at fd;one totfye 3Bangen. 
■SBaS fur eine Sftafe t;at fie P 
or 2Ba§ t;at fie fiir eine 9hfe ? 
©ie fyat eine gtied;ifd;e 9hfe. 
3ft fie ein fcfyoneS 8R8lb(Qeti'.t 
©ie ift ein fefyr fd;one0 2ftab= 



4?at>cn ©ie einen groften %axt! 
3d; (;aue feinen grofkn 53art. 
3ft 3fy* SWunb grojj ?. 
S^ein, er ift nicfyt grof. 
*$aljen ©te einen langen £at3 ? 
3d; fya&e einen fitr^en <Qatt. 
<%at 3f;te ftreunbin toeipeS^O* 

ne? 
©ie Ijat fcfyone tuctfe 3atyne. 
4?at fie breitc ©d;ultetn?' 
©ie tjcit f;ol;e ©d;ultem. 
4? at fie eine fd;one ©timme? 
©ie I;at eine gan$ fd)one 

©timme. 
©timmen©te fyeute mein^iano? 
3d; fyafce eS gejtern geftimmt. 
$at biefe£ Jttnb einen guten 

90jm% 
(S3 fyat einen guten $tf;einv 
Qlt&men ©te jefct f rci ?. — 3a. 



No. T8. 



£)er (Snfel, grandson, 

bie (Snfelin, granddaughter, 

leicfyt,, light,, easy,, 

Hein, little, smalt, 

tie Bttnge, tongue, 

bag ©eficfyt, sight, face, 



nod;, still, yet, 

nod; nid;t, not yet, 

nod; me, never yet,. 

ba3 OI;r (pi. en), ear, 
*(;elfen, to help, 

'"'gefcen, to give* 






91 

1. 9li e, never, follows the rule of nt d) t , not. (No. 6T.) 

2. Hei it means little in size; toe nig, little in quantity. 

3d; l;abc toenig ©elb. 
3d) ^abc einen fleinen #ut. 

3. cr Q t&t, he gives. 

Please look at the Paradigms XIII. Class 4 Rem. 8t 

Exercise. 
3Bcrgibt3f;nen(Sm;aS$ueffen? £aben ©tc roenig ©fib? 
2)te ©rof?mutter gibt mtr <St= 

lv 00. 



2Go iftbic Heine ©nfelin? 

@tc i(l Bet bent ©rojj&ater* 

3ft ber ©royaler flein t 

<5r tjl fel;r flein unb alt. 

£at er etnen Sulci? 

<£r t)at gum (gnfcl. 

«§at fein (Snfel ein fd;oneS©e= 

(St $at ein fet;r fd;oneS ©ejf rtjt. 
4?at er eine fleine Qxm^t I 
3d; fyabe fie nod; nid;t gefefyen* 
&\ht\\ @ie fange £%en 1' 
3d; l;abe feine langen Dfyren. 
©predjen <$ie oft mit 3l;rer 

@ro{?mtttter? 
9?etn, nicfyt fet;r oft 
<&at fieoiel ©etb? 
3a; aber toa3 f;tlft eS? 



3d; f;abe fefyr toentg. 

©t6t fie 31;nen bteUeicfyt fein 

©elb i 
®ie l)at mir nod; nie@clb geges 

ben. 
©tub @ie fciefleid;t ju jung? 
©a ift fel;rleid;t, fo $u fared; en. 
@agt fte fo ? 

®te fartd;t fef;r felten mit mir. 
4?aben §ie tl;re (Snfelin nod; 

ntd;l gefetjen? 
■iftetn, td; ^abe fte nod; nie ge= 

fetyeru 
<Sie ift ein fetyr fdjoitc§ 2Eaos 

d;en. 
3ft fie jung ? 3[t f!e reid; ? 
@ic ify fef;r jung, ttnb itf) 

glaube, il;re ©ro^muttenoirb 

it;r nod; oiel ©elb geben* 



No. T9. 
£)a§ Wlaijt, (meal) repast, bie ©rafm, countess,. 
ba6 ©ajtma^I, banquet, auf bent 93aHe, at the ball, 

bcr ©emaf;!, spouse, (No. 28.), 

bie @eutal;tin, wife, auf ber Umtjerfftat, at the universi- 

ber ©raf, count, ty, (No. 28). 



92 



1. ©raf, takes en in the genitive singular and kepps it 
through all cases (No. 74), also ber £err, Mr., beS £et= 
ren or better 4?errn. 

2. £err, Mr., ftxau, Mrs. and ftrciulein, Miss are 
oftener used than in English. 

£err filler, Mr. Miller, (ftratt 3T2i(Ter), 

ber £err 9)rofeffor, the professor, (bie Sfrau Q}rofcfform), 
3br «§ err $ ruber, your brother, (3()re5rau©d;rDejter), 

ber 4?err Sofe^, Mr. Joseph, (ftrciulein Souife). 

STOabam can be used before proper nouns: 
aRabam fitter. 
(Speaking about our own family we do not use those titles 
of politeness.) 
Exercise. 
fffllt rbem (jaben @ie gejlern ges 3d; faf) tt;n nttf;t. 



tanjt ? 
3d; fyabe nut 3()rem4?ernt 9Sru= 

ber getan^t. 
9Bie tan'at er? 
(Sr tan.u fet/r gut. 
SBar ber £err ^rofeffor auf 

bem Q3aae? 
6r ge^t auf fetnen 93afl. 
SBnnn gefyen @ie auf bte UnU 

oerjttat ? 
3rt; gef)e morgen bar/in. 
£aben ©ie gejtern mit ber $rau 

©ra'fm gefungen? 
3cf) fyabe nidjt mit u)r ge[un= 

gen; id) roar nicfyt bet tfyr. 
2Bar bte Srau JDoftortn Set 3§= 

nen? 
©ie n>ar nicfyt bet m§* 
<£>aben @ie f>eute ben *gwn 

©raf en gefer/en? 



$3o iffc 3&re 8frau ©cma^ltn? 

@ie ifi j.u 4?anfe. 

©ibt ber 4?err3)oftor. (;euteetn 

©ajlma^l? 
5a, er gibt fyeute etn grofeS 

©aftmar/f. 
3 ft Qfraulein £outfe f;ter? 
<©te ifl mit 3fyrer ftraulein 

@cr/roefter auSgegangen. 
tfemien ©ie ftraufein 2JJane 

2«iaer? 
3$ fyabe i?e gejtern bei ber3?ta= 

bam <Smitf) gefefyen* 
3Bo gefyen ©ie fn'n, mein ?¥rau= 

lent (Miss)? 
3d) ge^e in bte ,£ird)e; gefyen 

@te auf bte Unioerfttat? 

3a, mem ^rauletn. 

Jtommen ©te morgen gewif Jit 
un3! 






93 

No. 80. 



2)er <5tatt, stable, 



**reiten, to ride on horsebak, 
(Parad. XIII. CI. 2. Rem. 1.) 
ber <§attrf, saddle, profciren, to try, 

ber &\ud)t f (knight) groom, anber, other, 
fcaS CPferb, horse, dub em, to change, to alter. 

1. g e x n c , willingly, fain, is used instead of the English 
" I like to". 

I like to sing. 

I like to ride. 

Do we like to joke ? 



3d? ftnge gerne. 
3d? reiie gerne. 
<Sd)er,$en uu'r gerne? 

3d) Ijahe gerne 
<£>a6en ©ie i^n gerne ? 
3d) X;aOe i(m fcf;r gerne. 



means 



Hike. 



Do you like him? 
I like him very much. 

2. There are some verbs which can be used transitively and 
intransitively and take in the first case fyaben, in the 
second fein , as auxiliary verb in compound tenses. 
3d) fya&e ein guteS $ferb gerittcn. 
3d? fcin fyeute geritten. 



Exercise, 



CRetten <sie t?eute auS? 

3d) rette tjeute au3. 

2Beld)e3 $ferb §a6en <5ie ge= 

item geritten? 
Set) bin gefrern nidjt geritten. 
£afcen@teetnen gutenJtned)t? 
3a, id) -fya&c ifjn fet)r gerne. 
3ft er in bem <&tatte ? 
3a, er ijt in bem <Stalle unb 

probtrt unfemneuen battel. 
2Bo ftnb @ie ijcute mit 3r)rer. 
' grau©emal)ltn tying eritten? 

(where did you ride— to.) 



3d? ritt nut il;r ju imferem 

better. 
Cftettet fte 1 gerne? 
<&k reitet fefyr gerne. 
£at fte gcjtern 3(;r fc^oncS $fcrb 

gerttten ? 
<5h reitet fetn anbeteS. 
2Birb Sfyr Jtnedjt meinen <5aU 

tel dnbern ? 
3a, er tmrb tt)n dnbern. 
Ǥa6en <Sic bte frtjonen fonigK* 

d;en (royal) @tdUe gefer)en? 
3a, to) fal; fte. 





94 




N 


o. 81. 




3)ie $eitfd)e, whip, 


6raud;en, 


to need, 


bieifteittteitfd;e, ridingwhip, 


ber $afer, 


oats, 


ber 93 it gel, hoop, ring, 


einjtg, 


single, one, 


ber <3teig6ugel, stirrup, 


Bitten, 


to pray, beg of. 


'"'fteigen, to step, 


(Oat, $eueten.) 


ber gaum, bridle, 







Exercise. 



5Bol)a6en@ie3fyre9Reityettfci)e? 
Set) i;a6e fie ijicf. 
<$abm <Sie feine anbere? 
3d; (;abe nur biefe einjige. 
93rau d;t 31; r $ferb £afer? 
Stein, e§ (;at £afer flenug. 
2Bo ift 3$f anberer 3attm ? 
<£r ift in bem <Stalle. 



(Sinb biefe <Steiglntgei Tang 

genttg? 
@te flub lang genug. 
D nein, id; bitte @ie; fe(;en 

@ie bod;, fie ftnb $u furj ! 
3d; anbere fie. 
©eben @ie mir nteine 3Reit= 

peitfd;e, id; fcitte! — 



8raf;ren, to drive, 
umt;er, around, 

fritl; e, -early, 

1. <Spa$ ieren means 
with g e f) e n , *o go, 
on horseback, it is 
modifying adverb. 

3d; gefye l;eute fpajieren. 
3d; fat;re i;eute fpajieren. 

3d; reite Jjeute f^ajteven. 

3d; Bin fyeute mit mem-em 
ber fyajieren gegangen. 



No. 82. 

bie Qtit, (tide) time, 

$u S^it^n, some times, 

ein toenig, a little. 

" to walk leasuredly " ; in connection 

f a I; r e n , to drive, r e i t e n , *o ride 

unchangeable and is treated like a 

I go a walking to day. 

I take an airing (in riding 

in a carriage). 
I take a ride on horseback 

(for pleasure). 
23ru= I have taken to day a walk 

with my brother. 



95 

2. fafjren, ft$r, gefafjren. 
Please look at the Paradigms XIII, CL 5. and Hem. 1. 



Exercise. 



(gin's <Ste tjeute mttSfyrer^rau 

Gutter fpasieren gefafyren? 
3a, id; Mix nut ifcr in ben fcl)6= 

ncn ©artcn gefafyren. 
Oleiten @te 311 3eiten niit tl;r 

fyagteren? 
3a, fie rettet fef;r gerne, ttnb 

tci) reite gerne mtt tr)r. 
2Bo flub <Sie geftern nut tf?r 

tjingegangen? 
3dj ging mtt it/r etn roentg fya= 

gteren. 
$ur/ren <Sie fyeute ein roenig in 

ber @tabt tjemm ? 
DRetn, nicfyt f)ente; id) tear noct) 

gu ntitbe (tired) Don geftern* 



®ef)t 3fyr £err better tjenteaus? 
@r tft nictjt ux^aufe; er ift 

au3gefal)reru 
£Bo fnf)r er (n'n? or (too ift er 

i)htgefat)ren?) 
(£r fufyr nacf> $i$o(t. 
Mii*t 3fyre graiiletnScfytuejter 

git 3etten mtt Sfynen au§? 
D ia, fie fafjrt oft mtt un3. 
Sfa^ren @ie morgen fritfy au§ ? 
5Btr fafyren morgen ntd)t au$ ; 

roir fcleiben $n £aufe. 3d) 

bttte ©ie, fommen %k git unS. 
3d? toerbe morgen nid)t au0= 

gefyen. Nettie Gutter ift 

fratvf (sick). 



<8<Q3s* 



READING 

WITH 

FOLLOWING CONVERSATION. 

No. 83. 

1. SniSf £e6en \\i furs, unb bte Jtunfl tfl Tang. 

fin German the definite article is placed before a sub- 
stantive if it expresses something in the most general 
and comprehensive way. 

2)er SWenfcf; tft frci. Man is free. 

2)a$ £e6en ift furj. Life is short. 

2. $)a3 ®(iicf unb bte Saune re^teten bte QBelt. 

3. 2)er $fei§ if! t>er 3Sater beS Od'icfcS. 

4. $)er ©ebraucl? tft ber ©efe^gefcer ber ©pradjen. 

5. (Sin t)ol)?§ filter tjt eirte petite ^tubfyeit. f 

•J*" foe it" is a final for the formation of substantives 
(hood in English). 

,£tnb, child. 

JttnDl;eit, childhood. 
TAe raos* finals in German have similar correspon 
dents in English^ but they are often not used in the 
same words. 

fret free, toar;r true, 

bte ^ret {) e it , freedom, bte 2Bar)rf) eit, tntfA. 
Substantives ending in fyett are feminine. 



97 



6. ftii&eS SBaffer matf;t fatten ©piegeL 

7. 2)aa ^euer unb baa ©affcr flub gute JDienev, a^et 65fe 
^eijter. 

8. JDie ©rofien fyafcen lange *§>cinbe. 

9. £)ie Drbnungf ifi cin fyalfceS £efcen* 

f u ung" is a final for the formation of substantives 

{ing in English), 
fletben, to clothe, urbnen, to set in order, 

^ie ,ftleibung ; clothing, bte Drbnung, order. 

Substantives ending in ung axe feminine. 

10. 5Me 33en>egung nu£tbem Jtorper unb bem @et(le. 

11. £>ev S(ei§ tragt fujje ftutcijte. 

12. 3ebet Sag fcnngt etftaSf Jfteue*. 

f" (St to a 3/' something, is connected with the neuter of 
the adjective; so is tu'djta, tuentg, btef. 
-3d; i»eig nidjta Sfteuea. I do not know anything new. 
(Bx njeij? btel ©uteS. He knows much good. 

Conversation. 
SOBiffen ©ie nidjtS SfaueS? ©enjtf, eS i(l toafyr. 
3d; nmj? fcl;r roem'g 9?eue0. 9Bie fciele ^infrei* fjafcen ©ie? 



£ie£en ©ie bie Dvbnung .? 

D,ja, ic^ lie6e .fie, 

3)iefe8 SWabdjen ^at fd;one 

£anbe. 
3a, fie l;at fe^t fcfyene $anbe, 
unb icaa fur emen fcfyonen $u§ ! 
3ftbtefer2ftamt etn guter^ert? 
3a, er tft fef;r gut; feine ©fta= 

sen Ite&en i§n feljr. 
©agen ©te mtr bie $Bat;vT;eit? 
5a, getotfc, id; fage 3f;nen bie 

2Ba(;rtyett. 
3Bo tya&en ©te metnen ©piegel .? 
3d; toei§ 3§ren ©piegel nid;t. 
3(1 eS urnfjv 7 



.3d; ^aBebret; jnm £i>d;ter 

unb einen ©otytu 
tent 3$* 4>m<&&$n bit bent* 

fcfye ©pracfje? 
3a, er. -Iernt j?e. 
2Ber regiert in (Suropa'? 
25k Jtontge tegteren in (Sttropa. 
Unb \v er regtert fyier? 
llnfete ftraueu. 
3ftbiefe0 Sanb (ret? 
Dj^, unrl;4&enunfete$reii)cit. 
©inb ©ie nid;i bte ©flatten bet 

SBci&er? 
D nein, unfere SSetfcer jtnb 

JUnbev, unb wit Ite&en fie. 
5 



m 

No. 84 

1. £o6e ben fd;onen £ag nid;t bor bent Ql&enbef. 

f 51 6 e n b ", evening from a , ojf, and e nb e n *o g?iJ. 
5Diefen Qlfcenb (Accusative of time) this evening, 
or (t)eitt* Qlbenb ) <&eute morgen, this morning. 

2. £)er l;eutigef Sag ijt ber <&tyixkx beg geflrlgen. 

fig" is a final for the formation of adjectives, (y in 
English.) 

£>er ©anb, sand, gejtcrn, yesterday, 

fanbig, sandy, geftng, of yesterday, 

" i d) t " takes sometimes the place of t g. 
3Me 33(ume, flower, 
bfumig or blumirtjt, flowery. 

3. (Sin rnln'ger Slug l;at fclumicfyte lifer. 

4. <gg tjt Oeffer, nte an^ufangenf, att nie ju enbtgcn. 

f ' a n f a a g e n " to begin, from a n , at, and f a n g e n , to 
fang, to catch. (No. 63.) 

3d) fvitige l)eute an. I begin to day. 

5. SBenbet cuerc 3«'t woiyi an* 

6. 2)er hunger ftel)t burd? bag $enfter beg arfcettfamenf 97?en= 
fc^cn fytnein; afcer er ruagt eg nid;t ^cnetn5tiget;cn. 

f"fam" is a final for the formation of adjectives, 
(sow.fi in English.) 

(Sin, one, bie QlrOeit, labor, 

t . rinfam, lonesome, arbeitfam, laborious. 
1. £)er 8riebe btr <3eeile gilt mefyr, alg 9ft*etd;tt)umf . 

f" t 1) u m" is a final for the formation of substantives, 
(dom in English) They are generally neuter except 
the following: 

reid;, rich, men, to err, 

ber OteicbtTmm, richess, ber Srrtlumt, error, 

They keep the plural termination of the neuters. 

8. Unfere ©Uteri mad) en afletn ben QBertt) ttnfeter 9ftetrt;tl;iimer 

angf. 

f" a u g m a d) e n", to make out, or up, to constitute. 



99 



"Conversation,, 



<Stub <Ste veicf; ? 

3d; bin uid;t fe^r reid). 

Common @ic herein? 

3d) fomme t;tneiu. 

©tetgcn ®ie burd; baS Rentier 

gu nut fyerein? 
ffttln, id; gefje bind; bte %t)ikt 

ju Solicit fyineiu. 
SBaS faugen @ie fycute 3l6enb 

an? 
3d; ttmjj e$ nod; nidjt-. 
@ef;en ©ic an bent fd;oncn${uffe 

fyau'even'? 
SRcin, ber 28eg iftein ftenig $u 

fanbig. 
SBavcn @ie geftern QlOenb in 

bem ©artcn? 
3a, id; ging geftern 3l"6ertb ill 

•bem (fatten fpa^ietren. 



«£a6en <Sie nnfete fcpnen ^lu- 
men gefefyen ? 
£> ja, i(b fef;e fte jeben $ag> 
©tub ®ie etnfam? 
O nein, id; roenbe metne Beit 

trotyl an; id) at&eite "ben 

flatten $'ag. 
Sfteiten @ie nie fyajierenl 
£) $a, id; ar&eite nid;t innner; 

id) reite aucty ju.^ctten fta= 

Sieren. 
6inb ©te geftern aftein auSge^ 

ritten ? 
Sftein, id; ritt mit 3f;tem £crrn 

©ruber aug. 
Sftein ©ruber gilt (e(;r biel £ei 

3(;nen-l 
<£r tft rufyig; id) f;at>e i^n fefyr 

gerne. 






No. 85. 

1. Unfcrc ftetjlcr fdjabenf un§. 

f„ f d; a b e n ," to injure, from ber © d; a b e , damage, 
Many intransitive verbs govern the dative. 
3d; (d;abe 3f;nen, -I injure you. 

3d) nii£e 3f;nen, I am of use to you. 

3d; banfe 3tynen, I thank you. 

3d; folge 3f;nen, I follow you (or obey). 

If there be two objects in a sentence (a person, a 
thing) the person is generally put in the dative, the 
thing in the accusative. 
3d; gefce 3f;uen ba§ ©ltd;. I give you the book. 

2. (Sin guteS Sort fojiet toenig unb ttiifct oft Did, 



100 

3. 9Btr erfemtenf bie guten Duetten iirber Srocfenfyeit, *>ie jju-s 
ten Stounbe in bem Un.qlitcfe.f 

f"er? e writ x\ ?' perceive; e r is a prefix which expresses 
a gaining- of something. 

fennen, to know, lernen, to learn, 

erfennen, to percdve, evfernen, to obtain by learning, 
f"Ungliicf, r misfortune; itn is a prefix, used as nega- 
tive (similar in English). 

efcen, even, ©Iiicf, fortune, 

imefccn, uneven, Ungliitf, misfortune. 

4. 3Me hmnber&otfen Sftuinen -beg alt en ©riecfyenlanbS unb btc 
(scfyonfyetten ber fcfyttyfenben dlatxxx sicfyen bie S3Iicfe ber 
9ftenfc(;en an. 

5. 2)er 2ftenfcf; err)att nid)t fo Diel Qlnfe^en *on ben fd)#nen 
Jtleibern, ai$ Don ben reinen &ittew unb einem artigen 99e= 
tragen.f 

f'Setrag en," conduct; from ttagen, *o carry; 6e 
In compounds means generally a "putting on of some- 
thing," and is sometimes the same in English; 

fefjen, to set, })ftan$en, to plant, 

fcefcfcen, to beset, De^fTan$en, to put plants on. 
Verbs with such prefixes, which have no meaning by 
themselves do not take any augment in the Past Par- 
ticiple (because they have already a kind of an aug- 
ment). 

tjefefjen, fcefe^t, ftepjTanaen, fce^ftanjt, 

erleucfyten, erleucr/tet, erfennen, erfanut. 

6. Dfyne 2ftur)e feme Q3elormung t 

f *33 e I o x) w xx n g ," recompense from fc e I o i) n e n , to re- 
ward; ber £ o f) w , the reward. 

Such verbs with the prefix 6 e govern the accusative 
of the thing, on which something is put. 

33) fcefefce bie ©rabt. I beset the city. 

2d) fcepflanje baS ^elb. I put plants in the field. 

3dj fielofyne ben ©cfyuter. I reward the scholar. 




toi 



Conversation. 



^efofyncn ®ie micr) V 

3a, id; Mo$ne@ie; ftnb <Sie 

fieipig? 
5$ tun fefyr jteifjig ; id; fhibiere 

\tfjt 'old, unb folge 3(;nen. 
^Vtnfcn <5ie gerne? 
3d; trinfe nicfyt gerne. 
QBaS trinfen @te ? Srinfen <Ste 

QBein? 
£ftetn, tcr) trtnfe f einen 3Bein; 

er [d;abet mtr. 
4?afteH @ie einen neuen Otocf ? 
3a, id; fyafce einen neuen 3ftod, 

unbmeine @d;u>efier cinneits 

oB rtfeib. 
<Sie nub 3f;r iMufein ©djtocs 

ftet ijafcen fefyt fa) one Sik'u 

feet. 



9Btr r)a&en <Sie gerabe fron $a= 

rig erfyalten, 
ilnfer S3ater otad;te fie uu3' ge- 

ftern uon SfftviD guriicf. 
©cljen ©ie biefe fd>ouen SRuU 

nen ? 
Iffy, nmnberbofl! 
£aoen @ie je fo{d;eSRutnen in 

3(;rem 93aterlanbe gefer/en? 
S^etn, nie^ 
Jtommcn @ie ckn n> enig mit $u 

mir? 
3d; banfe 3f;nen, id; umbe 

fcieUeidjt morgen fommen ; 

id; lf;a6e jc|i nad; £aufc ju 

get; en. 
3a, fommen <Ste morgen! 



No.. 86, 

2)ie ©riedjen oeve^rtenf bie ©otter unb bte 2)cutfd;cn foad> 
ttw ben Seufeln Dyfet bar.f 

foerefyrcn," to worship; from e I; r e n , to honour; 
uer is a prefix, which expresses, that the thing implied 
in the primitive verb, is done to a greater, often even to 
too great an extent. 

et;ren, to honour, fd)6n, beautiful, 
&eret;ren, to worship, berfd;onevn, to embellish, 

Icrnen, to learn, ftluten, to bleed, 

ttcrlernen, to unlearn, ucrWuten, to bleed to death. 
f"bar," means there; it is similar to I; in. 
£>er Briebe nal;rt, bcr Qwift ser$er)rt, 



102 

3. @trt fd?onc3 $er$ betfcfyonert em t;ap(td)egf @ejW;i. 

ft? a g U tf; , " ugly j ltd) is a final for the formation 
of adjectives; (ly in English.) 

£)er %<iq, day, ber 4?a|j hatred, 

taglid;, daily, I;a^Uc^ ugly, (No. 15. 2.) 

4. 2Mc berlorene Beit fommt ntdjt mel;r juruct 

5. 93ofe 33ei|>ielef berber&en gute (Sitten. 

f" 23 e i f £ i e I e , " examples; from fc e i , ^ a* and D a 3 
<5$Ul, play. 

T. £>ie (Simuor/nerf bon ©abata beretyrien bie 2(rmutt;t mit 6c= 

fonbem-fteierltcpeitf ; fie £etrad)tetenf f!e a!3 bie Gutter beS 

$lei§e3 unb atler Mnfte. 

•fc" (§ i n to o fy n e r " from ein, in, and tu o I; n e n, *o </we//. 

t" 9( r m ttt 1) "" from arm, poor and 2ft ut(;, disposition. 

t" % e t e r I i d) t e i 1 , " festivity. 

f eit is a ,/maZ for the formation of substantives (only 
from derivative adjectives). 
£)ie$eier, celebration, bie ©eele, soul, 

feierlid), solemn, felig, blessed, 

bie $eierltd;feit, solemnity, bie ©eltgfeit, blessedness. 
f" 6 e t r a d; t c n , " *o consider (to look at) ; from b t e 
£ r a d; t (tragert, to carry) manner of dressing. 

Conversation. 

SBaS ^etrac^tcn <5ie t;ier? ®ie l;akn 3f;v neucl 'Simmer- 

3d; fcetradjtebiefe umnberbollen berfa;imert? 

$mnen.3d;beteI;i:ebieJtunfi. D nein, id; fyafce eS nid)t bcr- 

4?a6en @iejc|t Beit mit mtr $u fd;oncrt ; id; fyaoe ca ganj. 

ger)en ? bctborfcen. 

aBo^tn?3u3(;rer^rauSWutter? ©piemen <Stc oft fpanifcf;? 

3a; eS ip t;eute einc gro^e f^eter- 9tein, nid>t. feljr oft. 

Iidjfett in ber @tabt; toir <set;en<3ie bod; bie atmen (Situ 

fet;en bon unferem Verifier n?o§net biefer §tabt ! 

atfcS feX;r gut. 



103 



5c§ banfe3f;nen; td) get)e nut. 

(elliptical.) 
3el)en <B'u 3f;re ftrau Safe 

iaglid;? 
3a, fte tooljnt Bet una. 
Sernt ffe bte engltfd)e Sprad)e 

son 3f)nen? 
<3te fangt gerabe an, fte ju 

Iernen. 
^erlteren'Steja (indeed) feThe 

3eit mit mtr! @e$en @ie ut 

t$t! 
D, id) Bttte fefyr (not at all) ; 

id) l)abt nod) 3^* gcnug. 



2Beld)e 3rad)i! 

(Sine fja^lic^c 5^rac^tt 

SBo ift 3f;r £err 93atcr ^tnge- 

gangen? 
(Sr gtng nad) 5U6aiU). 
jtommt ert;eute ntd?t mel)r jii* 

vitcf ? 
Sftein, er fclef&t gejtfe in 9u* 

6am;. 
Mermen @ie ben $errn SO 
5a, id) fenne i(;n; er ift ein 

berboroenerQftenfd) ; erfiuelt 

ben ganjcn $ag. 
3a, id) loetj? e§, er fyat etu ber= 



boroeneS #etj. 
No. 81. 

1. 5)ie ©lutffeligfett ber ©taatert unb 33o(fer I;angt bon ber (5r= 
Siefyungf ber 3ugenb atj. 

•j*" er § i e t) e n , " (fo draw or bring up) to educate. 

2. S)a3 £efenf 6tlbet bag £er$ unb erleudjtet ben ©etjt. 

f " 3) a 3 £ e f e n , " reading. The Infinitive can be used 
substantively; it is then neuter. 

$)aS (Sffen, eating; baS £rtufen, drinking. 

3. £>a3 ©lucf becft unferc £ugenben unb unfcre Rafter auff, 
gteid)nue ba£ £td)t bte ©egcuficinbcf. 

f" a u f , " «/), takes sometimes the meaning of "opening" 
as $u, to, that of "closing". 

3d) mad)e bte Styure auf, I open the door. 
3d) ntact)e bte Satire $u, I shut the door, 
aufbecfen, to uncover, 

jubecfen, to cover, 

auffcfyliefen, to unlock, 

gufd)Iicj?en, to lock. 

f"©egenftanbe," objects; from gegen, against or 
towards; and ber @ t a n b , sftmd. 
L d$ ift auffaUenb, mtr bte 6d;trad)e geurattd;t bte ©etoatt 



104 



Conversation. 



3d) fctn nid)t flanj atttcflid). 
^ctn 2ftcnfd) if* ganj afticffid). 
3d) 6ittc @ie, mad) en <sie bag 

ftenfier auf. 
(£3 ift often.. . 
2flatf)en <5te bte S^ure $u ! 
3d) fyafce fie jugemadjt. 
4?a6en @ie 3fyr Bimmer juge= 

fd;toff en ? 



3d) fcfyUegemein Simmer nte$u. 
2)a3 (that) tft fc^r auffaflenb. 
Sftetne liefce (dear) aflutter, id) 

fcttte @ie, becfen <©ie mid) ju ! 

(S3 ifl fo fait. 
$)u fctfi alt genug, betfe bid) 

fel&er (self) gu. 
<5d;lte§en ®ic bte £l)urx &u ! 

2% bitte ! 
3cfy tyabe fie augefd/IojTen. 



^KIEaQ^- 



PART III. 



TREATING PRINCIPALLY OF COMPOUND 

SENTENCES. 



No. 88. 



I. Some verbs, when connected with annother verb, take in 
the compound tenses the Infinitive instead of the Past 
Participle* 



3d; I;at>e getjott, 
3d; r)at?e ftngen fyoretu 

3d; I) a tie gefeDen. 
3d; I)atte $ft fommen fel)en. 

(Sr ^etf t mid; gel)eru 
(Sr f;at mid; g c I; c n ^etgen^ 



I have heard. 

I have heard sing*, 

I had seen. 

I had seen him come-. 

He bids me go. 

He has bid me go* 



2. Such verbs do not admit any $ u , to before the Infinitive. 
7o," "how to" or the Present Participle is 



In Englich 
sometimes used* 

3d; Icrne fJngen. 
3d) fyaBe tudjt ffngeit lernetu 
3d) f;elfe i$m fcfyretfcen. 
(St f)at m ir fcfyretfcen l;elfcn. 
3d; lef;re il)n tanjen. 
(£t fyat rntct; tan^en lefjren. 
3dj Ijafce <Sie ntcfet tanjen fe« 
§en. 



I learn to sing. 
I have not learned how to sing, 
I help him to write. 
He has helped me to write. 
I teach him dancing. 
He has taught me dancing, 
I have not seen you dance 0> 
(I did not see.), 



108 



Exercise, 



Did you hear my brother sing? 

I did not hear him sing. 

Have you not seen him to day? 

I have seen him go to church. 

Does your father bid you go 
home ? 

He bade me go home. 

Did you see him write ?■ 

I did not see him write. 

Who has helped him to write? 

I have helped him to write. 

Does he teach you how to 
dance t 

He teaches me how to dan- 
ce. 



Who has taught you how to 

sing ? 
My friend has taught me how 

to sing and to dance. 
Did you see my sister come 

from the theater ? 
I did not see her come from 

the theater; I was not at 

home. 
Do you teach me writing 

German? 
I do not teach you writing 

German, 
Does your sister learn, to 

dance ? — Yes. 



No. 89. 

The verbs which will now be treated, are generally called 
auxiliary verbs, asfonnen, (can) to be able; tuoUen (will) 
to be willing. They differ from the English of the same 
root, since in German all their tenses can be formed and 
used. 

These verbs follow the laws laid down in No. 88. 
3^ fflnn, /' can or J am able. 
Please look at the Paradigms XIV, 2* 



3d; fann flngen. 

3d; (;afce -g efomnh 

3d; tyabe- jtngen fonnett. 

3d; toerbe jtngen fitonetu 

3d; fonnte ftngen. 

®t fonnte nidjt fommen. 



I can sing, 

or I am able to sing. 
I have been able. 
I have been able to sing. 
I shall be able to sing. 
I was able to sing. 
He was not able to come. 

or he could not come. 



109 



fdjtirimmeti, 


to swim, 


malett, 


to- paint, 


fcaS B^i^en, 


sign, 


m™, 


to fish. 


Sddjnen, 


to draw, 







Exercise. 



Can you make me a hat ? 
I can make you one. 
Are you able to read Spanish? 
I am able to (I can) read 

Spanish. 
Can you (are you able to) 

swim? 
I can not swim. 
Was. your brother able to. 

draw ? 
(Could your brother draw?) 
He could draw and paint. 
(He was able.) 
Has your father been able to 

come? 
He could not (was not able 

to) come. 



Have you been able to (could 

you) speak with my cousin? 
I was not able to speak with 

him. 
Will he be able to come to 

me ? 
He will be able to come to 

you. 
Will you be able to sing for 

me ? 
I shall be able to sing for 

you. 
Could she (was she able to) 

write a letter ? 
She could (was- able to) 

write one. 



No. 90, 

3d) Will, I will, or / wish to; if it has the former 
meaning, the emphasis lies on tv ill. 

Please look at the Paradigms XIV, 3. 



SBoto ©teamen? 
3d; roitt getjein 
dt fyat geruodt. 
(£r t)at gefyen ujotfen. 
Qx totrb gefjen rooUett. 
3$ tootttegefyen,. attend) fonnte 
md)t. 



Do you wish to go ? (Will you) 
I wish to go. 
He has wished. 
He has wished to go. 
He will wish to go. 
I wished to go, but I could 
not. 



110 

2. Whenever the English will expresses the same as wish 
to, it is translated by to oil en; if it expresses mere futu- 
rity, by \v e rb c n. (No. 36, 3.) 

2BoUen @te l;eute mil mir ge= (Will you) Do you wish to 



I;en? 


go with me to day ? 


3d; faun nicfyt nut Sfynen ge* 


I can not go with you* 


I; en. 


(I am not able.) 


SLBtrb 3f;r Stfater f;euie suriicf? 


Will your father come back 


fommen? 


to day ? 


3d) glaufce, a totrb jim'tcf* 


I think, he will come back. 


fommen. 




®ut, good, 


tjerjlitf;, heartily, 


bie ®itte r goodness, 


fel)X gerne, with great glea- 


tufen,"* (rtef, to call, 


sure, 


gerufen) 


*TOiicf) geme, with the greatest 


ba6 £er$, heart,. 


pleasure. 


Exercise* 


(Do you wish to) Will you 


When will your cousin come 


come to* us to day ? 


home ? 


Yes Sir, with great pleasure. 


I do not know; perhaps to- 


Will you have the goodnes 


morrow. 


to call my mother ? 


Will you come with him to 


Yes Sir, I will call her. 


me? 


Did your cousin wish to dance 


With the greatest pleasure. 


with me ? 


Do you like to dance ? (N. 80) 


He wished to dance with you. 


I like do dance ; but I do not 




dance very well (gut). 



No. 91. 

1. 3 d) mag,/ like. (I have a liking). 

Please look at the Paradigms XIV, 4; 



Ill 



£« Urofl tu'd)t gel;en. 

3d) l)a&e gemod;t. 

3d) fyabe nicfyt gel;en mogen.. 

dr nurfo nicfyt fommen mogen. 



He does not like to go. 
I have liked. 
I have not liked to go. 
He will not like to come. 



2. As we have seen in No. 80, / like to can also be trans- 
lated by genu. 

The difference between mogen and gerne is, that 
the former expresses the state of mind before the act is to 
be done, the latter the state of mind whilst the act is 
done. 



#a6en <5ie an meinen 8?t-eunb 

gefcfyriefcen ? 
3d; after id? !)a6e nid)t gerne 

an i$n gefd)riefcen. 

£afcen <5k an meinen Sutler 
gefd)riefcen? 

Sftein;. id) I)a6e nid)t fd)reifcen 
mogen; id; mag md;t an iijn 
fdjreiben; id) mill md)t cut 
ibn fdjrei&en; id) fann unb 
rcerbe nicfyt an tl)n fd)rei6en. 



Did you write to my friend ? 

Yes; but I did not like to 
write to him. (I had no 
pleasure in doing so.) 

Did you write to my bro- 
ther ? 

did not like to write ; 
1 do not like to write to 
him; I will not write to 
him; I can and shall not 
write to him. 



No; I 



3. The adverbs of time stand generally before the other 
words of a sentence (after the verb). 

3d) gel)e fyente mit31)nen auf ba8 ftelb. 



Exercise. 



Do you like to go with me 
to day into the field ? (auf) 

With the greatest pleasure. 

Does your friend like to ride 
on horseback ? 

He likes to ride very much. 



Do you like to dance with 

me now ? (je^t) 
I do not like to dance now ; I 

am not well (trotyl). 
Did your brother wish to go 

to the theater ? 



112 



Do you like to dance with me? 

I always like very much to 
dance with you. 

Have you been at the ball 
yesterday ? 

I have been there. 

With whom did you dance ? 

With the young daughter of 
our friend. 

Did you like to dance with 
her? 

Yes, I liked very much to 
dance with her (took plea- 
sure in it)i 



He did not wish to go there ; 
his mother is sick (Franf). 

Do you like to go there to- 
morrow ? 

I do not know. 

Did you dance much yester- 
day ? 

Yes, I danced very much. 

Can my friend dance ? 

He can dance. 

Do you wish to sing ? 

I can not sing. 

Will your friend wish to 
come ? 

He will wish to come. 



No. 92-. 

1. 3d) barf, I am allowed. 

Phase look at the Paradigms XIV, 5, 



3d) barf get? en. 

3d) Ijxitje geburft. 

3d) fyabt get)en b it r f e n. 

3d) burfte ge^ert. 

(Sr. nmb ge(;en biirfetn 



I am allowed to go. 
I have been allowed. 
I have been allowed to go. 
I was allowed to go. 
He will be allowed to go. 



Exercise. 



Is he allowed to know it? 
He is allowed to know it ; it 

is nothing great. 
Are you allowed to go with 

me to the theater? 
I am not allowed to go with 

you there (thither) ; I go 

to church. 



He has not been allowed to 

speak with her. 
Has your friend been allowxd 

to say it ? 
He has not been allowed to 

say it ? 
Have you been allowed to 

swim yesterday ? 



113 

Do you like to swim ? We have not been allowed to 

I like to swim. swim; the water was too 

Has he been allowed to speak cold; 
with her ? 

No. 93. 

1. 3d) foil, I am under obligation. 

Please look at the Paradigms XIV, 6. 
3d) fall eg tt;un. I am under obligation to doit. 

@r \)at gefctlt. He has been under obligation. 

Qcx fyat eS tl)im f o (I e m He has been under obligation 

to do it. 
3d) fotfte ge^en. I was under obligation to go. 

No. 94. 

1. 3$ mufj, I must, I am obliged (or forced). 

Please look at the Paradigms XIV, 1. 
(St nmf? e3 tl;mu He must do it. 

<§r fyat gemujjt. He has been obliged, 

dr §at e3 tt)\m m u f'f e tn. He has been obliged to do it. 

SBtr tnufj ten c6 tfjmn. We were obliged to do it, 

2. The difference between fotlen and muff en is; 

foil en expresses a moral obligation;, 
muff en a necessity. 
@r foil e$ tl)un. He is under the moral obliga- 

tion to do it* 
@r muff el ti)ur\\ He must (by necessity) do it. 

In the Past tenses the difference is more stricking. 

3d) foUte eg tfyun ; after id; tt)at I was under obligation to do 
cB ntd)t. it; but I did not do it. 

3d? mu§te e6 fyim; after tc§ I was obliged to do it ; but I 
if) at e0 nid;t gente, did not find any pleasure 

in doing it. 



114 



©mb <Sie gejtent Ijeimgegatis Did you go home yesterday , 



gen * 
9Mn; id) tya&e rjcimgc^en fol* 

Ten, afcer M$ 13 It e 6 fcei mcincm 

Sfreunbe. 
@inb @ie gcflcrn l)etmgegan= 

Oen? 
3to, ttf? f;at>e fyejmgefyen mitffen; 

mein £Jatcr luartete auf mid;, 

al§ tcty fam. 



No ; I have been under 
obligation to go home j, but 
I remained at my friend's. 

Did you go home yesterday ? 

Yes, I have been obliged to 
go home; my father waited 
for me, when I came. 



Exercise-, 



Have you been under obliga- 
tion to go with your bro- 
ther ? 

I have been under obligation 
to go with him ; but he did 
not wish to go with me. 

Are you obliged to remain at 
home ? 

I must remain at home. 

Have you been obliged to 
sing yesterday ? 

Yes, I was obliged to sing; 
but I did not like to sing 1 . 

Have you been under obliga- 
tion to wait for your friend? 

I was under obligation to 
wait for him,, and waited; 
but he did not come. 

Must you go now ? 

I must go. 



Have you been under obliga- 
tion to study ? 

I was under obligation to 
study; but I did not like to 
study, and did not study. 

Are you obliged to write to 
your father ? 

No, Sir, I am not obliged to 
(must not) write to my fa- 
ther. 

Had your sister been under 
obligation to write ? 

She had been under obliga- 
tion to write; but she could 
not (she w r as not able). 

Was she obliged to wait long 
(fange) for your mother ? 

She was obliged to wait very 
long for her j but she liked 
to wait. 



115 



No. 95. 
1. When in English e'ther / should or Iwouldm&y be used 
to express conditionality, they are translated in German 
by "id; \v it r b e," as has been seen in the Paradigms of 
the verbs. Instead of this conditional, the Imperfect Sub- 
junctive can be used (as sometimes in English) and in 
those verbs treated si?ice No. 89 it is usually done so. 



3d) wax, 


I was, 


id) trare or nuirbe fein, 


I were or would be, 


•id; J)atte, 


I had, 


id; Mite, or nuirbe fyabm, 


I had (subj.) or would have, 


id) fanb, 


I found, 


id) fanbe, or uuirbe fmben, 


I found (subj.) or nould find, 


id) fonnte, 


I could i. e. was able, 


id; fonnte (nuirbe founen), 


I could i. e. I would be able, 


id) tt>0dle(thesameinthesubj.) 


I was willing, 


id) voollte (nuirbe pollen), 


I would be willing, 


id) mod)te, 


I liked, 


id) moctyte (nuirbe mogen), 


I would like, 


id) burfte, 


I was allowed,. 


id) biivfte (iuiirbe biirfen), 


I would be allowed (or were 




allowed), 


id) fottte (the same inthesubj.) 


I was under obligation, 


id) foUte (nuirbe foften), 


I would be under obligation 




(I ought), 


t;f; mujjte, 


I was obliged 


id; mi'ijne (nuirbe mtiffen), 


I would be oblige'!,. 


id) roare genefen, 


I would have been, 


(or id) tuiirbe geto.efen fein), 




id) t;atte gel;a6t, 


I would have had, 


(or id; nuirbe gef;a6t r/afcen), 




id) f;atte gefnngen, 


I would have sung, 


(or id) nuirbe gefungen fynfcen), 




id; t;citte gefonnt, 


I would have been able, 



id) i)'dttc ffngcn fonnen, (N.S8) I would have been able to sin a, 



116 



id; X>dtte jtngcn tootlen, 
id; fy&tte jlngen mftgen, 
id; l;atte jlngcn bitrfen, 

id; ijatU jlngcn fotlert, 

id; (;citte jtngcn miiffcn, 



I would have wished to sing, 
I would have liked to sing,. 
I would have been allowed 

to sing, 
I would have been under 

obligation to sing, 
I would have been obliged to 
sing. 
2. As the verbs which are in English of the same root with 
those so called auxiliary verbs (can, must, shall,) are 
defective, one must be careful in translating them from 
the English into German. 



3d; fonnte geljen;, after, id) 

itfollte niffyr. 
3d; fonnte gel;en; after ixfyruitl 

nicfyt. 



I could (was able to) go; but 

I did not wish 
I could (would be able) to 
go; but I will not 



3. The Subjunctive Imperfect is also used after ro etitt , if. 

2d) fonnte gefyen, ttienn id) I could go (I would be able 

rooQte. to go) : if I wished (.wese 

willing). 
I would like to>go if I were 

allowed. 
I would like to sing,, if I 

could (were able). 
I would go, if I were obliged. 



gefjen, toenn- id) 
id) 



2d) modjfte 

bitrfte. 
3d; mod;te jtngcn, toenn 

fbjinte* 
3d; gtnge, or roitrbe geljen, 

voenn id) miifrte. 
3d; bitrfte- tan$en , toentt id) 

niodjte.- 
3d; folltc gefyen, toenn id) fonn= 

it. 



I would be allowed to dance 
if Hiked (would like). 

I ought (I would be under 
obligation) to go, if Icould 
(were able).. 



Exercise^ 
Would you like to come, if He would be alio wed to come,, 
you could ? if he liked (to). 



117 



I would like to come, if I could. 
Would you go to Paris, if you 

were allowed ? 
I would go there, if I were 

allowed. 
Could you (would you be able 

to) come tome, if you would 

like (to). 
I could come to you, if I 

would like (to). 
Why (luavum) did you not 

sing ? 
I would have sung; but my 

voice (©ttrnme) is not good. 
Would you like to dance with 

me, if I could (were able)? 
I would like to dance with 

you, if you could, 
Why did you not come to me 

yesterday ? 
I should have come; but I 

had to speak so long with 

my brother. 
Would your brother be allow- 
ed to come, if he wished 

(to)? 



Would you be allowed to 

dance, if you liked to l 
I should be allowed to danc^, 

if I would like (to). 
Would he be under obliga- 
tion (ought he) to sing, if 

he could? 
He ought (or would be under 

obligation) to sing, if he 

could. 
Why did you not write your 

letter to day ? 
I would have writen it; but 

I had no time. 
Would your friend be oblige il 

(ought he) to do it, if he 

could ? 
He ought to doit, if he could. 
Would we be obliged to do 

it (ought), if we could? 
We would be obliged to do 

it (ought), if we could. 
Could you sing, if you would 

like (to)? 
I could sing, if I liked (to). 



No. 96. 



1. Some of those verbs are sometimes used witnout connec- 
tion with another verb (elliptically). 



^ijnncn <5ie S)eutfd) % 
3d)-fann 5>eutfty. 
2)fcogen <Sie fctefen SWenfc^en-? 
3d) utag tr)n nict)t. 



Do you know German? 
I know German. 
Do you like this man? 
I do not like him. 



118 

Sftogen <Ste btefen $0ein? Do you like this wine? 

3d; mag il)\\ md;t* I do not like it 

SflkS trotten <sie? What do you wish ? 

3d; hull wtfjti. I do not wish anything* 

9Bo ift 3t;r <5of;n ? Where is your son ? 

(gr ift braugen j ei' barf nid;t He is out of doors-; he is not 

tn'l 4?au£. allowed (to come) into the 

house* 

3Bo gef;en <Ste I;tn? Where do you go ? 

3d; mujj nod; cinmal $urucr\ I must (go) back once again. 

2. If may or might express a possibility , they are translated 
in German generally by fann, fonnie, or also by mag and 
mod;te, or sometimes by biirfte (with the idea of greater 
probability). 

(5*3 faun f;eute nod; regnen. It may rain yet to day. 

(S< finnte tesnen. 1 It migM rain . 

(§g mod;te regnen. ) 

©0 bitrftc fro*;! nod) regncu. It might indeed rain yet 

(£0 fann fo fein. It may be so. 

3. £>arf or burfte followed by nur, means "need only." 

(Sr barf nur foredkn. ) „ i i i 

„ L „ ' ~. , ?■ He need only speak. 

Gtv butftc nur fyred;en. ) 

(Sr I;atte nur fy>red)en btirfen. He needed only speak, (he 

would have needed only speak)* 

4. a] © oil is the correspondent to shall in its most for cibh 

sense (the emphasis lying on shall), 

(Sr foil e$ tt;un* He shall do it (obligation). 

<5te foflen gef;en* You shall go. 

b] It means also "to be reported or said," 

£>er Sthx'iQ fofl fn'er fein* The king is said to be here. 

(5r foil oft gefyrodjen fyafcen. He is said to have spoken 

often. 



119 



Exercise. 



What do you wish ? 

I do not wish anything ? 

Does your brother wish any- 
thing ? 

I do not know. 

Why do yon not go with rne ? 

I innst (go) back to my mo- 
ther. 

Why does your little brother 
not come to us ? 

He is not allowed. 

Why do you not come to ns 
to-day ? 

It might rain. 

That may be; it might indeed 
yet rain to-day; but pray 
come ! 

You need only speak ! I obey 
you always. 

Did you see the king ? 

No, I did not see him yet. 



You needed only speak; he 
was here to day; you would 
have seen him. 

Where is he now ? 

He is said to be gone to 
Berlin. 

Could I have spoken with 
him? 

You could have spoken with 
him. 

Will he come back to-day ? 

He might indeed come back 
to-day; he is reported to 
have said so. 

Do you know him ? 

I know him. 

Do you know English ? 

I know it. 

Are you able to speak Ger- 
man ? 

I am able to (I can) speak 
German. 



No.-9T. ! 

1. The comparative of adjectives is formed by adding et, 
the superlative by adding eft to the positive (as some- 
times in English). 

■frifefj,- frtfdjet, frifdjefr, 

fresh, fresher, freshes?, 

iailb, milber, mtlbejt, 

mild, milder, mildes*. 

2. The radical vowels a, o, u are modified, 



120 



alt, old, 


latter, 


alteft, 




jung, young, junger, 


Qungeff) jiingfl [No. 32. 2], 


e&en, even 


e&ener, 


ebenejt, 






etmer, 


efcenjt, [No. 


5t. 3.1 




more even, 


most even, 




ebet, noble 


, ebeler, 


ebelefl 






ebler, 


ebeXfl* 




3. Form the 


comparatives 


and superlatives of: 


fcfjarf, 


sharp, 


tang, 


long, 


ttlh 


ripe, 


fur$, 


short, 


fcfjujad), 


weak, 


fait, 


cold, 


Wf, 


hot, 


frei, 


free, 


W, 


sweet, 


Bitter, 


bitter 


freunbltd), 


friendly, 


fctyon, 


beautirul, 


franf, 


sick, 


reicl;, 


rich, 


arfceitfam, 


laborious, 


treu, 


(true) faithful, 


to arm, 


warm, 


glucflicf), 


happy. 



4. In their declension they are treated in the same way as 
the positives. 



retcr;, retrtjer retcfyft, 
ber retcfye, reic^ere, reicfyfie 

em reidjetf, relc^erer, reidjjie* 
affann, 
t)ie retcfyftett Scanner, 
bie reid)jte 93raut, 
bag retcfyjte 5ftabcr)en, 
ba$ tetc^e Mbcfyen, 

<5r {ft lunger getnefen ata td^ 

(benn ttf;). 
(Bt ift fo retd) une id). 
(Sr fyridjt \v i e bet tetcfyfte 

SKatm. 
@r fam a la ber reid)jte SRann 



rich, richer, richest, 
the rich, richer, richest man, 

a rich, richer, richest man, 

the richest men, 
the richest bride, 
the richest girl, 
the rich girl. 
He has been younger than I. 

He is so (or as) rich as I. 
He speaks like the richest 

man. 
He came back as the richest 

man. 



121 



Exercise. 



Who is happier than I? 
I am as happy as you. 
Is my sister friendlier than I? 
She is much friendlier than 

you. 
Who is more beautiful than 

she? 
I do not know anymore beau- 
tiful girl. 
Have you no sharper knife ? 
No, Sir, I have no sharper 

(one). 
Have you warmer tea ? 
I have some warmer. 
Have you seen the oldest 

daughter of our friend ? 
I have not seen her yet. 
Have you no shorter table 

than this? 
No, I have only longer (ones). 
Is Mr. R. the richest man in 

this city ? 
He is not so rich as Mr. O. 
Did you speak long with my 

youngest daughter f 



I did not speak very long 
with her. 

Do you know Mr, N. 

I know him; he is a very 
noble man. 

I think, he is one of the 
noblest men ! Do you know 
his mother ? 

Yes, Sir; she is a very friend- 
ly lady (Same). 

Did you ever Qe) eat sweeter 
fruit? 

No, never. 

Have you any fresher milk ? 

Yes, Sir, we have some fresh- 
er (No. 29). 

Did you ever see a more 
faithful dog, than this ? 

I think, I have the most 
faithful (one). 

Is your cousin so laborious 
as you ? 

No, Sir, he is not so labori- 
ous as I. 



No. 98. 

1. <£g.ijt is used unchanged through all numbers and gen* 
ders, if connected with a verb in the following way; 

(£$ tfl em 2ftamn It is a, man. 

m finb banner. They are men. 

m jfnfc 2Bei6er* They are women. 

m ill eine 8fofe. It is a rose. 



122 



2. 2)iefe0 [baSj/jeneS/toelcfjeS are used in the same way. 



SBer tft btefeS ? 

(53 ifi mem 93ruber. 

3ft biefeS 3(;r Q3atcr ? 

SDiefcS (orbicj?) (ft metnDnW. 

3ene3 ift mein 33ater. 

3ft biefefi (or baS)3(?t better? 

3a, bag tfi mein belter. 

©tub bte§ (bag) 3l;re @djtoe« 

ffenil 
5)a§ ftnb metne ©cfynjefierm 
©eicfyeg ijl bie frt;imfte£>amc? 

2)icjj ijl bie fcfyonjte. 

5Betc§e$ ift bcr furjefre 2Becj ? 
3)a8 ifi bcr fur$ejte QBefl. 
5U$cId?c3 ftnb 3(;ve liefcflen 33u= 

2)icfj jfnb metne liefcften. 

3. Irregular comparatives and superlatives^ 



Who is this ? 
It is my brother. 
Is this your father ? 
This is my uncle. 
That is my father. 
Is this your cousin ? 
Yes, Sir, this is my cousin. 
Are these your sisters ? 

These are my sisters. 
Which is the most beautiful 

lady? 
This is the most beautiful 
(one). 

Which is the shortest way ? 
This is the shortest way. 
Which are your dearest 

books? (Ueb, dear). 
These are my dearest (ones). 



gut, 


good, 


fceffer, 


fceft 


na$, 


nigh, 
(near), 


nafyer, 


nacfyfr. 


fyod), 


high, 


J)o(?eT, 


f)od)jt (No. W. 2), 


btel, 


much, 


metjv, 


meijt. 


8W(?/ 


great, 


Qtofer, 


tf*Jt 



4. Instead of mefyre in the Plural metyrere is sometimes used; 
it means also several. 

S3?er)re or mef)rere ftreunbe, more friends (or several). 
9ftet)r in the Singular is unchanged (No. 15. 2). 
SWetyt $Bein, more wine; 

mcfyr 33rob, more bread. 

5. If more means so much as left, mefyt is placed after the 
substantive in negative sentences. 



123 



#afcen<Ste feinen 2Bcin met;v? Have you no more wine, or 

not any more wine ? 
45a6en @ie fein 93rob metjr ? Have you no more bread ? 
More in affirmative sentences is translated by n o a), still. 



<$a6en @ie nod; 2Bem? 

43auett @ie nod; SBrob ? 
@r I) at fcinc Jtirfc^cn mefyr? 
(£r l;at noc^ jttrfcfyen. 
(Sr t)<it nod; cintgc Jtirfcfycn. 



Have you some more wine 

(still some wine) ? 
Have you some more bread ? 
He has no more cherries. 
He has some more cherries* 
He has a few more cherries 

(still a few). 



Exercise. 



Which are your most beauti- 
ful roses? 
These are my most beautiful 

(ones). 
Which is the shortest way to 

Richmond ? 
This is the shortest and best 

way (thither). 
Do you not know any shorter 

(one)? 
I do not know any shorter. 
Are these your friends ? 
Yes, Sir, these are my friends. 
Have you a higher house 

than I ? 
That is my highest house ; I 

think, it is not so high as 

your house. 
Are these the highest trees 

(93aumJ in your garden? 
These are our highest trees. 
Have you more houses than I? 



I have some few more books. 

Have you no more meat ? 

I have no more, (No. 71) 

Have you a larger hat than I ? 

I have a larger (one) than 
you. 

Have you no better knife ? 

This is my best and sharpest 
knife. 

Have you more fields than my 
brother ? 

I have more fields than he. 

What is this ? 

It is a 1 stone. 

Whatkindofastone?(N.T7.1) 

It is a diamond. (ber£tamant) 

What will you do next Oc- 
tober? (Accus. of time) 
(DftiJer)l 

I shall go to Buffalo. 

Is this dog greater than the 
dog of my friend ? 



124 

I have no more houses than It is greater. 

you. Have you said it to the most 

Have you seen my dear moth- of your friends ? 

er? I did not see my friends to- 

I have not seen her yet. day. 

Did you read the most of your Have you still friends? 

books? I have still friends. (I have 

I have read them all. some more friends). 
Have you no more books ? 



No. 99. 

1. The form, generally used for the absolute possessive pro- 
nouns , is obtained by adding tfj to the root, placing the 
definite article before and declining it like an adjec- 
tive- (we can also omitt t($) 

mein, my, bet meintge, mine, or [bet meine], 

bie nteinige, " ^ [bie meine], 

bag meintge, " " [ba8 meine], 

if)X, their, her, bet ifytige, theirs, hers, " [bet tfyte], 
3r)t, your, ^ct^rige, yours, " [bet 3tyre], 

unfet, our, bet unfettgc, ours, " [bet unfete]. 

2. As we have seen in No. 23, wo -say in German generally 
'the hat of the sister", instead of "the sister's hat"; 
in the same way we say instead of the sister's always 
that of the sister, and translate -that by the defin'te 
article. 

This that (or plural those) is always followed by of. 

Please look at the Paradigms IV, 3. 

5)et Ste.ttnb be3 2ftannc$. The friend of the man [the 

man's friend]. 
2)et be$ STOannel, That of the man [the man's]. 



*25 



SJt'e SftofebeS ftreunbeS. 
2)ie beg ^rreunbeS* 

S)a8.-93udj meiner ^rennbtn. 
2)al" meiner frreunbin. 

5£)te 93ucr) er meintr iheuube. 
2>ie meiner Srreunbe. 

2ftit bent ftreunbe meineS 

(SoljneS. 
mt bem meineS 

($or/ne6» 
«#afcen <5it ben £ut meiner 

<5'd?n)ejier , obcr ben meiner 

Gutter? 
5dj fya&e ir-eber ben 3§rer 

(3$u>efter, nod) ben 3(;rer 

SJhrtten 



The rose of the friend [the 

Mend's rose]. 
That of the friend [the 

friend's]. 
The book of rny friend [my 

friend's book]. 
That of my friend [my 

friend's]. 
The books of my friends [my 

friends' books]. 
Those of my friends [my 

friends']. 
With the friend of my son 

[with my friend's son] . 
With that of my son [with 

my son's]. 
Have yon the hat of my sister, 

o? that of my mother? 

I have neither that of your 
sister nor that of your mo- 
ther. 



2)er 9Jegen rain v 


bag £ot$, 


wood, 


ber (Scfyirm, screen^. 


bie Jtutfc^e, 


coach, 


ber #tegenfd?irm, umbrella, 


bie Sftinte, 


gu«* 


ber ®onnenfcr/irm, parasol, 


bie .ftanone, 


canon, 


ber <Scf/Ieier, veil, 


bie SSiefey 


meadow, 



Exercise. 



Is this yonr umbrella ? 

No , it is not mine , it is my 

sister's. 
Whose veil is this ? (Parad. 

IV. 4.). 



Did you find my sister's pa- 
rasol ? 

I found hers. 

Have you seen my new coach ? 

Which is your new coach ?. 
That ? (No. 98. 2.) 



126 



It is that of our friend Miss N. 

Did you not find my parasol ? 

I could not find it. 

Is this your wood ? 

No, Sir, it is the neighbor's. 

Did you see these beautiful 
meadows ? 

Yes, Sir , I have seen yours 
and his. 

Did you speak with the neigh- 
bor's sorts ? 

No, Sir, I spoke with those of 
our gardener. 

Are the roses of your garden 
more beautiful than those 
of mine ? 

Those of yours are more beau- 
tiful than those of mine. 

Are these your gardens? 
(©arten.) 

These are my gardens. 



No, S'r, this is not mine, this 
is my friend's. 

I have not seen yours. 

Have you tried our gun ? 
(probiren). 

I have tried it yesterday. 

Have you tried my brother's ? 

No, Sir, is this his ? 

This is mine; that is his. 

Have you seen the daughters 
of Mr. N.? (beS^errn m.) 

I have not seen those of Mr. 
N. , but I spoke long time 
with those of Mr. O. 

Did you sing with my bro- 
ther ? 

Yes , Sir , I sung with your 
brother and with that of 
our friend. 

Do you give me this book or 
that ? 

I gi ve you neither this nor that. 



No. 100. 

1. The reflective pronouns are the same as the common per- 
sonal pronouns, except himself, herself, itself themselves, 
oneself (Dat. and Accus.) f i d;. 

Please look at the Paradigms IV, 5. 



<lr liefct mid;. 

3$ He&e mid). 

SBBtv lie&en un0. 

<St Ite&t ftd% 
unfc ffe Itefcen ffc§, 
(unb (Sieltefcett ft$). 



He loves me. 

I love myself. 

We love ourselves. 

He loves himself, 
and they love themselves, 
(and you love yourself). 
(No. 3.) 



127 



<%abtn <5\t flcf) Qetoafdjen? 

3d) l)a6e mid; getoafd)en. 
Qtnfleiben, 
fid) anfleibetu 

SBtrb er fid) anfteiben? 1 

@v l)at ffd) angeffeibet. 

®v ffcibet jfd) an. 

SBtr fya&en un$ angeffeibet. 

2. There are many verbs which are reflective only in Ger- 
man. 



Dil yon wash yourself; 

(No. 3 ) 
I have washed myself. 
(to clothe on) to dress, 
to dress oneself. 
Will he dress himself. 
He had dressed himself. 
He dresses himself. 
We have dressed ourselves. 



2)te @cf; am, 
Set; fcr)amc mify. 
3d; fd;ame mid) beffen. 
(Sr Ijat ftd) beffen gefdjamt. 
@r toirb jfd) beffen fd;amett. 
@r titfymt fid) beffen* 

3mten, 

ertnnern, 

fid; erinnern (with the Gem), 
3d) erinnere mid; beffen. 
3d) ctinnerc mid; fetner. 
3d; tyafce mid; fciuer fe$r ti>o$l 

etinnerr. 

3rren. 
3d; ivre mid). 
<£r trrt ftcfy fet;r. 

<5et;r btel (quantity), 

gu btel " 

an fe^r (quality), 



shame. 
I am ashamed. 
I am ashamed of it. 
He has been ashamed of it. 
He will be ashamed of it. 
He boasts of it. 

within, 

to put in mind [call to re- 
collection], 

to recollect. 
I recollect or remember it. 
I remember him. 
I have remembered him very 

well. 

to err. 
I am mistaken. 
He is very much mistaken* 

very much. 

too much. 

too much. 

3. Reflective pronouns may obtain in the plural a reciprocal 

signification. 
<5it Ite&en (Id). They love themselves or each 

other. 



128 

SOir Itefcen un$. We love ourselves or each 

other. 
In the case of ambiguity we add einanber [one an 
other] or felbjt, or fel6er [self], [principally before 
prepositions]. 
@ie fte&en fid) einanber. They love each other. 

<5ie Kefcett jicf; fel&jt. They love themselves- 

2Bir tya&en-unS.nie Qcfefyen. We have never, seen each 

other. 
<©ie fya&en fid) fetner fe^r tootyl They have remembered him 

erinncrr. very well. 

€>te finb mi t e in a nber Qe= They are gone with each 

gangcn. other. 

<&it f;afren fair einanber ge= They have lived for each 

kU. other, 

©ic r/afcen mtt fid) felbft ge* They have spoken with them- 
fprodjen.. selves,. 

Exercise. 



Do you love yourself? 

I love myself. 

Do you love each other ? 

We love each other very 
much. 

Did.you see each other yester- 
day (yourselves) ? 

We did not see each other 
yesterday (ourselves). 

Will your brother remember 
me? 

He will remember you very 
well. 

Will he go out with us b 

He will go out with us* 



Do you know yourself? 
I do not know myself. 
Are you not ashamed of it ? 
No, Sir; I am not ashamel 

Of it. 
Are you ashamed of your 

friend ? 
I am never ashamed of my 

friends. 
Was your brother mistaken ? 
Yes Sir, he was mistaken. 
Are you mistaken ? 
I am not mistaken. 
Did you find each other? 
(yourselves), 



129 

Has he dressed himself ? Yes, Sir, we found each other. 

He has not yet dressed him- (ourselves). 

self. Have they spoken with them* 

Did you go with each other selves ? 

to Berlin ?' They have spoken with them- 

No, I went there alone (aftein). selves. 

No. 101.. 

I. In order to impress one particular idea, before others, any 
word can be placed at the beginning of the sentence; but 
whenever another word than the subject (or a word im- 
mediately belonging to it) has that first place, the sub' 
feet has to stand after the verb, just as in the form of inter- 
rogation (No. 4). 

This inversion is great use in German language. 
3d? Kjafce nte erne fcfyoneve 0fofe gefefyen. 
9Ke r)afce id) cine fcfyonerc Olofe gefcfyen. 
<£ine fcfyonere S^ofe r)afie id; me gefefyen. 
Sfteut Q3mbet tjat e$ mix geftern gefagk 
©ejtern ijat eg metn 33ruber mix gefagt (No. W), 
tSc toid ffngen, abet nicfyt tanjen. 
©ingen wilier, afcer md;t ran&em. 
(Sr l)at gefungen, after md)t getanjt. 
©efungen I; at er, after md;t getanjt. 
2. When the verb in its simple tenses is placed at the begin- 
ning of the sentence, it is introduced by the word e& 
£>er 2Renfdj benft. Main thinks. 

d 3 benft ber Sftenfd). (Thinking is man). 

3)ie-@onnc fdjeint fo fd^on. The sun shines so beautifully 
©a fctjeint bte 6onne fo fd?on. (There shines- . » .) 

Eoier.cise t 

Do you like this man ? Your oldest sister I have seen, 

No, I do not like him.. but not your other (ones).. 

6* 



130 

Why not? (to arum) A better Have you seen my new coach 

man you can not find, and my new horse ? 

Will you go to church with Your new coach I have seen, 

me and Mr. N. ? but not your new horse. 

With you I will go; but not Have you tried my and my 

with Mr. N. brother's gun ? (my gun 

Would you dance with me, if and that of my brother). 

you could? Yours I have tried, but not 
Yes, with you I would dance. your brother's. 

Have you seen' our roses? Is this the shortest way to 
Yes, more beautiful roses I Albany? 

have never seen. Yes, Sir; a shorter (one) you 
Have you seen my sisters ? can not find* 

No. 102. 

1. In those subordinate clauses which are connected with 
another 

by a relative pronoun (who, which, &c), 

by a relative adverb (where, whither &c), 

or by the conjunction bag, that, 

the whole verb stands at the end of the sentence (if the 

verb consists out of several parts, those several parts 

stand at the end just in the reverse order from the English). 

The man who goes to day to Albany. 
2)et SEann, ioelcfyer r)cute nacf) SUGanip gefyt, 
I know, where (whither) he is gone to with his brother. 
3$ roeig, too er mit feinem 2huber fy in a, eg ana, en ift. 
I know, that he learns to dance at my brother's. 
3o) vocig, bag er Bet mcincm ©ruber tans en Uxnt 
I know, that he would have danced with me. 
3cf) tocig, bag er mit mit getanjt fyaoen toihbe. 

2. "The one which" "that which" "he who" is translated 
by berjenige (which is declined like an adjective Jentg 
preceded by the definite article b e t, and the relative pronoun. 



131 

He who is good, is happy. 

SDcrjenige, toeldjet gut ijt, ift glMicr). 

Have you seen the rose which I have sent to my mother ? 

£a&eit <Bk biediofe gefdjen, bte id; tneincr Wlutttx gefcfyicft 

I have seen the one, which you have sent to your brother. 

3d; fjafce bfcjiem'ge gefel;en, ttelcfye @tc 3r/rem 33rubev ge= 
fcfyitft fya&en. 
Instead of berjenige we can use and generally do use the 
definite article; but in such a case we generally do not 
use the definite article for the relative pronoun (euphony 
decides). 

«§aben @ie bte fd;onen SSfumen metncS ©artenS gefefjen? 

Have you seen the beautiful flowers of my garden ? 

3d; faf; b i e (biejcnigen), \v el d) e 3r/re ©djwefter mir ge- 
Seigt $at. 

I saw those which your sister has shown me. 
The definite article is then declined as seen in Parad. IV, 3. 



Exercise 



Do you know, where your 

brother is gone to ? 
I do not know, where he is 

gone to. 
Did he tell you, where he has 

seen me ? 
He did not tell me, where he 

has seen you. 
Do you know the man, who 

has told it to me ? 
I do not know the man, who 

has told it to you. 
Did my brother tell you, that 

we can not come to you to 

day? (No. 68). 



I do not know him» 

Did you speak with the men 

who were yesterday at my 

father's ? 
I did not speak with them, 
Did you see the flowers, which 

my mother sent to me from 

Germany ? 

(mir meine Gutter, or meine 

2Jhittet mir, as in No 19.) 
No; those flowers I did not 

see. 
Did you see those which my 

friend has sent to me ? 
Yes, I saw them. 



132 

He did not tell me, that you Do you know, where I have 

can not come to me to day. been yesterday ? 

Have you read the letter, No, Sir, I do not know, where 

which I have written to my you have been yesterday, 

mother ? Did you speak with the offi- 

I have not read it ; but I have cers who were at my uncle's? 

read that which you have I did not speak with those 

written to your sister. who were at your uncle's, 

Do you know the man, who but with those who were 

went with my brother to. at our house.. 



Europe 



No. 103. 



1. There are many other conjunctions which have the same 
effect upon the verb, as shown in No. 102. 1. i.e. to throw 
the verb back to the end of the sentence. They can 
easily be recognized in the following way: 

If the subordinate clause (the clause with the conjunc- 
tion) can in English be placed either before or ajter thz 
principal one, the conjunction belongs to that class. 
Thus because we can say 

either: If you go, I ga, 
or: I go, if you go; 

if is such a conjunction — 

either: Because you wish it, I go a way,, 
or: I go away, because you wish it; 
because is such a conjunction — 

either: I am his friend, though he speak thus, 
or: Though he speak thus, I am his friend;. 
though is such a conjunction. 

But instead of: I go, for he hates me, 
we can not say: for he hates me, I go. 
Therefore for is no such conjunction. 



fins He sings, but he does not dance, 

we can not say: bnt he does not dance, he sings. 

Therefore but is no such conjunction. 

Instead of: He speaks thus, therefore I go away, 

we can therefore I go away, he speaks thus. 

Therefore therefore is no such conjunction. 

2. Thus we have two kinds of conjunctions, those which 
throw the verb back to the end of the sentence, and those 
which have no such eflft :■:. Alter those of the latter class 

inversion (No. 101) takes place, because another 
word than the snbj as the clause. (Parad. VIII. 

l.i 

3. Only after unto, and — pfcer, or — afletn, ft&er, fcnbovn, 
but — toeitn, for, even the inversion does not take place. 
(Parad. VIII. 3/) 

?";n" £):rr\ toeiui I go to New York, if you go 
mil mil g with me. 

3$ getv fert, ireil :- I go away, because you have 

irotft report, wished it. 

:in utn Bfteuni), 6$gTetdj I am his friend, though he is 
or ft boh tjt. so bad. 

benn or (aft mt<$. I go. for he hates me. 
Gr jtn^t, ofctt or tanjt ntd)t. He sings, but he does not 

dance. 
Gt iVrictt fa bf§§aft f£$c id; He speaks so, therefore I go 

JDTt away. 

C?r tanjte, feodj Hiefr ei mctu He danced, yet he did not 

Ianae. remain long, 

■t. When the subordinate clause begins the sentence, the 
rrsion (No. 101) takes place in the principal clause. 

5-^ gt$c nad) ?u'tv -Q)ovf, rrcnn Stt mil mit gercn: 
or SBtnn ©i« mit mir ger-en, g et; e i $ nacfc SRett ?7)crf. 
S$ ge$« forr, ttjffl 3ie eifi getsoSt fufcen; 

or IBetl etc ..: iv.£en, gef 1 1 ict> foil 



134 

5. In such a case the principal clause is often introduced by 
the word fo, then, therefore (fo makes the connection 
of the two clauses smoother). 

3Benn @ie e§ too Hen, 9 el; en loir, 

or fo gel) en toft. 
SSetl ®ie eS getooUt t;n6en, fo ge(;e id) fort. 



Exercise. 



Will you come to-morrow ? 
We shall come; but we do 

not know when. 
Can your son go with me ? 
He can not go with you to- 
day, but he must remain at 

home. 
Will you give me my book, if 

I come to you to-morrow ? 
I will give it to you, if you 

come to-morrow. 
Would you give me some 

money (®elo), if you were 

rich ? 
I would give you some, if I 

were rich. 



Did your brother go home, 
because I did not speak 
with him ? 

Yes, he went home, because 
you did not speak with him. 

Is he happy ? 

He is happy, for he is good. 

Will you go to him, though 
he did not come to you 
yesterday ? 

No, I do not go to him, be- 
cause he did not come to 
me yesterday. 

What would you do, if I were 
not here ? 

I do not know. 



No. 104. 

1. The Passive voice is obtained by simply connecting the 
different forms of "m etc en" with the Past Participle of 
a verb. 

©etvorben is changed into toovben. 

Please look at the Paradigms XI, 2. 



135 



2. Form the different tenses and moods (Passive voice) of: 
ffyagen*), to strike, beat, lo&ert, to praise, 
fcefhrafen, to punish, btnbcn #), to bind, 
fcijicfen, to send, fef;en*), to see, 
serfolgett, to persecute, pursue. fyolen, to fetch. 

3. "By" in connection with a Passive is translated by u o it 
(Bat,). 



<8ie rouvben toon mtrgefcfylagen. 
£)er Btetnb iviri) ton un8 &er= 
folgt 



They were beaten by me. 
The enemy (fiend) is pursued 
by us (is in the state of 
being pursued). 
4. In the Passive voice the Imperfect is often used instead 

of the Perfect. 
Qcv nmrbe con mix fceftraft. He has been punished by me. 

plunbern, to plunder. fcclagcrn, to beleaguer. 



Exercise. 



Has your friend been perse- 
cuted ? 

Yes, he has been persecuted. 

By whom ? 

He has been persecuted by 
his enemies. 

Why did the soldiers (SoIba= 
ten) plunder the city ? 

Because they wished to punish 
its inhabitants. 

Will the enemy be beaten ? 

I do not know ; but I hope so 



Has your city been belea- 
guered by the enemies ? 

It has been beleaguered by 
them. 

Why has your brother been 
punished ? 

Because he has beaten our 
little girl! 

Which little girl ? 

The one which has been sent 
to us by our poor friend. 

Has he been seen by his mother? 

Yes, he has been also punished 
by her (also, niter)). 



^(3D^ 



CONTINUATION OF PART III. 



I. 

READING 

WITH 

FOLLOWING CONVERSATION.. 

No. 105.. 

1. 5Ber fcin #erg*$'6m @(;rfleijef offnet, fc^Xtcgt e$ ber Ohifye. 

f"(Sfyrgei$," ambition from (5(;re, honour and ©eij, 
(avarice) covetousness. 

2. £)ic fofificfyen Sfreuben frer Unfcfyulfcf- ftnb nur fur ben &i= 
jtertjaftenj cine (Sfytmttre.J 

f"2)ie @cf)utb," g«?7£; bte Unfcfyulb, innocence. 
*|"£afterl?aft;*' f)aft is a final for the formation of 
adjectives (corresponding often to ful in English). 
2)a§ Rafter, vice, tote ®unbe, sin, 
lajlerr/aft, vicious, junbfyaft, sinful, 
J" (Sty i ut a r e" is placed to the end of the sentence, like 
a Participle, or adjective, or any word which modifies 
the verb. 

3d) f;afce metnen 93ruber gefefyen. 
3d; bin nut ifyntjufrt e.b en (content), 

3. 3d) ferine fetn t3cffere§ Wittei gegen bie^angeluetle, aT8 feitte 
SPftictyten genatt 3U erfiitfen. 



137 

4. £>ag bcflc SSJaffcr aerfaulet butd) ba3£iegett,unb ber fa)onjte 
©eijt serbirbt burcfy Unttyatigfeit.f- 

f"&fyaf," deed, act, 
tyatig, active (No. 86, 6). 

5. ©elbftoerlciugnung gercafyrt ba3 erf;abenfte$$ergnitgent, unb 
ber @ieg iiber bofe ©eruofynfyeiten ijt ber rut/mlicr/fte Sri* 

f" £> e r g n it g e n ," pleasure; g e n it g , enough. 
0. S)iegene& fagtcf }tt etnem 3ungUnge,{ t>er fa)amrotr) toitrbe: 
@ei guten $hitl?e3„ mein @of;n! 5)iefe3 ijt bte ftarbe ber 
Sugenb* 
f"fa&en jot e tit em," say to one, cittern fag en, to tell 

one. 
J* 1 3it n g Ii n g ," youth; ling is a, final for the forma- 
tion of substantives (generally names of persons). 
Sung, young, fremb, foreign, 

ber 3i'tngting, young man, ber trembling, stranger. 
Such substantives are masculine. 
7. Qfiir ben, ber ^lieS 311 feitter &it tfyut, ijt ein. Sag mel)r 
ruertr), als brei. 

(Sittb Ste em trembling fyier? &8arunt ttmrbe er fa)antrott)? 

3a,. rair adf finb ft'tembltnge (£x tfl noct; uttfcfyulbig. 

fyier. @inb fte efyrgetjig ? 

4?aben bie 3ungltttgc bofe ©e* (Sin ruenig. 

roofmfyetten ? 4?abqn @ie gelefen, iraS SMoge* 
@tc fyafren oft fefyt fcofe ®e= tteS gefagt fjat? 

ioofynfyeiten. 3a, e3 ifl fofttia). 

#aoen <Ste £angerrmle ? ©lauben ©ie, barber Sugenb* 
£> nein, id) erfiifle meine $fftd) s l;affe mefyr Sfreuben fyat, aU 

ten genau , id? l)a&e feine ber Safterljafte. 

£angeroeile. D ja, ber Unfcfyulbige r)at tm* 
3 ft btcfer junge Sftann tt)atig ? mer gro§ere Sreuben. 
3a er ifl fer)r ttyatig. 



138 

No. 106. 

1. @el;e in bie 4? it He be6 (SlenbS, Ungebulbtger! £ernft bit 
bort nia)t 3"frieben(;dt, fo lernftf bit (!e nirgenbS. 

f'£ernjt bit," if (as well as other conjunctions) is 
sometimes left out (as in English). 

Had I a book I would give it to you. 
4?citte id; cin 93udj, fo ruiirbe id; eg biv gebcn. 

2. (Sin gennffer $t;t(ofo:p(; fagte, bii§ er tm erften 3a(;re, in 
to eld) em er ffcf) bem @mbium bet ^5{;iIofopf;ie toibmetc, 211= 
leg, itn jtoeiten (S'ttoa^, aber tm britten 0M}t§ getoujjt Ijabt- 

3. 33or einem gratten «£>fli«Vtc fottfi bu attfftefyen. 

4. ©atyrtfefye SOienfcf^en ftnb Heine Snfcfien, beten fDafeinf totr 
burd; bte SKii^e fiiljlen, bie fie fid; 0c6cn4 urn una ju.jted;en. 

f : '2)afcin," being there or here, existence. 

J" fid; geben," togivetoo?ie , sself; fid) is Dative, 

Scr; gebe tnir 2ftitr)e. I give to myself trouble oiv 

pain. 
3d) gefte mir bieie Qftufye. I take great pains. 
(§r gtOt fid) ttele 2ftut)e, He takes very great pains 
mid) ju lefyren. to teach me. 

5. S)ie fyelbenmuifytgen ©otfyen I;ieltenf e£ fur eine ©cfyanbe. 
im 95ette ju. fterBen; fte fefcten fid) freinnflig bem $obe auS, 
umj oon ifyren 2Md)tern oefungen juj tocrben. 

f'fyielten" from fatten , to hold. 

Please look at the Paradigms XIV, Class 5. 
J" um jn," in order to. 

6. (gin geiftreid)ert aftann toitrbe ot)ne bie ©efeUfdjaftJ Untoif* 
fenber oft fefyr oerlegen fein. 

f ;c g e i ft r e i ct) ," ric-A «» spirit, intelligent. 
J ;c © e f ell f d) a f t"— f d; a f t is a final for the formation 
of substantives {ship in English). 

2)er Sreunb, friend, ber ©efed, fellow, 

bte 5rcuubfd)aft, friendship, bie ©efeUfdjaft, society. 
Such substantives are feminine. 






139 



Conversation* 



SBarum n?aven@ie fo toevtegen? 

3d) fann eg 3f)nen ntefyt fagen. 

<Sk iourben gan$ fd)amrot§» 

3d) toctf eS. 

3ft btefe Same fel;r getfireid)? 

©ie if* fefyr geiftretd). 

©tub ®ie g erne in ifyxtx ©e= 

fcllf^aft? 
D \a , red)t gerne; nut Brtngt 

ffe mid) ju 3*itert in %$exU* 

gen^eit. 
SBarum ft el? en <§ie auf ? 
3d) fefye 3i?mt £errn 93ater 

font men, 
2Bo fommen ©tc fjet? 
3d) fommc toon ju £aufe. 
2Bo ge^cn @ie jefct fyin? 
3d) gelje mrgenbS tyinj id) 

fcteifce tyter. 
«§>afcen@te fid) je bent ©tub turn 

ber $()ilofopf;te gemtbmet. 



Sftetn, id) §aoe ettua^ QfnbereS 
ju flubteren* 

£aOen <Sie fid? toiele 2ftul)e ge= 

gefcen, urn tljren fleinen93tus 

ber gu crjte^cn ? 
3a, id) gafj mir fetjr saicIe3D^u§e, 

tyn gnt ju er^iefyen? 
£aoen@te toiel toon ben@otf;en 

gelefen? 
0lein, ntd^t totef; bod) toeig id), 

bag jic ein fe^r tyelbenmut^U 

ge§ QSolf traren. 
93on trem tourben jte fcefun* 

gen? 
93on tf?ren £)id)tern. 
(Stub <Sie cin 2)id)ter? 
SRetn, id) tyafce nod) nte ge* 

bidjtet. 
^tooteven @te eg bod) ! 
3d) l;a6e fetne 3eit. 



No. 108. 

1. ©etn ©ennffen bent @l)rget$e aufeuopfern ift bag 9iamltd)e, 
alg ein fcfconeg ©emaibe $u toerfcrennen, urn bte 5tfd)e batoonf 
,$u fyaben. 

f "b a to o it ," thereof; in a similar way we can join b a or 
too with different prepositions: banttt, therewith, too* 
mit, wherewith etc. 

Please look at the Paradigms VII, 1. 

2. ^httavd), ^lining nnb @enefa fagen, bag baa ganje 3atyt 
- fyinbuvd), in id eld? em @afat eimorbet toorben ift, bte ©onne 

nur ein fd)toad)eg £id?t oon ficfy gegeoen i}aH $>iefe brei 



140 

(Scfyriftftetterf t»aren enttuebet fel;r abergiuitoifcfy/J ober 
<S<t)\ne\ djkVf ober beibe§4 
f '@ct)iif tfteUer," author, from fiellen, to put or 
place and @ dj r i f t , a writing. 

J"^lberc|laubtfcfy," from 31 berglaube ; aber in 
compounds means about the same as ii 6 e r , over;, 
ber ©laitbe, belief, bet SBifc, wit, 

Qlberajaube, superstition, Sibenrifc overwit. 
ifefy is a ^c/ for the formation of adjectiyes (isfcm 
English); 

ber2)ieb, thief, bte £o(Ie, hell,, 

btebifefy, thievish, tyoUifcf/, hellish. 
J"beibe3." The neuter singular is used, if.it refers to 
two different things. 

3, 3n ben Qibgrunben beg 3rrtl;um§ tfi bte 2Bal)r§eit nuretn 
$unft 

4. 2)te irafytc Sefcf;etbenf;ett ift em bicfytbelaubterf 93aum, bet 
bie ffritcfyte, bie er berborbrmgt, unter fetnen 93lattern birgt^. 

f ' ' b e I a u b t c r " from b a a £ a u b , (/<?«/ : ) foliage. 
5i. 2)er SBcife fagt ntcfyt, tracer tfyut, abcr er tl;ut 9lict}t$, h>a0 

nicfyt gefagt luerben barf. 
6. Die 3t)*enfctyen fyaben, if te bie Wanjen, getyetme (£ia,enfd;af= 
ten, bte bcr Bufatf attctn entbecft.f 
f <c e n t b e tf e n " — c n t is a prefix which signifies " a re- 
moval" ; 

b-ecEen,, to cover, gefyen, to go, 

entbetfen, to discover, entgelKn, to escape, 
bag SSlatt, leaf, entblattew, to strip the 

leaves off.. 

Conversation. 

SBoflen 8te meincn <So^n em- %ft teen (or mem) fyaben <§te 
^fetjten 1 meinen QSetter empfofylen ? 

3tf; empfetyle tyn mit Q3ergnii- 3$ f>a6e tfm an ben §mn.9l: 
gem emtfofylem. 



141 

$'(;itn ®te twiner, iua§ <Ste -2Bei§ ber 4?evv £)oftor ba&on ? 

fageu'? @r tuet§ nicfjtS baoon. 

3d; tljtte iminer, n>a3 id; fage. @inb @te bae gan$e3al;rf;ier? 

3ft ba§ QSolf in (Sitvapa fe(;r 91cm, nidjt bag gan$e 3al;r. 

afcer^fau&ifd; ? 2Ba3 -Ijaben <Ste mit 3f;ven 
5$ lueijj ci ntd;t. fd;onen ©emalben getfyanl 

Jlcnnen 8ie biefen @c£tlftftel= 3d; ^abe jfe ber&rannt. 

lev ? $)a6 §#rtett @te ntdjt tf;im fatten. 

Sa, id; fenne if;n fef;v gut; ev 3d; fyatteeS tf;un mu[fen;metne 

ijt eiti 8d;meid;lei\ Gutter fyatte eSgetDolIt, unb 

2>aS Ht nid;t fe(;r f^meid)ef(;aft fie trctf atleS beffev benn id;. 

■fi'rr if;n. <Ste jtnb'fe^r fcefctyetben. 

No. 108. 

1. -2Bev fein ®?§etmmfri fagt, uuvb ber ©ffaoe be$ Qlnbern. 

f"®tf) t i m it i fj " — n t $ is a final for the formation of 
substantives (ness in English) ; 

tuilb, wild, gefjeim, -secret, 

bie SSStftmijj, wilderness, ba§ ©ef;eimni§, the secret, 
"Those commencing with a prefix are generally neuter; 
the others feminiue. 

2. %iw flutcS #er$ \$ fd;aij6arev,f aU tin fcfyfingg @e|!d;t. 

f " f d; a & b a v"; b a v is a final for the formation of ad- 
jectives (corresponding generally to able in English); 
>fd;a|cn, to esteem, trtnfen, to drink, 
fcv)a£6av, esteemable, trinlbav, drinkable. 

3. £)ie <Sd;oitf;ett eincS 2Rcibd)en3 gleid;t eirtev fct)onen 35(ume, 
bie inSinem £age b era elf t, obev duem^racr/tkjen 3ftegenbo= 

-#en, ber in (Sinein Qdtgenblicfcf com 2Btnbe aeggeblafenj 
aivb. 
-j-^tugenblicf ," glance of an eye, moment. 
J" a e g b I a f e n "; a e g means away (b er 28eg, way), 
bfafeu*, to 5/oh); similar is to egg cr) en — fort, 
fiorth is used in the same way. 

3d; ge(;e Je§tjort, or aeg. I go now away. 



142 

4. 3d; bin ber 9#einung, bap t>tc 3Rcnfd)en oft mef;r 0?u|en 
bon it;ren $ef;lern jie^en, al8 ton U;ren rufymboUcn $f;aten. 

5. £>ie @Jpeifen fdjmeden nut ben £ungrigcn. 

6. £)en Ungliicflictyen fd;einen bie 9teid;en glucfHd) ; after nur 
t>te >3 u f r iebenf?ett betfd;afft ben 2ftenfd;eu ©liicffcliajfcir. 

7. 2)er u>at)re 3toetf oer 2ftoral ijt, bie ttnrfUtf;en ©titer ton 
ben fd;einbaren ju unterfd;etbcn.f 

f " u n t e r f d; e i b e n " — is n t e r , among; f d; e ib e n*, to 
separate, the whole to distinguish. 

8. 5Benn bu totfljl, baf (SttoaS berfd;nnegen fei, bcrfd;toeige e$ 
bu felber suerft. 






Conversation. 



Jlannfi bu betfcfytoeigen, u?a3 

id; bir fage ? 
D ia,biuueifjt, baft tct; etn bets 

fcfytuiegencr Sftenfct; bin* 
4?ajt bu berfcfynuegen , toa$ 

mesne Gutter bir fagte? 
3d; (age nie ein ©c^etmntf . 
©often <8ie noct; einen 9Utgen= 

bttcf f;ier bteiben ? 
3a tuotj)!, red;t gcrne ; e$ ijt ein 

£tad)ttger £ag. 
SBiefc^mecft^nenbiefer^pfet 

(How do you like) ? (No. 

109.6.) 
@r fcfymedt rntr fetjr ; ifyre 

%W ftnb beffer, aid bie 
unfrigen. 
3i;r £err Stater ijt berfctben 
Sftcinurtg. 



$at 3i;nen unfcr 28cin ge= 

fdjmccft? 
3a, er ift fesjt gut. 
@inb @ie mil 3f;rem ©flasjcn 

^ufriebcu ? 
3d; bin mit if;m fe^r jufrieben. 
3ft er bier? 

SRein, er iff gerabe fortgegangen. 
2Bol;in? SBenn id) bitten barf. 
(£r gieng in feine «§ittte^ 
©efyen @ie jefct fort? 
3a, id; mup Je&t fort gef;en> 
€>et;ett <Sie bod; biefen fd;onen 

SHegenbogen! 
QU;, £tad;tig ! 
0hm, lebcn @ie toos)U 
Olbieu! 
3d; em^fefyle mid; 3tynen. 

(Good bye!) 









143 

No. 109. 
i. 3^0 f fl gt, bet' '©eijift'c gletdje einem unfrucfytljaren fanblgen 
23oben, ber mil gietigent 2)urjie alien Sftegen itnb $r)au fins 
faufljt, after beat Setootyner feinc nu^Itd)c $flan$e geiuafyrt 
2. £>cr gropte ©flauc ijt ber, ftelcfyer 3Wemanbem,t al8 jtd) 
fcl&jlt bient. 
f' :> JHcntanb," nobody, and Semanb, somebody, take 
the regular terminations of the definite article, or re- 
main unchanged (the cSor § of the gen. is preserved). 

ffelber or fe !&#/? *e//; i$ fel&fr I myself, 

<bie Gutter felGjt, the mother herself; 
if placed before the word, it means even: 
felBer bie abutter, even the mother; 
felDji id}, even I. 

2. Seme bid? fcIDft fennen ! 

3. £iite bid) &ot bem Umgangef mft *3ofen. 

f'Umgang," company from um around } and get? en. 

5. Scnfet an bie JBefyrc: 5l(le btejemgen, toelclje tf;re jungen 
Saljre miijjfg $u6rad;ten, fatten tin ijerbriejjltdjcSf filter. 

f" b e rb r t e $ e n*'" is an impersonal verb ; 
@3 berbrtefjt mid). It grieves me. 
2)te3 bet'brtejjt ifyiu This grieves him. 
Similar is: @S freut (It delights me), or I am 
mid). glad. 

6. £)ett arfcettfamen 2J?enfd;en gefatfenf atfe (Sfgo|ungen; aber 
ben STOiif igen &erfd;afft QllleS £angeii;etle. 

t"gef all en," to please. ( 

2Bie gefatft 31;nen biefeS? * (How does this please 

you?) or: How do 
you like this ? 
2Ste gcfalU 3&nen-biefe Q^ofe? How do you like this 

rose ? 
If (o like refers to the taste of the mouth it is translated 
by fd;mecfen. 



144 



Conversation, 



4?at 3emanb meinen 33aier ge* 

fefjen? 
3d; ^a6e it)n gcfef;en. 
@af en @ie it;n mit 3emanbem 

fpred;cn. 
3d) faf if* mit SWemanbcm 

fared; en. 
@cfMt3f;nenbiefe Wlanje? 
S^ein, ©iegef aUt mtr nid;t feft. 
SSie fat Sfnen unfer ©atten 

gcfaden? 
<&x fat mix f eft gef alien, 
9£ie faben ©ie gejtern 3fte 

3eit jugebradjt? 
3d? f abe etn toenig gearbeitet. 
<5ie fhtb nie miifjig. 
(50 freut mid) fe(;r, toenn <8ie 

t>aS glau6en. 
3ft 3(;re Sfrau ®cf weflet nod; 

immet franf? 
3a; ioaren <8ie nicft fel6'jl ge= 

ftern bei it>r ? 
9lein,'icf fatte feine Beit. 
(£3 n>urbe<Sie feft freuen, toernt 

<Stc jit if t fommen fintnten. 
3d) toiirbe mit feloer ted)t 

getne biefe Sfreube oevfcf af* 

fen, toenn id) fonnte." 
(S3 oerbriefn meinen Qiater fef;r, 

ba§@ie me ju ifm fommen. 
©ejtern toatteten xvix hnmer, 

unb <Sie famen nid)t. ©0 

oerbvof? un3 QlOe feft. 



£)f ! @ie toiffen, c3 fteutemid; 

immet, juSfnen fommen $u 

biivfen- 
@inb @ie gejtern bet bent alten 

©flaoen getoefen'? 
3a, id; toat bei ifm. 
2)aS fat meine*yhittcvfefroet= 

broffen. 
©odte id) ctioa (perhaps) nic 

$n ifm gel; en? 
Stein, er ifl jn front, 
£aben @ie 3emanben bet il;m 

ge[ef;en ? 
S^ein id) faf Stiemanb bei ifm; 

e$ fat il;n fef r gefrettt, mid? 

$n fefen. 
3Bie gefallt3fnen biefe 6tabt? 
©0 fo. 
5Bie gefaflen 3l;nen beren 23c= 

mofnct? 
(Sic gefallen mit fef r. 
9Hit .u? cm gel;en @ie gemofn= 

lid; urn? 
3d) gef e geioof nlicf mit meinen 

Srettnben nm. 
JDcnfen <5ie oft an 3ft SSater* 

lanb? 
3a, id; benfe oft an mein 2Sa= 

terlanb. 

5)ent?n <Sie aud; anSfreSftau 

SWuttcr ? 
©ett>i§; marum foUte i<f nid;t 

an flc-benfen? 



145 

No. 110. 

1. IftteS, iuaS manf gerne tt)uf, ift teicfjt. 

f'-'man" expresses "persons in general 1 ' (the French 
on), one ov people; it takes the 3d person singular. 
2K<m fa#; People say, they say. 

Whin mu$ l;clfen, toenn One must help, if one can, 
wan famt. 

2. SKait em^ffnbeff ben £eb nut ^'tnuial; berieutge, toefcfyer 
Uni furd)tei-, jlftSt fcbcS SWal, a(l cr barnnj betfff. 

f'cuifcfinbcn" (cut and ftnben), to be sensible of, to 
perceive (No. 10 1. 6). 

T "bar an," thereat; t inserted where two vowels 
would meet — b a v a u f , £/We ^o^, or upon it; \v o r - 
auf, wAere u#0ft, upon what. (Pavad. VII, 1.) 
3^ QitOsfyu i\t cine uuaitgiinglicfycf Sufel; wcim man j!e einmal 
ijerlaffen I;at, faun man md;t nneber Jn'naufjleigen. 
f " u n $ u g a n g l i a; , " from gcfyen, gegangcu. 

4. 3&a3 man gut fcegreift, brucu man mit JDeutUdjfeii au0, imb 
bie SBortcf fommen mit ©ela'uftgfeit. 

$"%<[$ 28ort," wore?, has two plurals: 
bie QBorte, speech, 
bte Shorter, single words by themselves. 
<$ctfm\ <Sii fctne SOBorte gefyort ? 
SBie mele SBorter ftnb in btefem 33ucf;e? 

5. SKan forbert toon einem 3Sei6e bier 2)inge: 
bafi bie ©tttfamfett auf ifytem ©ejtc()te fcfyeine, 
bap bie £te6Utf;fett son t(;ren St^en fttejje, 
bafi bie Sugenb in [fjrera ^erjen ir>o(;ne, unb 
baj? bie Qlrfceit itjxt £anbe befcv/ciftige. 

6. 2)ic etnfatf;ef Statur ifi Ite6en§njftvbtgerJ, alS bte tfuttjr, 

f a c i n f a d) ;" f a c§ corresponds to the English fold, 
ciufaci), (onefold) simple, 
jtoeifacjj, twofold, 
St elf ad;, manyfold. 

7 



146 



$"ltefcen$rourbig", amiable, means originally love- 
worthy; Iiefclid), lovely, 
2Ber reid) ifi, mfr$te noc§ tetter roetben, unb ber 0letd)fte 
ijl unjufrieben. 

Conversation. 



2#od)ten aud) <5ie immer nod) 

tci^cr merben ? 
3d) mocr)te cin toenig teller 

fetn. 
<Sieftnbreid)genug; <5tit)aUn 

etne UefcenSroitrbtge ©emafy* 

tin, 
(Sic ftnb fer)r gittig. 
<§tnb @tefyeutefel)r &efd)aftigt? 
Snic^t fet;r. 

2Jfon forbert oon3tynen jubtel. 
D netn; id) arfeeite gerne. 
<smud)t 31)r £err 53rut>er (5ng* 

<£r fmidjt e3 gan$ gelaufig. 
2>ie englifd)e @prad)e ifl nic^t 

fef;r Iciest. 
SRein; bieQUiSforadje iflfc^rrei: 

(difficult). 
#at bie beutfd)e ®£rad)e mel)r 

2Borter ala tic englifdje? 
3a. 



2>enfen <Ste su Seton an ben 

Sob"? 
3d) benfe ju 3*ton baran. 
&iird)ten @ie ben Sob ? 
S^etn, id) ftird)te ir)n nid)t. 
SBann ifl 3I;t 4?err Dnfel gc* 

ftorfcen? 
<£r jtarfc »or stoet Safyren. 
(Sr roar em liefcenStuiirbtger 

2ftamt. 
2)enfen ®te nod) an feine Icfc* 

ten (last) 2Borte? 
3d) benfe nod) oft an btefeloen 

(Parad III, 3. Rem.). 
Somite er nod? fyred)en? 
D ia f ex l;at jtc§ ganj beutltd) 

auSgebriitft. 
(seine Sodjter ifi etn lieolidjeS 

9tfabd)en! 
£> gen? if ; j!e iji nun ganj oer* 

Iaffen. 
£>a0 atme SEabdjenl 



No. Ill, 
£>a$ ®eb&d)tnijH* gtetdjt bem 9J*agnet; ed nimmtj an^tarfe 
gu, toenn man ifym <£ftoa3 $u tragen gifct ; eS oerliert aUe 
4traft, toenn man £Rid)t$ baran 1)ang,t. 
f "©ebftcfytntfj," memory; gebad)t, thought from 
benfen*, *o Mwfc, (No. 108. 1.) 
J"nimmt su," increases, from. june^men* 



147 

2. 2>!e fetne £eBen0arif n>otyler$ogener tote fann man jldj mtt 
leister 2M$e ertoetfcen, tvtnn man nut u;nen ucrtrautt^en 
Umgang f)at. 

t " £ e fc e n 8 a r t , " conduct; (manner of living), 

3. 2Ber einmal ba0 Unglutf ge^a^t fyat, toon 6ofen SRenftycn 6e= 
trogen gu toerben, ber ijt auf afle mi§tratttfo).t 

f'mifjtrauifd)" — mtj? corresponds to the English 
di$. 

gefatten, to please, trauen, to trust, 

nujj fallen, to displease, mtgtrauen, to distrust 

4. (£0 gi&tf feme 9fofen ton tyunbert Sagen. 

t " (5 fl i fc t ," Merc «r, Merc are (in the most general 
sense). 

<S0 gi&t Settte, bte nte fef;en irotten. 

There are people which will never see. 
(B S corresponds to there. 

In other cases there is, there are, is translated by e 
finb (e0 is in question omitted). 

(50 jtnb stele i l eute in bem Sweater. 

There are many people in the theater. 

<£tnb stele £eute in ber $ird(;e gctoefen? 

Have there been many people at church ? 

(50 voaxm stele Seute bort. 

There were many people there. 

5. <S8 q\U <scj)uler, bte fcfyime SBudjer, afeer feme Suft gumf 
Sefen $afcen. 

t"&um" instead of ju bem (^arad. VI, 6). 

6. <g0 Qab ^tlofo^en^ bte it&er QUle8 jtoetfelten, unb - f ef 6ft 
iifcer bte 2BtrfUd?f ett i^reS 5>afetn0 ftrttten. 

t " $ ^ i I o f c J> ty e n w ; words from the Greek (being the 
same also in English) take en in the Genitive and keep 
it through all cases (as No. 79). 

2)er $oet, be0 $oeien; ber Styeolog, be0 ^cotogen. 

7. 2>em fdjimften atforgen folgt smvetfen em trit&er Slfcenb. 



148 

8. Wlan mug jtd) me unfaf;tgev glauOcn algQlnbere ; e$ tjt bafcei 
after auct; noi()ig, jteigiger ate habere ju fcin. 

9. <Set rein unb veblid) im tlmgange mit bir felfcerl 



Conversation. 



.€>inb Sic geftetn in ber J!ird)e 

g'cttefen $ 
3a, id) fcin bort gevuefen. 
as.iren tftcfe \?cuteborf? 
9lein, hicr)i btete; eg ftnb fo in etc 

jttrd;en f/ier. 
2Ba3 tragen <sieba (or t;iev)? 
Set) to$Hl cS felber nid)t. 
Sliinw id; e§3f;vten tragen f;elfcn? 
£5netn, id)'banfe3f;nen; eS tft 

ttfd)t not(;ig; id; fanne§fe(;r 

lcid)t nlfetit tragen. 
5)ief? ifi cin f:t;r fcfyoner SKorgcn! 
3a, itfirtTict) fct?r fd;on. 
3d) l;aue geftern md)t gebad)t, 

bag unr ctnen fo fd;onen 

Sftorgen fyafcen toetben. 
3d; aud; ntd;t; e3 Wax ein fo 

trufcer Qlfcenb. 
2Bie I)at 3t)nen ber £(;eologe 

gefaUen ? 



$f;eoIogett, bte and) ©filter 

ftnb , gefatfen mir nid;t fetjr. 
SBarttm? (23 gafc gto|?e $fyeo= 

fogen, bte £)td;tcr tuaren. 
@ef;r gut; boct) id) mag fie mct)t. 
@te ftnb mtfjtranifd;. 
mic gefallt 3(;nen £err 01.1 
(it geftel mir gar nid)t (not at 

all), er f;at feine tfcfcenSart. 
3d; glan&te, er fetmor/f crjogen. 
%i), ( 6h muffen it)n felber fet;en! 
©at, baS frtun id) mit leid;ter 

SMitye t(;nn. 
3ft mein ®ot)rt fleijjig? 
(Sr t(i fet>r flerf tg ; Ul) fcm mit 

tt)m fet)r jufrieben. 
&ernt er fleijjig'? 
D i<x, er Icrnt fet)r ftetfjig ; er 

J)at ein gute§ @ebad;tnij?. 
£a8 f;afce id; gcbad)U 



^ftS/SMS* 









XI. 
IMPORTANT POINTS OF EXCEPTION 

(preceding the advanced Reading). 



No. 112. 

£)er SSater, father, 
ber Mer, acre, field, 

ber jammer, hammer, 
ber @rt;u>agcr, brother in law, 
* bcr ©arten, garden, 
ber SBogel, bird (fowel), 
bcr Dfen, (oven) stove, 

The above substantives (most frequently occuring) modify 
their radical vowels (Exception from No. 59). 
2)er ©arten, ©arten, 
ber Mantel, Mantel 



ber ©raoen, 


ditch, 


ber Sfaben, 


thread, 


ber 0iogcl, 


nail, 


ber SRantel, 


cloak, 


ber battel, 


saddle, 


ber SSruber, 


brother. 



Exercise. 



Where did you lay our ham- 
mers (Jjtagelegt)? 

They lie upon the table. 

Do the nails lie there ? 

Yes ; they lie there. 

Hear these birds! 

They sing very beautifully. 

Are there many birds in your 
gardens ? 

There are not many there. 



Have you brought our cloaks? 

Yes, Sir, here they are. 

Where are our saddles ? 

I shall bring them in a mo- 
ment. 

Where are your brothers ? 

They are gone out. I do not 
know, where they are. 

Did you see those new ditches ? 

I saw them. 



150 



No. 113. 



DO 



$ie0iad;r, night, 

bie SWadjr, might, 

bie $1(1$, maid (servant), 

fete @iabr, city, 

tic tfraft, force (craft), 

fete <&aut, skin (hide), 

bte 2JtouS, mouse, 

tie fraujt, fist, 

The above substantives, though feminine, take c in the plu- 
ral and modify their radical vowels (Exception from 
No. 58). 

2>te £anb, #anbe, 
tie WlauZ, Sftaufe. 



bte $8arit, bench, 
tie SBanb, wall (of a house), 
ber SBaU, wall of a city (re- 
gular), 
bie ©an$, goose, 
bie #anb, hand, 
bte 93raut, bride. 



Exercise. 



Has your friend small hands ? 

She has very small hands. 

Did you see that man's fists ? 

I have seen his fists. 

Would you like to bring me 
some benches ? (No. 95). 

I have none. 

Have you been in all cities of 
this province ? 

I have not been in all (of them). 

How do you like the walli of 
my room? (No. 109. 6.) 

I do not like them. 

How do you like our nights ? 

Your nights here are extre- 
mely beautiful (uwnbev* 
fc^on). 



Are there many mice in this 

house ? 
They are a great many (of 

them) here. 
How many maid-servants have 

you? 
I have four. 
Have you many geese ? 
I have twenty. 
Have you seen the walls of 

our city ? 
Your city has no walls; there 

are very few cities here 

which have walls. 
Have you seen the theatre of 

our city ? 
Yes, Sir, I have seen it. 



151 

£>te SBrujt, breast, tie £uty, cow, 

bie 8rtud;t, fruit, bie Suft, air, 

bte ©ruft, tomb, bte Cuft, lust, 

bie Jtluft, clift, bie tfunjt, art, 

btc 9hif? , nut, btc Sttttft, guild, 

bie Sftotfj, need, necessity, 
Also the above substantives belong to this class. 

$ie 9toj?, SMffe, 

btc Stunfi, Jtiinjle. 



Exercise. 



How do you like these fruits ? 

(No. 109. 6.) 
I like them very much. 
Have you tried these nuts ? 
I did not try them yet. 
How many cows has your 

father? 
He has thirty. 
Are there any guilds here? 

(No. 111. 4.) 



No, there are none here. 
Do people here love the fine 

(fd?on) arts? 
Yes,they love them. (N.110.1.) 
Have you seen the tombs of 

the kings ? 
I have seen them. 
Do you like nuts ? 
Yes, Sir, I like them very 

much. 



No. 1U. 



ber 9ftorb, murder, 

ber Sold), dagger (dirk), 

tjer 2ftonb, moon, 

bet £erjog, duke, 

bet Caut, sound. 



2>et XaQ, day, 
ber $ltm arm, 
ber ©emaf;l, husband, 
ber ©toff, stuff, 
ber 4?unb, dog (hound), 
ber f5tf)vtf}, shoe, 
The above substantives do not change their radical vowels 
in the plural. (Exception from No. 60.) 
£>et %aQ, Sage, 
ber 2aut, %aute> 



152 



Exercise. 



Would you like to know the 

husbands of my sisters ? 
Yes , I would be very much 

pleased (or glad). (No. 109. 

5.) 
Have you seen our two dukes ? 
Yes, Sir, I have seen them. 
How do you like the arms of 

this girl ? 
They are very handsome 

(Won). 



What do you do with these 

daggers ? 
Nothing. 

The days are now very hot. 
Yes, these are the dogdays 

(£unbStage). (No. 98.) 
Have you heard my new dogs ? 
I have heard them. 
Where do you carry those 

shoes ? 
I carry them to the shoemaker. 



No. 115 



Max, 


clear, 


f»$/ 


joyful, 


xa\$, 


rash, quick, 


$oft>, 


favorable, benign, 


aart, 


delicate, 


bett, 


full, 


toar/r, 


true, 


twte 


proud, 


tol;, 


rough, 


fotnt, 


variegated. 



The above adjectives and those in cut (as fd)fau, sly &c.) 
do not modify their radical vowel in the comparative and 
superlative (Exception from No. 91, 2). 

Wit, jarter,, sarteft; 
Jjpfo, fyolber, fyofoefh 



Exercise. 



Have you ever seen clearer 

nights ? 
No; these are the clearest 

nights which I ever have 

seen. 
Is the old king more proud 

than you ? 



Have you spoken with those 

rough men? 
I have spoken with them; 

they are the roughest men 

whom I know. 
See this beautiful flower! 
It is so delicate (No. 13), 



152 

am more proud 



No, Sir, I 

than he. 
Is the queen very favourable 

to you? (No. 105, 2). 
No, she does not like me. 

(No. 91.) 



Pray, see (look) here is a still 
more delicate one! 

Yes, I see it ; it is true. Never 
I have seen a more beauti- 
ful one, 



No. 116. 



2)er ©raf, count, 
bet 93auer, peasant, 
ber 95dr, bear, 
bet Sfftrft, prince, 
bcr %t)QV, fool, 



ber 4?etb, hero, 

ber 9ftetifa?, man, 

ber D<$)$, ox, 

ber <$ixt f herdsman. 



The above substantives (besides those already mentioned) 
take also Ctt (or tt) in the Genitive and keep it through all 
eases (No, 111, 6, No. 74, 3). 

£)er ©raf, be8 ©rafert, 
ber 33auer, be! SBauertt, 
ber 93ar, bte 93arem 



Exercise. 



Did you go with the peasants 

of that count? 
I went with them. 
Have they seen our oxen ? 
They have not yet seen them. 
Have you ever seen any bears? 
I have never seen any bears. 
What did you do with those 

men? 
I gave them something to do. 
What did those fools say ? 



They took great pains (No. 
106, 4) to say something; 
but they could not say any- 
thing (No. 89). 

Do you know the heroes of 
our revolution ? (33et)OUt= 
tion.) (No. 41), 

I know them. 

Have you spoken with our 
herdsmen ? 

I spoke with them. 
7* 



154 
No. 11T. 



S>a& $ferb, 


horse, 


baa <$ct)af, 


sheep, 


baa 23oot, 


boat, 


ba8 @cf)iff, 


ship, 


baa £>ina, 


thing, 


baa @tu<f, 


piece, 


baa i l ooa, 


lot, 


baa ©erf, 


work, 


baa aiog, 


horse, courser, 


baa £H e t d> , 


empire. 


baa Sfafc, 


net, 







The above substantives take c in the plural and do not 
modify their radical vowels. (Exception from No. 58.) 

S>a$ $ferb, bic $ferbe,, 
baa ©djiff, bte ©tyiffe. 



Have you seen my new hor- 
ses ? 

I have not seen them. 

Have yon many sheep ? 

I have not many (of them). 

Have you been upon these 
vessels ? 

I have been very often upon 
these vessels. 

Have you read Schiller's 
works? (Parad. II. 2.) 



I have not read them* 

How many boats have you ?' 

I have three (of them). 

Have you seen our neighbor's 
nets ? 

I have not seen them yet. 

How many lots did you take 
(net) men) ? 

I took thirty (of them)* (Pa- 
rad. ¥;, l.) 



No. 118. 



2)er ®au, county, ber ©ee, lac,, 

ber 0tod)&ar, neighbor, baa 2luge, eye, 

ber @trat)I, ray, baa £)r)v, ear, 

ber SSetter, cousin, baa 33ert, bed, 

ber Untertr)an, subject (from unter, under, below, and t f; u n, 
(jett/an, to do, done). 



155 

The above substaniives take eit in the plural and do not 
modify their radical vowel. (Exception from No. 58), 
2)er ©trotyl, bte <Stror)Ien, 
ba0 2fuge, bie Slugen. 

Exercise. 

How many subjects has your Has she handsome ears? Tell 

father ? me ! 

He has no subjects. She has very handsome ears. 

Have you spoken with my Where are the beds of your 

cousins ? little sisters ? 

I have not seen them ; I could They are near (nefcen) that of 

not speak with them. my mother. 

What (kind of) eyes has your Have you seen our beautiful 

youngest sister ? lacs ? 

She has blue eyes. I have not seen them yet, 

No, 119. 

1. fcofe has three meanings: bad, sore and angry. 

£>tefer SWenfd) ift fefyr 6ofe. This man is very bad (naught 

ty)> 
4? often <Ste fcofe yiuQtnl Have you sore eyes ? 

3d; Ijo&e etnen fcofen Singer. I have a sore finger. 
@mb <Sie fcofe ouf (gcgen) Are you angry me ? 

mid;? 
fd)Icd) t means morally bad and is stronger than fcftfe. 

2. Ache is expressed by 2Bet;, wo d or ©cljmerj, pain, 
£o&en ®ie Jto^ftuet)? Have you headache ? 
Sftetn, idj tyo&e Batynftel), No, I have the toothache. 

or Sntynfdjmerjen. 

3. To take off is expressed by ofcneljnien, if we speak of 
hats, in other cases by o u 3 $ i e t; e n. 

<£t ntmtut fetnen <§ufc a6. He takes off his hat. 
<§v jietyt fetnen 9facf ous. He takes off his coat. 



(Ex i)at feint 8ttefel auSge^p-- 

Qetu 
(St: f?at feineu £ftoc£ ange&o* 

gen. 
(St l)cit feiimt^nt aufgefefct. 
(§x f;at ii)\\ aogenommen. 
£egen (Sie bod; 3Dren 2ftan= 

let ah \ 

4. baft, e(;cr, am eljeften, 
na^e, natyer, am natf;jten, 

gem, liefer, am HeBflert, 

3#; ge(;e geme in'fi Sweater. 
3d) gel)e Iteber in'S $(;eatev, 
al$ th tie <Sd)ufe. 

3d) mod)te gerne in bie 

<&ta\)t gel) en. 
3d) mod;te liefer itf ben ©ar= 

ten gefycn. 



156 

He has taken off his boots. 



He has put on his coat* 

He has put on his hat. 
He has taken it off. 
Do lay down your cloak! 



sooner, 



}■ 



nearer, 



the soonest, 
the nearest, 



soon, 

nigh 

f , nearer, 
near ) ' ' (next) 

willingly, more willingly, the 

most willingly. 



I like to go to the theater. 

I like rather to go (or I pre- 
fer to go) to the theater 
than to school. 

I would like much to go to 
the city. 

I would like rather to. go 
into the garden (I would 
prefer). 



Exercise* 



Have you a sore foot ? 
No, I have a very sore arm. 
Are you angry at my broth- 
er ? 
No, I am not angry at him. 
Is he very bad ? 
He is very bad. 
Have yau the headache ? 



Would you like to go with 

me? 
1 would like very much to go 

with you; but I would like 

still more (nod) lieoer) to go 

with your sister. 
Why? 
I have not seen her so long 

(fo lange). 



157 



No, I have the earache (DC;* 

reittoelj). 
Have you taken off your 

boots ? 
I have not yet taken them 

off, but I shall take them 

off now. 
Why do you not put on your 

hats, gentlemen? (mettle 

<§erren). 
It is too warm. 

Will you lay off your cloaks ? 
Yes, Sir, we will lay off our 

cloaks. 



She will soon be back from 
(au§) the garden; then 
(b'ftnn) you can go and 
speak with her. 

Here she is ! She came sooner 
back than (aU) I expected 
(enuarten). 

Would you not like to take 
a walk with me ? (etnen 
<&pai'm$cir\Q macfyen.) 

With pleasure. Where are 
we going to. 

Where you please. (5Bp§wi 
e0 3(;nen gefaflt)* 



No. 119. 
Time and its divisions* 



1. 



(Bin 3af;r|?ujtbert» 

@in 3af;r. 

<S£rt $aIGe3 3a^r. (Parad. V. 3.) 

@uibtertet Satyr*. 

(Bin TlonaU 

(Sine SBocfce. 

(Bin Sag. 

(Sine ©tunbe. 

©me f)ai6e ©tunbe. 

@ine SStertel ©tunbe (23iertel= 

fhtnbe). 
(Sine SWinuie* 
(Sine ©efunbe. 
5)ie SaDreSjeiten (times of the 

year).. 



A century*. 

A year. 

Half a year. 

A quarter of a year, 

A month. 

A week.. 

A day. 

An 1 hour. 

Half an hour* 

A quarter of an hour 8 

A minute. 
A second.. 
The seasons. 



158 



2>cr oVt(;Itng (W/ early, 


Spring. 


No. 105. 6). 




2)ev ®o muter. 


Summer. 


5Der # erfcfi (the English word 


Autumn. 


harvest). 




3)cr SiHntcv. 


Winter. 


Sanuar. 


January. 


$eOmav. 


February, 


SWlft. 


March. 


apvib 


April. 


syjai. 


Mai. 


Sunt. 


June. 


Suit. 


July. 


Qdtgufh 


August. 


©e^temOer. . 


September. 


Dftofcer. 


October. 


Sfabember. 


November. 


2>ejemt>er. 


December. 


3)ic $£orf;cntagc. 


The days of the week 


<Sonntag (bie Pontic, sun). 


Sunday. 


Sftontag (ber Sftonb, moon). 


Monday. 


5)ten8tag (bet: 2)ienfi, service, 


Tuesday* 


bienen, to serve). 




SPfttttuod) (middle week, mit* 


Wednesday. 


ten, middle). 




5)onnerStag (ber Conner, thun- 


Thursday. 


der). 




gfrettag (fret, free, or Freia, 


Friday. 


goddess of love in the nor- 




thern mythology). 




(SamStag, ©onnaknb (Qt6enb, 


Saturday, 


evening). 




@ttt Sfeiertag (fetcvn, to ce- 


A holyday. 


lebrate). 




(Sin Bfajftag (fa|len, to fast), 


A fastday t 



159 



£fteuj;aftrStag. New-years-day, 

2) or 2Rorgen. The morning. 

SDer 2£ittag (midday). Midday, noon. 

2)er aSormittag (for-midday). The forenoon. 
JDcr Dlacfymittag (after -mid- Afternoon. 

day). 
5)« 2l6enb. 
$>te 2)ammermtg (bantmern, 

to dawn. (No. 83. 9.) 

2)ie 3»itternad)t. 

5£)te 2ftorgenrr)tf;e (vs>tt;, red. 

No. 55). 
£>er $age§an6rm1) (anfae^ett, 

at ; breakj. 
2)er Somienaufgang (auf, up, 

getyen, to go). 
£>er ©onnenuntergang. 
3)a8 (set; atrial)* (em flatten, 
to insert). 

The names of the months and cfoy 5 are masculine. 
Generally the names of the species take the gender of the 
generic name. Thus the names of winds, mountains, trees, 
stones, months and days are generally masculine, because 

SBinb, S3erg, Q3aum, ©tern, SWonat, Sag, 
(words which are understood if not expressed No. 42, 1) 
are masculine. Countries and places are generally neuter, 
because Santo, country, £)it, place, are neuter. 

&**£>& East, ber QWaS, Atlas, 

fee* SBeji, West, bet Clamant, diamond, 

ber Sftorb, North, Sranfveict;, France, 
ber. 6 ub, South, 

ber Sforbojt, North East, bag fdjone Stalien, Italy, 
bie 8d)i»et$,. Swizzerland, is feminine. 



The evening. 

The twilight, dawn. 

Night. 
Midnight. 
The Aurora. 



The break of day. 

The sunrise* 

Sunset. 
Leap-year^ 



160 



Conversation. 



$$te lange fcleifcen @tc nod) 

X;ier? 
3d) fcletGe nod) jtuei 2Bod)en 

fyter. 
SBoUen ®ie noc^Q etne Qiicrtet- 

fhmbe i)in waxkwl 
3a 7 tc^ fann nod; cine fyal&e 

@tunbe fyiet marten. 
SBann gefyt bte (Sonne untcr ? 
Urn jteoen Uf;r. 
©aim gcfyt jie auf ? 
<&h gel;t mn fed) 8 U()r auf. 
Oraflen <$ie Ijeute ? 
9letn, id; fajte fyente ntcf;t. 



SSirb bet: ©onntag in ftran?= 
reid) e6en (just) fo gefetert 
toie fytcr? 

SRetn, er ruirb anber§ (other- 
wise) gefetert. 
"SGBte gefa(U 3f;nen biefer Sffocs 
gen? 

(S3 tft etn tonnberfd)6nei:2ftot= 
gen. 

£afcen <Sie bie fd)one 2ttorgen= 
totl;e gefefyen? 

3a, id) fyafce jie gefefyen. 

3ft fjeute [etn] gfaptag ? 

Cftein, toirfyalkn fetne^afhage. 



2* 



©eit einem 3al)re (since a year). 
@ett einem fyal&en 3af;re. 
@cit bierjetyn £agen. 
(53 tji fcfyon $nm donate (f)er) 

(hither), 
©» jtnb fd)on brei $age (fyer). 
3n etnem donate. 
3n bret Sttonaten.. 
3n fed)S 3Bocf;en. 
3n fnrjer Sett, 
©eftern. 
©cftern Qlfcenb. 



<£>citte. 

petite QlBenb, btefen9I6enb (to 

day evening), 
petite Sftorgen, btefen3Kor^en. This morning. 



For a year past. 

For six months past. 

For a fortnight past. 

It is [already] two months. 

It is [already] three days. 

In a month. 

In three months. 

In six weeks. 

In a short time. 

Yesterday. 

[Yesterday evening] Last 

evening. 
To day. 
This evening. 



1G1 



®efknt 9Uct)t. 

4?cute 0hu1;t. 

#eute SRadjmittag, btefert 0iacf;s 

hut tag. 
#eirtc SBprui'itto^ brefeu SOor- 

rmttag. 
SWorgen. 
9)iorgen friif; (to morrow ear- 

,. ly) - 

Ubevmorgen (over to-morrow). 
Sicrgeflevn (before to-morrow) . 

$iefe$ Satyr. 

2)a3 b erg ang en e Satyr (bergefyen, 

to go or pass away). 
3n btefem donate. 
2)er nactyjte Sftortat. 
93on 3cit S« 3cit* 
Qtile Sage. 
9kcty unb nacty.. 
SBeinatye immer. 
Ofaft Hie (almost never). 
0Ue, mentals. 

gritty ober fyat (soon or late). 
Ǥ6d)fhn3. 
SWetyr ober roentgen 
Urn [o metyr (for so more). 

@o fcalb aid mogttcty. 

§ is often added to a woi 

(sometimes en§). 

SftorgenS. 

tttaifet. 

2EUfagS. 

aSormittagS. 

9cactymtttag3. 



[Yesterday night] Last night, 
This night, to night. 
This afternoon. 

This forenoon, 



To-morrow. 
To-morrow morning. 



After to-morrow. 

The day before yesterday, 

This year. 

Last year. 

This month. 
Next month. 
From time to time* 
Every day. 
By and by. 
Almost always. 
Hardly ever. 
Never. 

Sooner or later. 
At most. 
More or less. 
So much the more. 
As soon as possible. 
d in Order to form an adverb 

In the morning. 
In the evening. 
At midday. 
In the forenoon. 
In the afternoon. 
At night. 



162 



£8d?fieu3. At most, 
645nf!ml. J. Best 
23efien$. ) 

3d) banfe 3(jnen fd;8tvjten3 I thank you (very beautifully) 
(fceftenS). very much or best. 

3toeiten3, 
2>rttten8, 
SStertend (Parad. V. 3). 

2>a8 Srufyftucf (early piece). Breakfast. 

2)aS Ql&enbejfen (evening eat- Supper. 
mg). 

$aS SDJittagcffen. 

3d; fruf;ftiicfc urn 6 lt(;r. 

3d) effe uni 7 W;r ju 2t6enb. 

3d) effe (or 3d; freife) urn 
12 ityr ju S^tttaQ^ 

5)a3 2BeingIa$. 

@in ©lag SBetn. 

(Sin @tucf 93rob. 

93il nadjften SWorgen. 

Urn 3 1%. 

(Sin 93tetiel auf bier Ufyr (a 
quarter is gone to four). 

Urn (;al& bier Ul)r. 

Um brei Qiiertel auf bier Ut;r. 



Dinner. 

I breakfast at six o' clock. 
I take supper at seven o'clock. 
I dine at twelve o'clock. 

The wine glass. 
A glass of wine. 
A piece of bread. 
Until next morning. 
At three o'clock. 
A quarter past three. 

At half past four. 
At a quarter to four. 



Conversation 



JQabm @ie fdjon gefriitytiicft? 
SRein, to) friifyjiiicfe nidjt fo 

friify tote <ate. 
SGBann frityfliicfen <8ie ? 
3d; fnttjfiittfe um brei 23iertel 

auf neun Uf)r. 
5Bo gel)en <©ie $6enb8 tyin? 



©eftern fyaoen toi* um (<£m 
Uf>t) $n SMttag gefyeijt; id) 
toeif? nid)t toann (or um tote 
btet lU;r) toir l?eute fyeifm 
toerben. 

<£|7en @te um a<$t Xtt)X su 
2T6enb? 






163 



3d) toeif? e$ nod; nid)t; tjicls 
teidjt get)e id) nirgenbS (no- 
where) l)in. 

233o tjt.Styr ©ruber? 

3d) Fann t^n mrgenbS fins 
ben. 

2Bie Iange hkibt er l;ier ? 

2?i3 2Roniag. 

33leiben<Sie morgen93ormtttag 
$u «£aufe ? 

3a, id) trteifce ben ganjen SSor* 
mittag $u £aufe. 

3Bamt fpeifen ®ie gu 2ttits 



2Bir foeifen urn 2 Ityr $u mt* 

tag. 
©efyen @te alle Sage $u 31)rem 

$erm SSetter? 
D nein, id) n>ar in biefemSftos 

nate fafl nie Bet it)m. 
SBann fyaBen <§ie geftem ju 

SDftttag gefyeifr, unb njann 

fyeifen <§ie t?cute? 



£) nein, 2l6enb3 8 Uf)r ijt feitt 

9flenfd) met;r ju ^aufe; toir 

finb in bem ©arten. 
SBoflen <5ie mtr ein ®(a$ Staf- 
fer geBen? 
2ft it 33 erg nit gen. 
•ftommen <Sie bod) atle $6enbe 

^te(;er ! 
D ja, tcenn <Sie e3 mir erlau* 

Ben (permitt). 
Jfommen <ste lyeutc 2fBenb ? 
3a, id) merbe mir bie ftreifyeit 

ne^men (take to myself the 

liberty). 
28o roaren <Sie gejtern QtBenb? 
3d? tear mit meiner <Sd;n;ejter 

im Sweater. 
SBoUen <8ie morgen mit mis 

gefyen ? 
3d) banfe 31)nen fd)onften§; 

mit cielem 23ergmigen. 
@efyen<Sie »on3eit guB^tben 

£errn9i.'? 
3a, mand)mal (sometimes)* 



^2/C®$5> 



PART IV. 

ADVANCED READING WITH CONVERSATION, 



No. 121. 

OBiafl bu tmmer umier fdjUmfen? 
<5ify, ba8 ©ute R«$t* (o nar;! 
£erne nur ba0 ©(iicf ergreifen*, 
2)enn baa ©lucf ijt tmmer ba. 1. 

©oilje. 

3Bet ©etft fceftyt*, Beft^t bic tfunjt, 
2BaS itjmt gefalir*, aug jlc^ $u macfjen. 
[No. 109. .6.] L^ T o. 100.] ©ocftng. 

(Scfyone Zfyaten mefyen 
9Cuf bag ftiUe @ra&, 
•3Bo mtr unterge^cn'"*, 

$tmmelgbuft fcerafc. [No 63.] [No. 48.] 
21 1 e b g e. 

Smuenbig 2. Icrnt fein SKenfcf) [No. 101.] fetn 3nnerfteg3. 
(Srtennen* ; benn er mtfjt* nafy etg'nem $)laa$ 
@i<fy fcalb ju fletn, unb Iciber oft ju grojj ; 
!Der 2Renfd; erfennt* jlc§ nur im SEenfdjen; nur 
2)ag Men Ieljrct Seben, mag er Jet. (No. 125. 4.) 

©ot^e. 

1. 3) a; ba and fyier are often nsed instead of each other. 

2. 3ntu enbtg; i» Me inside; from in/ in and menben, to 
turn. 

3. 3nnerfte£; inmost; Superlative of inn en, within. 



168 



<Sie Wax cine geifh , etd)e$)ann\ 

5)a3 I; ate id; ge(;ovt. 

@te Befajji bicftunjt, eincm3c= 

ben $11 aefatlen. 
@tc luurbc gcunp bon Qlffcu 

fel;r gclicfrt ? 
£) ja'j faf;en @tc bie fdjinien 

SMmnen auf tt)rctn ©raOe'? 
3a, id; f;aOe fte gefe$t&* 

122. 



Conversation. 
2Bte gefaUen 3f;nen biefe ikU 3a, id; fat; U;n. 

nen 2)enffpritd;e? (maxims) 
<Ste ffnb [c(;v f d; o u unb lc(;r= 

reid;. 
^atjen <Ste geflern bie ncuen 

©ViiBev ge[e(;en ? 
3 a, iffy- Bin geftern auf bent 

©otteSacfer geiucfen. 
$\ibm £5ie and; ben fc^ijn^n 

©raBftein ber 2Wabame 91. 

gejefyen? 

No. 
& * I b ft b t X t u 0. 

2)er 93ovI;ang fdni-efcet (;in unb I;er, 
33ei metnev 9?aci;&aiin. 
©eujij? fte Iaufd;et tiOevqucv 1, 
Db id) $u 4?aufc Inn. [No. 103.] 

Unb ofc ber eiferfud;t'ge ©roll, 
3)en id) ant Sag gef;egt, 2. 
<8td), trie er nun auf burner 3. foff, 
3'nt itefen 4?er3en regt. 

2)od) leiber l;at bag fcfyone Jftnb 4» 
2)ergleid;en nid;t gefufylU 
3d) fel;', eS ift ber Qi6cnbn>inb, 
2)er mit bent &otl)ang fyiett. [No. 102.] 
© 6 1 () e. 

1. Uefierquer; over across. 

2. ©efyegt; cherished, fyafce is omitted. The auxiliary- 
verbs i) a 6 en and fe i n are often omitted in subordinate 
sentences — am Sag (or Sage) during the day. 

3. % uf t m m e r ; /or ever. 

4. 2) a a fd)one ^inb; child very often used as a term of 
affection instead of girl. 



169 
Conversation, 

Jtennen <3te metne fcfyone Sftatf;* 3a, eg ifl fceffer. 

Sarin 1 @et;t fte t;eute nic^t au$ ? 

5a, fte tft em gan$ Itekg $tnb. <§ie gef;t fel;r fctten auS ; fie ifl: 
3ft fte je|t ju 4?aufe ? fafl(almost)immer ju £aufe. 

3d; ttetf? cS ntd;t. 3e§t fommt t^re Gutter. 

5i(;, fel;en@te! @tefommtgeta= £>ag arme 3ftcibd;en barf me 

be an r 3 $enfiet. lange (long time) an bent 

3a, id; fefye fte. ftenfler flefyen. 

<Sie flc^t ttng nrdjt. 3efct ifl: fie rueg! 

^teGen <Ste fidj era toentg t)tn= 3ft t^rc Sautter alt? 

in ben 23or1)ang! 0}etn, fte ifl: nod; ntdjt alt. 

No. 123. 

€tne fParabel. 
(Sin grower $eid; toar ^tgefroren*"*, [No. 87. 3.] 
£)ie ftrofcfytein [No 4S.] in ber £iefe ioerforen*, 
2)urften [No. 92.] ntcfyt ferner quarfen itnb fpringen, 
93eift3rad;en* fid; after, int l?aI6cn £raum, 
#anben [No. 95.] [No. 106. J.] fte mtr ba o&en 1. 9taum, 
SBie 2fod;tigatten wottten fie ftngen. 
£)er %i)auto inb fain*, bag (SiS gerfc^mol^, 
9hm [No. 101] tuberten fie itnb (anbeten flot^, 
Unb fagen* am lifer umt unb 6reit2, 
Hub quadten tvte bor alter #eit 

| &6tftt» 
1. b a o fc e n ; there above. 

% to e i t u n b h x e i t ; a// around. 

'Conversation. 

3ft nidjt ein gtofer $eid) fyier #Bie gefaUt 3§nen btefe Heine 
in bet 0lal;e ? $arafcel bon ben ftrofc^en'? 

3a, ein fe§* fd;5ner $ei^. <sie gefaflt mit fe§t tootle 

8 



170 



3ft er im Winter $ugefroren? 
<Sr friert faft aHe ©inter $u. 
3ft er lief? 
<Sr (ft fef;r tief I SSottctt @tc bfcli 

Tetd>t bafyin gel;en? 
3a, rcenn <Sie bie ©ttte r/afcen 

rooflen, mid; (;tn gu fitt;ren. 
Sftit 2>crgniigen; e3 tfi fefyr 

fcfyon, am Ufer fpajiren ju 

gel; en. 
^ornrnen ©ie bod; I 



(S3 gtOt totele Sfeenfdjen, betteft 

cS nue ben Swfdjen get) 4 

(happens). 
3a, e3 gifct bcren m'ele. 
$a&en<Sie meiner Gutter nid;t 

berfyrod;en, l;cute $u if;r ju 

fommen? 
3a, id; berfprad; eg if;r. 
JDann miiffen tuir jefct nadj 

«&aufe gel;en» 
3a, eS tft Beit. 



No. 124. 

SIB a 3 gefd;iel;r*, if* t;ier nut 1. ffar; 

$a$ 2Baru m toirb offcnfcar, [No. 10G. 2.] 

2Benn bie Sobteu aufcrjtetyen* 1 2. 

SJiiWwet. 

£) trie biele Sfreuben, 
(5Benn man f!e, befd;eiben, 
SMtyt berfc^mat;!), 
@inb, ftofyin nnr \v alien, 
llefceratt un8 Allien 
<§>ingefat I 

3aco&t. 

2Bie enfyucfenb itub fug iffc c3, fn etner fd)onen <§eele 
SSertyerrli^t [No. 85. 5.] un8 [No. 100.] $u fitftfen; eg ju tofffeh*, 
3)a§ unfre Qlngfi im fremben 93ufen jittcrt, [No. 102,1 
£>aj? unfre Seiben frembe Qlugen toajjernl 

2)aS £e£en, ftreunb, ift eine Sfteife,* 
3Me «£eimatf; bag bcrfd;uueg'ne* ©rat, 
<t>cr $fjor murrt unteriuegS, ber 2Beife 
•djl fror) an feinem SBanberjlafc. 



171 

Srrityum sjetlagt* mtS me; bocf) stetjt'* cm fyofjet 93ebutfmfi 
Smmer ben ftrefcenben [No.?4.] ©etft Ieife am 933a(;rf;ett Ijman. 4, 

©ot^e. 
i. 9ht t ; <w/y, belongs to to a 9. 
2. QIuferfieI)en; *o nse ^p from the dead; from a uf and 

e r ft e l; e n. Past Part, auf etftanben. 
3* 33et§ etrlicf) t ; tcrf?ertli^en, to glorify; from £err, Lord; 

fyertlid), lordly, glorious. 
4. $ i n a n; [thither near], thereto. 



Conversation. 



2Bo tfi3#te£eimaty? 

©ie til meit ijon fyter. 

SSaim gefjen ®ie tit 3t;te $ei= 

matt) auritcn 
3$ toeijji e3 nori) ttidjt. 
2)a3 toirb etne f?eu'M;e CKetfe 

fitr <Sie fetn. 
Sa, ent^tcfenb ! 
tfommen <©ie toteber (again) 

$u un3 $mitcf ? 
3a, nad) eimgett SJfcmaten 

(months). 
Sie fatten ttnS ntc^t betlaffen ! 
3cf; mocfyte recT;t getne f)kx biei- 

fcen; bod) $ie1)en mtcfy titetc 

3)inge in mein QSatetlanb. 

Sn einigen Sftonaten bin id) 

toieber jurucf. 



2Bte gefdat S^tten unfet @cC;i(- 

ler? 
3d) fenne tl)n nod) ju toenig* 
$Bte gefatten Sfynen bie Diet 

Betlen, bie @ie gerabe gele= 

fen Jjaben. 
@ie ftnb I)enlid) ! 
$afan @ie fd)ott etne foldjc 

fdjone ©eete gefunben ? 
2)a§ fann id; 3f?nen ntd^t fagett. 
Jtomten Sie mit eS tud)t Ieife 

fagett? 
■tftein, aud) nid)t Ieife. 
<Sinb <§te etfetfitd?tig ? 
D nein, i$ toetfj nid)t, toag 

<£(fetfu$t if*. ((Stfer, zeal; 

<snd)t, an itching desire). 
£>te @tferfud)t ift eine £etben* 



JV*B. Please read again the treatise on the irregular verbs t 
making yourself familiar with the laws of each class. 
{Par ad. XII. XIII.) 

Besides, may the little * direct your attention, again to 
them singly, and furnish the necessary practice. 



172 

<§tne bofymifdje SSoIfSfage 
®l)e0ti0r $*0rnet, 

(a young poet, one of the greatest poetical talents of Germany, died 
only 22 years old, in the war against France a. 1813)* 



No. 125. 

03or fanger, longer &H lefcte ein reiser 23auer [No. 101.] 
in einem 2>orfcijen an ber (Sger 1. 

£>ie ©age er$ar)It ting md)t, tote e3 get)eij?en~ :? 2., bod) ber* 
mtttljet man, ba£ eS bem $>orfe 2Iicfy gegenitber3., auf teem ltn« 
fen tlfer ber <£ger gelegen* fya&e 4. %)eit, fo #ef* ber Matter, 
tyatte ein HefceS, anmutfyigcS Socbtcrcfyen, bte ftreube unb bcr 
©cfymttef ber gan$en ©egenb. 

(Slg&etr?5. mar totrfltd) red)t fyttfcfd) nnb babet fo gut «nb 
lootjlerjogen, bag bamatS ifyrcS ©leicfyen 6. ntcfyt leicfyt $tt ffn= 
tew* wax 7, 

1. £) t e (S g e r r a river in Bohemia. 

2. © e § e t $ e n , I) a t is omitted [No. 122. 2]. 

3. © e g e n it b e r , opposite (against over), generally placed 
after the word to which it belongs* 

4. ©e leg en (;afce, the Subjunctive is used in subordinate 
clauses, if a doubt or a possibility is expressed. 

3d) jtoetjTe, ob ex fommen toerbe. 
I doubt, wether he will come. 

5. (£13 b et$, contraction of (Slifabett). 

5. 3f;re3 ©let ft; en, ; (of hei like) her like. 
T ^u fiitt>en. kvar^ was to be found, or could be found, 
Gcx ijt ju ftnben; he is to be found, or can be found. 
In German the active is used. 

(Er \ft ju fel;en; he is to be seen or can be seen. 



173 

Conversation. 

@mb @ie fdjoti in 23of)men 3a, ic(; weig eg, eg liegt on bet 

(Bohemia) gefrefen? <§get. 

SRein, id; mar nod; nie in 335^- 3(i bie ©egenb an bet (Jget 

men. fd;on? 

45a6en <ste btefe ©age fcfyon 3a, bie ©egenb bort ift fe^t 

einmaf geBrt ? ^u6fdj* 

3d; fyaoe fte nod; nte juaot (be- 2)a3 Ijii&fcfje aftabctyen fefcfe in 

fore) get?ort. einct f;ii&fd;ett ©egenb. 

9Bie fyeijjt bet SSauer? SRabdjen, bte ^iiOfct; nnb gut 

2)er -33auet t;eifU 33«i& ftnb, flnb felten git ftnb en. 

Unb tvie fein 3odjter(em? D,ba3 glautje itf) nid)t ; eS gt6t 

(Siifabetfy. oiele fcfyone 30?abd;en, bte gut 

Stiffen @ie, loo bag 2)orf(etn unb toofylersogen ftnb, 

liegt, in bem SBett geleot l;at? 



No. 126. 

Sfa6en33eii8&aufe fianb- 1 etne Heine £ittie, bie bem iungen 
Qlrnotb geljorte, beffen [No. TO.] 93atet fo efcen 1. geftoroetf* 
teat [No. 102], Qhrnolb t;atte bag S^autett;anbmetf getetnt, 
unb wax nad) (anget fait jum etpen 3ftal2. fcoiebet in bet $ei= 
mail; [No. 62.}, atg fein SSatcr fiat&*. (St fteinte a(6 etn gutet 
©ofyn tjerjltdje $$r&nen auf be! 9lfteq @ra6,\benn fyintetliejj* 
[No. 106 2.]if;m ienet auc^ 3. SWcfytS al§ etne armltdje £iltte, 
fo [No. 103. 4. 5.] ttug* flrnolb bocf; ein jitfleg, foftKdjeg @r&* 
t(;eil in feinet: 95tu(t; Sftecfjtlidjfeit unb $reue, unb einen aufge= 
fcctften ©inn fitt atleg ©ute unb <3c(;onc [No. 14. 2]. 

©(eid; tiet feinet Qlnfunft im 2)orfe franfelte bet 93atet 
fdjon unb bie plofcUdje $teube beg QBtebetfeljenS fonnte* ter 
alte SJ&mrt nidjt etttagen. Qltnolb, bet ttjrt toacfet £flegte, teitff* 
ntc^t t?on feinet <Seite 7 unb fo f«m* eg benn 4., bag et otg nad; 
bem $obe bed QUten nod; feinen feinet ©efanntert unb $teunbe 
ai\$ bet 3ugenb$eit gefel;en*"* t)attt , bet tf;n nidjt fclbjl oet \m 
^ranfenoeite be§ 35atev$ auffu^te.. 



174 

1 . €> o e 6 e it , just now. 

2. Bum erjten Wlal, for the first time. (Parad. V. 3.) 

3. 91 ud) — toenn a ltd;, although. 

4. ®o fam e0 benn, *A&$ # cawe indeed. 2Ba3 tf;un @ie 
benn l)ter? What do you indeed (or pray) here ? Those 
particles have often no correspondent in English* bod), 
b e n n , j a , to o 1; I , are often used for greater familiarity 
or entretatv. More examples will soon show this better. 



Conversation. 



-SBemgef-ortbieie^utte? 

<5te get)ort 9lrnolb» 

-2Ber ijl Qlrnolb. 

(St ijl ber junge 91atf)1>at be3 

felt 
Cc6t fein 9Sater nod) ? 
Stein, cr if* oor turner Sett gc* 

florfcctu 
SBar Qfrnolb ttnmer fcet fcinem 

SSater? 
#lem, er toarlangeBeit in etncr 

anberen ©tabt, urn ein£anfos 

n* erf gu lemen. 
Saturn toetnen @ic benn? 

(Pray) (Sagen @ie uur e$ 

bod)l 



3d) toetne, tocil 2lmoIb jcfet 

fetnen better mel;r f;at. 
SLBar fein abater franH 
3a, er frdnfelte feit einem gan= 

gen 3a$«. 
SBer t)at %n ge^fTegt ? 
5(rnoIb fcflegte il)n; er fcltcfr 

immcr Oct tf;m. 
£nSen tJjn feiue 3rreunbe fcc= 

fudjt? 
O ja, atfe fetne ftreunbc nnb 

SSefannte §abm tl;n (>efuci;t. 
SBotfen <§ie toetter fpredjen? 
SRctn, id; t)a&c feineB^tt met;r. 
Sfam (well), auf 2Bieberfet)en 

(until we meet again) I 



So. 12T. 

3Sor alien Qfnberen K^atte fid) taolb nttf 93eit0 <5(s6etf; gc* 
freut; 1. bettn fie toaren jufommen ctufgeto afy fen""", unb er erin= 
nerte j?d) [No. 100.] immcr nod) mit 23erguitgen be! Hem en 
freunblid)en 2Mabd)en3, ba§ t§n fo tteb 2. t;attc unb fo arg 3. 
toetnte, aU er fort wufcte* [No. 96. 1.] $u fetnem SKeijier aa$ 
$rag, 4. 



175 

Qtrnolb toitt em fd)(anfer, fyufcfd)es $utfd)e gctootben*, 
wnb ba§ nun aud) (Slg&etfe geivad)fen unb red)t fd)on fetn nuiffe, 
^?attc (Id) [as No. 19. Dat.JQlrnelb fd)on mand)mal ijorgefagt. 

5)cu britien Q(6enb [Accus. of time] nad) bent $obc be3 
SSaterS fa§* bet* <Solnt in trefy mutagen Staumen auf bent fri- 
fd)en ©rafce, ah? ev letfc fyntex ftcfy Semanben in ben «fttrd;fyof 
(reten* f;ortc [No 88. 2.] @r falj* fid) urn, 5. unb ein liefclid)c3 
SRftbdjen, ein $orfcd)en mit SSfumen am %xm, fcfytvefcte junfdjeit 
ben Olafenfyitgeut etnfyer. 6. 

(gin^oUunbevftraud) ser&arg* tfyn nod) t?or @f66etf)3 Qfitgen, 
benn fie tsar c6, 7. bie baa ®rafc tf;re3 guten SftaffyfcarS mit 
©fumen fd;mitcfen iuollte. 

1. ©efreut; ify frcuc mid) anf (SituaS, 

I rejoice at the thought of something. 

3d) frcue micf; auf mein &>aterlanb, 

I rejoice at the thought of seeing my country. 

2. £te& fyaoen, to have as dear, to like; Ueo or gevne can 
be used. 

3d) t)abe tfm fo lieJj. I like him so much. 

3. Qlrg; bad, badly. 

4. Sometimes the verb is not placed at the end of the sub- 
ordinate sentence, in order to lay the emphasis upon it, 

5. @t fat; fid) urn, instead of unt fid), around himself, 

6. d i n f) e r , (into hither) along. 

7. <8te Wat e3 (she was it) it was she. 

3d) Bin eS, Jt is I. 

2)u fcift e8, It is thou. 

<Sr ift eS, It is he. 

2Bir ftnb el, It is we. 

Conversation. 

ffreuen <Ste (fdj auf 3f;re $tau 2ty, flnb @te eS, mem He&e't 
Gutter? greimb? 



176 



3a, ttf; freue mid) fef)r auf fie. 
SBann gef;en @ie $u i(;r? 
SUictteidjt nod) bief'cn SWonat. 
(Srinnern @ie fid) nod; beg ffet- 

ncn, freunblicl;en SftabcfyenS, 

bag 6ei wnS tear 4 ? 
3atool)l, (indeed) id) erinnere 

mid; fetner mit. ^ergniigeu. 
<5ie (;atte @ie fo lieu; (le toirb 

ftd; auf @ie freuen. 
(£g fteut mid; and), fte Baft) 

uneber$ufer)en[No. 109. 5.] 
@ie loeinte rectyt arg, alg @ie 

fort mufjten. 
3a, id) toe if? eg; id) ging aitdj 

fe^r ungerne (contrary of 

gerne) fort. 
3d; (;ore 3emanbcn foramen-. 
SBer if* eg? 
3d? tnn eg! 



foramen Sie bod) herein! 9Bo 

I;afcen ®ie benn biefe f$i* 

nen 33(umen I;er? 
3d; I;a6e fie uon Srauleut <§(i- 

\abetl). 
SBo ift fie benn? 
@ei;en <Sie ftd; nur ein roen% 

urn; @ie fonnen fte leictyt 

pnben* 
®te fte(;t braufkn oor ber 

££;itre. 
$reten @ie teife an ble $(;iir,e 

nnb @ie fonnen fie fefyen. 
9ty, l;fcr i]l fte t 
©uten 3ftorgen, mein Sfraulein ! 
28 a 6 l;a6en ®ie benn ba ffir 

ein fcfyoneg «ftorbd)en? 
©in dtot&cfyen mit ©lumen; 

id) foutme, urn @ie bamit 

$u fd;mucfen. 



No. 12fr. 



(5ie Bog* fid) mit $f)ranen tm Qfuge baritBer, unb fprad)* 
leife, tub em fie bie $anbe faitete: „Oiu(;e fanfr, guter 2ftann! 
bie (Srbe fei bir letdjtet, alg bag £e6en, unb bein ©raft foil nicfyt 
ofyne SSlumen fein, menu eg aud; [No, 126- 3.] beine £age \va- 
ten I " — 3) a (there or then) fyrang* Qlrnolb f;intev bem ©e- 
fcufd;e f;eroot. „(S(goetl;!" rief* er, 1. unb ri§* bag erfd;rof= 
fene* [No. 74. 1] SMabdjcn in feme Virtue : „ (SfS&etfy, fen'nf* 
j>u m ia;?" — ,^4; feib 3f?r 2. eg?'' [No. 127. 7.] ligoelte fte 
nut (Srroujen, „uur t)abm ung LNo. 100. 3] red)t (ange nid;t 
gefet)en." — „ Unb bu fcifl fo fd;on, fo miib, fo IteHid? geu>or= 
ben, unb f;afi meinen ^ater gelie&r, unb gebenffi* 3. fetner fo 
frcunbtid) ! %kbe$, fitjjeS SHabdjen \" — „Q8o§t, guter Qirnolb, 



17? 

id) fatf if)n red>t $er$Ii# Hc6 ge(;aott" fagte f!e unb toanb* jtd) 
fanft aud feinen Qtrmen; „tott tya&eit oft jufammen oon&ud; 4. 
gefyrodjen*; bie Bfreube an fcincm <§ot)n roar foa8 ein^ige ©liicf, 
ba3 er §atte." — „ £at er unruld; ftreube an mir gelja&t?" 
fid* Qfrnolb ^afiig ein, ,,0, fo banf id? bir, ©ott, ba§ bu mid) 
Brao unb gut ert)aften* #afi I — 5lfcer, <Sl86et§, benf einmal, 5, 
roie jtdj'Qlflcg oeranbert t)at. @onft, trie ruir Hcin ioaren, unb 
ber2iateroorber$bure fa§*, ba ftnelien roir auf fetncntfnfeen, 
bu voarjl fo fyeru'td; gegen mid;, unb loir molten [No. 91.] nicfjfc 
fein of;ne einanber ; unb nun ! — 2)er guteQOte fdjlummert t?ier 
miter un3, roir ftnb grofj geroorben; aoer toenn id) aud; nicfjt 
6et bir fein fonnte, id; f)a&e 6. bod; red)t oft an bid) gebad)t.*" 
„3d) aud; an bid;/' futjterte @iS6etf; teife, unb fat; ifyn nut U;reri 
grojjen, fveunblid)cn Qlugen redji J)er$tid) an. 

1. 9Uef er, called he; similar to the English. In inserted 
sentences the subject stands after the verb (inversion). 

2. <2eib 3r;r e3; 3fyr the literal translation of you; but 
this form is now not used any more (though it be more 
natural than @ie);3r)t shows respeet; bu familiarity, 
affection. 

3. ©ebenft from gebcnEen, to think of, to remember; ge* 
b e n t e n means also to intend. 

©ebeufen <3ie lange fyier pt 6lei6en? 
Do you intend to stay long here ? 

4. (g u d; (Dat. and Accus.) you (similar to 3 1) r, above N.2). 

5. £) e n t e i nm a( ; the final e in conversation is often elided; 

think once, or think only. 

6. Exception from No. 103. 4 — &pause(a, sigh or something) 
between the two sentences, which may destroy their 
connection. 

Conversation. 

<Stnb 6ie eg, mem ftreunb ? D in, icf) erinnere mid; fefyp 
3to, id; ■'bin e§l m% 



178 



SBarum errdt^en <Siebenn? 
%$l, toir t)ahm un0 ftf;on fo 

lange nicl)t gefefyen. 
4?atJen @te aufy manc$mal meU 

iter gebacl)t? (from geben- 

fett). 
3tf) fyatie oft an @ie gebadjt 

(from benfen). 
JDenfcn ®ie aud) ntand)mal an 

meinen Heinen ©ruber'? 
D ja, tcfy benfe an t^n. 
Qtx ft>rid)t fefyr aft bon 3§nen. 
3d) ^at>e nid)t gebad)t, ba§ er 

fid) meiner nod) erinnert. 
Q(dc0 urn un0 beranbert fid) ; 

nut toir, toir beranbern un0 

ttid)t. 
3)a0 ijt \d)t ftit)on unb lieo. 
SBiffen <5ie nod), rote roir nttfe 

einanber faieltcn? 



2)amal0 toaren toir nod) ftein. 
3a, unb Jefct jlnb toir fc^on fet)r 

SWetn 23ater i)at toirHidj grofe 

Sreube an un0 gefya&t. 
3a, er if! oft bor feiner Satire 

gefeffen, unb l;at un0 f^telen 

fet)en. 
(£r toarmein ein$ige0 ®IM 1 
3ft er e0 nicf;t mef;r ? 
£> ja, ic^ fyaoe tf;n no# fo lieu, 

trie aubor. 
5r6er? 
9H), toer fyringt benn ba t)in= 

ter bent @euiifd)e I;eroor? 
66 ifl metn better. 
3a, er ift e3 ! 3d) mujj fort. 
231et6en <§ie bod) I — 
Stein.,, netn* 



No. 129, 



JDatief* ber fcegeifierte Qlrnolb: „@ie$*, (Bttbitl), to it 
T;at>en un0 fc^ort frttfy geltefct, icfy mu§te fort; after l)ier, too id) 
bid) am ©ra6e meineS SSaterS toieberfmbe, toir fceibe in ftider 
$rinnerung an ifyn, ba i#'0 tuir, 1. alS oB feine Srenttung fiir 
un0 geroefen rocire. 2)a0 tmbfid)e @efitf)I ift al0 ntannlid)e 
£eibenfd)aft in mir erroad)t." 

„(SlS6etfy, id) lieoebid)l £ier aufbiefem t;cilicjen 93oben 
fag' id) btr $utn erfkmnale: id) liefce bid)! — Unb bu?" •— 
5lkr eiSoett; bcrfcarg* if)r gt%nbe0 [No. 74. 2.] ©effect an 
feiner 33ruft, unb toeinte innig. |No. 65.] „Unb bu?" fragte 
Slrnolb $uui stoeitenmate, fo redjt 2. otttenb unb toefymutfyig. 
<§anft I;ob jle ba0 ,ftobfd)en, unb fcMte tl;m unlet £$r&nen* 



m 

bod) freubtg, tn'3 Qluge. 3. ^Qlrnolb, id) oin bir redQt uott 
<£>er$en gut; 4, id) fyabe. bid) immer, hunter lieb geljaot!" — £a 
jog er fie toicber an feme 93mjt, unb Jtiijje fceftegelten bag @e= 
flanbnip tt)rer £er$en. 

Sftad) bent erften 9taufcf;e ber glucf(id)en£iefre fa§en f!e nod) 
lange in fitter <Seligfeit auf be§ SSaterS ©raBe. 

Qtrnolb erjaOIte, Jote e3 tf;m ergangen, 5. uue er f?d) i turner 
ttad) #aufe gefefynt, [No. 122. 2.] unb <§f36et§ f^vadT; bann toie= 
bcv oom Sater unb ifjret friU;eren .ftinbfyett, jenen fd)onen $a* 
gen. 2)ie ©onne tout* fdjon langft unter, fie fatten c3 nid)t 
fccmerft. 

@nblid) toecfte ein ©eraufd) auf ber na^en ©trafje fte nu5 
tfjrcn $raumen, unb @136etfy flog* nad) einem ftitd;tigen Ql&= 
fdjiebgfuj? auS QirnolbS Qlrmen wad) £aufe. [No. 62.] 

Qlrnolben 6. traf bte fpcite 9Rad)t nod), in feligen (dinners 
ungen serfunfen*, 7. auf beS SSaterS ©rate, unb ber 5J?orgen 
graute , nls er rait fcoflent reidjen 8, £ev$ett in bte saterltcfye 
<§>utte trat. 

1. 2) a tfl'0 mtr; there it is to me; in the same way we say: 

Q§ ijl mtr toofyl. I feel well. 

-SSie tfl 3(;nen ? How do you feel ? 

(5*6 ifhntrnM)tgan$gutortoofy(. I do not feel quite well. 

2. <§o rcd)t, {so right.) 

(5r fprad) fo reefy t attS bent 4?er$en. 
He spoke (so right) from the heart (from the bottom of 
his heart). 
Instead of fo red)t we use also fo gan$, so entirely. 

3. 95 1 1 d t e i t) m i n S 51 u g e , looked to him into the eye; in- 
stead of into his eye. This is quite generally used 

Qx Qab eg mtr in bte £anb. He gave it into my hand. 

4. 3 d) o t n b i r g u t , / am a friend to you. [No. 62, 2.] 

5. © e g a n g e n from g e ^ e n. The auxiliary omitted as above. 
SBte gefyt e$ 3f;ncn? How do you do ? (How does 

ifc go to you ?) 
$3 ge^i mtr gut, I am well. 



180 

The difference between "an e gefyt e83fynen?" ana 
"re i c i ft 3 1) n e n V 1 is : the former refers to our wAo/e 
doing in general, 

the /atfer to the state of our health at & particular moment. 
If I will ask one about his health in general, I have to use : 
2£ie fcefinben @ie fid) ? (How do you find yourself?) 

How are you ? 
3d) fceflnbe mid) U)or)f. I am well (my health is good). 

Qt$ ift mix ruiebet ttwljk I feel well again. 

(S3 ift mir jefct fceffer. I feel now better. 

<£S $ef)t mir gut. I am doing well. 

(S3 get;t mir fd)Ied)r. I am not doing well. (I am 

in a bad situation.) 

6. % x n o lb e n t en is sometimes added to a proper name in 
the objective cases. (Parad. II. 2.) 

7. £> er fun fen, $««&; the participles [No. 39.] stand ge- 
nerall after the words they govern, (just as in the case of 
adjectives). 

8. 2ftt t a o U e m r e i d) e n 4? e v 5 e n ; w#A /w//- rzcA heart; the 
first adjective has "m" like the definite article, because 
not proceded by any declinable word/ the second has 
"tl" because preceded by a declinable word, (and no 
comma between them) as, 

mit einem retd)eti £er$.en; 
4?er,$ and (§> d) m e r 5 have in the Genitive v£>er$en§ anct 
<$d)mer$en£ (en); in the other cases they drop the 3. 

Conversation, 

(Into ltd) ftnbe id) <&k toieber. ©ebenfen <5ie nie nad) 3f)re'c 

2Bo ftn'D @te bemt fo lange ge* «§eintatl) $-uri«f $u ge(;en* 

6lie6en? @e(;en @ie mir in'3 3a, aber nid;t jei}t. 

Qfoge! 3d) Oitte ©ie. SSer* 2£ie gefyt el 3f/rer Sfrau S7hit» 

fcergen <5ie bod? 3r)r Qlntlifc ter ? 

<©ejfd)t). nid;t I SBarum mU d$ gefyt il)r Mr gut. 

nen @ie bemt? 2Bie if* 3f)= S3efmbet jtd) 3(;r «£<?rr SSaten 

ii**rt 3jl3^ncn nicf;t mv)U m$U 



181 

Sftetit, mtr ijt ntd)t guns gut (or 3a, id) banfe, er oefmbet fid) 

ea ijt mtr ntd;t gan$ gut). fetyr tootjt. 

@e§nen @ie ffd) melleicfyt nad) 2Bo gefyen @ie Jefct fyin? 

3fy%r «$eima$? 3d; get;e nad; £aufe. &te 

D nein, id; 6in gerne i)ier; @tc ©onnc ijl fa)on langft unter= 

teiffentfl gegangen. 

No. 130. 

9(m anbern Sftorgen, att ©la&etf; if?rem QSatcr baaSftorgen* 
fcrob oradjte*, begattn* ber alte 23ett son Qlrnolb 311 reben. 

„3Rid) bauett 1. ber arme 3unge," fyrad) er, „red;t f;er$= 
Iicfy ; bu aurjt bicf; feiner roofyl [No 126. 4.] erinncrn, dl&btfy; 
H)tc (;a&t ja 2. tmmer gufammcn geftu'elt." — „$Bie foli 3. tc^ 
titcl^t ? /y finite bie($rr5tfyenbe[No.74. 2]. — „9htn, >a teaV4. 
nur aud) md)t lieu, fal)' atta 5., ala 06 bit $u ftofy getoorben 
tcarft, bea armcn 93urfd;en $u gebenfen. *a ijt ira^r, tc^ but 
reid) gercovben, unb bie 2(rnoIb'a 6. jlnb arme <8d;hicfer geblte- 
Oen*; atjer brau finb ffe immer getoefen, ber 23ater menigjtena, 
unb fcom @ol)n- l)or' id; aud) mandjeS Sftii^mttc^c." — „@etut$, 
aSater/' flel if;m LNo. 129. 3.} Mttttf) Ijafiig in'a SBort, „ber 
iungcQlrnofi) ijl redjt 6rab !" — „<£i jW/bod), (Sla&ett;," metnte 
ber Q3ater, „tool;er toeiflt bu benn baa fo getoifj?" — „<5ie er* 
jal)ften'a im 2)orfe," ftammelte (SfSbetfj. 

„0}utt, 'a foil 7. mid) freuen ; tocnn id) U;m too 8. fyelfeit 
fann, fott'a an mtr ntd;t fefjlen 9." 

(giabctl), urn baa ©eforad) ju enben, benn ffe lam aul bent 
OJotfytoetben [No. 87. 2.] nid)t toicber f)eraua, madjte fid) 10. 
fd)nell Ctoaa fur bie Md)e $u tf;un, unb entgteng LNo. 107. 6.] 
fo ben forfd)enben QSIicfen bea fotyf|d)iUteInben 11. $ttten. 

1. 27Hd) bauert ber^unge, the young fellow moves me 
to pity. We could also use, ic^ bebauere ben arnten 3un s 
gen [No. 85. 6.] ; (I pity the poor fellow). 

£3ebaucnt @ie if)n ? Do you pity him? 

2, 3 a, #es or indeed; it corresponds in such cases nearest 
to the English "you know". 



1S2 

(Sr fytelte j a immer mit unS. He played, you know, always 

with us. 
<§r Wax \a &ei un3. He was, you know, with us' 

3. (oil instead of f elite; une follte id) uid;t ? How 
should I uot ? 

4. '3 u? d r', instead of eg ro d re (mit IteB) ; (it would be dear 
to me) it would be pleasing to me, 

5. @dl;' a it instead of eg fd l; e a ug; it would look like, 
or it would have the appearance. 

@ie fcf;en gut aug. (You have a good appearance) 

you look well. 
3dj fe(;e nicv)t gut aug. I do not look well (healthy). 

6. -21 mo lb 0. The plural of proper names is sometimes 
formed as in English; generally it is formed like that of 
other nouDS (Parad. II. 2). 

7. 'g foil, eg foil, sometimes used for rotrb, more fu- 
turity. 

8. 323 o for i r g e n b it) o , anywhere. 

9. ft e i) I e n , to /<zz7, to u>a?tf . 

(5:0 fefylt an mir. (The failing is in me) i. c. 

I shall not be wanting. 
(5g fefylt an 3t;nen. You are deficient. 

10. Sift a $ t e fid), made to or /or herself; ft cfy is Dative* 
(SAe made something for herself to be done for the 
kitchen , i. e. she called quickly to her mind that there 
is something to be done in the kitchen. 

11. J?o!pff<1)utteInb, shaking the head (as if suspecting 
something). 

Conversation* 

2)auert@iebtefer artneSttann'? 3a, tmb nut 33ergniigen. Qfa 
3a, cr bauett mid) fefyr. mir unb metnem SSater foft 

(£r jlel;t ntcr/t gut au$. (shall) eS nictyt fe^leru 



183 

SRein, er ift franf. @g toare mtr rie6, toetig id) jefct 

2ttand;en3?cenfd;en get;t eg boc§ em toenig mit tr)m fared; en 

red;t frt;Ied)t. Jonnte. 

Bennett ®ie tf;n fdjon tange? ©ie biirfett eg ia mtr fagen 

©d)on feit jtoei 3a(;ren; id) [No. 96. 3]. <5r ift utttett 

fya&e if;n ia oft an Sfyrem tn ber Jtiicr;e. 

•gtaufe ftfcen fefcen. £>er alte STOann toeifjimmer fo 

£) ja, id) ednnere mid), bid ju er$al;len. 

dx olieo bod; hunter ein guter 3a, bag tjl toafyr. 

red;tlid;er SWann. £a6en <$ie oemerft, tote er ge= 

Sa, id; I;afie mtr ©uteg oon il)m flern (ben or) feitten Slotf 

geljort unb gefefyen. gefd)itttelt l)at , aU icfy mit 

®ie r)aoen it)m oft ger)o!fen ; ftrciuletn 5(malia farad) ? 

<Siettub3f;r£err£kterr;a&en 3avooI;I, id; r}aue eg ganj gut 

if?m oiel ©uteg getr)an. fcemevft. 

No. 131 

mod; 23ormittagg (No. 120. 2. Kern.) fanb STrnoIb fern 
2ftabd)en, tote fie ifym oerfarodjen** ^atte , itn ©arten an 33eitg 
$aufe. <Ste erjajjlte tf;m bag ganje ©efaracr), unb er ul;ifafte 
baraug bie oeften £offnungen fur fetti ©litd. „3a," fagte er 
enbltd;,„tcf) r)afcemit'g2.bte gatt3e9?ad;t itoer l.£ebad;t [No.85. 
6.] : bag 33ejte ift, i^ ger)e r)eute nod; ju beinem 33ater, oefenne 
frei tjeraug , bctj? roir ung ttefcen unb gem 3. l;etratf)en ntod)ten,. 
roetfe 4. ir)m meineJtunbfd)aft unb bagBeugnifj nteiner2Wei|ter, 
unb bitte* il)n um feinen <5egen. Sfteme £)ffent;eit totrb it;tt 
fretten, er gtbt ung feine (£inu;itltgung, id) gel;e bann frifefyen 
SRutljeS 5. in bie ftrembe , etroerfye* ntir ein <BtM ©elb 6.., 
fommc iteu unb ftofylid) $utit<f, unb toir rocrben gluclltd). 9ttd;t 
toal;r 7., fiige, gute (Slgoetr; V „3a I" rief bag entjutf te [No. 14. 
1.] 9ftabd;en, unb tying* an feinent £affe, ,,ia, ber QSater totrb 
getoif einroifligen; ev i)at tntcf; [a [No. 130, 2.] fp liebl" — 
50od fveubiger ^offnung fctyicben* fie. 
1. Ueber, placed after, if it means through (in time). 
2)en gan&cn $ag nhm Through the whole day. 



181 

2. Wl i x -# , it for myself, 

3. ©em m 8(1} ten (or gerne). 

3d) m o d) t e to iff en. / would like to know. 

3d) mocfyte gerne roif= / would like very much to 
fen. know. 

4. 5B e i f e , to e t f e n means to show and instruct somewhat 
in the thing which one is showing; (Die HBeife, the manner). 
$ e i g e n , merely *o sAow (they are often used instead of 
each other). 

5. 3W u t fy e 3 ; the Genitive is often used adverbially. [No. 
120. 2. Rem.] 

®ei guten Sftutfyel ! (Be of good courage). Have 

good courage T 

6. (Sin <St it cf © etb, a piece (of) money, i. e. some money. 

7. 9} i d) t id a i) r? is it not true ? (familiar). 

This expression is used instead of the English: Is it not? 
(ain't it?) Are you not\ (ain't you?) Is he noil &c, 
after a sentence which has not the form of interrogation, 
though if be really a question (as in English)-, 
You are going away, are you not ? 
<Sie get)en fort, nicfyt toaljxl 
Are you going away? Here we can not use: "Are you- 

not ?" 
#e(;en @te fort ? Here we can not use: " n t d) t to a t) r?" 
He is allready long time here, il is he not? v 
@r ijl fct)on (ange l)ier, n t d) t to at) x ? 

Conversation. 

jQahtn <Sie metnem Sreunbe 3d) banfe 3fynen f;er$Itd) fiit 
oerfarodjen, (;eute $n iijm $u 3t)re $reunbfd)aft. 

fommen ?' £oren <§te bod) ba3 ©eraufct). 

3a, id) r)afce e3 ijm oerfpwd)en. auf ber ©trajje! 

©ic fommen bod), nid)t toaJjr'? 5BaS gt&t eS (what is the 

3a, gevuif. matter)?- 



185 



3Berben@te tfym unfergeftrigeS 

©efprdd; erjiifylen? 
3d; wei§ e3 nod; ni$i;i<$ and 

mir bie @ad)e fcebenfen. 
SBefenneit <5ie mir fret I;erau§, 

@ie ^etrat^en metric Qfreun* 

bin! 9Zid;t toat;r? 
S)aS i(l ein ©et)eimntt). 
3d; mod;te e3 totrHirf) gernc 

id iff en; id; I;abe @ie Q3eibe 

fo liefc, id; niotf;te<&te gliicf* 

ltd; to iff en. 



3d) toet§ md;t; id; void bin-- 

unter gefyen , tint pi fel)en, 

u>a3 e3 gi6t. 
@ie tuerben rotl) I QBa6 §*6cn 

@ie? 
-?U;9]id;t§! 3d; mug (;tnunior; 

ict) fef;e 3etnanben, mil b ;, ui 

id; fyred;en mug. 
SBer tft ber £err, mil bem @ie 

gefprocfyen l^aOen'? 
©S ijltferrSt. ou« ©., ein3u= 

geubfreuub oon mir. 



No. 132, 

5(m 9I6enb fd;miidte ftd; QTrnofo aufg Sejie, 1. ging* nod; 
eimnal $u beS 93aterS ©rafce, oetete innig urn feinen @egen,, itnb 
trat* bannbetiSflucfiocg nad; 23ett3£aufe mil fitllem^eoen an. 

(No. 64:) 

5Me oor $reube $itternbe (SlSoett; cm^ftng* if;n unb 5ract)tc* 
if)n fogleicl; $u if;rem SSater. — „9cad;oar Qlrnolb!" rtef ii)m 
berQHte enigegen, „t»a$ fcrtngt 3t)r mtr?" — „Wliti) felfcft", 
antioortete jener. „£)a3 t;eigt?" 2. fragtc SBeir. — „£err [No. 
79, 2.] *ftad;oar," fcegann* barauf Qtrnolb, anfangS mit jitterti* 
ber (Btimme, auer bann rect)t feft unb fyerjlid; : „£err fftti$Mt, 
laffet mid; ein toentg toeit auS(;olen, 3(;r mog't [No. 96. 2.] 
mid; bann leicfyt beffer oerfteljen.* 3d; bin arm, after gelenit 
[No. 101 J l;a6e id; etroa£ Drbentlid;e£, baS founen duel; [as 
No. 19] biefe Bcugniffe benmfen*. 2)te ganje SBeft flel;t mir 
offen, benn id; rind nicfyt bet bem 4?anbt»erf 6tei6en, id; and 
bie itunjr Iernen; e6 [No. 101. 2."J foCt cinmal ein titd;tiger 
SBaumeiflet au$ mtr toerben, 3. bag I;ab' id; meinem tobten33a= 
ier ge(o6t. Ql&er, £err, 3iae§ in ber 2BeIt mu§ feinen 9EittcI* 
jmnft l;aben, unb ein Btredi mug 6ei ber 5lr6eit fein. SBte bte 
4?aufer, bie id) Oaue, nid;t be£ Saueng roegett, 4. fonbern bc3 
SfaifcenS luegen geric^tet werben, fo aufy nxit meiuer ^unjl. 3d; 



186 

treibe fie nid;r blog, urn bie ^unjl $u tveiben, id? mi>d;te gem 
(StroaS babei erlangen, unb ba§ nun, r»a$ mix im @inne flet;t, 
l;abt 3f;t ju bergeben. ©ag't mir'S $u, 5. bafj ict/3 fyaben foil, 
vuenn ic^ u>aS 6. $itcf;tigeS gefd)afft (;abe, unb id; nnfl mcinc 
jtrafi an bag 4?b\l;fie fefcen/' — „Unb »a3 r/ab' id) benn," ftet 
il;m 9$eit m'l Si3ort, „n>a8 (Sud; ton folder 93ebeutung ijt?" — 
,,@ure [No. 128. 2.] $od;ter, £err! mix Iteben un8. Had; 
alter guter 3Bctfe fomme id; gerabe $u <Siicf? A unb bitt' (Sud; uni 
Sure Bufage,. baft 3t;r mtr, trcnn id) nad; bret Safyrcn bon ber 
5Banberfdjaft fyetmfefyre, unb waS 9fied;teS geleijtet r;abe, (Suern 
®egen nicfyt berrueigem rootlr, unb ber $)irne 7. erfaubt, mirbie 
brei 3af;re dm tretteigne 33rattt jit bleiben." 

1. Qluf'8 $ejte, erf *Ae to, (instead of ctuf bag QSefie), in 
(the best way or manner). This preposition an f is often 
used for the adverbial form; we use also am (an bem) 
with the dative. 

Qfut ftefren, the best* 
3d) rueift e£ am beften. I know it the best. 
<Ste ffngt am fd;6nfien. She sings the most beautifully. 

2. 2) a 3 \) ei § t (that is called), that means. 

3. Q(u8 mtr ir-erben. 

95h§ mtrb auS mir a>erben? What shall become of me? 

4. 28 e g e n and will en, on account of can be placed after. 

5. © a g ' t m i r ' 8 $ u, grant it to me. 
C. 5Ba3 for ctrua*. 
7. £> i r n e ; in old German a virgin y is now not used any more 

thus; (it is now rather an expression for a low female). 

Conversation. 



SBa6 ift au8 3r/rem pngen 

0lad)6ar gemorben? 
(Bx wax lange fort, mirb nun 

abcr balb ^urueffe^ren. 
3d) jittere bor ^reube t^n 311 



2>a§ junge Sodjterfein unfere 

JDaS rou&te id) ruirfltdf; nid)t; 
bod; fonntc man eS Iettf;fc 
bermutfietu 



187 



fetjen; id) t)a6e i(;m biel bon 

feinem 23ruber mitguttjeilen. 
©faufcen @ie, bag er biel ge= 

Icrnt l;aoe ? 
3a, genug; er roar tmmer etn 

tttd)tiger, 6raber2ftenfd). 
£a6en <Sie feine 3 cu 8 n u7 c S Cs 

feljen? 
5a ; er tjat fie feinem QSater ge* 

fdjidt ; j!c ftnt) fefyr gut unb 

fd;on. 
$at jfe 3t;nen fetn SSatcr nidjt 

gegeigt? 
3d; roar nccr) ntd^t Bet il;m. 
SBiffcn ®ie, bag er nun r)eU 

ratten to til? 
2Ben? 8BeHil feine Sraut? 



<Sie fennen ba3 3ftabdj>en, nicJ)t 

toafyr? 
Samofyf, jefct berfter/e icf), toar* 

urn er gejlern fo innig nut 

ityrem alien 23ater gefprocr/en 

lot 
Qlf; bie ganje^Belt (ali people) 

toeig e3 fct/on I 
3d) mug <3ie nod) um (SttoaS 

bitten! 
Unb toaS foil ea fetn ? 
Sftocfyten @ie toot)t 3l;rem 

£errn 93ater fagen^ bag id) 

unb tnein better fyettte nictyt 

fommen fonnen? 
©anj gut! 3d) toerbe c3 tym 

fag en. 



No. 13a. 

„3unger ©efetf," entgegnete il;m bet Qflte ; „td) r)afce (Sud) 
auSreben laffen 1. [No. 88.]; lagt'S mid; nun aud), unb itf) trill 
<£ud) fd)lid;t unb red)t meinen 33efd;eib fagen. £>ag 3(?r meine 
$ocr/ter liefct, baa freut mid; [No. 109. 5.], benn 3fyr feib ein 
roacferer 33urfd)e, unb bag 3l)r gleicfy offenl)er$ig gum £>ater 
fommt, freut mid) nod; mefyr unb gereicfyt (Sud) gum [Parad. VI. 
6.] grogen £ooe. (Sure 3^etfter nennen dud) einen funfxoer(idn= 
bigen bungling, unb geben (Sud) 4?offnung ju toaS ©rogem, ba 
toiinfri;' id; ®\M; aoer bie^offnung if* ein unfid;ere8 (&ut, unb 
foil id; barauf meiner (£l£6etr; 3ufunft Bauen? -SBar/renb 
[Parad. YI. 1.] ber brei 3at?re fann (Siner [No. tlj fommen, 
ber meiner $od)ter oeffer gefallt* [No. 109. 6.], ober, menu 
ba3 nicf;t ifl, ber mir fecffcr gefallt. ©oil ic^ biefen nun afctoei= 
fen, toeil 3l;r fommen fonntet [Parad. XIV. 2.]? Stein, junger 
©efeU, bamit ift'S 9ttd;ig, fommt 3f;r [No. 106. 1.] afrer einmal 
toieber, unb <§l£oetl) iji nod; frei, unb tyx l)abt (Suer @lit$ gc= 



188 

ntactjt; fo VutU id) (Surf) nidjt ^inbevltc^ feinj je£t atjer fcinDGSort 
ntefyrbabont" — ^QlOer, 9tod>6ar QScit," tat* Qhnolb oe6enb 
unb ergrtff* beg feen#aitb, „bebenft t>ocf; !" — [No. 126. 4.] 
„<X)a ifi tueiter $i$t8 ju fccbenfen [No. 125. £]/' ffel* iljm 
ffictt ein, unb fount ©ott 6*fo$len*2.; ober tuoUt^r [No. 106. 
1.] nod) 6Ieiben, fo feib 3br mein liefcer ©aft; nur $licl)t$ mefyr 
bon bcr <g(fe." 3. — „Uub bag ift (Sure lc|t c (Sutfd/eibuug V 
ftatnmeltc Qlrnolb. — >,9Rtine le&te," berfe^te ber QUte frofiig. 
— // S^un / fo (;effe mir©ott,"fd)rie** jener uub ging ^ur ^l;iire 4. 
fytnaug. 

1. £ a f f e n , to let, to permit, 

3d; laffe i()n reben. I let him speak, or I allow him 

to speak. 

2. © o 1 1 fc e f o () f e n ; f e i is left out ; therewith be recommended 
to God! (6efefylen, to command,) Pare well! 

3. (5 I f e , abbreviation of & 1 i f a 6 e t fy. 

4. 3d) gefye $ur £t) it re t;inein ; / go in (enter at the door). 
3d) get)e jur ${)itre IjinauS; I go out of the room (go : 
out at the door). In the same way: er fcfyaut 5 u m ft en* 
fter herein, t;inein, fyeraug, f)inau3. 

Conversation. 

Bennett @ie jenen bungling ? 3a, er fommt fjeretn; er ift 

Sftein, id) fenne U;n ntd)i. feit etnigen2Bod)en f;ter unb 

93} a 8 ift er? mein ©aft. 

(5-r ift ein (Stubent, em feljr 3a, er fommt ftirfitd) Ijeretn! 

trmcferer ®utfdje, etn fcraber 3d) gefye fort. 

Sftmfd). QU), Mei&en <Sie bod) ! 2) a fcn= 

5Bo ijt er frer? nen @ie 3l)r ®(ud! mad)en. 

(Sr ift au§ Lofton; er ifi etn 3d) biite ©te bod)., Iaffen ©ie 

{)Dffnung§'eolier iunger midjgeljenl 

SLftann. 3l§, id) toeif?, er gefaUt 3l)nett 

@3 frettt mid) hunter, fo (StwaS beffer, atS <Ste fagen. 

(such a thing) $11 1)8 rm. 3d) fcitte ©ie, fein 5Bort metyr 

$3ie gefdilt er 3t)tten ? babott. 



189 

(£r gefcillt mir ganj mot;!. Stun, leben <Sie moI;l! &ie mitf* 

(Sr if* nid;t nur gut, fonbcm fenbennod; meinen ©aft nod; 

and) berftanbtg* ncifjer fenucn lerneu (get 

2)a3 freut mid) nod; metyrl better acquainted). 

&ommt er $u mir herein? Qlber nid;t je|tj 51 uf SBiebers 

fer)en ! 



-tto. 134, 

SBeineub fd;niirte er fein SStinbel, nafym*"* bon bem baterlis 
cr)en (Srbe 5lbfd;ieb, unb roanbte* ftd) bann nacr) [No. 52. 1.] 
ban .ftird;l;of, urn aud) bon beg Q3ater3 @ra6e 3l&fd)teb $u rtcf= 
wen; (SlSbetr;, bie bag ©efprad; f;alb unb l;alb buret) bie $r)itre 
get;ort l;atte, fd;mamm* in $(;ranen. @ie l)atte ftd; (Dat ) 2lUe3 
fo fd;on getraumf, unb j[e|t f$Un* jebe <£offnung bertoren*. 

01ocr) einmat moflte fte il;ren Qlrnolb fet;enj fie ftellte fid) 
an it;r«ftammerfenfter, unb martete, bis er auS ber£uttel;erau3= 
trat*"" unb ben 5i3eg nad; bem ,fttra;r)ofe einbog*. @d;neU flog* 
fte ir)m nad; unb fanb* ifyn betenb auf beg latere ©rabe. „9lr s 
noIt>4 Qlrnolb! bu millfi fort?'' {No. 96. 1.] rief* fte il;m ju 
[No. 64.] unb umfagte tljn 1, „%$), id) farm bid; nicl)t la fieri!" 
— s 2lrnolb ricfytete ftct; auf, aU ob er au£ einemSraum ermacfyie. 
r/ 3cr) mug , (SlSbett; , id) mug. 93 rid}** mir ba§ «|?er$ nid;t mit 
beinen $(;ranen, benn id) mug!" — „Jtommft bu mieber? unb 
tuann fommfi bu mieber?" — ,,($;{gbetr;, id; rutfl arbeiten, roie 
nur 2. ein Sftenfd; bermag"*, id; mill geijig fein [No. 127. 4.] 
mit ieber SWinute 3^t; [as No. 16. 2.] in brei 3at;ren bin id) 
mieber tjier. 33letbft bit mir treu ?" — „93iS in ben $ob 3., 
tt;eurer $lrnoIb!" rief bie @d;(ud;^enbe. — „Unb menu ber 33a* 
ier bid; jnungen mill?" — „@o follen fte mid; in bie Jtird;e 
fd;Iepben, unb nod? bor bem Slltare merb' id) nein! rufen. 3a, 
Qlrnolb , mir molten un3 treu bleiben, l;ier unb bort britben 4. 
Srgenbmo ftnben mir unS bod; mieber!" „@© fa§ und fcfycU 
ben!" rtef&rnolb, bem ein@trat)t ber«£>offnung buret; bie ^l)rd- 
rten au£ ben 9lu$en [No. 62.] blicfte, „laf? un$ fd)eiben! 3d; 



190 

furcate feme £tnbermffe mefyx 5. , SWdj'tg fod [No. 96. 4.] wit 
gu grof unb $u futyn fein. 9J?it btefem Jhtf bcrlob' id) mid? bir, 
unb nun Qlbel 3n btet Safyren ftnb n?ir glucflidV' — (gt rifr* 
fid; auS if)ren Qlrmen. „9lrnolb," rtef fie, „?(tnolb betlaffe beine 
(SfS&eil) nid)t !" after er mar fd; on fjinauS. 93on toeitem mefyte 
ifyt" fein meifieS $u$ ben le^ten ©rug ju, fcis er in be3 9Batbe§ 
JDunfel serfdom anb*. 

(£(Sfeet() roarf* fid) nteber auf baa ©rati, unb fcetete in* 
fcrimfiig su ©ott. Uefcerjeugt fron QfrnolbS Sreue, mar j!e rut)iger 
gemorben, unb fonnte bem 3Satcr gefafyrloS unter bie 5lugen tre= 
ten , ber ffe ftreng anfat) unb aud) nad) bem ffeinften Umftanb 
forfc^tc. 

1. II mf afi tc il)tt, embraced him; from faff en, to lay hold of. 
Many verbs, compounds with prepositions or adverbs, are 
generally inseparable if used in a figurative sense. 

iiberfe^en, to pass over is separable; 

uberfe^en, to translate is inseparable; (in such a case 

the accent lies on the verb; in the other 

case on the particle); 
burd)Iaufen, to run through, is separable ; 
burcfylaufen, to peruse hastity, is inseparable 
untetfyalten, to hold under, is separable; 
untevl)aTten, to entertain, is inseparable; 
toieberljolen, to fetch again (back), is separable; 
nneberJjofen, to repeat, is inseparable; 
looUjtetjen, (to draw full) , to execute is therefore al 

inseparable ; 
umgefyen, to go about, is separable; 
umgel)en, to elude, cheat, is inseparable. 
The compounds with miber, against, though a preposi 
tion, are also inseparable. 
3d) nnberfpred)e Sfynen. I contradict you. 
3d) miberftel;e 3f?nen. I oppose you. 

2. 2B i e n u x , as much as (the most possible). 



191 

3, 93t8tn 1 ben$ob / until death; the peculiarity of 6 i $ , is, 
that it is generally followed by another preposition. 
93i$anbaS(Snbeber<Stra£e» Until (to) the end of the 

street. 
93ii atif ben 23oben. (Until) to the bottom, 

5, 2)ortbrii ben (instead of bartt ben, there over), on the 
other side, yonder, 

4. 2ft e fy r, when it means any more, is placed after, and not 
declined. [No. 119. 4.] 

£aben @ie fein SSrob mefyr (no more bread)? 
$a6en @ie feine Gutter mef;r (no more butter)? 

6. © e f a § t. Participles used as adjectives do not soften 
their vowel in the comparative and superlative (gefafjter). 



Conversation, 



2BoUen <Sie tjeute con mir QC6- 

fcbtcb nefymen? 
3a, id) mufj; id; toil! nur nod; 

$uerft nad; bent Jtirdjfjofe 

SBaren @ie md;t gcjtern bort ? 

£aben <§ie 3emanben bort ge* 
funben 1 ? 

5a, id) faty em fleincS Sftabdjen 
auf einem ©rabe beteiu 

SBeffen ©rab to ax e$? 

2>aS tyreS latere. 

2)aS arme Jtinb ! war fte atlein? 

3a, fte roar aflein; nur ein gro= 
ger fd;6ner 4?unb lag neben 
ti)r, ffc fyracfy mtt ifym, unb 
bemerfte mid) lange nicfyt. 

«§aben <§ie gel;ort, toa$ ffc su 
itjm fagte* 



— D meinc liebfte Gutter i 
Ql6cr id) roitt arbeiten — " 
3) a legte fte if>r tfopfdjen 
auf ben 4?unb unb lag Iange 
fo ba* 

<sinb @ie nidjt $u tfjr I;inge= 
gangen? 

D nein ! OBte fonnte id) ? 3d; 
toartete, biS fte au£ tern 
•ftird^ofe fjerauS fam, unb 
folgte if;r, um $u fel)en, too 
fte ioobnt 

-SBurben <&k md;t son tl;r be= 
merft? 

S^ein , id) oerbarg mid; f;inter 
bent ©ebitfcfye. 

Unb too toofmt fte ? 

@ie tooimt ba briiben; nid)t 
unit ton tyier, in eimx arm- 



192 

$al6 unb f;att>; id; fonnte jlc Iid;en #utte; fte i)at eine 

nid;t gut berftc(;en;fie ioeinte franfe Gutter. 

$u fcf;r. £aben @ie fte aufgcfud)f? 

Unb \va§ fagte fte benn? 5a, fceibe fd;einen mil aud) 

3cfy fyorte nur etnig* 3£orte; fyeute ettr-ag gefa^ter; bod; 

trie : ,,Wh'u\ lieber 23ater ! — ioetnen ftc oft, 

•ftommft bu me mefyr auriid? 



No. 135. 

9iae frul; 2ftorgeng 1. toallfa^rtete ftc nun an bte ©tetfe, 
too fie iljren $lrnolb jum lefcten Sftale umarint ^atte ; bet alte 
23eit bcmerfte eg tool;f; liejji 2. eg aber gefcfyefyen, unb toar fd;on 
jufrieben, bafi (S(S6etI; fo ud;ig, unb oft fogar fetter fein fonnte. 

<&o berftrid)* ein 3al;r, unb $u (§lgbetl;g grower ftreube 
t;atte flcf) nod; fein Ureter gemelbet, berbem93ater angejtanben* 
tyatte. 5Tm (£nbe beg jnmten Safyreg fam nad; langer Qt6tt>e- 
fen(;eit ein Sftenfd; fn'fi 2)orf ^uriicf, ber fritter toegen ttebcrlu 
d)er ©treidje baoon gegangen toar. 

£ang Veiling ging alg ein armer £eufel fort, unb Jam in 
ben beften Umftdnben toieber. @r fcfyten red;t eigentlid; 3. in'g 
£)orf gefommen $u fein, urn ftd; feinen borigen B^einben alg reU 
d)er2ftann ju jeigen. Qlnfangg toar'g, 4. nig tooflt' «r nur furje 
3eit l)\a berrueilen, er fprad) bon toid;tigen ©efdjaften ; aber 
balb fat) man, ba# er fid; auf etnen langeren 5(nfent^alt gefafit 
mad;te* 9ftan er#at;Ite ftcfc im 2)orfe 9Bunberbinge5. bon ifym; 
manner ef;rlid?e 2ftann sucfte bie 9ldjfctn baritber, 6. unb 93iele 
liefkn ffct; ntc^t unbeurlicfy merfen, 7. fie toitjjiten 8, rec^t gut, 
rcofyer bag Qttfeg fomme. 

1. 3UIe ft ill) 2#orgeng, every morning early (every 
early in the morning). Generally we say aUe Sftorgen 
frit*). 

2. £ i e § e3 gefd)el)en (allowed it to happen), did not care 
much about. 



193 

3. 9fted)t e 1 9 entlid) (right properly), about the same as 
fo redji. [> T o. 129. 2.] 

4. 233 a r '3 or f cr> i e n e 6 , did it seem, 

5. SBunberbinge, wonderthings i. e. wonderful things ; 
thus we say teunberfdjon, teunberfyufcfd;. 

•6. 2) r iiber instead of bariioer. 

7. £ief?en m erf en; m erf en, to mark; ftct) is Dative. 
3d) laffe e£ mir merfen. I allow it to be observed in me, 

i. e. I give to understand. 

8. <8 1 e te u fj t e n. The subjunctive is generally used in the 
oratio indirecta. 



Conversation, 



SBann fle^en @ie morgen§ auf ? 
tSefyt friil); id; fklje fcrjl alle 

SKorgen urn fiinf llbr auf. 
<Sie fd;etnen mir l;eute fel/r l;cb 

ter ju fein. 
38ariun foUte tc^ nicfyt fetter 

fein ? Sfteine @tefd;afte gefyen 

fer)r gut. 
<Siub @ie Sljrer ©eff^afte tee= 

gen r)iert)cr gefommen? 
3a, after laffen <sie eS fid) nid;t 

merfen. 
SBarum bcnn nid)t? 
$fy, man teiirbe ju biel Nation 

reben (talk). 
3dj teeijj, teofyer ba£ -SfaeS 

fomntf* 



*ftein, mein ftreunb, <§k teiffen 

f8 nid;t. 
<5ie laffen e3 ftc^ beutlid? ge* 

mtg merfen. 
Unb teas tfl eg? 
<Sie famen af3 reiser 9Rami 

Suriicf. 
D nein ; e3 ijt ttiva$ gan$ $n* 

bereS. 
Sftan erjafyft jtd) SBunberbtnge 

r)ier. 
©IauBen^teni^t^taeS. $8mn 

ein Sftenfd) nact) (anger 516= 

teefent;eit in em fo ffeineS 

2)orf $urikffommr, fo teeig 

man immer oiel son i^m $u 

reben. 



No. 136. 

2)em fei nun 1. tete iijm tootle, £anS Veiling Befud)te bocfc 
l)en alien SSeit tagltd;, erga^tte -tym uon feinen SHeifen, tete er 

9 



194 

fogar in ^fegttbten getoefen, unb noct) fcitel wetter iiber'g SKeet 
gefatyren* fei, [No. 135 8.j baj? bet ^(te toiel SSergniigen an 
feinem Llmgang [No. 109. 4.] t)atte, nub it)m biel fet)lte, toenn 
Veiling beg Menbg nidjt in feine ©tube trot. [No. 120. 2 Rem.] 

#n>ar fyikte er 3ftanct)eg t>cn feinem Sftacfybar, er fdjiittelte 
afcet unglaubig ben Jtofcf ; nnr bag (Sine [No. 14. 2.] fam* t(;m 
fonberbar bor, [No. 64.] baf? £ang Veiling jldj allt greitage 
(Accus. of time) einfd;lo§*, unb ben ganjen $ag iiber allein 
$u£aufe blieb* @r fragte it)n alfogerabe ju, 2. toag er ju fold)et 
Beit beginne. [No. 135. 8.] „($ln ©elubbe," &>or bieSintnwt, 
„fcinbet mid), afle ^reitage tm jtillen ®e6ete jujubringen." — 
SSeit War berufyigt, £ang ging* tow bormalg aug nnb ein, unb 
liyjj* ftd; tmmer beutlictyer merfen, [No. 135. 1.] n>ag er ftir 
Qlbj?d;ten auf (Slgbett; r;abe. 

§lber (Slgbett) fyotte cinen unerf(arlid?en QX6fcf;eu bor bem 
SWenfdjen; i(;r tuar'g, alg gerann'* 3.t()r bag Slut in ben'tfbern 
fcet feinem Qlnblicf. 

2)ennod; mad;te er bem WHen einen formlictjen 2Intrag, 
unb befam* jum SSefcfyeib, er fade [No. 135. 8.] erjt fein ©liicf 
fcei bem 2ftabd;en felbjt berfucfyen. £)a$u Denude <£ang einen 
Slbenb, wo er QSeiten [No. 129. 6.] nicfyt ju £aufe uutpte. [As 
No. 96. 1J 

1. 2) em fei nun (be it with this as it may), however this 
may be. Often we use rote bem aufy fei. 

2. ©erobe $u, directly. 

3. Ql(g gero'nn' il)r instead of at6 o6 iljx bag 93Iui 
g eronn e. [No. 106. 1.] (As if her blood would courdle, 
[No. 129. 3.] 

Conversation. 

«&aben <Ste grofje Otteifen ge= (ir gefallt mir ntdjt. 

mad;t? SBatumboct;? 

So, i$ bin fcf;pn fel;r toett t>er= <Sr bleibt immer oUein &u4?aufe, 

itmgereifi. unb fyricfyt mit Sftiemanben. 



195 

SBoUen <5te mir ritdjt @inige8 £>aS t)atte id) ntcfyt gebacfyt ! 

sou Sfyren Diet fen crjdOlen ? QKte bent attcr) fet, icr) mag tt;n 

Wit ^ergnitgen. 2)od; laffen ti\0* 

@ie una jefct $u 3&rem €^ad;- Out, bann get;e icr) attein, 

bar geljen. 93erfud)en @ie 3fcr@lu<f I 

3u bem mag id; nid)t getjen ; <Sie fcfyiitteln ben Jto!pf ? 

id) tjafce einen Qlbfdjeu bor 3d; mei§, bajji bev SWamt, ben' 
if;m. <5ie befucr)en toollen, 3l)nen 

£)a$ ift miv unerf(arltd). nid;t gef alien toirb. 

No. m. 

%I0bet(; fa ft* am <Spinnrocfen, al6 er in bie$l)iire trat; fCc 
ful;r etfdjrocfen auf, ilmt antunbigenb, ber 93atcr fet [No. 135. 
8.1 ntcfyt jugegen. „D, fo lafjt iut§ cut toenig .jufammen £tatt= 
bevn, meine f;olbe Sirne," toar fcine --Mnttoort, unb fomit fag et 
an tt;rer 'Stitc. QlSfaty riitfte ftd? fd)nell ton tr)m to eg, £an0, 
ber e3 fiir blofte mabd)enf;afte <Sd;iid;tenv(veit tn'eft* 1. unb ben 
-®vunbfa{j l)atte , hti 935ei6ern muffe man [No* 135. 8.] rul;n 
fein, toenn man getotnnen too He, fprad; fcfymeicfyelub: „$8itt bie 
fdunte dlSbeti) wifyt neben miv fffcen?" aber fte rifT* (Id) mit 
linem toibrtgen ©efitfjf au§ fcinen Qlrmen, un'D irollfe mit ben 
OBorren: „@3 fa)trft 2. ffdj fd)led)t fur mid), mit @u(§ allein $u 
fein I" ba3 3tmmer bevlaffen, a(3 er ifyr nacr/eilte unb fie tufynec 
uritfajjte. — 2) a getoa!>rte er auf einmal ein «ftreu$, bag (Slfe ton 
Sugenb auf 3. am 4?alfe geiragen, cin (Mttjeirber fritf; berftor* 
benen* Gutter. SBunberbar ergriffen** lie§ er fte lo6; er fdjten* 
30 be^en , unb elite $ur $pr« t;inau3 [No. 133. 4.]. ©Igbelfj 
banfte ©ott fur U?re OJettung^ bent SBater er^aljtfte fie bet feiuer 
3uvitdfunft ^eilingS niebrige Qluffufyrung. &>eit fcr/ittteltc 'Dtn 
£otf unb fd;ien fcfyr aufgebract/t. 

<£r l>ielt e§ 4?anfen JDat.No. 129. 6.] bet nad;f!er ®elegen= 
fjeit bor, ber ftcr) mit ber ^eftigfeit fetner Siebe entfd)ttlbigte; 
aber ber 33orfatt fyatte $ur $oIge, bag er fte fur lange Beit mit 
feincn Qlntragen berfefyoute. @ie trug ba§ J?reit3, ba^, fte roup te 



196 



nlfyt lute, bamatg tt)r better roar, feit jenem 3f6enb tmmer frei 
tint) offen auf ber93ruft, unb merFte root;!, ba§ Veiling nicfyt ein* 
@ttJ6e an jte rid;tete, fooatb er flc fo gefd;mu'ctt fanb, 

1. «£> t e 1 1 , from r) a 1 1 e n , fo AoM 

3tf; Ijalte if;n fur einen fc^Iectjren 2ftenfef/en, 
I consider kiin a bad man. 

2. <Stf)idt fid), from fd)idlen, to send. 

f£$ fefyieft ftcr) nid;t. It is not becoming. 

3. 93 o n 3 u g e n b auf, /r<m youth (up), 

•Oaten @te geftem lange wit ©utl alg bag Sftabdjen tie 



einanber gevlaubert? 
3a , fcl;r lange ; eg n>ar fdjon 
- flatty 9lad;i. DGBonim ffn'D <5ie 

«id;t longer geolie6en? 
%lf) t @ie roiffen, id; fonnte nidjt, 
Sfteine liefce Gutter X;at mir 

nod; oiele £)inge er$al;lt. 
3l?re 5rau Gutter eraai;lt geme ! 

fRldjt toafjr? 
O Ja, unb fte erjafjlt fo fdjon. 
SBag (;at fteSlmen benngefiew 

tv$l)M 
&k er5df;Ttc mtv oon etnem 

$reu$e,bag auf jenem93erge 

flant)/ ben <Sie bort fefyen. 
Hub loag fagie flc. 3(;nen ba* 

oon ? 
<£g lag eimnal ein jungeg 

Sftabdjen uetenb oor jenent 

Jtrcugc ; ba f am cine ©cfylange 

(snake), 
©ibt eg auct) (Sdjlangen t)ier? 
3a, eg giot beren nod; oiele. 
0htn, fasten <5ie fort (continue) I 



@d)lange fat; , fut;r eg er= 
fd;rocten auf, unb tooflte fid; 
retten. 5)©d) bie @d;!ange 
cilte il;m nact). Unb roag unit 
m (Snbe? SBunbevbar! 
(Adverb.) 3m namlid;enWu= 
genfclicfe lam ein fiifyner jun= 
get* SDton, ber bie ©efyfanflc 
tobtete (killed, from tobt, 
dead). 

Unb f)at bag 2ftabcT;en feinen 
better gefannt? 

Sftetn, fie fannte i(;u ntd)t unb 
fyat nie roieber etroag ton 
it;m get;orr. 

2Ber wax biefeg Sftabdjen? 

(Sntfcfyulbtgen @tc meinen 
<§d;er$ (joke)l 3d) roar eg 
felber. 

Unb fennen @ie tytrHidt) Stjren 
better nict;t? 

Stfein, roirflid; ntd)t. 

SKein fyolbeg ftraulein, bag roar 
id). 



m 

No. 138. 

2)a8 briite (Parad. V. 2.) 5af)X neigfe fid) fcalb $u (Snfrev 
[No. 62.] (S(36etf), t>ie ben SSater, menu er Don einer 2Lferbiti« 
bung mit4?eiitngenfyracf), immer aufSJtunftlicfytie [No. 132.1J 
fyinju&alten unb $u unterfcrecfyen roujjre, murbe immer loiterer. 
Xaglicfy fling fte nod) ju beS alten Qlrnolbg ®rau, unb bann iitjer 
bte (Sger ben ©eg nad; $rag m'S nnf [No 134. 3.] bte »§3§e 
fyinauf, in ber fiitten ^offnung, 6alb einmal ifyren ©ctrcucn 
[No. 74. 1.] bafycr 1. nmnbern $u fe(;en. 

-2Gaf)venb bteferSeit bermijte fte einmaI2ftorgeng frill) bag 
tfmtjrfjen, bag ifyr fo lieu unb meiti) wax ; man mufjte el if)r 2« 
tin ©cfylaf aogetjunben* $a6en ; benn fte legte eg nic bon fid)> mil) 
fie fyatte feinen ffctnen S3erbad)t auf eine ber Sftagbe, bte fie am 
QlOenb juioor mit «£>eilingen Winter bem «§iiufc l;atte pftern X;d« 
ten. 3. QSeinenb crjafclte fte eg ifyrem 23ater, ber Incite fte auet 
toegen ifyreS 53erbad;teg attg, tnbem er Oe^au^tete, £ei(ingen 
f Smite [No. 135. 8.] ia gar 9lidit§ an bem,ftreu$d;en Itegen*^ 4. 
ii6er fol^cticrltefitcTanbclcicu5. fei er fyinaug, flemerbe eggemif? 
tvo anberg utrloren* r)aoen. 

1. $)al)er, the same as No. 126. 6. eintjer (alo?ig). 

2. 3fyr ins <3cf;lafe,* the Dative signifies often the English 
from. 

3d) nefyme eg 3&nen meg. I take it away from you. 

3. £ a 1 1 e f I it ft e r n i) o r e n. If three verbs meet at the 
end of a sentence, the auxiliary 1) a 6 e n generally takes 
the first place. 

4. £ i e g c it , to lie. i 

(gg liegt mir 9li<X)t§ an bem J?reu$d)en. 

I do not care for the little cross. 

<£g liegt mir 9iicJ)tS baratn 

I do not care for it. 

(£g liegt jfttcfytg baran, or £iegt 3lifi)t$ baran* 

Never mind. 

5. % a n b e I e i , from Jt a n b , trifle, 

ti is. & final to form a Substantive, like the English #. 



198 

ftifd), fish, fctaueu, to brew, 

^ifd;e*, fisher (man), 93rauer, brewer, 

bie ftifcfyerei, fishery, bie 23raucrei, brewery. 

Substantives ending in Ct are feminine. 

©ffatoe, slave, ber $aub, trifle, 

bie ©ffabetci, slavery, bie Scijibelei, trifling. 



Conversation. 



«£atjen 6ie SWtfjtg bertowi? 

Sfletn, id) gfau6e nidjt. 

SSermiffen @ie*Wd;ta? 

3d; benntffe tmrflid; 0ltc§t0» 

3d; U>ei§, ©tc ♦ . . ♦ 

3d; mufj @ie unterfcred;ett ; 1)ah 
ten @ie mid) bod; ntcf?t fo 
lange l;tn. $Ba0 ^a^en <Sie 
gefunben ? 

0ttoa0, baa 31)nen fetjrliefc unb 
ttjerU; ifl. 

511;, mem ^rcu^en! 3d; fcafce 
mein <ftreu$d;en fcertorent 
2Bo fylfot ®te ea! 3d; bittt 
<5ie, cje^ert ®te mit e3! 

«£iev ift eg! @tnb@ienun ttne= 
ber. rufyg? 



3$banfe3r;nenfyqIid;;bod) 
tyafce id; einen fleinen 9Ser= 
bad)t atif <Sie. 3d; glau&e, 
@ie fytBen ea mi* aua <3cl;evj 
genotnmen. 

SBte fomtte id) e8 3fyien bod;! 

5l(;, ©ie fcfyerjen oft. 

QlOer, fed) title, nid)t biefea 
SM. 

2)nnn muf ic^ ea trgenbtoo ber-- 
loren fjafcen. 2Bo l;aoen @ie 
ea benn gefunben? 

£)ort o&en auf jtener $6fy!: 

3a, ia, ba ging td) gefievn 
5Ifotb mil meinet $anie 
fva^iretn O, ea liegt mir 
fo ijiel an biefem JJ.rcu^c* 



No. 139. 

©emofyngeadjtet fclieb fie Bet ifyterSftetnung, unb ganj beu 
lid; merfte fie, banana mn feine SBeraertmngen auf'S Sfteue 
[No. 132. 1.] unb mit gtojjem (Srnji unb bid 3wbcrft«^t trieb"^. 
$Cud)ber33atetnMrb'""immerfirenger,unb erfldrtejuie^tgerabel. 
Ifyraua, fie ntiigte bem Veiling ii;re «£cmb geoen, ea fei fein fefler 
wnaDanberIid;er QBitte ; ber Qtntolb tya&e j!e genuf bergeffen*, 
unb bie bvei 3afye toaten ia ofynefyn fd;on bovitfo. Veiling 




199 

fdjmor* tfjr bagegen tm Seifem beg SSatevS feme enngefilcfce y&, 
unb *te ev fte nicfyt, irie ftietteidjt anbere, um ? g ©elb, nein, rehi 
am tfyrer fetbjt n?iden 2. Iie6e; benn beg ©elbcg t;aOe er fatt, 
*mb cr tt-olie fie retd;er unb gtt'tcf(id;er madjen, alg fte eg jc ge= 
traumt {;abe. 

S)od; dlg&etf; beracf;tetc if;n unb fetne #teid)tT;ihner ; alg fie 
after, gebrangt con beiben ©etfen, unb soon bem ©ebanfen ber 
Hntreue ober beg £obcg it;reg Qlrnolb getnartert, fetnen Qlu&ueg 
mVfct fat;, alg ben, bev atTen £$er$n?etfelnbcn offen Meibt, Bat* fte 
mir nod; urn brci £age --tfuffd;ub; benn ad; I jfe fyoffte immet 
nod; auf beg ©eliebten [No. 74. 2.] mitdfet;r. 

1. ®erabef?eraug(or gerabe su), directly. 

2. 333 ill en , <w account of is always placed after. No. 132.4. 
Uiu beg ©elb eg ttullen. On account of the money. 
Or beg ©elbeg t)alber, or beg ©c'lbeg luegen, or juegen be3 
©elbeg. 

Sfteinetmegen, metnet^al&ett, urn metnet toiffen, on account 
of me, is inserted after the personal pronouns for euphony. 



Conversation. 



llnfer 3Sater ifr bod; red;t 

fhenge! dlifyt tt>ar)r , Ueue 

@d;u;efter? 
3a, bag i\t aud; metne SSetmmg, 

SCber eg liegt ntd;tg baran. 

3d; l;abe einen fejten SSiflen. 
SBavum fodett unrSfttdjt augge- 

l;cn ? 
3d; iuet§ eg totrfttdj nidjt! 
-3Btr fonnten fo gtiicfUd; fein! 
QBag Itegt baran J &Bir ge(;eu 

bod; aug ! 
91ein, bag fonnen roir md;U 

3)er9Satcr t)at eg mit|u gro= 

gem (Srnfte oerboten. 



3d) erftarc iljm gerabe fjcvauS, 

bag id) eg nid;t fann. 
3d; freue mid; fd;on auf Me 

Otudfeljr unfercg ©rubers. 
3n bret 2Bod;en, fyojfe id;, t(l 

er l;ier. 
Qcx ijfl fd;on fo lange fort, ify 

l;abe t(;n beinafye oergeffen. 
&(;, fd>unft bu bid; ntd;t? 
<£ntfct;ulbige mid;, ul) l;abe nujr 

tm 3orne (anger) fo gefpro* 

d)en. 
(So blei&tun$femanbem9fu3e 

&eg offeU/Qlgru^ia $uu?afc 

ten. 



200 
No. 140. 

£)ie brei $age nntrben ifyr oergonnt. 33oU 4?offnung , ibre 
2Bunfd;e nun balb erfiiflt ju fetjen , traten* btc beiben SManncr 
fcor bie $l}itre, unb SSeit gab £eilingen bag ©eleit. 

2)a fcim bie ©affe Ijerauf ber ^defter beg Drtg , bor if;m 
ber STOefner;. fie gingcn*"* $u einem <Sterbenben, U;m ben Ie|ten 
£ro|t $u kringen, Qltteg fceugte fid; oor bem 93i(be beg ©efveujigs 
ten, unb aud; 93eit toarf* fid; uieber, abet fctn @efaf;rte farcing* 
mit bem 5lugbrud; beg ©djtecfenS in bag nacfyfte^aug. (Srftaunt 
unb nicfyt of;ne ©rauen bliefte i(;m [as No. 19.] 33eit nad;, unb 
ging bann fojpffdjiUtelnb. jit «§aufe» 

23alb fam ein 33ote bon £edingen, ber it? a benadjrtdjttgte, 
feinen «£erm l;abe bortjin ein jtfofcUdjcr <Sd;ioinbel befallen*. — 
&$eit fode su tt;m fomtnen unb nid;tg Slrgeg [No. 83. 12.1 ben= 
fen. Qlber jener entgegnete unb befren$te fid; : „@e(;c l;tn unb 
fage tbm , mid; foil eg freuen, toenn'g ein blower. <5d;u:inbel ge= 
UDefcn". [No. 122. 2.]: (Slgbetf; fag, unterbeffen toeinenb unb 
Tbetenb auf eincm £iigel bor bem 2)orfe, ioo fie bie gan$e$rager 
<straf?e l;inauf fefyen fonnte. 

(Sine ©taubioolfe ftieg* in ber fteme auf , tt;r $erj fd;lug 
ifyx 1. macfytig; aber alg fie eg nun unterfd;eiben fonnte, un'o 
einen $ruj>p teid; geffeibeter Scanner gu $ferbe getoafyrte, ivat 
it;re fd;one Ǥ>ojfnung toieber berfdjnumben*. 

1. 3t)r ^ er 5 fdjlug ifyr; for /tear* was beating. 3f;t 
expletive; often used so. 

SWetit «5to43f t(;ut mir toet;. My head aches. 
(£§ t(;ut mir mein £alg toe!;. My throat aches. 

Conversation* 



SBofyer fommt biefer SSote? 2£o gel)t ber fytn ? 

@r fommt bon bem nacfyften (£r get;t in bag nadjjte $ciuB, 

Storfe. 3ft Semanb franf ba ? 

SSag gtbt eg ? 3a, cine alte ftrau. 






201 

(Sine &rau ifl fran? gcworben; Wlix tf;ut j.c|t mein Slotf wet?. 

er X;oIt ben 2)oftor. S)a6 glautje id; moI;I; @tc tya* 

SBarber Soteju $ferbe? Ben fyeuje git bid fyredjen 

5a, er war gu $fcrbe. m tiff en. 

@el;en <5ie bod;, mer fommt 9htn, auf 5Bieberfeljcn! 

benn ba fo fcfynell! Jtonnen 3d) empfefyle mid; 3(;nen! 

(5ie mir fagen, mer e§ tjt. (53 fott mid; freuen, @ie mor* 

2>a§ ijt ber$riefterbc§3)orfe'8. gen wieber bei mir &u fei;en. 

No. 141. 

Senem 3"9,e boran 1. riit*, etnem often etjrtoiirbigen ©rcife 
$ttr Sinfen, 2. ein fd;oner3ung(ing, bcm man'3 anfat; 3., baft il;n* 
ber fd)ne(Ie £raf> ber ^ferbe nod; biel $u langfam war, unb ben 
ber Qttte 2ttttt;e Ijatte jurticf$ul;alten. (5f§6ett; fd;eute fid; bor ber 
SKengc banner [as No. 'IG. 2.], unb fd;htg* bie Qhtgen nieber, 
otjne ben 3ug wetter an$ufd;auen 4. Qluf einmal finang* ber 
Sitngling bom ^iferbe , unb lag bor i(;r auf ben ^nieen : „<£!§« 
tctr)! ift e§ mogtid; ! Metric lithe, ttjeure TO6et& !" <Srfd;vof-- 
fen* fut;r* ba§ 2ftabd;en in bie £oi;e 5. Unb int ®efiH;Ic ber 
l;6d;fren ©eligfeit ft el* fte bem bungling mit bem Qdtgruf : „3(r3 
nolb ! mein 51 r nolb I" in bie 3lrme. [No. 129. 3 ] — £ange 
lagen fte fo im fhtmmen (Sntjttcfen — 9Jhmb- an SDhtnb, unb^>erj 
an £er$. 

QlwoIbS SSegTettcr ffonben* boll freubiger {Running urn bag 
feltge $aar, ber @rei§ faltctc bie $anbe unb banfte ®ott, unb 
me Ijatte bie fd;eibenbe ©onnc gliicftidjcre 2)£enfd;en gcfe^en*. 
3t(3 fid; bte£iebenbcn mieberfanben au§ bemQftaufdj ber^renbe, 
wufjten* oeibe nid;t, wer juerjt eqa(;len fotHe. <£l§6etlj fcegamt* 
enblicf) , unb mit roentgen SBorten nannte* fie if;re ungliicflidje 
Sage unb tX>r ^3crt)dttni^ $u Veiling. 5trnoIb erjtarrfe fcei bem 
©ebanfeu, er t;atte [No. 106.1.] feine^lgfcett; berlieren fonnen* 

1. 33 or an. Adverbs are sometimes used as prepositions. 

2. © r e i f e 3 u r Si nl en ; instead $ur Sinfen be3 ©reifeg. 
Tlie Dative as No. 129. 3. 3 at the left of the old sire. 



202 

3. 91 n fat?. 3c§ fefje e8 if;m an ; looking at him I know it. 

4. Infinitive, where in English the present Part, is employed j : 
otme gu fd)laf en,. without sleeping. 

5. 3 n t> i e 4? o f) e fasten, *o start up. 



Conservation. 



Set fommt benn ba? 

(56 tfl unfa QCntolb. 

3d) fel)e eS tl;m an, ba§ ; er ju 

fcf;neQ geritten ifl. 
%M ifl tf)m ju tangfam. 
©id) , jetjt ftmngt er bom 

$ferbe. 
^ommt et otjme 93egletter? 
3a / toentgflcnS (at least) fat) 

id; SWemcinbcn mtt t$m r.eU 

ten. 
$f), ifl eSmogltd;, to en fe^e id; ? 
(£3 tjl unfer guter better. 
@inb ©ie nut unferem SSntber 

gefommen ? 
3a, id; fam mtt tf;m. 
3d) fyafce @ie food; ntd)t mit 

t^m retten fet)en. 
3d) unb met?rereanbereunferer 

Sreunbe , ritten auf tier an* 

beren ©eite beS 4?aufe3« <Sie 

fonnten une\md)t fe(;en. 



SWatt fleftt e83fjneuan,baf3<$te 
miibe flub, ©efeen <Sie fid; 
bod). 

3d) banfe 3f;nen, mein ftratu 
lein; feijen ®te fid) ne&ett 
mid;. 

9lm\ er^a^fen ©tc mir bod; t 

D, i^ l;abe 3f;nen fet;r biel $u 
erjctt;lcnl — SBantm fd;Ia= 
gen ©ie bte Qlugen nieberl 
©tnb <5Le ntd;t fvot;, bag. 
totr $uriirf flnb? 

D ja, icfy Un gan$ glutfu'd), ©ie 
atte nneber ju fet;en. — 3» s 
erfl fafyen nnr9(vnolb aUtin, 
unb toaren beibe, id) unb 
metne @d)tt>ejler, ganj er= 
ftf;vocfen. 

£aben @ie ben jungen 9J?ann 
gefefyen, bcr mir $ur £mfeii, 
r.ttt? 

9ietn, id) fat? t^n ntd;t» 



No. 142. 

£rium£f;irenb fit!)rte @Ife ifyren 2frnotb $u bent 33ater, ber 
fatten 9Iugen ntd)t trauen tsoffte, al$ er bte Sftenge retd; geflei- 
beter banner fyeretntreten fat;. — „ Skater meiner (SlS&etl)!" 
legann* ^vnolb, „l;ter Un id; unb toerfce um (£urer £od;ter. 



203 

4?anb; id) Bin cm toof;t^&enber^umgetoorben,fre(;e in grofjer 
4?erren ©unfi, unb fa mi ntcfyr (;altcn, aU id) soevfarofyen* f;abel" 
— „UBie?" jiaunte Seft, „3t;r toaYt 1. ber artue Qlrnolb, ber 
@of;n metneS feligen 9kd;6ar£?" 

,,30, er ifi'S" [No. 12?. 1.] nafyn* ber ©rei« bag OBort, 
„bcr 0}auttid;e, ber bor brei Safcren arm unb beqtoeifelnb au% 
biefem JDorfe toanbcrte. <£r fam $u mtr, id) fat; il;m 6alb an, 
[No. 141. 3.] ba§ er etn SWeifier feiner tfunjt toerben fimnfe, 
unb ga& it;m Qlrbeit. (£r boflenbete jle gur flrojjten Sufriebens 
fyeit Qttter, unb in furjer Qtit fonnie tcl; if)n aU £)&erauffetycr 
liter bic tjebeutenbjien 5Berfe oraud;en. 

,,3(1 bae QMcS toafjr, toie 3f;r mtr Bcric^tet ?" fragte bet 
rtftaMteSfrit. „9M;r! toafyr!" toiebert;otten [No. 134. 1.] 
QUle. „9Mn, fo mag id) (Surem ©litcfe utcf;t tytnbetiid; fefn, 
foacferer SD^etfter!" 311 fo tvanbte* fid) %$?.it #i Qlrnolben: 
SRctjmt tjm bie SMrne. ©otteS <Segcn fceglette (Sue!)!" Unfafyfg 
&u banfen, jrurjtcn bie ©litcflirtjen if;m ju 6ntf?en [No, 129. 3.} 
cr jog fie an bie 95ruft, unb bie £reue toarb &elcd;nt. 
I. 3 fy r to a v ' t , you were; possibility is expressed in this subj- 

Imp. (instead of 3fy x feib.) So we say, tfi eS mogltd; or 

toare e3 moaUd). 

Conversation. 

5)avf id; mcinen Qtttgen tvaueu? 3d; toar in $rag (Prague) fcei 

@inb @tc c£ toirflid;? biefem £errn. 

3a, id) bin e8. SMefev £err l;at 6te in 3f;re 

@ie toaven ya fo arm, aTg @ie «£eimat$ fcegleitet? 

unfer 2>orf berltejkn. 3a, id; fcin QXuffe^er ttfcer eftifge 

£>ie Seiten anbeni fid;. feiner 28erfe, unb cr I;at mtdj 

SSo flub @te benn immer Qe= fe(;r liefc; beStoegen f ant a 

toefen? nut mtr. 

No. 143. 

„4?err 93eit," Begatm ber ©retg nad) etner lan^en ®tittt, 
$Iq$ bon bem &reubenfd)Iucfy$en ber £iefcenben unter&redjen* 



204 

[No. 134. 1.] „£err &eit, nod? eine Q3itte Ifdtk id) an ©ud)y 
geBt bie .ftinber gtcidC; morgenben $agg 1. jufammen, batuit icfy 
bie^reube I;aue, meinen gutenQlrnoIb,ben id) nnemeinenSofyn 
liebe (benn mir Ijat ber £immel feinen gefd;enft), ganj gliicflid; 
ju fef;en. Uebermorgen mug id) trieber gen 2. $rag." — ,,(51 
nun/' 3. oerfefcte 33eit, ber gan$.frol;lid) geiuorben tear, Venn's 
(Sud) ein fo grower ©efatlen tjr, fo mogen [No. 96. 2] rotr'g 
nod) root)l fo einricfyten. — Jtinber! " rief er ben @Iucf(id;en $u, 
„morgen ijt£od;$eit; braugen auf bem3fteierl)ofe am (Sgcrberge 
toifl id? fie augricfyten. £>em ^riefter melb' icfy'g fogfetd; ; bu, 
(Sigbctf), get)' in bie Jtitd)e, bie u?ertl;en ©afle nad) ©ebiifyr gu 
fcennrtl)en." 

(£(gbetl) gefyoretyte, unb bag ii)t 2fmotb fogletd) nad)fd)ttdf* 
unb betbe baib barauf traulid) fofenb im ©arten flanbeu, finben 
M)ix febr naMtity. 4. 

2)e6 9Saterg ©rab lag bem gtiten @oi)ne, fetlbem er ftd) Don 
bent $reubcnraufd)e er1)oIt r)atte, im^tnn; fie roatlfafyrteten alfo 
Qirm in Q(rm jtr ber ©telle, bie fie fo berjmeifelnb gum le^ten 
Sttale berlaffen fatten. 

31 m ©rabe erncuerten fte ifyre <Sd;untre, unb betben i»-ar fo 
tounberbar l)ctHg ju2ftutt;e. 5. „2i3tegt biefer einjije Qlugenbltcf 
ber @eligfeit," flujterte 2(t;nolb, inbem er feine 33raut glttfyeub 
umarmte, „roiegt er nic^t fd)nell bie brei langen Safyre <Sd)mer$ 
fluf ? 5Gir ftnb am giel, feine I?o§ere 2Bonne bergonnt bag Be* 
ten ; nur bort bruben foU [No. 96. 4 b.] eg nod) grog ere geBen." 
— „Qld), bag voir etnft fo, Qtrm in Qlrm unb £er$ au£er$, fier-= 
fcen fonnten!" meinte (SIgbett;. — „<5terben?" nneberfyolte %x= 
nolb, „ia fkrben an betner SSrujt! ©uter ©ott, fd;tlr* ung nid;t, 
bag nur im Uebermage ber ftreube nod; bag ®efu(;I fur bie fyo-* 
l)eren J)aben. SS3ir erfennen eg ja [No. 130. 2.]mtt banfbarem 
^erjen, roag bu ©roger [as No. 83. 12.] an ung getfyan! [No. 
122. 2.] 3a, Glgbetf;, lag ung beten,I;icr auf beg QSatevS ©rabe, 
unb banfen fur beg ^tmmelg ©nabe!" — ©till trar bag ©ebet, 
after innig unb fyeiiig, unb in unenbttd;er Sprung fe(;rten b.ic 
£ieb*nben nact) #aufe juriicf. 



205 

1. Sftorgenben £age3, the next day* 

2. ©en instead g e g e n , towards., 

3. (5: t nun, we// then. 

4. *ft a t it r I i d) , (naturally) of course. 

5. 3 it Wlutfyc. me tft 3Dnen ju 2^utf;e? 

How are you disposed ? 

STOir tft fc)&r roo&l ju SRutfje. 

I am well disposed* My heart is light. 

Conversation. 

<$tnb <5te fd;on auf etner4?oc*M 3a, mtrHid); id) t)a6e @ie 

jeit Qcttjcfen? gefxern nut einanber get)en 

S^cin, nod; nie. fei)en. 

SWorgen iutrb eute£od)$eitl)ier 2Bo gingen f!e bod; §m? 

gefetert. 3d; glaube, ffegingennad) bent. 

Set) fyatje e§ geljort ©ra&e it)rc3 SBntberS. 

Jteunen <5te bte QSraut? 3ft er fd;on tange tobt? 

3d) I;at>e jieeimge9Malgefet)eit, <©eit etntgen SWonaten; ic^ 

after nid)t mit tJ)rgefyrod;en. merbe ben Qlitgen&ttcf nt'e 

2)aS ifi etn gro§er Qtugenultcf. bergeffen, mo id) tf;n $unt 

Sa>te mare 3t)nen £tt 2Jhttt)e, lefcten 9Me faf. 

morgen $u t)eiratl)en ? SBte mag bod; feine <Sd)mefier 

3d) meif e§ nic^t. je|t fct)on I)etratt)en? 

2>ie 33raut unb ber 35rauttgam 3fyr Srautigam mu§ fc^nett 

(bridegroom) ftnb oeibe fet)r mteber fort. @eine ©efct)afte 

fct)on. oe^angen e£. 

No. 144. 

<Sd;on unb h'efcn'd) mar ber folgenbe Morgen ; e§ tear IfreU 
tag unb @t. £aurentii= 1. Sfejt. 2)aa gan$e 5Dorf mar leoenbig, 
in alien $f)itren fkuben bie gefd)mucften SMrnen unb 33urfd;en; 
benn reid) mar^ieit, unb9lfle3 mar fcefdncben $ur «gwd)$.ettfeier. 
3RutǤetu , ng3$'t)ure mar oerfd)lo|fcn*, benn e3 marSreitag, unb 
ba Ilcfj. er jtct) oefanntlid) nk fet/eru 



89b 

5kft> orbnere jtcfy ber 3"& '« bi e <f£ird;e, ber ba$ liberfelige 
$aar ju ber fd;onften $eier fitl;rte. 33ett unb QlrnolbS 2fteiflcr 
gingen fcufammen, unb toeinten l;eqlid;e Sfyvanen ber Sreube 
liber bag ©liicf ifyrerJtinber. ftitr'aSftiUagama^l fjatte 93eit bctt 
$(a£ miter ber grojjen tfinbe in ber Wittt beg 2)orfe0 geioaljlt. 
2)al?tn gfng ber Quq nacfy geenbigter $eierlid;feit. 2)er £immel 
ftral;lte ana ben ^lugen ber £iebenben. 

2)a3 feftiicl;e SWaljt bauerte mefyrere (Stunben, unb oft cr= 
fc^oa bon ben bttnten $i[d;en: „<£$ [No. 101. 2.] tebe 1. 2fr= 
nolb unb feine lieblicfye ©rant I" 

93on ber£inbe gingen bie @liidlid;en mit ben beiben$$arern,, 
^rnolba Orreunben unb einigeu ©efytelinnen [No. 12, and 61.} 
(5l$betfy3 nad? bent Sfteierljof am (Sgerberg. 3)a3 #au$ lag* gar 
tvunbedteblict) 3. ^uifc^en bem©ebufd; auf ber fyofyenSfyahuanb,. 
unb in biefem freinern, a6er bertrauteren Jtretfe jTogen bieStun= 
ben bem freubetruufnen Slrnolb mil feiuer (SfSbett; ruic 5lugens 
blicfe bortiber. 

3m 2fteierl;ofe Wax and) bte £ierltd)e23rautfammer bereitet,, 
unb in ben reid;en Obftlauben be§ ©artenS ftaub etn freunb* 
lid;e£ *Had)lmal)l aufgettfcfyt, unb fdjltidjer ©cin fd;attmte ben. 
©djten in ootlcn S3ed)ern entgegen. 

1. <5 1. £ a u r e n t i i , Latin genitive. £oren.$ (Laurence). 

2. (£ 3 leb e! Vivatl the French vive! (50 lebe bag ^aterlanb fe 
Hurrah for the country. 

3. ©ar to unb cr lie b lief; ; gar, ^mVe. 

3)a$ ijt etn Iieblidjer Sftorgen. 2Ber n?ot;nt benn bort briiben 

3a, uninberlieblldj. in icnem ^aufe ? 

2Sarum ifi benn Me$ fo leben- 3n bem, baa fcerfct/foffen ift? 

big? 3a,bortnebenbergrc£en2inbe. 

(£3 ift I;cutc etn grogeS $eft> 3) a iool?nt etn bofer SWenfdH 

<Sef)en@iebod;,tt)iefd)onbiefe id; loerbeSijnen ein anbereS. 

2Rabd)en gefd;mucft ftnb 1 Sftat me^r con tym er.sai;len,. 



207 



2Bunberfri)on I 

®er)en ®ie bort baa IieoIid;e 

£auad?en jfrifcfyen bem ©e* 

Bufcf;c? 
5a, id; fefje c§ ! 
JDort feiert cine meiner ®e\pie= 

linnen l;eute ifyre £od;$cit. 
©e(;en <5ie md)t aud; bafyin? 
3a, after etir aa faater; mtr 

jum 2(6enbmat;I. 
@ien;erbenfoftlid;en3Beinbort 

fyafcen. 
^)aa roeifii id; nid)t;id; gtaUDC, 

fie tvinfcn feinen 5Bei«. 



i 
SBarum berfd;Iiejjt er benn feine 

$r)iire. 
(gr fd;Iie$t fie atfe ffreitage gu. 
Sftan fagt , er fcete jtt £aufe ; 

bod; glaufce id; e3 nicfyt. 
£at man i(;n nid;t licb? 
5lnfang3 lieote itfxi baa gauge 

2)orf ; after jefct nid;t mefyr ; 

man erjdfjtt fid; fefyr fcfyiecfyte 

$>tnge mm ifym. 
3d; mod;te bod) aud; (Stmaa 

ton i(;m (;orcn. 
©ut , mtr ftttte id; <Sie , tnid) 

fycute ju entfctyulbigen; ein 

anbcrea M mit 9$ergmigen, 



No. 145. 

t£a [N°- 101. 2.] bammerte fd;on langft impale, after 
ber froljlidje Jtreia ad;tete bas nid;t. (Snbltd; oerlor fid; and} ber 
k^e @d;immer be6 ^aga, unb cine jternenfyetle $lad)t ftegrtigte 
baa roonnetrunfene $aar. 

2)er alte 33eit fam eften auf feine Sugenb $u fpred;en, unb 
baftet fo roeitfauftg (bcnn ber £Bein r)atte ifm gefyraefyig gemad;t), 
ba§ 2ftitternad;t l;eran fam , unb Qlrnoib unb (Sla&etl; mit glti- 
|cnbem33erlangcn bem (Snbe ber (Srjafylung entgegen fat;n. @nb= 
lid; fd;Io§ 93eit , unb , „nun , gute *fta!d;t , $inberd;en I," rief er, 
unb ir>oUte baa 33rautyaar nod; in bie hammer geleiten. 2)a 
fct/Iug'a* [No. 111. 4.] unten im £)orfe stoolf Itfir, ein fiird;ter= 
lid;cr <Sturmn;inb ftraufte ana ber Siefe t?erauf , unb £an0 4?ei= 
ling fianb mit grajjltd) oerjerrtem 5ingeftd;t mitten untcr ben 
&rfd)rodenen. ^eufel!" fd;rie* er, „id; lofdje bir beine2)ienjt= 
&eit; &ernid;te mir l.biefe!" — „<So ftijt bu mein!"$eutte ca2. 
aua bem ©tunmmnbe. — „Unb getjoY id) [No. 106. 1.] bir, 
unb toarten aUe Oualen ber ^ofle auf mid; , — oewidjte mir 
bjefel" — 2)a futyr ea 3, u?ie ^fammcnlo^c uoer ben 93erg, unb 



208 

5fvnoIb unb (Sffe, 23ett unb bie Sreunbe ftanben $u $effen ber* 
toanbelt, bag 23raul£aar fiebenb [Adv.] berfd;fungen, bie itfciv 
gen bie £anbe gefaftet aunt ©cfcet. „£ang Veiling I" bonnerte 
eg l;i>(;nifd; farfyenb [Adv.] attg bem @ttmun)inbe: „3)ie ftnb 
.}efegnel im Sob ; eg ftiegen [No. 101. 2.] bie @eelcn bem £ims 
inel ju. Q16er beine<Sd;iilb ifl berfalien*, unb bit bleiufi mein!" 
J>ang Veiling flog t>on ber 5eIfen{;ol;e f;inab in bie fdjaumcnbe 
C?ger,. bie tf;n ^tfd;enb emvftng* unb D-cvfc^Tang ; fein Qfuge (;at 
ifyn n?iebergefct;n. 

1. 2ftir, for me! is often used expletive. [No. 140. 1.} 
'*. 4?eulte eg, there was a howling. 
3. 5 u f; r e g , Mere w«s. a rushing.. 

Conversation. 



9Bte gefalit 3f;nen btefeSRa^t? 
£)icg iffc eiue fd;onefternent;eUe 

QBie bielIU;r mag eg n>of;ifein? 
3Nittevnad;t faun nid;t mel;r 

feme fein. 
»£oren @ie bod; ! (£g fd;fagtl. 

&in$, jtw-ei ... el if* j.iuolf 

W;r. 
@g tji fait, faff en @ie ung nad; 

4?au.fe get; en ! 
3a, eg- unrb bag QScfte fein. 
3d) glaufie, eg fomtnt cut 

(Sturm. 
3a, tyoren <Sie, wte ber 2Btnb 

fcrauft? 
laffen @teutt§ nad) £aufe eilen! 
©efyen <5ie, and; bie ©terne 

muljergen fid;. 



<5g fcirb i miner falter! @g ijt 
cine fitrd)terlid;e 9^ad;t. 

JO feicn @ie nid;t erfd;rocfen! 

%\), eg- Oeginut $n bonnern ; mir. 
ijt nid;t gan$ n>o(;I $u2ftiitl;e. 

£yih*d;teu @ie jtety nid;t ; wit 
iverben Bafb gu «£aufc fein. 

2)a§ ifl ein gra§lid>er <Stunn-- 
ivinb. Sfteine STOiilter tt-artct 
in ber grojjten s #ngft (an- 
guish) auf ung. 

<§eten€?te nur rul;ig, nnr n?er* 
ben Balb im $f;afe fein. 

2U;, ttag iftbag? 

(gin ©tttti ftel bon ber Btelfens 
iuanb in ben ftluf? I;inat> I 
($:rfd;recfen @ie nid;tl. 

O lute frol; n;erbe id; fein, .toctm 
voir ju £aufe flub. 



209 
No. 14&. 

£>eg anbern 3ftorgeng frtil) famen (5Igbett;g Sreunbinnen 
mit ©lumen unb Jtrdnjen, bag neue^aar $u fcfymiitfen, unb bag 
ganje 2)orf flog* fyinterfyer. 2)a fanb 1. ftct; bie 4?anb ber 3er= 
fiorung uberall, fte erfannien bie 3'fiflc ber (Jreunbc In ben 8^1= 
fengru^en, unb laut fcfylud;$enb toanben* bie 2J*abd;en iC?re 
©lumen urn bie ©tetnbilber ber £iebenben. 2) a fant 2iCleg auf 
bie ^ntee nieber unb betete fitr bie geliebten ©eeletn „4?eil 
%ten!" @o unterbrad) enblid? ein efynoiirbtfler ©rcig bie tiefe 
©title: „£eil ifynen, fte ftnb in Sreube unbSiebe bafyin gegangen, 
unb2lrm in5lrm unb -£er$ an£er$ ftnb fte geftorben. ©djmittf't 
tmmer 2. mit frtfcfyen ©lumen ibre ©raber; btefe ftelfen bleiben 
ung ein 2)enfmal, ba§ fern bbfer ©eijt iftacfyt l;at iiber reine^er* 
$en, baf? treue CteOe jtcfy tm $obe betuabrH" 

@ett bem $age toaflfabrte jebeg liebenbe Sfkar in bie ©e- 
flenb oon £ang £eilingg Qfelfen , unb bat* bie ©erflarteu utn 
©egen unb @dju|. 2)er fvomnte ©raud? ift nid;t mefyr, aber bie 
©age ifi lebenbig geblieben* in ben £er$en beg 93olf3, unb nod; 
Kjeute nennt ber $itl)rer, ber ben Sremben in bag fd;atterlid)e 
(5gertt)al ju £ang £eilingg ftelfen fiifyrt, bie SRamen $lrnolb unb 
(Slgbetfy, unb geigt bie ©teinbilber, in bie fie oertoanbelt morben 
[No. 122. 2.], fo toie ben ©rautoater unb bie ttbrigen ©afte. 

9Zod; oor einigen Safyren foCl bie (Sger an ber ©telle , too 
«£ang Veiling fyineingeftur£t toorben ,_ furcfyterliciji unb number* 
fam gebrauft t)aben ,, unb Reiner tfl bortiber gegangen, ber jtd) 
ntdjt befreujte, unb bent^errn feine©eele befall*. [No. 133. 2.] 

1. ^anb fid). The Reflexive often used instead of the Pas- 
sive (it found itself i. e. it was found). 

2. © cfy ni it cf t i m m e r \ tmmer, ever instead of however (or 
any how). 

Conversation. 

23o get)en btefe Sftd'bdjen mit 0lein , aber tdj mtt§ bod) audi) 
ifyren ©lumen unb ^ranjett einmat biefe lounberbare 
tyin? ©telle feben. 



210 

@ie gcf)en nad; tocm«£an§£cU 3a, bag muffett @ie, man er- 

ling'S ftelfen, unt) ffymiicfen jal)It fid? fo bid babcn. 

toieOrabcrWrnoIto'S unto(£lU Unto nun, leben ®tc trotyl! 

fabettj'S toamit. 3luf baltoigeS 5Bieberfel;en! 

®cl;cn fte ntte Safyre bafyin? £3evgeffenSie mtcfy nid;t gan$! 

3vi, afle Safyre eiumal. 9Mn , erinnern <Sie fid; aurt; 

3i>ie gefailt 3 (men biefer mciner mand)mal, nnb c fit = 

f8rtiu(ty ? d)en <Sic balb bie untnberba? 

@r gefcillt mir ffit mofyf. ten ©teinbilber. 
©into ®ie fd;on bort getoefen? 

No. 14?. 
©ebictyt bon Sriebrid) ©c^illec* 



tfein Sfuguftifd) 1. QUier Mutyte, 
tfetneS sWetoicaerS 2. ©iite 

Hcfyelte ber toeutfdjen Jtunfl;- 
<&k toarb ntctyt gefcflegt bom 9iu$me>, 
@ie entfaltetc bie ©funic- 

0]tct;t am ©tratyl ber Sfiirftengunjh. 

93on bem gropten beutfdjen ®oIme, 
9Son be§ grojjen BfriebrtcfyS 3. £l;rone 

®ing fie fdjugloS, ungcefyrt. 
Otiiljmento barf'6 ber 2)eutfd;e fagen, 
4?6(Kr barf*"" bao ^erj itmi fcfylagen: 
©elbjt erftyuf* er ltd; ben 3Q3ertty. 

©arum fteigt* in fyofyerm 33ogen,„ 
2)arum ftromt trt boflern QOBogen 

2)entfd?er Sartocn £od?gefang f 
Unb in eigner frufle fcfytueUenb, 
Unto au§ £er$en3 Siefen quettcnto 

©pottet cr ber SWegeln 3u>ang* 



211 

1. Qfuguftiftif) — instead of augufiifd; e6; augustian; e3 
often omitted in poetry. 

2. -Dftebtca er (the members of the family of Medici). 

c r is a final for the formation of substantives, names of 
persons j (the English er corresponds sometimes), 
©predjen, to speak, etn^lmertfaner, an American, 

ber 8})red;er, speaker, etne 3hnerifa= an American 

ein Berliner, a native of Ber- nerin, (female), 

lin, raufcen, to rob, 

cfn 0iei»?])orf ct, a native of New 2)er Jftaubet, robber. 

York, 
2. ^fiebnd;3, Frederic's. 

Proper names can also be declined with the article, and 
are then unchanged in the singular. 

Please look at the Paradigms IT, 2. 
When euphony does not admit $ , they take ett$ or are 
declined with the definite article. 

Set&ni&eng, of Leibnitz, beg ©(tag, of Elias. 

Conversation. 

<&iibe\\ ®ie ben ©fitter fd;on 3a, ftriebrid; II. bon $reu§en 

gelefen? (Prussia). 

3d) fyafce atle [cine &Berfe ges Stiffen @te, trann er gelcbt 

lefen. tyat? 

<5r tft etn grogct £tdjter, nidjt 5a; im ac^cfyntcn 3af?ti)un= 

teafjr? bert; eriuar tm 3af>re 1712 

3a getuif?. @r gefatft mtr un= ge&oren unb fiarO am 17. 

enbltd;. qiuguft 1786. 

2>id;ten ©ie aud; ? @r ii'dr alfo 74 3at;re alt. 

D netn, id; 6m fetn ©tester. ©Sic alt fmb @ie? 

£aben ©ie <5d;taer$ unb <&&? 3cfy bin £6 3afyte alt 

tyc«3Berfe? SBo ftnb @tel;er? 

3a, id; l;a6e fie. 3d; bin aug $reuj?en. 

SBtffeu ©ie, tuesber groge ftrie* ®tnb <Sh ein Berliner ? 

t>vici; ift? 3attoW, mein £en\ 



212 
No. 148.. 

(Srjafylung bon ftriebricf; ©c^itler.. 



93or feinem £on?engarten 
2)a3 ^am^ffpiel gu ern;arten, 
®a§* ^onig Qfrang, 
Unb urn tt;n bie @ro§en ber $rone, 
Unb rtng§ auf fyofyein 53ulfone 
2>ie £)amen in fcfyonem Arcing. 

Unb tine er tinnft mit bent finger, 
2(uf [No. 81. 3.] it;nt fief? bet* tueite Stmngcr,, 
Unb fyinein mit fcebarfytigent <§d;ritt 
(Sin £ott>e trUt :> 
Unb fle^t fief) fhtmm 
OiingS urn, [No. 121. 5.J 
Sftit langem ©afynen, 
Unb feljuttelt bie SWa^nen, 
Unb flrecfet bie ©liebcr, 
Unb legt ficfj nieber. 

Unb ber Jtonig ttunft tmeber, 
2)a offnet ftd; fcefyenb 
(Sin jumteS $f)or,. 
£>aran§ rennt 
Sftit nnlbent grunge 
(Sin $iger fyerioor. 
SBie ber 1. ben £6n?cn erfdjaur,, 
SMUt er hut, 
©cfylagt* mit bem ©c^toctf 
@inen furc^tbaren Oieif 
Unb recfet bie 8"^, 
Hnb im ^reife, fefyeu, 
Umgd)t 2. er ben £eu, 
©rinunig fcfynurrenb, 
2)rau[ ftrecft er flct) nutrient) 
3ur @eite nieber. 



213 

Hub tier Jlonig to tuft unebev, 
$>a fpett bag bopfcelt geoffnete #au5 
3n>et Seebarben auf einmat aug. 
2)ie ftiirjen mtt muttn'ger JtambfCegter 
Qluf bag SigertWer; 

5)aS 1. fcact't jte mit feinen grimmigen ^a^en 
llnb ber £eu mit ©c6rutt 
Otitytet ffd; auf, ba ttirb'g 3. flia ; 
Unb Return im Jtreig, 
SSon SRorbluft tyi% 
gagern ftcty bie graulicf;en tfa§e». 

2)a fallt ijon beg WfranS tfianb 
'©in «£anbfcf)u& bon fcfyoner £arib 
3n)tfrf;en ben Siger unb ben Seu'n 
SMitten fjinetn. 

Unb |it Otttter S)eIorge3, fyottenber SBrif 
SBcnbet fid) Qfraulein Jtunigunb : 
„£err Dtttter, tji eure fcfcl? fo tjjeijji 
5Bie i(;r mir'g fd;u>ort ju jeber <Stunb, 
(5i, fo fieBt mir ben Ǥanbfdjufy auf!" 

Unb l>er Diitter in fdjneflem Sauf, 
<5teigt f)imb in ben furcfyt&ar'it 3^i n 9er 
SWit fejtcm ©djritte, 
Unb aug Der Ungetieuer SJMtte 
SWrnmt er ben ^panbfcfyufy mit fecfem finger, 

Unb mit (Srjtaunen unb mit ©rauen 
<2>efyn'g bie fitter unb (sbelfrauen, 
Unb gefaffen Bringt er ben 4?dnbfd)uf) $uritct 
2)a fcfyallt iljm fein £ob aug jebem 3ft unb e, 
Qtber mit $artltd)em £ietJegMid — 
Gcr berfyeift* tfym fein nafjeg ®Iu<f — 
(Smbfangt* ttyn ^raulein Jtunigunbe. 
Unb ber fitter fid} tief berbeugenb fyrid)t: 
„£en 3)anf, 2)ame, begefyr' id) nid^t!" 
Unb er bertaft fte jur felben ©tunbe. 



214 



1. $)er; the definite article is often used instead of the de- 
monstrative pronoun. [Parad. IV. 3.] 

2. U in g c 1) t , is inseparable; generally if u m means around 
it is inseparable in active verbs. [Compare No. 85. 6.] 
Umfdjiffen, to ship sail around. 

3. 2) a nurb'fi, then it is getting quiet; (tuetben, to become, 
to be getting). 

Conversation, 
QBer tjt benn bie SDame, bie ©ejjen @ie md)tt 3Me Satire 



tort auf bent QBaifonc fteljt? 
3>ag ijt 5raulcin Jtuuigunbe. 
<Sie fennen fie, nicfyt tuafyr? 
C ja, red;t gut. 
(Si? njinft Sfoncn. 
3a , icf) mu§ einen $Iugen6ticf 

$u il;r. 
@et;en 6ie bod;, eg offnet fid; 

bag $f;or] 
Ql(;, ba fommt tt;r 93ormunb 

(guardian , from . 9Jhmb, 

mouth). 
2)aS ijl furcfn&ar. <Sr fc|t fid) 

if;r $ut <Scite nteber. 



lief einen 4?anbfd;u{; ton 

bem 93alfone fallen! 
QH;, barin tfl ein SBittet <note) 

fur mid). 
Saffcn ®ie nttd) l)mgef;en. 
Dnein, id; gel;e felber fyin; id) 

l;eoe if;n fcl&er auf. 
Stun , teas wax in bent $attb= 

f^ttf;* 
©in Sittct. 

11 nb toag tuar auf bem 33iUete? 
5)ag fann id) Sfynen uid)t fagen ; 

SftieuJ SDer afte QSormunb 

beviapt ftc; id; mug fort ju if;r 



No. 149. 

<£ i n t g e 
SBriefe t>a>u giKutour Corner 

m erne feiner Srreunbinnen (toafyienb beg Jtrtegeg). 

I. 

■SoBien, ben 22ten SWorj 1813. 

2ftein <£er$ bretjt jtd) getoaltfant urn, too id; nuretne93ud)fe 

Blinfen fct)c. ©ott! n>a8 tji eg fiir etne grog e, tyerrltdje 3ett» 

5(tle§ gefyt nut fo fretem, 1. (toljem 2Jhttl)e bem grojjen &anij>fe 

fiifg SSatertanb entgegen; %\U$ brangt jtd), juerfl fur bte gute 



215 

£>ad)c Huten $u fonnen. QtB tjt nur e t n $Bille, mtr e t n $Bunfd) 
fn bet* ganjen Nation, unb ba0 afcgenufcte: „@ieg ober $ob !" 
fcefommt nette, t;eifige 33ebeutung. — $1;. Jtorner. 

1 . ^ r e t e m , ft o I $ e m 2ft ut t) e — separated by a comnia ; 
therefore each of them declined for itself (m), the same 
as if unb were between them. Compare No. 129. 8. 

II. 

©tiffin, am iSten Suit 1813. 

Ue&etbie$f;nungen tjafc' id) ycfyt redjt tud;ttgc(5rfaf;ruugen 
gemaftyt. Q$or ber ungiucf(id)en 91 jf aire 6et Mityn ii>te3* nut 
ber Sftajor £. bon ruettem etn ©ra&, beren eS bort fett bet&ifcener 1. 
©fylatyt ja^flofe gi6t. [No. i 1 1. 4.] 

3d) fprengte barauf git; 2. unb alS id) na(;er l;inanrttt*, 
fanl* ntein $j3ferb mit ben SBorbevfiijjcn fyinetn. @S ruar mir 
eine unangenefyne (Sntbftnbung , unb enuaS (somewhat) t>er= 
jttmmt fani id; jum Wlayov juritcf. 3d; fagte i(;m, mir ware $u 
2Jhtttye,No. 143. 3.] all ging'a [No. 106. 1.] una fccut' nod; 
fd;led;t — bte fran$#flfd)en SBorpoften fatten nnr fd;en bon 
nj'eitem gefefyen — er Iad)te mid; auS unb bat mid), bie $oefte 
aitS bem Men $u berjagen. Mux^ barauf, nl§ id; mit t(;m bor* 
rttt, filiate fein ^iferb, ber befh (Springer im gan$en<5orp$, aU 
er mit ii;m ttoer einen fkinen ©ta 6en folate. 

SMufyfam arbeite fid; £. unter \%m fyerbor, unb ict) tjcitte bag 
unangenet;me, 'petnltc^e ®eftU;[ eineS nal)en UnglucfS jum $n>eitcn 
2tta!e. §ihvf SKimtten barauf fan! id), bonbret |M#en $erftetfd;f,3. 
auf ben £al3 metnefi SPferbeS, unb nur feinent grunge berbanf 
id; mein £efcen, fonfi 1; a 1 1 e [No. 95.] mid) ber bierte £ieO, ber 
mtr itn SKantel $erl;aute, bollenba abgefertigt. 

3f;r $(;eobor. 

(He was then adjutant of Lutzow), 
1. £ li & e n er [as in No. 147. 2.] , battle at Luetzen, 
£♦ 2) a r a uf $ it ; 5 u placed after, means towcvrds (up towards 
it). 



216 

3. 3e*f'letftf;t, from ftfetfcf;, flesh. — jer is a prefix 
which expresses "separation of parts" 

fcrecfyen, to break, fcf)neiben, to cut, 

$cvbred)en, to break to pieces, aerfcfyneiben, to cut to 

pieces ; 
thus $erfteifd;en, to mangle, dilacerate. 

lit 

Sd a ft e 6 u t g , am 18ten Suiauj* 1813. 
Stebfie 'Bfreunbtnl 
3n after (life cm yaar 2Borte bon 3&rem $reunbe. 3d) 
bin \uieber beim (SorbS, bon 2lflcn nut ber tyerjlidjften XJicbc 
empfangen; 1. fo eCen matfcfyiren mir, in jroei £agen errcattcn 
t&tr "Die $QbeSl)od;$ett. ficben ©ie rcol)l mit Mem, maS mir 
jugetljan ijt. <So ©ott mill, kvoden rotr a!3 beutfcf;e§ 23oTf bag 
eble Hamburg befrein mit unferm 93Iutc. £aufenb 2)anf ftiv 
3(;re lieben SSriefe, unb fur fete lieben, lieben Qlnbenfen an @ie 
beibe, ©enten 2. meineS £eben3. $>et £immel befd;ii£e @ie. 
©ott befol?lenl [No. 133. 2.J Sfceobor. 

He was killed (by a gunshot) the 26th of August. 

1. (Sm^fangcn, to receive. 

To receive means also e x I) a It e n , or b e f o m m e n ; but if 
"to receive" means "to give a reception," em^ fan-gen 
alone can be used. 
<£x t)at mid) gut emtofangen. He has received me well. 

2. ©cut en, irregular Plural of ©emu§, <Sdm|geijt (spirit 
of protection). Some foreign words have this Plural in 
en; as 

ba3 (Stubium, bie ©tubien, (studies) 
t>aS (Collegium, bie(Sollegien, (the colleges and also lectu- 
res in them); 
and also the Latin words ending in Pt 
Vie 2)oftoren, bie ^rofefforen. 



217 



Conversation. 



$Bie gefatfen 3fmen biefe 
£riefe ? 

Sic ftnb fefyt intereffani (in- 
teresting). 

2)a3 mufi fur £eutfd)Ianb cine 
grofje 3ett geiuefen fein. 

3a, irafyrltd) eme grofie 3^tt! 

2)ie gan$e Nation fc^etnt nut 
bitten SCBtQen gefyafct 311 fya= 
fcen. 

3a, itnb fo tourbe uufet23ater= 
lanb fret ! 

®(au&en <5ie an Qlfymmgen? 

3d? treij} eS felScr nid;t. 

<Sinb <§ie geftern attSgcrttten? 

3a, unb metn^ferb tjt mir Qt= 

ftttTJt. 

£at eS 3fynen tt\va$ getfyan? 
(Did it hurt you any ?) 

9ltin, id) [prang fcr)nefl i3on 
bemfel&en §era& ; nur meine 
lU;r fya6e id) 3er6rod)en. 

3Bo gefyen <5ie U§t Ij'ux ? 

3d; ge^e in'S (SoUegium (reci- 
tation). 

SDBic biele (£oflegien fyafcen <Sie 
iaglid) ? 

5Bir fyafcen bret. 

SOBie biele $rofefforen jinb auf 
3fyrer timber jttat? 



93ter$er)m 

®inb auf jebet Untberptat fo 

u tele 1 
0Zein, litest auf Jeber. 
©tfjt eS btele UniberfUaten in 

btefem Sanbe? 
3a, e0 gt&t beren fefyr btele. 
@tnb biele ©tubenten fyier? 
3a, mie btele benfen <§ie? 
3ir>ei bt3 brctfntnbert ! 
3a, @ic l)a6en 02cd)t (you are 

right). 
$3ie lange miiffen <Ste auf bet 

Untoerfttat Wetfcen? 
SSir miiffen bter3al;te ba hUU 

Ben. 
33oltenben @ie 31jre Stublen 

fcfyon in bier 3af)ren ? 
3a, ibir flnb f^ncU fcrtig, nict)t 

toatyr? 
3a, ia. — 
2Bie lauge miiffen <$te in 

£>eutfcr/lanb fhtbieren. 
SBtr jiubiercn ungefafyr (about) 

8 ober 9 3al)re, cJje nur auf 

einc Untbcrjttat getyen. 
Unb liie lange Heiben <Ste ba? 
2Bir BleiOen 4 ober 5 3al;re auf 

ber Umber jttcit. 



10 



218 
Ster fcterjafmae Soften* 

$lne $offe oon Sfyeobor Stoxneu 

No. 150, 

giebenter <&uftritt 1. 

5>fi»al, efjemals ©olbat. S)er gauptmann fomrot mii town 
©clbaten. 

«§au£tmantt. 
£aTt! #ter ift bag *ftad;tquartter. 
33ruber, Ijalt, roir oletfcen X;ier ! — 
9(6er roenn id; mid; nicl/t oettiige, 
3d) 6tw ntc^t gum etjtenmale ^ter tm Dttl 
3)er $(irrt)tt)\m\\ olicft roie aug alien 3eitm r 
Unb id; fenne bie 93aume borU 
3a, aaf einmal roirb mir'3 flar 2., 
9Sir flub antes often 93efannten 3. ; 
'<S8 ift jefct g'rabe bag biette 3at;r, 
5>a§ roir f;ter int 2)orfc ge|tanben*. [No. 122. 2.] 
SBiflfommen, roillfommen tm alten Duartierl 
-5Billfommen, 3(?r 33rut>er I tcir oleiOen l;ier. 



(Sin 3eber roa(;It 4. bag alte £attg, 

Sod; jtellt mir [No. 145. I.] erft bie $ojten aug. — 

©efreiter 5., uor! — 2)u roet^i* bag QBort (watch-word), 

33efe£e mit [No. 145. 1.] bie 4?oljen bort. — 

9(6cr, roag W id) ? — 3) a fteT;t cine SBatytl •— 

2Sag foil id; $u biefem ^orfafl fagen ? — 

€>d)on $mmbe t;ier I $Bet fyatt' eg gebad;t*? 

SBie mag bag $uge(;n? 6, 3d; mu£ il;n bod; fragenl — 

£anbgmann! fpred;t, rote fommt it)t t?ter(;er'? — 

(Si, oefannt ftnb mtr biefe 3uge. 

3d; rooUte roetten, baf eg 3) it sal roar', 

@eroi§, ba$ idj mid; nid;t oetritge! — ■ 

2>ui>aU 2>ut?aU — 






2iy 

Iffieuruft mitf) ? 
<§auiptmanr\+ 

$etafc mtt bit! 

SD fi b at 

3d) jtet;e 2Bad)t, 
Unb gc^e ntd)t bon metnem Pafce, 
2)en id) fcfyon feit bier Safyren Betoa^t* 

^au^tmantt. 
Sottfityner. 39u6eJ — Qluf ! nef;mt if;n gefangen! 8. 

2)iiba(. 
3Mc 2Bad)t ifl Jjeitig! — toag't e0 ntd)U 

lau^tittflnn un1> (£!)$?♦ 
(g* tyat feme Qlbler treuloa berlaffen ; 
Sort mit ifym ! fort, jum .JtrtegSgeridjU 

^flu^tmann. 
<so pa<f * i(;n4 

5)iibaL 
3§r toigt'0, (SamerabetU 
£)a§ id) erjl afcgeloft toerben ntufi. 
llnoerle|lid) bin i$) auf btefem £}ifa|e ; 
2Ber jtd) mtr naT;t, ben irifff tnetn ©djugl 

1. Of u f t r i 1 1 , sceae; from auf and ireten*, to tread on the 
ground, then also to make one's appearance on the stage, 

@r tfl f)eute ba§ erfte 5M aufgetretetu 
He has made to day his first appearance (on the stage) . 

2. 2B t x b , as seen before, means also to be getting; (now It 
is getting clear to my mind). 

3. 33 e f a n n t e n, acquaintances; from fenueu, to know; oefens 
nen, to confess. 

4. SSa^It (Indicative of command), tofityfett, to select; bte 
2Ba(;T, choice, selection. 



220 

5. fatfvtittt , exempt (from standing centry). 

6. 3 u Q e 1; tt , *o happen. 

7. SSerrat ^ ei:, traitor, from ber, and ratten, to advise (to 
advise away from the right side). [No. 86, 1.] 

8. © e f a n g e n n e f; m e n , *o *a&e prisoner. 



Conversation. 



@inb <Sie baS erfte9M^ier im 

Orte? 
£) neln, idj n>ar fdjon oft $ier. 
$abcn <5ie biete 93efannte t;ier. 
3a fetyt blele ; id; ivar einmal 

aTS@oIbat hnDuartieretyier. 
SSo n>at3&r£hiartter? 
3n Jenem alten «$aufe bort. 
SWufjten <Ste aud; Soften ftetjen 

(stand centry or sentinel) ? 



5a, ttf) fianb neben ber ,ftird;e. 
5Bie lange mufjten <§ie auf bcr 

SBatyt ftef;en? 
©etDofynlid; (generally) (Sine 

©tunbe, bann nmrbe id) 

burd; ben ©efreiten abgelofi. 
@tef;t ber ©efreite nidjt felber 

2Bad;t? 
S^ein ; er fiitytt nut bie <SoIba= 

ten auf bie 2Bac$t unb ISjt 

fie ab. 



No. 151. 

Haunter ^uftrttt. 

33ortge 1. 2)er ©metal. 
© e n e t a I. 
2BaS gibt e8 tyier ? 2. SBng tft gefd;el)en ? 
fiBa§, mufj id; (£ud; in 2(ufrut;r fefyen ? — 
Ǥ>at man |e fold;en >iarm gefyort! 
333er ^at ben ftrieben ij'm geftort? 

4? a u £ f m a n n. 
JDen SPofien Befatjl* tc^ au^ujteften. 
3d; roar ber (Srfte I;ter im Drt ; 
Unb ftnbe ben 2)itbal, ber bor bier 3at;ren 
£>on un0 beferHrt [No. 122. 2.], an bem £iiflel bort. 
83eru>e&en bettf;eibigt er fein £eben ,♦ 
pan fennt il;n, feiner toagt fid; §in. 




221 

2) u & a U 
3d) tottt mid) ja fogleid; ergeften, 
SBemt id) nur etjl afegeloft morben But* 
<so lang' afier 6in id; un&evlefclid) ; 
2)en ^ojten fcefyau^i' id;, ben man mir ga£*. 

@ e n c r a I. 
0hm, bag i(l 6itJtg unb gefe^lid; — 

£err ^aufctmann, loft bie 2iebette aB ! — (©itoat votrb abgetdjl.) 
£>itm fcift bit Qlrrcjlant. — 2>od; mill id; frag.cn 
£Ba3 fannjt bn mir ju beiuem 33ovtt;etl fageu? 

2) it b a L 
3d) ge&e mid;, tote id; uerfprodjen*; 
2)od; fei)' id) md)t, maS" id; berorod)en" :! y 

2) a id) nid)t con ber $ai)ne lief** 
2)ort o&en jtanb ic^ als 93ebette ; 
3a, menu man mid; gerufen t;atte, 

3110 ber S3efe1)I nad; £aufe rief L 
2>od) meine ^>ojt tear gan$ bergeffen*. 
SDfrr mar lein iStffln fieijumeffen ; [No. 125. T.] 

2)en garden £ag lang BIie&' c * id; ftet;n j 3* 
llnb a!0 id; mid) fyeruntermagte, 
Unb fa at nad) meinen Sriibern fragte, 

5Bar son @oIb aten 9ftd)r8 $u fef;tu 
2) a ittt ic^ in bie3 £au3 gefommen, 
<£ab' jiatt beS ©d)mertg ben $fhtg genommen*. 

£atd)en (fern 5^ei6)» 

Unb metl er flei^ig mar unb treu. 

2)itbal. 
9hl)m mid) ber 3fiid)ter bort jum <Sot;ne, 
©a6 fyier bie £od;ter mir jum Sofme. 
SBicr 3at)re ftnb'S ! [No. 120. 2 ] — £err, U$t mid; freil 

3111 e S3aucrn» 
$d>, ^fl8t (Stfcarmen! i'aj?t t|n freil 



222 

© e n e x a l» 
3a, tuenn ba$ 5ftfe3 2Cal;v^ett to are. 

3) u » a I. 
95ei ©ott unb fcet ©olbatenefyre! 

<£an£tmann. 
3d? felfcjt gefte^ eg freiftcf; em. 
(St mag soergeffen worben fein. 

© e n e r a I. 
ttttb Ijafl bit fonft bid) Eras gefctytagen *?4. 

4?ert, bte SWebaittc barf ify tragen. 

# a u )3 1 m a n n. 
9(urt) baa muf id) i(;m jugefte^tt : 
3d) f)tib' it;n tntnter fcrafc gefel)n. 

<B o I b a t e n. 
28tr t)afcen t(m jiet3 fcrao gefefyn. 

2BaItI;er, 23 e i t (-Saltern). Statfy en (auf ben JtnteenX 
•£ert ©eneral t act) l)a6t (Sr&armen ! 
£aU Sftitletb nut bent arnten <§of?n I 
21$, reijt i(;n nic^t attS nnfem Qfrmen t 
©efct tfnt $avbonl 

© e n e r a t> 
®« fei I — Carbon t 

win. 

Carbon I Carbon I Carbon I 

©eneral. 
23er$eifyimg tocire [No. 95. J md)t genua,; 
9Run, fo uerbovpr id) metnen <S$>rud) : 
3fy laff 5. bir einen efyrlidjen Ql&fcfyieb 6. fc^retfcen,, 
$)u magfl I;ier jufrieben unb ruf)ig fclei&en; 
3$ flore nitfjt gem ein 2tfenfd)engluctY 
5)te ftreube fel)re (£ud) toieber sttritcf ! 



223 

01 II e 

@d)one (Siunbe, bte un£ Menbetl 
©liicf, toie $ajt bu bid) geiuenbetl 

$iil)ne3 Ǥ>offen iaufcfyte ntc^t t 
S)er mir fennt beg Sefceng ftreube, 
2)ei nad) nnlb eutportem ©tteite 

31;re fc^one 2Sfutfye foidjt*. 

(Set Sfcrfcang fafit 7.) 

1. SSortge, the former (before, bot). 

2. 5B a gtbt e 3 I) t e r 1 FFAa* «s ^e matter here ? 

3. 23Itefc ftef)en, remained standing; in such cases we 
employ in German the Infinitive instead of the Present 
Participle, 

3d) fanb i!)n fcfylafeiu I found him sleeping. 

(Bv hkiU ft|en. He remains sitting. 

We say also anjlatt £U fd)lafetv instead of sleeping, 
oJ)ne ju [deafen,, without sleeping. 

[No. 141. 4.] 

4. @ t fy f d) f a & en , ft> fight, 

5. 3d) laff, or laffe; or laffett, nreans to permitt but also 
to order, to command. [No, 135. t.J 

3d) laffe <&hva$ fc^tet6eru I order something to be writ- 
ten, or 
I get something written. 
3d) laffe il)tt fyolen. I order him to be fetched, or 

I send for him, 
3d) laffe mir etnen 9ftoc£ ma= I order a coat to be made 
d)en. for me, or 

I get a coat made. 
Saffcn @te ftd) etnen neuen Do you get a new coat made? 
SHocf mad) en? 

6. 5lfcfd)teb (document of) discharge — 5ll3fd)ieb or 5(6- 
fdjtebS&rtef, letter of discharge. 

7. $ alii (falls down), drops. 



224 



Conversation, 



8Ba8 gi&t eStyter? 

(5m ®ofbat if* befertirt. 

3d) tjcifce nod) nie einen fold) en 

£armen gefyovt. 
3)hn ruft <5ie. 

3d) roei§ e0 nid)t; id; fenne 

bie ©timme nict)t ; id) f;ore 

jte mir. 
3d) glaufce, e3 ifl niein SSatev; 

et lafjt mid) fyolen, voenn id) 

nid)t gel;e. 
#at er md)t nad; mir gefragt? 
Stein, er l;at nicfyt nad; 3f;nen 

£affen <§ie mid; bemtod; mit 

3t;nen gel;en! 
SRec^>t gerne; fommen <§ie nur 

mit! (with me; me omitted). 
Saffen 6ie etjt ettvad HBaffcr 

l)olen ; id; I;afce £)ur|t (I am 

thirsty). 
(Sogteid;. 2Boflen <©ie nur ein 

toenig voatten! 



33er,5etf;ctt <ste mir, Jiefcer &a* 

ter; id; fonnte nid;t(;evfom= 

men. 
$3o fcifi bit benn immer? 2)u 

laufft immer I;entm, anftatt 

gu ftubieren!' 
3d; fcitte @ie urn 33ev$eii)ung ; 

@ie fotten wn nnn an (on 

from now) mit mir $ufrieben 

[ein. 
2Bie get;t el 3i;nen, fitter 

Sfreunb? 
3cpanfe3fynenfur3f>re9?fld)= 

frage, eS get;t mir siemlid) 

gut (pretty well). 
€?agen <Sic felfcft, ^iemt e0 fid) 

(does it become, or is it 

proper) fur einen jungen 

9ftann, immer fo fyeutmjiu 

laufen? 
Stein, geroif nid;t! Wlan mu^ 

ftubieren. @ie (;afcenOled;t. 
2tferfen @ie fid; ; Arbeit aUetn 

mad)t glitdiid) unb erof. 



S e a n o r e. 

e b t d) t oon 33 ii t g c r^ 



No. 152. 

£eonore futjr i. um'6 SWorgentott; 
@m£or auS fd;rceren £raumen: 
„93ifi 2. untreu, OBU&elm, ober tobtl 
SBie fange wittft bu faumen ?" ~* 



225 

Qt tear mit Jtonig ftriebricr/'S Wafyi [No. U1. 3.T 
©ejogen in bie ^rager 3. <5d)lad)t, 
lint) tyatte nid>t gefcfjrieben*, 
OS er gefunb geblieben*. 

£)er Jtonig unb fete Jtaiferin, 

2)e0 langen 4?aber3 miibe, 

(grtreic^ten iljren tjarten ©inn 

Unb marten enblicfy ftriebe; 

Unb jebeS «£>eer mit @ing unb @ang, 4. 

2tfit $aufenfd)lag unb Jlling unb JUang, 5. 

©efd)mutft mit griincn ifieifern, 

3og* Ijetm $u feinen £aufem. 

Unb iiberall, all ii6eraU 

Qluf SBegen nnb auf ©tegen 6. 

3og* Qllt unb Sung bent 3ubelfcr/atl 

3)er Jlommenben entgegen. 

„®ottlob!" 7. rief* ^inb unb ©atttn hut, 

„5Biflrommen!" manege frot)e 33raut, 

2lcfy! aber fur £eoni>ren 

SBar ©rujj unb Jtuf? bcrlorcn* 

(Sic frug* ben 3ug tcoT;t auf unb ab, 
Unb frug nad) alien 91amen; 
£)ocfy Reiner war, ber Jtunbfcfyaft gab*, 
£3on Allien, fo 8. ba famen*. 
! 5ll§ nun ba§ 4?eer fcoriiber roar, 

3erraufte jte if;r 0hbeul)aar, 
Unb roarf* ftct? (hi $ur (Srbe 
Sftit tt?iitf)iget ©eberbe. 

i. ^utyt; auf= or em£orfat;ren, to start up. 

2. Sift — bu omitted; we omitt sometimes the personal 
pronouns* 

3. *£rager, of Prag; [as in No. 141* 2.] 

10* 



226 

4. <§ing unb <S a ng , a repetition (singing and' song) ex- 
pressing "continuity." 

5. filing unb $l\ a ng, similar t o. 4., tinkling and sounding. 

6. Qhtf SBegen unb ® teg en (on ways and paths), every-, 
where, on all ways, 

7. © o 1 1 1 o ! Praise (be) to God. 

8. (So, so; sometimes in poetry used instead of the relative 
pronoun. 



Conversation, 



£a&en ®ie geflern SftacfytS ge* 

traumt ? 
3a, id) t)atte fef;r fdjinere^ra'u? 

me, 
SBo&on i)aHn ®ie getraumf? 
3$ iraumte son etner, grojen 

©'ie tyafretv irat)rfd;einlitf;! ge* 

pern itfcer (about) .ftrieg 

gefyrocfyen? 
3a, @te miff en ja, 2Ut unb 3ung 

fprtd)t je^t iiBer ^rieg. 
2)enf.en. ©je , bag $tt;ifd)e.n 

&ranfretd) unb Oiufjfanb ein 

$rieg au36red;en trerbe?. • 
nein, ein Jtrieg mitrbe bje 

Golfer frei.madjen. 
-3lfcer bie rufftfcl)en£eere |ie$e# 

gegen ftranfretd). 



2Ba$ fagen ©te baju ?*(to that:) 
QH}, fte rcexben auct) mieber 

$etm$ie§en;.bie fturften fpje* 

len nut ben 2>olfern. 
•Stafc.en ©ie gefkrn tmfere ©ojk 

baten t>oruber$jet)en fetjen?; 
3a, e§ mar ein fcfyo.ner >Jiig, 
$cibt\\ ©ie 3#ren ©ruber ge^ 

f unb en?. 
$etn, nod) nict)t; id; t)a6e ge* 

jtern ii&eratl nact) it;m gefragt ; 

er. tjt maX;.rf(jt)etnTidt> no,d; in 

$rag. 
SBann nnrb er moJ;t t)ter§er 

fommenl 
3d? g!au&e,,inorgen. 
©ritfjen @je mir tf;n fd}onfien^ 

mernt id; bitten barf I. 
3$ banfe 3Sncn t . 



No. 153; 
£>ie SWutter lief"' iuo(;f ^tn $u t(;r: — ■- 
„5fd;, baf?ftd? ©oft erkrme! 
$>u tantfe*. tfinb, £. &«# iji nut bir ?" 2, 
Unb fd;tpj*fie in bie 9(,rme, 



227 

MD Gutter, Gutter! I;tn 3. ifi fjinl 

0iun fafre ©eft unb QWeS tyitt I 

93et ®ott ift fern (SrBarmetu 

£) wet), o &el;, mir Qhmen!" * # 

>#&?, ®ott, fcilf ! <Ste§* unS gnabig ani 

$inb, feet' ein &>aterunfer ! 4. 

SBaS ®oit tyut,ba6 ift n>ol;t ge%n*. 

©ott, ©ott evbarmt ftd) unfer!" — 

,,0, Sautter, Gutter ! fitter 9Ba(n ! 

@ott i;at an mir md;t tcofyl get^an ! 

5Ga§ $alf*, foa6 $alf mem SBeten? [No. 87 2 

Sftim ifi'3 nid?t mefyr. bonnotfyen." 5. 

„£ilf ©ott ! pf ! 2Ber ben QSater f ennt,. 
#/ 2)ct 6. rcei§, er fjilft ben ^inbenu 
Sag fyodjgelobte ©aframent 
SBtrb betnen 3ammer linbetn." — 
„£> SRuttw, SWutter, toaS mid? fcrenni,, 
2)a£ linbert mir fern ©aframentl. 
Jtein ©aframent mag £efcen 
3)en Sobten uucberge&en." — 

1. £) u trauteS^tnb, thou dear child. After the personal; 
pronouns the adjective takes the same terminations as if; 
preceded by the indefinite article. 

3d; armer SRann! I poor man! 

9ftir armen Sftannel To me poor man!: 
S)u atmeS SJMbcfyen! Thou poor girl! 

2. 3Bai ift, what is i. e. the matter with you., 

3. Ǥ i n , thither, means also away, or gone. 

4. 25 a t e r unUx, father our (Pater noster). 2)a§ SSatev? 
unfer, the Lord's prayer (bag ©efcet be6 £erm). 

5. 23onnotl;en of need; we generally use nottjtg. 

(£.§ ift notfn'g. It is necessary. 

2BaS fyaben ©ie notf;ig ? What do you need ? 
3d) tyafce £Wd;t3 notfyig. I do not need anything. 



228 

£)er, the demonstrative pronoun repeated for emphasy 
(the one or he). 



Conversation, 



SBo laufen <Sie f;in? 

3d; laufe ju jenem armen ^tnbe 

Sag i(l eg mit t(;m ? 

®e(;en <Sie benn ntd^t, trie eg 

toeint? Wlan muj? ftd; feiner 

erbarmen. 
Sag fei;tt bir, (ails thee) mem 
: Hebed tftnb ? 
3d; ^a6e (Sttoag bertorenl 
SBag fyaft bu berloren 1 
(Sin Sftinglein, bag mir meine 

Sautter gegeben l?at. 
QBie r)ajt bu eg benn uerloren? 
Unb too ? 



3d) ^aBe fyier im ®rafe gefytelt ; 

ba ftel e0 mir Don bem ftin 3 

ger. 
<§ei nur rut)tg ; begfyalb mufjt 

bu nid;t fo toeinen; toer 

fuc^et, ber fmbetl 
%t), eg ift l;in; id) l)abe fd;on 

liberal! nad;gefud)t ; id; fann 

eg nid;t njieberfmben. 
<5ief) nod; einmal nad;! 
2ty, tyier ijl eg! 3d; ^at>e e$ 

unebergefunben ! 
€?efyen <5ie bod; biefeg fd)ou£ 

Sfttnglein an! 
3n ber %f)at eg i# fcfyott. 



No, 154. 

„$bY, tfmbf ime, menu ber falfdje SKami 

3m fernen Ungarlanbe, 1. 

@id; feineg ©Jaubeng 2, abgetfyan 3. 

Sum neuen (Sfyebanbe? 

£af? fatjren, Jlinb, fein £er$ bafjin! 

<5r fyat eg nimmerme^r ©etotnn (as gain)? 

5Bann ®eef unb £etb fid; trennen, 

2Birb i^n fein Sfteineib brennen." — 

„D Sutler, Sftuiter! £in ifl |inl 
Uerloren* ijl berloren! 
2)er $ob, ber $ob ift mein ©euunnl 
£), tear' i^ nte geboren* ! 



229 

Stfcft* ciuS, mem £icftt, auf emig *. au%{ 
@tirb ftin, fiirfc* ftin in 0lac^t unb ©rauSl 
S3ei ©ott ifl fein (5r6armen. 
D to eft/ o to eft rati airmen!" — 

„£iff, ©ott, ftilf ! ©eft' nicftt in'fl ©ericftt 

SRit betnem atmen Jtinbe! 

<Sie toeif nicftt, toaS bie Bunge ftmcftt, 

Seftalt' tftr nicftt bie ©unbe! 

Qfcft, tfinb, m0* betn irbifcft [No. 141.1.] 8eib, 

Unb ben!' an ©ott unb <Setigfeit! 

(So trirb bocft beiner @eelen 5. 

2)er 25rautigam nicftt feftlen." — 

©2Hu!tetl 9Sag tjt ©eligfett ? 

D Sautter! SBaS tft ^otte? 

S5et iftnt, bet iftm ift (Seltgfeit 

Unb oftne Wffif}&m ^oUe J 

£ifcft au3, metn Ntcftt, auf etoig aus. 

@tir& ftin, ftirb fyn in Sftacftt unb ©rauS 1 

Dftn' iftn mag [No. 91.] icft auf (Srben, 6. 

Sftag bort nicftt felig tocvben." — 

1. linger! a nb or Ungarn, Hungary. 

2. ®IauOen0. There are some few substantives, ending 1 
in e, which take an additional 3 to ^he tt in theGenitive ; bet 
©laufce (faith), beg ©laubenS; ber ©ante (seed), ber frriebe 
(peace), ber ©ebanfe (thought), ber Srunfe (spark), ber 
£aufe (heap), ber SStfle (will). 

3. 5(6getfton; ft (ft abtft un, to do away- with; (not any 
more used often); refl. verb. 

5. 51 uf etoig, for ever, 

5. (Seeten; tl sometimes added to the Dative in poetry. 

6, % u f @ r b e n ; on earth; instead of (§ r b C. 



230 
€ottroerscuion. 



Bennett Sit ben £errn 91. ? 

3a, id; fame ii;n; er fd;eint 
(seems) mir eiu eider unb 
falfd;er SKann $u fein. 

D,glau6cn@ic boci; ba§ nid;tf 
SHknigfienS ift er nid;t falfcf;. 

3d) r)a6e fo uielbon it;niget;ort, 
unb bann I) at er mir einntal 
CtoaS gctl;an, bag id? nie 
bcrgeffen totrbe. 

2l(), man !ann t?iel toergeff eit ! 

S&aren @ie nur gefiern Qfbenb 
t3et -un$ gavefen, unb fatten 
®ie geftort, roie gut er bon 
3l;nen gefptod;en l;atl 

(£r ireifjroft ntc^t, tuaS et* t^ut 
unb fprtc(;t. 

<Sie benfen bod; oft an U;n! 

3a geiuifl, id; benfe fefyr oft an 
it)n, afcer immer mit @rau3. 

9(1), l;ier fomnrt er 1 

Sofdjen <Sie bod; bag #id;t aif£, 
bag: er un£ nid)t fdjen fann. 



SQein, nein, baS fann id) nid;t 

tt/un. 
D, ware id) bod) nicfet r)ier! 

@ie f;aoen fein ©rfcatmen 

mit mir ! 
£affen <Sie unS boct) babon 

(away) laufen. 
D, @ie Qlrme! unb bennod; 

glaube ify 3i)nen nid)t ganj 

( entirely), 
<Sie fprecfyen fo i't&er <&errn SR. 

unb mle|t roirb er biefleid;t 

nod) St^r JsBrautigam. 
0lte, nie! 
<Sie benfen jefct fo, in biefcm 

Qlugenolitfe ; fcalb roerbeu 

<&h anber-3 benfen. 
SWeinc ©ebanfen dnbern fid; 

nid)t fo frfjneflL 
©ut, loir toerben fel)en! 
Senf-en <5ie an bie I;eutige 

3d; bergeffe fie nid)t. 



No* 155.. 

So roiitfyett SSerjtoetfelung 
3f)r in ©e(;irn unb Qlbern. 
<&ie fuf)tt 1. mit ©otteS &>orfefyung; 
93ermeffen fort gu r)abem ; 
3^fd;Iug"* ben 23ufen, unb gerrang*2^ 
3Me £anb, oi6 Sotmenuntergang, 
93U auf am «&tmmel$.oogen 
2)ie go.lbnen. ©ierne *paou*~ 



231 

Hub aufcn, $otd) !: ging'g"' [No, 145. 2.] trap, 3. tup:, taaft, 

2113 lute con SRoffcS^ufcit ; 

Unb fttrrenb fiieg* etn Odette* a&, 

3(n beS ©elanberS ©tuf.cn; 

Unb l;ord;, u.nb fcardj ben ^fortenvin^ 

®anj lofe, Ietfe> flanglingling, 4* 

2)ann tamen bimt bie SPforte 

a^ernctymttd) biefe 5Borte: 

tAolU, tjutta t £i?ife auf, 5. mein Jltnb t 

@d)(afjl*, Ste6d;en, ober road; ft bu? 

SSie Gift nod) gegen utter) geftnnt? 

Unb iuctnejl ober lad) ft bu ?." 

„$d}> miUjtlm, bu?. ; . eo feat £ei 9?ad)t? ♦.*. 

©etoeinet r/ab'td) unb getoacfyt;, 

9(d;, gro§e3 £eib erlitten I* 

38o fommjt bu t)er geritten ?" 6. — ; 

;/ -5Bir fattcln nur urn 3Jfttternad)t, 
SBfcit ritl* id; t;er oon 23ol;men.. 
%#) r)afce fvat mid) aufgentadjt, 7. 
Hub uh(I bid) nut mil net)men." — - 
,.,%$, 5Bilr)eIm, erftl;erein gefdjrotnVl: 
Sen «£agebom burd;fauft ber SStnb, 
herein, in uteinen %men, 
4?er$Hefcfter, ju erroarmen !" 8. 

& $ u 1; x , from f a § r c n ,to rush; f prtf at;ren, to continue. 

% Serrang, from jetting en, to hurt by ringing or 
wrestling* 

3, £rap , ber $ra£ or Zxal\ trot; trapfcen, to- trot (imitation 
of the horse's trot). 

4, JHtttg tingling (imitation of the bell). 

5, X f) u a u f> instead of tn a cf;' auf, o/?erc ; [No. 87. 3.] 

6, ©eritten; instead of the Present Participle; always 
used, fo with the verbs fommen. 



232 



(£r Fommt geritten. He comes riding. 

(Sr fommt gegangen. He comes going (on foot). 

7. 5lufgemad;t; fid? aufmad; en, to start) reflex, verb. 

8. (Srnfarmen, to get warm. 
• • 

Conversation. 

SQ&aS f e&It 3$nen ? £a6en 6ie £a ! (Sa iff ©ityclm, unfcr 



(£twa$ nor(;ig? 
(Safest mtv^id;ta; id; tyabe 
Sfticfyta not(;ig; id) banfe3f)nen. 
#ord;en <Sie! SBaa ifi baa? 

3cfy f;ore eincn iHeiter fom- 

men. 
£affen <Sie un3 an baa ftcnjter 

eiten I 
Stein, nein! (5a ijt9Rad;t; id) 

furd;te mid;. 
£i>ren <5ie bod; J @a vnft 3e= 

manb. 
„3Rac$en ®ie auf! £ofla! SJto* 

djen ®ie bod; auf I" 
2Ber iftbiea? 3d; fenne biefe 

@timme nicfyt. 
SSer mag n?o^l fo f^cit Bet Sftadjt 

*u una fommen ? 



Ueoev 93ettev. &ommen ®ie 
bod; f;erein! 

SB3o fommen ®ie bod; fo ft) at 
fyergerilten? da ijt cine fo 
fd;tecf{td;e *ftad;t. «§oren <§ie 
bod; baa ©aufen bea SB in* 
bea! 

5fteine liefcjien 2ftabd;en, id) 
cringe 3f;nen m\ gro§e§ 
£eib. 2J*ein Q3ruber ift fefyt 
franf,me(leid;t ftirfct ex nod; 
biefe 3lad;t. (5r incite <Sie 
gerne nod; etnraal fefyen. 3d; 
fomme <Sie mit mir ju nefy* 
men ! 

%d)[ ad)\ \va$ fagen @ie! 
£af?t unS eilenl 58ir- mfiffen 
ik)n fet;en. 



No. 156. 

„£a# faufen burd) ben t£agebow, 

£a§ faufen, Jtinb, Iaj? faufen ! 

2)er Otowe Want, ea LNo. 101. 2.] flint b<?f <ityo*ff, 

3d; barf adt;iev 1. nic^t faufen* 

Jtomm, fdjiirje, faring' unb fd;tufnge bi$ 

2fnf meinen (Happen I;inter mid;! 

2ftu$ [No. 152. 2.] fyeut nod; f;uubett SRetfro 

9Rit bir in'a ©raut&ett c(ten. // 



233 

tfitfy ! njoOtejt [No. 95.] fyunbert Snellen nod)- 
Sftid) i;eut in'S 35raut6ett tragen ? 
Unb ford) ! e§ fcrummt bie ©iocfe nod), 
2)ie elf 2. fcfyon angefd)Iagen." — 3; 
,,<5\d) l)in, jle$ X)cr 1 bet* 2fionb fd)eint l;eC£ 
3£tr unb bte $obten reiten fd)nefl. 
3d) ovinge bid;, gut $Beitc 4., 
0ktf) Ijeut in'g £od)$eitGette." 

„@ag' an, loo ijt bem ^ammerlctnl 

3So? trie bein 4?od)3eii'&ettd;en?" — 

„$3eit, hreit bon I;ter ! . . <5titt, futjl unb fk'uxl i . 

@ed)3 23retter unb $u?ei 33rettd)enl" — 

,$at'§ Okmn fur mid; !" — ,,3fitr bid) unb mid) I 

lomut, ftffltfa fating' unb fcfyunnge bid) 1 

5£)tc «&od)$ettgajte fyoffen ; 

5)te hammer ftefyt un3 off en," — 

<$d)on [No. 141. 1 J £ieM;en fcfyitrjte, fyrang* unb fd?toang" : 

@id) auf ba3 9fto§ befyenbe; 

SBofyf urn ben trauten Oteiter fd)fang* 

<5ie t(;re £ilienfyanbe ; 

Unb fyurre, louvre, l)o£, f)o£, fjoft ! 5. 

®ing'§* fort in fattfenbetn ©aUo^ ; , 

£)aft 0Jo§ unb Cfteiter fd)nooen*, 

Unb Jlie0 unb ^unfen fto&en*. 

i 
3nr reiten unb §nr linfen £anb, 
SSorfcet bor ifyren 33Iicfcn, 
SBte ftogen* Singer, 4?aib' unb £anb! 
2iMe bonnetten bie 33nicfen! — 
„®ftmt 6. Sieodjen caify ? , . JDer 3Ronfc fd)eint (;e(U 
v^unaf;! 2)ie £obten reiten fd)netl: 
Qxcint £iebd)en and) oor ^obten?" — 
,$c§ ncin! • . £>od? lag bte Sobten!" — 



23'4 

1. 9f fffyter, instead of fn'er, Aere; aU is only strengthening ■■;: 
so we say allju gut; (much) too good. 

©te flub aC^u fyof id; I You are (much) too courteous. 

2. (gff or etlf , eleven, 

3. 2tngefd;lagen, struck; we generally use the simple 
fd;lagen. 

69 fcfylagt ©in ltt;r. It strikes one o'clock. 

(5g fd;tagt brei UC;r. It strikes three o'clock. 

4. 3ur SBette, fo a bet; i. e. I bet you. 

5. £utrre, in hurry, quick! t)o$, hop! (imitation of the- 
movement of the horse). 

6. ©taut, eg graut mir ! impersonal; I am frightened, I fear.. 

7. £ieoa)en is Dative, used like a proper noun. 

(£g grant mir bor btefer 9Ud)t. 
I am frightened | ofthisn] . ght< 
I feel a horror V 



Conversation* 



jtommen ©tet £affen ©ie ung 

etfen ! 
2)er SBagen ifi berett (reaaj v. 
@ie reiten neben ung? 
3a. ©prtngen ©ie nur fu'nein; 

id; fcr/nunge mid; auf mein 

$f erb ! 
©o, fo, nun »orftartg (on, on), 

(cl;neU! 
-2Bie oiele SWeilcn ftnb eg bon 

t;ier ^u 3(;nen? 
(£■§ ftnb bteraefyn Snellen ! 
Unb ©ie fagen, iutr fonnen in 

(§tner ©tunbe bort fetn? 
3a, j.a, \mx miiffen 1 
<S§ fd;lagt! 2Bie biel (U(;r) if* 

eg?. 



*S>orcucn ©ie* (5g fct)lagt ei(v 

@§ fct;eint ber 2)?onb fo r/eU! 
m if* eine falte 2£ad;t. 
SSotlcn ©ie nicfyt in ben SBagcrc 

I;erein ? 
D nein, tc^ banfe Sr/nen. 
(fg ift fo fart! Aommen ©fe- 

herein! 2Bir r)aben SRaum 

($Ia|) genug. 
3)anfe; eg ift nid;t ju fait fin 

intfl; ! 
2Ba8 ift ba§ bort $u $$*& Itn 

fen (£anb) ? 
(So ift bag rot^e^reua! SBt. 

ftnb nun Sine SKeile oon 3^ j 

tern -^aufei 



235 

No. 15t 

SEBag Hang-- bort fur 1. ©efang unb Jtlangf 

SSae 2.jlatterten bie ffia6eu? ; . 

£orcr) ©locfenftang ! fyorcf) £obienfang t 

,,£aj? unS ben £ei6 begraben •" 

llnb nafyer jog'* ein £eicr)en£itg, 

£>er ®arg unb $obtenoar)te trug-\ 

2)aS £ieb mar $u ocrgteic^en [No. 125. 7.] 

©em Unfenruf m £eict;en. 

„9fatcl) Sftitternacfyt begra&t ben Seib, 
2#it J!(ang unb @ang unb Jtlage t 
3e£t fiifyr'* id) r)eim mein jungeS 2Bei6. 
Wit 3 V mft gum 35rautgelage! 
iftomm, Jtitfter, t)ieri $omm mit bent (£l)QX, 
Unb gurgle mft ba§ 93rautlieb bor J 
tomtit, SUfajf , unb ft>rt#* ben (Segen, 
@^ to it £u Sett tmS legen." — 

©till 4. ^fang unb (Sang . . 2>ie 33al)re fcr)toanb* 

©enfant fetnem Ofufen, [No. 8*7. 2.] 

tfam'S fyurre, Dune! nacr)gerannt*, [No. 155.6.] 

4?art Winter's (Happen <$nfem 

Unb immer tueiter, t)op fyop fyop! 

©ing'S fort in faufenbem ©alopp, 

2)a§ £Ro£ unb better fdjnoben, 

Unb $lh§ unb ftunfen ftoben* 

i 
•2Bie ffogett rcct)t3, tote ffogen ItnfS 

©eBirge 5., SBdum' unb «&ecfen ! 
SBie flogen ItnfS, unb red;t$, unb IinF& 
2>te 2)6rfer, ©tabt' unb ftletfen » — 
„©raut £ieBcr/en aucfj? . . 2)er 2Monb fdjeint r)eU! 
£urral)! Die £obten retten fc^nell' 
©raut ^te6ct)en aiid? fcor £obten?" — 
2icr, I Safi fte tuK bie Sobten i'< 



23S 

1 . 3B a a f it r , what sort of. 

2. 2B a 3 , what r often used instead of why , wax u m (as in 
English). 

3. Wlit, elliptical instead of Jtommt mit mtr ! 

4. @ tiU, sri// (was). 

5. ©efcirge, c^am q/" mountains; from 93erg, mountain. 
Nouns with the prefix $e are generally Neuter, and take 
$ in the Genitive and e in the plural (if they have not 

already an c in the singular). 

5)a$ ©e&irg or ©ebivge, be6 ©e6trgea, bie ©etu'rge. 
2) (i a ©ebityt (poem), beg ©ebicfytea, bie ®ebid)te. 
2)ag ©ejprad; (conversation), @efprad;ea, @eft>rad;e. 



Conversation. 



£iV6en @ie geflevn ben gvofmt 

£eid;en$ug gefefyeu? 
3a, baa tDiU ein trauriger $o* 

beafaO". 
£aben @ie bie 93er(iortJcnc ge- 

fannt? 
Sa> fie tear baa £Bet& eincS 

meiner ftreunbe. 
9Bann l;at man fie fcegrafcen? 
©efteru 9]ad;mittag. 
2Ber Ijat bie Saljre getragen? 
2)ie ftveunbe ber 33erftor6enen. 
©te l;atte einen fefyt fa)onen 

<8arg, mie id; gefyort fyafce. 
3a, jte to a* etne fcfyone ^etd;e 

in eittem fdjonen ®arge. 
<§at man auf i(;rem ©tafce ge* 

[ungen? 
3a, man fang etn ftunberfc^o* 

neS £ieb. 9lUe3 umnte, aU 

bet ^viefiev ben^egen farad?.. 



2Batm fyafien ®te ftdj geftem 

$u S3ette getegt? 
3d; legtemid;um etnLU;t2ftoti 

gen§ nieber (or ju Sette). 
93Iie6en @tc Oet 3tyrem33ruber 

aiifl 
3a, id) (;abe fceinafje iebe 0hd;t 

fo lange 6et tf;m aufau&IeU 

Ben. 
SSir fasten (drive) jefct stem- 
lid; fd;nellj e3 fli.egen bie 

93attme red;ta unb VniU uot* 

fcet. @ef;t e3 nid;t $u fc^nelt 

fi'tr <Sie? 
D nein I SRut bortoarttf. 
2Bof;in muffenmtr je|t? red)t3 

oberiinfa? 
9Bir mitffen ItnfS. £>ie0 ijl ber 

2Beg nad; unfetm 2)orfe; 

tecfyta ge(;t e3 nad) be* 

(Stabfc.. 



237 



No. 158. 

©tetyba! fW;ba! Qfm £od)gericf)t 
Sanjt' urn beg 9ftabe3 @:pinbet 
£alo jfd?t6arlid) oei 2ftonbenIicJ)t 
<5in luftigeS ©ejfnbel. — 
„<Safa! 1. ©ejtnbel, |t«J tfomm l)te*2 
©ejtnbel, loinm unb folge mir* 
$an$' ung ben ^oc^,jettretQen y 
•SBBann t»ir su Sette fteicjen," 

Unb bag ©eftnbel $ufe$, 2. I;ufd), $ufd) J 
flam (iitten ttadjgejjraffelt, 
9Bie SBirbehtnnb am £afel6ufd) 
3)ur$ bimne flatter raffelt 
llnb tectter, toeiter, fyo£, t)0£, I;o£ .' 
©ing'3 fort tm faufenben ©alop)), 
2)a§ 9io§ unb CReiter fctynoben, 
Hub ^ieg unb Sfunfcn fto&em 

£Bte flog, tt>a3 runb ber SWonb Befdjien*, 

£Bte flog e§ in bie fterne; 

333ie flogen oben uber tn'n 3. 

£)er «$immel unb bie ©terne. — 

■„@raut £iebrfyen aucfy ? £)er 3Wonb fcfyeint l;efl! 

4?urrat? ! bie Sobten reiten fcfynefl ! 

©raut, £tebcfyen aucfy tor l £obten ?" — 

"D »>e$ J £a£ vul/n bie Sobten !" — 

1. @afa, tlie French gaga well, up, come on! 

2. £ufd;, fyufd), jmcac. 

3.» jOben itbe* fyin, literally (on high over there). 



238 

Conversation. 

(S3 if* fait, t^oren @ie, nne «&aben <Ste ftreunbe ba? 

ber 9£inb fauft ? Sftein, el tooljnt nur fd;lec*)te8 
2Ba3 fct;e icfy bort in ber ^eme ? ©e#nbel ba. 

3ft ba-S 3(;r 3)orf? <5S ge()t unmet fcf)nefler! 6ie 
3ftem ; ba6 ifl etn Heinev fried en, miiffen immer im ©alo^ 

nic^t tocit uon un8. reiten! 

3ft e« nictyt *ft. ? 9iut $u ! (only on) (£3 fdjabet 
@an$ rectyt, fo fyci|t bet: Dtt. mil* £UcfytgJ 

No. 159, 
,$toaptfl flftow'! Wity biinft, i. bet £at>n fdjwt tuf* ♦ . • 
33alb uurb ber <Sanb fcetrinnen-' . * 
SRaw'l SRaw'l 3d) »$8*e SWorgenluft, ♦ * 
$a^'! $ummle bid; ton fyinnen! — 
SSoUbtactyt, 2, &ofl6rad;t ift unfer Sauf ! 
5)aS #odj$eit6etie tfmt ffcf; auf. 
£>ie ^obten reiten fc^netlc I 
2Btr ftnb, trir flnb gut ©refle." — 

£Hafd) auf etn eifern 3. ©tttertfyor 
©ing'3 mit berftangtem 4. 3ugel. 
3D^tt fd)toanfer ©erf ein ©djfog babot 
Berfyrengte <Sd)lo§ unb Ofttegel. 
3)ic frliiget ffogen fltrrenb auf, 
Unb iiber ©ra&er gtng ber £auf. 
<£§ fclinften geidjenfleine 
9tob urn im 2ftonbenfd;rine. 

4?aftefy! ^aftet;! im QfugenBItcf, 

<£>ut;u ! 5. etn gra jjlid) SBunber ! 

S)e§ betters hotter, ©titrf fit? <&tiicf, 6. 

friel* a&, tote nuir&er Bunber. 

Bum 7. @d)abel, o(;ne B°£f unb <Sd>opf, 

Bum nacften ©c^abel toatb* fetn $opf ; 

©ein Jlorper sum ©ertyjje, 

Wilt ©tunbengtaS unb «§i^e. 



2'39 

■ffod) fraumie fify, toilb fcfjnofc ber 8ta$p\ 
Unb i>rii()te tyeuerfunfen ; 
Hub ^ui! roar's unter ifyr ^inaS 
SSerfdjrounben* unb serfunfm*. 
©cf;eut, ©el;eu( au3 $o$er Suft, 
"©erotnfef lam aul tiefer ©ruft. 
£eonoren3 £er$ nut 33e6en, 
48ang* $nufd)en £ob unb £e6en» 

iftun tauten toofjl Set Sftonbengtans-, 
0htnb urn Return tnt ^reife, 
2)te ©eijter etnen Stettmtan$, 
Unb f?eulten btefe 2Betfc : 8. 

„@ebulb! ©ebttlb! Sffienn'S £er$ auc§ fatdjf*! 

2fttt ©ott int «§immel fjab're nicfytJ 

2)e3 £et&eS bip bit tebig; 

©ott fet bet <Seele gna'big!" 

1. 2)i'tnft, seems; impers. verb; e§ is left out. 

2. 2SoII6rad)t, from soflthingen , to accomplish (full and 
bring). [No. 134. 1.] 

3. (Sifern, of iron; from (St fen, iron. 

Ctt is & final for the formation of adjectives (the Englishes) 
©olb, gold, ©eibe, silk, @U6er, silver, 
gclben, golden, feiben, of silk. ftlOern, of silver. 

Sometimes ^t" is inserted. 

(Si fen, iron, <8tein, stone, 

eifent, of iron. ftetne*tt; of stone. 

4. 2JMt berfyctngtem 3ugel, w ith [hung] hanging bridle, 
i. e. in full speed, 

5. 4?u! an exclamation of fear. 

6. (St iid f it r ©iiicf, piece after piece, 

7. 3" in (toetbcii, to become, to change to something), 
changed to a skeleton. 

8. 2Betfe, manner and also air, tune. 



240 
Conversation. 



Sic f)at Sfmen 23iirgerg £eo* 
nore gefatlen? 

311), eg ijiein SWeijlcrpd ! 

3a, eg ijt ein tounber&areg ©e* 
btct)t. 

£)ag ift beutfdje ftantaffe (ima- 
gination) ! 

Jlennen @ie bie Qfnefbote, bie 
mit biefem ©ebicfyte ber6un= 
ben ijx? 

sftein, t$ fcnne ffe n ^^ ! 

SBotten ®ie bteUei^t bte ©itte 
tyauen, fie mit ju er^afylen? 

Dia,mit&ergnugen.5l(g93ur= 
get bag ©ebicfyt fertig fyatte, 
fiieg er ju $ferbe, unb ritt 
im ©alop£ natf) bem Drte, 
too er geloofynlitf) feine 



frreunbe, ©tol&erg unb an-- 
bere £)icf;ter, Iraf (met). (£r 
fprang bann bom$ferbe,unb 
mit ber^eitgerte in bet£anb, 
lag er ifynen bag ^racfytige 
©ebicfyt cor. 2Bte er nun $u 
ber ©telle fam 
„Unb fyurre, l)urre, tyov, f;o£ , 

¥v, 

©tng'g fort in faufenbem 

©alo^ w." 
ba fd;lug er mit feiner ©erte 
in 33egeifterung (enthousi- 
asm) auf ben$ifcfy, unb atle 
feine Sfreunbe fttfyren er* 
fcfytecft oon U)ren <Si£en 
(seat) auf. 
£)ag loar tin Xxiwmpljl 



^a®7^ 



APPENDIX. 



No. 160. 



ACCENT, 

The accent lies generally on that syllable, which is of the 
greatest consequence, i, e. on the radical syllable, (Pag. 
7. No. 10). 

® t rig en, to sing, 
bet 9B a nberer, wanderer. 

Exceptions! 

1. The derivative nouns ending in el have the accent on 
that syllable. 

$)te &tfd)erer et, fishery, 

fcte ©flatter et, slavery (No. 138, 5). 

2. Verbs ending in itetl have the accent on it (or iet). 

<Btn'D ie ren, to study, 
ffcub i xt, studied, 
!pr)ilo[o^r; i ren, to philosophize, 

(No. 51. No. 82.) 
B. Nouns ending in rtitct/ titer, muf$, htifd>, atttf 
&c, have the accent on att^ ttt. 

5)er Qlmertf a ner, the American, 

amerif a ntfcr), American, 

fcer 33enebtftinev, the Benedictin. 

11 



242 

4. Words from foreign languages, not germanized by 
German terminations, have the accent generally on 
the last syllable (No. 10, 2). 

2)er ©tubent, student (No. 16.) 
ber $(;t(ofapI), philosopher, 
bie s 431;t(ofo^(;te, philosophy, 
ber ^fycolog, theologian, 
bie Nation, nation (No. 41, 1.), 

ber Catlap, pallace. (No. 42.) 

In some words the accent of the original tongue is 
preserved, in others both modes of accentuation 
are in use. 

5)ie d tf?if, ethics, 
bie 3Wecf) a nif, mechanics, 
We Wl u fif, or Wln\ i f, music, 
bie tyf) 9 ftf, or $&9f t f, physics. 
Observation. Such foreign words take the gender of 
the original tongue (those ending in it (or te) 
being feminine). 

£>ie $f)i(ofo:pt)te, philosophy, 
bie 2Jhijtf, music. 

5. Single anomalities must be learned by practice. 
Thus kb en big has the accent not on the root (from 
ba$ Men. Gender No. 87, 2). 

II. Compounds have the accent on that word which ex- 
presses the respectively most important idea. 

ftortgetyen, to go away. 
dx umH fottgefyen. He will go away. 
But we change the accent in a case, where g e fy e n ex- 
presses the respectively most important idea, as: 

(Sr toil! nicfyt fortg efyen, fonbew fortteiten. 
He will not go away (on foot), but ride away 

(on horseback), 



243 

Ungleid), unlike (No. 85, 3,), 

t>er din gang, (going in), entrance (No. 86, 6.), 

auSaiefyen, (to draw out), take off (No. 119, 3.), 

wot; in, whither (No. 45, 2), 

ttjoljer, wherefrom (No. 46, 2.), 

auf erf!er;en, to rise up (No. 124, 1), 

ber Qtuftrttt, scene (No. 150, 1.), 

ber ^ofcfyieb, farewell, also discharge (No. 151, 6.), 

(from fd)eiben, to separate), 

a 6 fafrrcn, to start (in a carriage or vessel), 

bie 11 r fatf)e, (original thing), cause, 

caS 972 1 1 gtieb, (with, link), member, 

bie Qlntirort, (other word), answer, (Gender Exc. 

from No. 42, 1.) 

bet 2B o fylftanb, welfare, also decency, 

nacfifucfyen, to seek after, to search, 

nac| gefucfyt, searched after. 

Please compare also No. 134, 1 and No. 61 & 62. 

No. 161, 

CASE S. 

I. Nominative. 

The Nominative is the same as in English. 
2)ie €>onne fcfjeint. The sun shines. 
Ix fclei&t wein Sfreunb. He remains my friend. (Apposition). 

II. Genitive. 

1. The Genitive is the English Possessive and corresponds 
generally to of /or from) (No. 22. No. 23.) 
£>a§ JBttdj beg ftreunbeS. The book of the friend. 
dx if feineS 8fef;ler3 fcewujjt (No, 105, 2). 
He is conscious of his fault. 
<£x gcbenfr* nieiner. He thinks of me. 

^Observe that in translating the original (literal) meaning of the 
word must be preserved. 

<&x gctvafirt fcefFen. He is aware of it (perceives it). 



244 

Exceptions — of is however translated by b o n with tne 
Dative 

a) if another preposition like "about," "among," 
may take its place. 

<5t fpricbt bon mir. He speaks of (about) me. 
(Siner bon im0. One of (among) us. 

b) besides if it is not followed by an article or a pro- 
noun. 

£>ie Jtonigm bon (Sngtanb. The queen of England. 
2)iefer Cfttng bon ©olb. This ring of gold. 

2. The Genitive is also employed after the most intransitive 
reflexive verbs (or verbs used as such). 

3)er 2fteifter, master, 

ficfy 6emei|iern, to make one's self master. 

Gtt 6emeiftert ftd) ber <2tabt. 

He makes himself master of the city, 
©id; fcfyamen, to be ashamed (No. 100). 

<gr fcfrdmt ftct> feineS 3?el;lcr3. 

He is ashamed of his fault. 

3d; ritfyme mid; metncr %f)at. 

I boast of my deed. 

3. The Prepositions see in Parad. VI, 1. 3. 

2Baf?renb beS SBtnJerS. During the winter. 
Sr.ofc ber £i£e. In spite of the heat. 

REMARK. 
To those general principles there is added a list of words with 
their respective cases, as laid down partly in Becker's, partly inHein- 
sius' grammar; these words however are mostly comprized in the 
foregoing principles. 
J. The Genitive is governed 

1. by the following intransitive verbs: 

eiitratfjcn, to do without; etmangeln, to want; gebenfen, t 
think; getoafjren, to observe ; beb in fen, to want; fcegef)ren,to 
4esire; broud;cn, to want or use: entbeljren, to need; erwafjnen, 



245 

to mention ? geniefen, to enjoy; fcffe&fn* "to foster; f&jWth, to 
spare; oevfefylen, to miss; uevneiten, to forget ; tvaljtnefjmen, 
to observe; tt>arten, to take care of; 
of which the last thirteen however take most commonly the Ace. 
&fo. 3ld)ten,, to mind; barren, to wait for, and nmrten, to wait, 

take generally auf with the accusative ; 

keben, to laugh; fpotten, to mock, andtoaften, to manage, 

take generally iiber with the accusative; 

benfen, to think, an with the accusative; 
though all of them may take the genitive. 
2. by the following adjectives: 

bebiirftig, in want of; benuttjigt, in need of; benntgt, conscious; 
eingebenf, mindful; getudtttg, expecting; funbtg, having know- 
ledge of; iebtg, empty, free; mdebtig, in possession of; ftbultfg* 
guilty of; tfjetUjaft, partaking of; iiberbruffig , tired with; oets 
t>dd)ttg, suspicious; tferlufltg, having lost; tuiirbtg worthy. 
Obs. ©etoabr, aware of; getoobnt, accustomed to; fo3, free, 

from ; mtibe, tired of; fatt, satiated with ; )ooli, full of; toertb,, 

worth — may take the genitive or accusative; 

getoif?, certain; leer, void of; Uott, full of, may take the ge~ 

nitive, or Bon with the dative; 

fcifjtg, capable of, takes the genitive, or ju with the dative; 

frcfy, glad of, takes the genitive, or fiber with the accusative, 

II. The Genitive of the object and Accusative of the person are governed 
1. by the following intransitive reflexive verbs: 

fid) anmajjen, to claim; fid) annebmen, to engage in; f!d) be* 
bienen, to make use of; fid) beffeijjen or befieifjigen, to apply 
one's self to; jtd) begeben, to give -up; fid) &emdd)?tgen, to ac- 
quire; jtd) benteiftew, to seize; jtd) befd>eiben, to acquiesce in; 
fid) befinnen, to think upon; jtd) entdu&eru, to forbear; jtd) ent« 
blpben, to dare; jtd) entbrecfyen, to forbear; jtd) entfyatten, to 
abstain; jtd) entfefefugen, to get rid of ; jtd) entjtnnen, to recol- 
lect; ftdj erf red) en, to presume; jtd) mnnern, to remember; 
jtd) erfiiftnen, to venture; jtd) ertt>el)ren, to resist; ftd) geirbften, 
to hope for; jtd) ridjmen, to boast; jtd) uberbeben, to be arro- 
gant; jtd) nnterfangen, to dare; jtd) untettoinbtn, to undertake; 
jtd) ttermejTen, to presume; jtd) serf el) en, to be in care of; jtd) 
toeljren, to resist; jtd) toet'gern, to refuse— and others used 
reflexively as : jtd) irofien, to comfort ones' self; ffd) fdWgen, 
to satiate ones' self, &c. . .--.' 



246 

Obs. ©irfj etbatmen, to pity; fidj freuen, to rejoice ; ftd> Bcffagen, 
to complain; ftd) fdjdnten, to be ashamed ; fid) tmtnbettt, to wonder, 
may take the genitive of the object, or iibev with the accusative. 
<&itf) enttyatten, to abstain, may also take yon with the dative. 
<&itf) fceftmiett, to ponder, and ftdj freiten, to rejoice, (No. 127, 1) 
may take the genitive, or attf with the accusative, 
©id) anmctfjen, to assume, may also take the dative of the person 
and the accusative of the object. 

3d? mafje mirbiefeS Sftecfyt an. I assume for myself this right. 
This occurs often. (No. 106, 4.) 
3d) bilbe eS mtr etU. I imagine it (for myself). 

3d) getvaue e3 mix gu. I confide in myself to do it. 

2. by the following transitive verbs: 

Slnffacjen, to accuse; belebren, to inform; berauben, to rob; ent* 
fdjulbigen, to accuse; entbeben, to exempt; entiebtgen, to free from, 
iibedjeb en, to exempt; roiubigen, to think worthy; geityen, to ac- 
cuse, 

Obs. (Sntbinben, to set free; entbibfjen, to strip; entffeiben, to 
undress; enttaben, to disburden; entfaffen, to dismiss; ent* 
fe£en, to displace; enttobbnen, to wean; lo3f1)ted)en, to absolve; 
ftberfu^ren, to convict; iiberjeugen, to convince; petficfyern, to 
assure — may take the genitive of the object, or Jjon with the 
dative ; 

Berttoften, to put off with hope, may take the gen., or auf with 
the accusative ; 
tttabnen, to remind, may take the gen., or an with the ace. 

3. by the following impersonal verbs : 

(S$ iammett mid;, I feel compassion. d$ vent mid;, I pity. 
(S6 tobllt ftdj/ it is worth while. (Sg geliijlet mid), I desire. 

The last verb can also take nad) with the dative. 

III. Dative. 

I. The Dative is the English remote object, and is princi- 
pally employed where the object is a person (No. 85, 1). 
It corresponds to the English to (or for) which in some 
cases may be supplied. ( To indicating direction, see in 
No. 38, No. 52, No. 54. (No. 105, 6.) 
(50 ifl mix Iteb. It is dear to me. 

<S$ tft mir ttufcUtf). It is useful to me 

3d; gebe 3f)nen t>a$ 33ud;, I give you (to you) the book. 



247 

2. The Dative is also generally employed 

a) after simple intransitive verbs (No. 85, 1). 

@te gef alien mtr. You please me. 

3d; Ijelfe 3f;netu I help you. 

6& gefjort mtr. It belongs to me. 

3d; biene 31;nen. I serve you 

3d; biene ber <3ad)t*. I serve the cause. 

b) after the most verbs compounded with the prefixes 
er, tier, entorwithab, an, auf, 6ei, ein, eutgegen, nad;, 
untcr, bor, ruiber. 

(Sntfagen""", to renounce. (No. 107, 6.) 
3cr) entfage meinem $lane. I renounce my plan. 
SSeijtefyen, to assist (stand by). 
Qx jtefyt mtr bet. He assists me. 

9 ) Observe the character of the Dative. The object is either 
a person, or the verb is used figuratively. 
3d) biene ber <&afye. 
3d; entfage bent $Iane. 

3. The Prepositions see in Paradigms YI, 2, 3, 5. 

(Sett jener 3?it. Since that time. 

Gr fomtnt nad; mtr. He comes after me. 
(53 Itegt auf bem $tfd;e. (No. 28*) It lies upon the table. 
®te rocrben uon mtr ^oren. You will hear of me. 

IV. Accusative. 

1. The Accusative is the English near object and is princi- 
pally employed when the object (is a thing. 

3d; lefe bag 95ud;. I read the book. 

3d; fcftreiBe 3f;nen etnen 33rief. (No. 85, 1.) I write you a letter. 

(S3 ijt bret SWeilen rueit. It is three miles wide. 

2. The Accusative is also generally employed 

a) after active verbs. 

3d; fef;e ben <Stetn. 
3d; fel;e ben ©ruber. 
3d; lie&e ben ftreunb. 



248 

b) after most impersonal verbs with an active meaning. 

Q$ freut mid). (No. 109, 5.) It makes me glad, or 

I am glad. 
(S3 gefit mid) 9did)t3 an. It matters me nothing- 

's burfkt unb I;u.na,et:t U;n. He is thirsty and 

hungry. 
(§8 frtert ifyn. He is cold (freezing). 

<£SgiDteinen©ott.(No.lll,4)There is a God. 
(5$ rounbert mici). I wonder (I am sur- 

prized). 
(S3 fummert tfe nid)t. I does not give them 

any trouble (they 
do not care). 

c) after the most verbs compounded with the prefix 6e 
(No. 85, 5) or with the prepositions butcfy, ^iater^ 
ubex, unter, urn. (No. 134, 1.) 

3d) li-fcerfefce ba3 93itd). I translate the book. 

3d) unter6red)e @tc. I interrupt you. 

(St umfdjtjft ba3 ganje He sails around the entire 
£anb. country. 

3. The Prepositions see in Paradigms VI, 4. 5. 

(St gel)t burd) ben fflu% He goes (walks) through the 

river. 
<5v getjt unter. btc 93riicfe. He goes below the bridge. 
SSag tl)un <B'u ot)ne mid;? What do you do without me f 

T he Accusative of person is governed by the following impersonal verbs 
(Sg angfh'gt mid), it vexes me; eg befrembet mict), I am astonished; 
ti bettifft mid), I am concerned; er frauert mid), he moves me t® 
pity ; eg burftet mid), I am thirsty ; eg ecWt mid), I am disgusted; 
eg evgofct mid), it amuses me; eg ficfot mid) an, I have an inclination; 
eg freut mid), I am glad; eg geljt mid) an, it matters me; eg c\iU, 
there is; eg gilt, there is at stake; eg Ijungert mid), I am hungry, 
eg judft mid),it tickles me; egfcmmt mid) an, 1 have an inclination; eg 
Ffimmevt mid), I care for; eg fc&aubert mid), I feel a horrorj; eg fcfclcu 
feet mid), I feel sleepy; eg i>erbrie$t mid), I am angry; eg toanbelt 
mid) an, I have an inclination ; eg ftntnbert mid), I wonder. 



PART V, 



PARADIGMS. 



z. 
ARTICLES. 

1. The definite Article. 





S INGULAR. 










illascttZiwe. 








Nom. ber, 


btefer, 


guter, 


the, 


this, 


good, 


Gen. bC^, 


btefeg, 


guteg, or en, 


of the, 


this, 


good, 


Daf. bem, 


btefem, 


gutem, 


to the, 


this, 


good, 


Ace. ben, 


btefen, 


gttten, 


the, 


this, 


good, 




Feminine. 








Nom. 8? Act. bte, 


bfcfe, 


gttte, 


the, 


this, 


good, 


Gen. ber, 


btefer, 


guter, 


of the, 


this, 


good, 


Z>3#. ber, 


btefer, 


guter, 
Neuter. 


to the, 


this, 


good, 


Nom 8? Ace. bag, 


btefeg, 


guteg, 


the, 


this, 


good, 


Gen. beg, 


btefeg, 


guteg, or en, 


of the, 


this, 


good , 


.Dfltf. bem, 


btefem, 


gutem, 


to the, 


this, 


good, 


The demonstrative pronouns, the relative 


pronouns and the inde- 


finite numerals, are 


i declined in the same way : 






blefer, 


biefe, 


biefeg, 




this, 




jener, 


jene, 


jeneg, 




that, 




fetter, 


fol^f, 


foldjeg, 




such, 




ieber, 


jebe, 


jebeg, 




each, 




jegltdjev, 


jeglic§ 


e, ieqUcfyeg 


/ 


each, 




ciUer, 


afte, 


affeg 1 , 




all, 




eintger, 


etntge 


, einigeg, 




some, 




etltdjer, 


etUcfye 


, etlfdjeg, 




some, 




manner, 


mctndj 


e, mancheg 


i 


many a, 




toetdjer, 


toeft&e 


, trefefjeg, 




which. 





and all adjectives or words used as such, not preceded by act 
undeclined word : 

guter, gute, guteg, good, 

toent'g guter, toentg gute, rcenig guteg, little good, 
»tel guter, siel gute, uiel guteg, much good,. 



IV 



2. The indefinite Article, 







SINGULAR. 












Masculine. 








Norn. 


ein, 


me tit, unfet, 


a, 


my, 


our, 


Gen. 


einetf, 


metnes, unferes, 


of a, 


my, 


our, 


Dot. 


etnent, 


meinem, unferem, 


to a, 


my, 


our, 


Ace. 


einen, 


metnen, unfereti, 
Feminine. 


a, 


my, 


our, 


Norn. 4* Ace. 


eine, 


mcine, nnfere, 


a, 


my, 


our, 


Gen. 


ctner, 


metner, unferer, 


of a, 


my, 


our, 


Vat. 


einev, 


metner, unferer, 


to a, 


my, 


our, 



Neuter. 

Norn. $ Ace, ein, me in, unfer, a, my, our, 

Gen. eineS, metneS, ltnfere^ of a, my, our, 

Dot. einctn, meinem, unferem, to a, my, our, 

In the declension of unfer, one of the final can be elided, 
(No. 57. 3.) 



Declined in the same way are the possessive pronouns: 

my, 
thy, 

his, its,/ 
our, 
your, 

their, (her) 
no, 
was fiiv ein, \va$ fur eine/ toa$ fitr ein, what kind of, 



metn, 


metne, 


metn, 


betu, 


beine, 


betn, 


(Un, 


feine, 


fein, 


unfer, 


unfere, 


unfer, 


euer, 


euere, 


euer, 


ifyt, 


ihre, 


tfcr, 


and fein, 


fetne, 


fein, 



3. Plural. 



For all the foregoing words, and for the three genders. 

Nom. bie, biefe, o,ute, meiue, unfere, the, these, gaod, my, our, 

Gen. bet, biefcr, cutter, metner, unferer,.of the, these, good, my, our, 

Dot. ben, biefen, rjuten, metnen, uneven, to the, these,.good, my, our, 
Ace. like Nom. like Nom. 



V 

XI. 



SUBSTANTIVES. 



1. Common Nouns, 







MASCULINE. 








Singular. 




Norn. 
Gen. 
Dot. 
Ace. 


(friend) 
ber 'greunb, 
beg ftreunbeg, 
bem ^rennbe, 
benftreunb, 


(bat) 

ber «£ut, 
beg «&nteg, 
bem «£mte 
ben £ut, 

Plural. 


(angel) (nephew) 
ber (Sngel, ber Sfteffe, 
beg (Sngels, beg 9Zeffeu, 
bem (Sngel, bem 9*effen, 
ben-dnget, ben 9teffen, 


(friends) 
Nom.fy ^cc.bte §rennbe, 
Gen. ber Sreunbe, 
Dot. ben Sremiben, 


(hats) 
bie £ute, 
ber <§ute, 
\)^n £nten, 


(angels) (nephews) 
bie (Sngel, bie Sfceffen, 
ber (Sngel, t»er S^effen, 
ben (Engeln,. ben Sfceffen, 






FEMIXIXE. 








Singular, 






Nom. % Ace, 

Gen. 

Bat. 


(figure) 
bie Sfgu-t, 
ber §igur,. 
ber fftgur,. 

Plural. 


(rose) 

bie 9tofe, 
ber Sftofe, 
ber 0Mc* 




Nom. # Ace. 

Gen. 

Dot. 


(figures) 
bie giguren, I 
ber giguren, 
ben ^iguren, 

NEUTER. 

Singular. 


(roses) 
bie Stofen, 
ber Sfcofen* 
ben (ftofttu 




Nom. # Ace 

Gen. 

Dot. 


(field) 
. bag %t% 

beg ftelbeg, 
\>m gefbe, 


(land) 
bag £anb, 
beg £aube$, 
bem fianbe, 



VI 




Plural. 




(fields) 

Nom. $> Ace, bte $elber, 
Gen. ber ftetber, 
Vat. ben gelbern, 


(lands) 
bte fianbet, 
ber Scinbet, 
ben i*dnberu, 



Norn. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 



2. Proper Nouns. 

WITH THE ARTICLE. 

Singular. 

bet ©djttter, be* 8ei6nt$, bte Sfnncr, He SRargatete, 

beg ©emitter, beg l l ei&ntg, ber Stnna, bee SPJargarete, 

b em ©filler, bem Seibnift, bet Slnna, ber 2Jiaigarete, 

ben <Sd)i((er, ben Seibnifc, like Nom. like Nom. 



Plural. 
Nom.% Ace. bie SdjiHer, bie Sei&uifce, bte 2tunen, bie 9ftargareten, 
Oew. ber ©djifler, ber fieibnifc-e, ber 9lnnen, ber Sftargareten, 



Dat. 



ben ©cittern, ben£etbnti3eu,ben Slnneu, ben SDtargareten 



WITHOUT THE ARTICLE. 

Nom. 8? Ace. ©cftifter, £etbni£, 9lrna, SDtargarete, 

Gen. ©cfyiKerg, £eibnt£eng, Slnnag, 2)iargareteng, 

Dat. <Sifyi((er(n), 2etbitifj(en), SJuna, 2ftarg<uete(n) 



XIX. 

ADJECTIVES. 



Singular. 

1. W%ew preceded by the definite article or a word declined 
like it. 





Masc. 


Fern. 


Neuter. 




Nom. 


ber gut?, 


bte gute, 


ba«5 gute, 


the good, 


Gen. 


beg guten, 


ber guten, 


beg guten, 


of the good, 


Dat. 


bem guten, 


ber guten, 


bem guten, 


to the good- 


Ace. 


\)ixi guten, 


like Nora. 


like Nom, 


the good, 



Til 

2. When preceded by the indefinite article or a word declined 
like it. 

Masc, Fern. Neuter*. 

Nam, em guter, etne gute, cin gute3, a good, 

Gen. etnes guten, etnet guten, eines guten, of a good, 

Dot. eiitem guten, etnet guten, einem guten, to a good, 

4cc. etn en guten, like Nom. like Nom. a good. 

Plural. 

3. For both cases and the fHiree genders. 
Nom 8? Ace. bte or meine guten, the or my good, 

Gen. be* or meinet guten, of the or my goo<$, 

Dat. ben or meineu guten* to the ormy good, 

remark 5 In the same way are declined : 

betientge, the one, 

beifel&e (bet fet&e), the same, (often used for personal pronouns.) 

and all words used adjectively in connection with the definite or 
indefinite article. 

bet etne, the one, 

bet meine, mine, 

bet metntge, mine, 

bit anbete, the other.. 



IV. 

FRONOIT1TB, 



1. The relative pronoun 

If standing after the word to which it refers. 

SINGULAR. 





Masc. 


Fern, 


Neuter. 


Nom. 


toetdjet, 


twelve, 


foe(dje$, which, 


Gen. 


beffen, 


bet en, 


beffen, of which, 


Dat. 


roetcfyem, 


wetter, 


toeldjem, to which, 


Aco. 


toetdjen,. 


like Nom. 


like Nom. 



VIII 

PLURAL FOR ALL GENDERS* 

Nam. 4* Ace. Xodfye, which, 

Gen. b e r C n, of which,. 

Dai. b e n e n, to which. 



2* The definite article 

can be used instead of the relative pronoun; but the irregular 
forms must be retained. 





SINGULAR. 






Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


Norn. 


bev, 


bie, 


\>a$, 


Gen. 


beffen, 


b e x e n , 


beffen, 


Dot. 


bem, 


bev, 


bem, 


Arc. 


ben, 


like Nom. 


like Nom. 




PLURAL. 






Nom. $ Ace. 


bte* 






Gen. 


beren, 






Dat. 


benen, 





3* The definite article 

can also be used instead of the demonstrative pronoun, and if 

it is not connected with a substantive or adjective, the genitive 

plural is ,fctxtx" instead of ,fimtl". 

4. The interrogative pronoun, 

Xotx, who. 

Masc, and Fern. 

Nom. toet, who, 

Gen. toeffen (ftef ), whose, 

Dat. tt)em, tj whom 

An. iuetl/ whom. 

Neuter. 

to a , what. 

JVbra Sp Ace. toa$, what, 

fo, tt>ep, of what. 



XI 



5* Personal pronouns* 

b. Second Person* 



a. First person, 

SINGULAR. 



Nom. 


i$i 


I> 


Nom 


feu, 




thou,. 


Gen, 


metnev 


(mc in) of me, Gen, 


b enter (betn), of thee, 


Dat. 


mix, 


to me, Dat, 


bir, 




to thee. 


Ace. 


mtdj, 


me, -4cc. 


bicfi, 




thee. 








PLURAL. 








Nom. 


totr. 


we, 


Nom. 


(fee. 




ye or you, 


Gen, 


unfev, 


of us, 


Gen. 


euet, 




of you, 


Dat 


un$, 


to us, 


Dat. 


euty, 




to you, 


Ace, 


una, 


us. 


Ace. 


eud? A 




ye or you. 






c. 


Third person. 












SINGULAR 










Masc, 


Fern. 






Newt. 


Nom, 


et, 


he, 


fte, 


she, 


ti, 


it. 


Gen, 


feiner (fein), of him, 


t&rer, of her, 


fetner(fetn>, of it. 


Dat, 


fl&m, ftcfc, 


to him, 


\\)t, ftcfy to : 


her, 


i&m 


:, jtdj, to it. 


Ace, 


Ujn, ftcfo, 


him, 


fte, ju&, 1 


tier, 


e*, 


pel), it. 






PLURAL 


FOR ALL 


GENDERS, 










Nom. 


§fc 


they, 










Gen, 


tljver, 


of them, 








Dat, 


ibnen, ftdj, 


to them,. 








Ace, 


fte,ftc§, 


them. 







NtrMEHAtS. 



1. 


Cardinal, 




2. Ordinal 




1. em, etn^ 


one, 


bet, btc, baa etfle, 


the first, 


2. gtoet, 




two, 


it 


jtoeite, 


the second 


3. bvei, 




three, 


n 


btitte, 


the third, 


4. fcier, 




four, 


it 


ttierte, 


the fourth, 


5. fitnf, 




five, 


it 


funfte, 


the fifth, 


6. UMt 




six, 


n 


m®b 


the sixth, 



7. fteben, 


seven, 


ber, bie, 


bad ftefcente, 


the seventh, 


8. od)t, 


eight, 


// 


adjte, 


the eighth, 


9. neun, 


nine, 


// 


neunte, 


the nineth, 


10. gefin, 


ten, 


a 


jcljnte, 


the tenth, 


IK etif(e(f), 


eleven, 


a 


eilfte, 


the eleventh' 


12; jtwlf, 


twelve, 


a 


jtoolfte, 


the twelth, 


13. brei^eOn, 


thirteen, 


a 


breijeftnte, 


the thirteenth, 


14. iM'er^cOn, 


fourteen, 


a 


»ieqehnte, 


the fourteenth, 


15, fi'inf^efjn, 


fifteen, 


a 


funfjelmte, 


the fifteenth, 


16. fed^el)n, 


sixteen, 


a 


fed)jel)itte, 


the sixteenth, 


17. fteben^eOn, 


seventeen, 


a 


fiebenjebnte, 


the seventeenth 


18. ad)t$ei)n, 


eighteen, 


H 


adjtjcOnte, 


the eighteenth' 


19. neun$ef)n, 


nineteen, 


II 


neunjctynte, 


the nineteenth, 


20'. jtoanjig, 


twenty, 


II 


jtwaiiiiflfic, 


the twentieth, 



21. ein unb $wan$tg, twenty one „ 

22. $n>ct unb £lvan$ig, twenty two „ 



30. breigig, thirty. 
40s. Uieqig, fburty, 

50. funfjig, fifty, 

51. tin unb fiinf^'g, fifty ene : 
CO. feci) jig* sixty, 
70. fiebeujig, seventy, 
80. acftMig, eighty, 
90. neunjig, ninety^ 

100. bnnbett, hundred, tl 

200. $weibunbert, two hundred,. „ 
300. breibunbert, three hundred, „ 
1000. taufenb, thousand, „ 

2000, $n?eitaufenb, two thousand, „ 
(Sine SMillton, a million, „ 



ein unb jtvanjtgjle, twenty first 
§tt>ei unb $U)an$taJe, the twen 
ty second, 
bveifiiigfte, t/he thirtieth, 

fcieqigfte, the fourtieth, 

fi'tnfjigfte,. the fiftieth, 
cm unb fnn^igfte, fifty first, 
fecf^igfie, the sixtieth, 

fteben^igfle, the seventieth , 
ad)t$igfte, the eightieth, 

nettnjigfte,. the ninetieth, 

ftltncevtlle, the hunderdth. 

^eifiunbevtfle, thetwohundredth 
br.etbunbevtfie., the threehundredth 
taufenbfte, the thousandth, 

Stoettaufenbfte, the two thousandth 
nitllionfte, the millionth. 



3. 



je $tt>et, 
je bvet 



two at a time, 
three at a time, 



in erf ad) (orfalttg), fourfould, 
fi'tnffad), fivefold, 

Die If ad), many fold, 

bo^pelt, double, 

einetlet, one of sort, 



eiumal, 
jttteimaf, 

fihtfnial, 
melmal, 
eft, oftnials, 



once, 
twice, 
five times, 
many a time, 
often, 



bad evjle 2)Zaf, the first lime, 
bad fiotitt Sflat, the second lime 



XI 



$h>eier(et, 


of two sorts, 


ein ehijiges SMal, 


a single th 


aiUxlti, 


of all sorts, 






iueterlet, 


of many sorts, 


evfien£, 


firstly. 


mancfyeriet, 


of various sorts, 


jtoeiten*, 


secondly, 






brittenS, 


thirdly, 


em fjalb, 


a half, 


t»ierten$, 


fourthly. 


bte $aiitt, 


the half, 






ein <Drittef, 


a third, 


ein Su&cnb, 


a dozen, 


ein ZQiextil, 


a fourth, 


ein $aar, 


a pair, 


inettfyalb, 


3£ 


gwanitg, 


a score. 


bttttfjalb, 


2k, 






ffmfbalb, 


44, 







VI. 

PREPOSITIONS. 



l. 



anjktt, flatt, 

aujjerl)al&, 

tnnetfialb, 

cberbalb, 

nntedjalb, 

bieffei^bieffetts, 

jenfeit, ienfeite, 

fraft,, 

laut, 

iufofge, 



instead of, 
without, outside, 
within, inside, 
above, 
below f 
on this side, 
on that side, 
by virtue of, 
according to, 
in consequenceof 



or : 



trofc, 

uin-ttitteit, 

toegen, 

ungeacfytet, 

untoett, 

unfetu, 

ttermittelfi, 

mttteifc 

tjevmoge, 

wafyrenb, 



in spite of, 
for the sake of, 
on account of, 
not withstanding 

> not far from, 

> by means of 

by dint of, 
during 



With the dative, 

au3, out, out of, natf), 

aug er, without, outside of, nac&ft, 

Bet, by, near, with, nebfi, 

bimtett, within, fammt, 

entgegen, towards, opposite to, feit, 

gegenubev over against, jjoii/ 

gemafj, conformably with, ju, 

niff, with, smviber, 



after, to, according 

next, next to, 

together with, 

together with, 

since, 

from, of, 

to, at, 

against, contrary. 



to, 



Xlf 

3. 

With the genitive and dativei 

fcllfoftje, in consequence of — 

with the genitive, if placed before the substantive*, 
with the dative, if placed after the substantive, 
I&Bft6». along — 

O&y, — in the sense of,. on account of, governs the genitive, 
in the sense of, over, at, governs the dative. 



4. 

With the accusative. 



bitrcfy,. through , 

fill", for, in place of, 

A ea,en,or 9 en, towards, 
oljlte, without, 



fonber, 


apart, without, 


urn, 


about, around, 


ttiber, 


against, 


entlang, 


aloug. 



5. 



With the dative or accusative* 



an, 


on, at, near, 


i'tber, 


over, above> 


auf, 


on, upon. 


nntet, 


under, among, 


btnter, 


behind, 


»or, 


before, 


in, 


in or into, 


jtmfcfyen, 


betwixt, between, 


neb en, 


beside, 







If prepositions monosyllables be joined with the dative or accusa- 
tive of the definite article, a contraction can take place by connecting 
the last letter of the article with the preposition. 

(if euphony admits.) 



ju bcm 93ater, 
gum 2$atet, 
6et bem 33ater, 
&etm SBattt, 
fur bag £au$, 
fur$ Ǥau3, 



ju ber aflutter, 
$ur Gutter, 
in bem <§anfe> 
tm <§attfe, 
buret) bag Wenfier, 
buxd)$ Snifter* 



xm 
VII. 

1. Compounds of %a and wa f 

WIT« 

PREPOSITIONS. 

Instead of „W, very often „I)ter" is used, also in compounds. 

babei, tt)ebet, thereby, whereby, i.e, by this, by which, 

baburcfc, woburc^, J therethrough ' wheretnrou g h » i-e, through this, 

) or thereby, whereby, [through which, 
bafiir, toofftt, therefore, wherefore, i.e , for this, for which, 
bagegen, toogegen, there against, where against, i.e, against this, 

[against which, 
therewith, wherewith, i.e, with this, with which, 
thereof, whereof, i.e, of this, of which, 
therefore, wherefore, i.e, before this, before which, 
thereto, whereto, i.e, to this, to which, 

thereon, whereon, i.e, on this, on which, 
thereupon, whereupon, i.e, upon this, upon which, 
therefrom, wherefrom,i.e, from this, from Which, 
therein, wherein, i.e, in this, in which, 
? therearound, wherearound, i.e, around this, around 
) or therefore, [which, 

thereunder, whereunder, i.e, under this, under 
or among, [which, 

baru&et; WoxubtX, thereover, whereover, i.e, over this, over which, 
batnacb, Wovnatf), thereafter, whereafter, i.e, after this, after which. 

bal) inter, behind this (or that) 

baneben, near this (or that) 

bawibct'/ against this (or that) 

bajtoifdjen, between this^or that). 

2. Compounds of l)er 

(towards the speaker), 



bamtt, 


toomit, 


baucn, 


typyon, 


bayor, 


tyoycr, 


ba$u, 


tooju, 


bavan, 


iucvan, 


bavauf, 


ivorauf, 


bavaug, 


iyovaus, 


fcarin, 


tvorin, 


bamm, 


tvorum, | 


t»arunter 


, tyoruntet, 



fjerab, 


down hither, 


(tOWi 


betauf, 


up 


?> 


Ijevaug, 


out " 


T» 


herein, 


in " 


» 


I?eruber y 


over " 


» 



XIV 



fiav.iMtav Sunder-hither, (towards the speaker) 
Oerwtm,j down „ 

fierbfi, near. " " " 

l;ert>or, forth, out, " " •» 

tyemacij, means hereafter. 

3. Compounds of l)tn. 



tjiitctb, 


down 


thither 


(away from the speaker), 


htnouf, 


up 


n 


M 


(« 


binau$, 


out 


it 


(a 


ill 


hinein, 


in 


« 


(( 


(( 


biiii'iber, 


over 


u 


M 


.< 


Jjtnunter, 


< under 
c down 


tt 


» 


n 




Ijinju, 


means thereto, 


i. e, to that, 



Ijintnird), means tlcerethrough, i. e, through that 
Jjingegen, (there against) at the contrary. 



4. Compounds of fca and u»0 



WITH 

„fjer" and „fytn". 

"bafyer, Woljer, thence, whence, 

t>al)in, .vol) hi, thither, whither 

hielKr, 



(;er/ J this way, 



VIII. 

OOWJT7WOTIONB. 
1. 

SmcTi as Mraw JAe rer& a£ the end of the sentence. 

alt, when, cftnqeacfytet, > 

bafc that, ungeacfrter, 1 notwithstanding 

&i$, until, fo, if, 

frfl, since, when, ftdfytenfc, whilst, 



XV 



bamtt, 


in order that, 


wemt, 


if, 


ef)e, 


before, 


nrie, 


when, 


falte, 


111 case that, 


ivetl, 


because, 


je, (befto), 


the, (the) 


tt>0, 


if, where, 


intern, 


while, 


frit, 


since, 


nadjbem, 


after-that, when, 


ob, 


whether, if. 



The compounds follow the same law. 



aU toenn, ? 

allot, 5 aslf ' 

wofern, ?asif> 
roenngtctd) 



tocnn 



fcfo n 'C a ltliougli, not withstandinj 



cbgteid), 
4>bfdjon # 
cbivcfjf, 
auf bafj, 



k though, 
so that* 



2. 

SttcA as throw the subject after the verb. 
(If there be any subject expressed in the second clause.) 



benned), 


> yet, however, 


folfllidj, 


j 


jebodj, beefy, 1 


mittjin, 


f consequently, 


p after, 


1 


alfo, 


I 


borum, 


> therefor, 


nun, 


therefor, now, 


beebalb, 


| 


nur, 


only, 


beswegen, 


J 


fri 


then, 


bcffenungeacfotet, nevertheless, (toeber), nod), 


(neither), nor, 


bejto, 


the, (je-bejlo,the-the; entweber, 


either, 


and), 


also, 


tying eg en, 


1 


ned), 


still, until now, 


bflgegen, 


\ on the contrary, 


ferncr, 


further, 


babtngegen, 


) 


^ugleid), 


at the same time, 


tfv'at, 


indeed, 


fonfi, 


•else, 


bann, , 


,} then, afterwards 


inelmebr, 1, 


rather, 


alsbann, 


bcmnadj, 


according to this, 


faure, 


scarcely, 


cnblid), 


finally. 







1. Jebod)., bod) and eietmebr, follow the 1st or^nd class. 

2. If conjunctions modify the substantive, they stand before 

it (as any word which modifies the substantive). 

•iftur er tougte e6 nid)t, only he did not know it. 
9ht* Xo\\§U W llidjt, only he did not know. 



XVI 



Such as 


do not affect 


the 'position of the verb. 


unt>, 


and, 


fonbern, } but ' 


«bet/ 


or, 






benn* for, 






XX. 




INTERJECTIONS. 


Stuf! 
SBoWan! 


Up! 

Well then! 


Sufie! l " 
£eifa! J Huzza! 


^rtfd)! 


Brisk ! 


*PI*,fl! Hush! 


©raw ! 


Bravo 1 


£*iber! Alas! 


£et(! 


Oh! 
Hail! 


m } Ah! 


<§et>a! 


Ho then! 


SBeT)! ) 
2Befte! } Wo! 


£alt! 


Hold! 


(Si! 


Eigh! 


%\, Vfui ! Fy, shame 


frut! 


Away ! 





XVII 



X. 



AUXILIARY VERBS. 



To have, fy&bivU 



PRESENT. 



Plural. 



I have, 
thou hast, 
he has, 
we have, 



Indicative 
Singular. 1. 3d) babe, 

2. bu rjaH, 

3. es r^at, 

1. tt>it baben, 

2. tl)t rjabctorljabt, you have, 

3. fte baben, they have. 
Imperative. 

(bu), Have <thou). 

I)abe er, let him have. 



Subjunctive. 
3$ ^abe, 1 (have) may have, 
bu babeji, thou mayst have, 
ec babe, he may have, 
\mx baben, we may have, 
fljr babet, you may have, 
fie baben, they may have. 



baben Mix, let us have. 


Participle. 


babet or f)abt(ifjv), have (you). 


having. 


baben fie, let them have 


babenb* 




IMPERFECT. 


Zh^*cdtfive. 




Subjunctive. 


3d& batte, I had. 


(toemi) id) fyatte, (if) I had or 1 might 






have. 


bu tjattefl/ thou hadst. 




bu battefr, thou mightst have. 


cr I^atte, he had. 




er fyattt, he might have. 


tt>ir batten, we had. 




ttrit batten, we might have. 


il)r b«ttet, you had. 




il)r battet, you might have. 


fte batten they had. 




fie fyiitten, they might have. 


Perfect 


Participle. 




had, 


gefrabt. ' 




PERFECT. 


I have had. 




I may have had. 


3$ babe geBaBf, 




3dj f)a^a getjabt. 


bu i)a$qd)abt, 




hu babefi getjabt. 


erbat geljabt, 




er babe gebabt. 


loir baben gebabf, 




tutr baben Qtfyabt. 


t|t Ijabt gebabt, 




if;r babet $d)abt. 


fie Ijabcn gcfyabt, 




fie baben gebabt. 



XVIII 



PLUPERFECT. 



Indicative. 
I had had 
3d) batte gefyabt, 
bu ^jattefi gebabt, 
er Ijatfe getjaBt, 
nur fatten gefjabt, 
i^r J>attet ge&a&t, 
fie fatten gefyabt, 



Subjunctive. 
I might have had. 
3d; batte gebabt. 
bu battefi gebabt. 
er bcitte gefyabt. 
toir ftcitten gebabt. 
tljr battet gefjabt. 
fie fydtten geljabt. 



Present Infinitive. Future Infinitive. 

to have, l;ci6en. to be about to have, tyibcn ft>ert>cn, 

FIRST FUTURE. 
I shall (will) have. I shall have. 

3d) werbe baben, 3d) fterbe baben. 

fcu tot'ift baben, bu tr-erbefr baben. 

er \utrb baben, er it>erbe baben. 

iuir werbcn Ijaben, unr iverben baben. 

i'T)r luerbet baben, i()t werbet b.abcn. 

fte weiben baben, fie nnrben baben. 

FIRST FUTURE CONDITIONAL. 
I should (or wonld) have 



3d) ttJfirbc baben, 
bu wiirbefl baben, 
er limrbe baben, 

Perfect 
to have had, 

SECOND 
I shall have had. 
3d) wetbe gebabt baben, 
bit nnrfi gebabt baben, 
er toirb ge()abt baben, 
tuir roerben getjabt baben, 
il)r lueibet gebabt baben, 
fie werben gebabt baben, 



Sir ftntrben baben, 
ibv toiiibet baben, 
fie nnirben Baben. 

Infinitive. 
gebabt tjaben. 

FUTURE. 

(if) I shall have had. 
3d) toerbe gebabt baben, 
bu tr-erbeft qti)abt baben, 
er werbe gebabt baben, 
im'r tterben gel)abt baben, 
tfji wertet gebabt baben, 
fie tverben QzijaU baben. 



SECOND FUTURE CONDITIONAL. 
I should (or would) have had. 
M) wurbe gefjabt Ijaben, 2Bir roiiiben gebabt $abm, 

bn tourbeft gebabt baben, il)r luiirbet gebabt baben, 

er iviivbe gefyabt baben, fie iviirbeu gebabt Hb^n* 



XIX. 



To be, fftn. 





PRESENT. 






Jttdzcartre. 


Subjunctive. 


3$ Bin, 


I am. 


"3*& 


I be or may be. 


bu bi\i, 


thou art. 


bufeieftorfeift, thou may st be. 


eritf, 


he is. 


er fei, 


he may bo. 


toft fhib, 


we are. 


toir feien 


, we may be. 


if)t fffe, 


you are. 


ity feiet, 


you may be. 


fie finb/ 


they are. 
Imperative. 


fie feien, 


they may be. 


@et (bit) 


be (thou). 






fei er, 


let him be. 






feien toir, 


let us be. 




Participle. 


feib (tyr>, 


be you. 




being. 


fcien fie, 


let thera be. 




feienb. 




IMPERFECT, 






Indicative. 




Subjunctive. 


3d) tow, 


I was. 


3d) to a re, i 


[if) Iwere,(Imightbe) 


bu ftavejl 


or toarfi, thou wast. 


bu toarefi, 


thou wert. 


er toar, 


he was, 


er ware, 


he were. 


J»« waveti 


\, we were." 


toir toaren, 


we w re. 


tfjr waret 


or \\saxt, you were, 


iijr waret, 


you were. 


&e waren, 


they were. 


fte toaien, 


they were. 




Perfect 


Participle. 






been, 


gctocfcn.i 






PERFECT. 






1 have been. 


I may have been. 




3d) bin getoefen, 


3d) fei getoefen, 




tit bt|l getoefen, 


bit feift getoefen, 




<t if} getoefen, 


er fei getoefen, 




toil" ftnb getoefen, 


toir feien getoefen, 




tfjr feib getoefen, 


tf)i* feiet getoefen, 




fie ftnb gercefen. 


fte fei 


en getoefen. 



XX 

PLUPERFECT. 
Indicative. Subjunctive. 

J. had been. I might have been. 

3d) war gewefen, 3d) toare gewefen, 

bu warft gewefen, bu warefi gewefen, 

cv war gewefen, er Ware gewefen, 

loft waren gewefen, wir wfirhi gewefen, 

tf)r Watet gewefen, ifyr Waret gewefen, 

fie waren gewefen. fte wciren gewefen. 

Present Infinitive. Future Infinitive. 

to be, fein. to be about to be, fein irerbcn, 

FIRST FUTURE. 
I shall be. '(H) I shall be. 

3d) tottU fein, 3d) werbe fein, 

bu wirjl fein, bn werbefl fein, 

er wirb fein, er werbe fein, 

\M wetben fein, wir werben fein, 

if)r wevbct fein, ifyr werbet fein, 

fie urn-ben fein. fie werben fein. 

FIRST FUTURE CONDITIONAL. 
I should or would be. 
3d) tt>urbe fein, toit witrben fein, 

bu wiirbefi fein, il)x wiirbet fein, 

cr Witrbe fein, fie wiirbeu fein. 

Perfect Infinitive. 
to have been, g en; efcn fein. 

SECOND FUTURE. 
I shall have been. (if) I shall have beeo. 

3d) werbe gewefen fein, 3d) werbe gewefen fein, 

bu Wirft gewefen fein, bu wetbefl gewefen fein, 
cr Wirb gewefen fein, cr werbe gewefen fein, 

Wir werben gewefen fein, Wir werben gewefen fein, 

il)r werbet gewefen fein, tbr werbet gewefen fein, 

fte h>erben gewefen fein, fie wercen gewefen fein. 

SECOND FUTURE CONDITIONAL. 
I should or would have had. 
3$ tmirbe gewefen fein, Sir witrben gewefen fein, 

bu witrbeft gewefen fein, inr wiirbet gewefen fein, 

er wftvbe gewefen fein, fie wiivben gewefen fein. 



XXI 



3. 



To become, wtiftttt, (to be getting.) 



Indicative. 
I become. 
3tf) toerbe, 
bu tot'rf!, 
er tturb, 
toir toerbeu, 
i$t toerbet, 
fte vcerben. 



I may become. 

3d) werbe, 
bu toerteji, 
er toerbe, 
nur iverben, 
i§i tr-erbet, 
jte toerbeu. 



SBerbe (bu), 
toe vb e et*, 
toetben ttnr, 
toerbet (tljr), 
voerbcu ffe, 



become (thou), 
let him become, 
let us become, 
become (you.) 
let them become. 



Participle* 

becoming. 

iuevbenb. 



IMPERFECT. 



Indicative. 
I become. 
3d) hntrbe or toarb, 
bu tourbeft or toarbji, 
er tinube or to tub, 
totr tourben, 
ifjr tourbet, 
jte tourbeu. 



Subjunctive. 
I might become. 
3d) toihbe, 
bu toitrbef!, 
er toitrbe, 
totr iritvbett, 
if>r toitrbet, 
fie toitrbetu 



Perfect Participle, 
become, getuor^en. 



PERFECT. 



I have become. 
3d) btn getoorbeu, 
bu bijl getoorben, 
er tfi gettwrb^Ht 
totr jtnb gewerben, 
ifyx fetb getoorben, 
fte finb getoorben. 



I may have become. 
3d) fet getoorben, 
bu fefeft getoorben, 
er fet getoorben, 
toir fet'eu getoorben, 
tljr fetet getoorben, 
fie fet'eu getoorben* 



xxn 

PLUPERFECT. 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

I had become. I might have become. 

3tf) war getr-orben, 3d) ware geivorben, 

bu ftaiji getoorben, bit nuirefi getuorben,. 

er tear getootben, er tmire gerocrben, 

totr hmren getoorben, n?iv tuaren geftotbeu, 

ibr tuart getoorben, W>r n>aret getoorben, 

fie waxen genwrben. jie luctren gercorben. 

Present Infinitive. Future Infinitive. 

to become, toerfoen. to be about to become, luetbentterben., 

FIRST FUTURE. 

I shall become. (if) I shall have become* 

3d) fterbe tuerben, 3dj toerbe roerben, 

bu toirft fterben, bit wetbefi toerben* 

cr roitb toerben, er werbe toerben, 

toix toerben toerben, nrir werben toerben, 

iljr werbet toerben, ifyr toerbet werben,, 

fte werben toerben. fte toerben werben. 

FIRST FUTURE CONDITIONAL. 
I should (or would) become. 
3d) wiivbe werben, 2Bir ttnirben toerben, 

bu toiirbeji toerben, tfyr tourbefc werben,. 

cr ftiirbe tterben, fie wiirben toerben* 

Perfect Infinitive. 
to have had, gel;abt Ij often* 

SECOND FUTURE. 

I shall have become, (if) I 6hall have become. 
3$ werbe getoorben fein, 3d) tverbe getoorben fein,. 

bu ttnrft geworben fein, bu werbefi getoorben fein, 

er w»trb getoorben fein, er toerbe geiuorben fein/ 

totr roerben getoorben fein, toir toerben getoorben fein, 

if)x tuerbet getoorben fein, tijr toerbet gewcrben fein, 

fte toerben geftorben fein. fte tverben getoorben fein. 

SECOND FUTURE CONDITIONAL. 

I should (or would) have become. 

3$ ttntrbe geftorben fein, SBic twitrben getoorben fein, 

bu toikbeft getoorben fein, ifyr nwrbet getuorben fein, 

er toiftbe getoprben fein, fte hrttrben getoorben fein. 



xxin 
XI. 

RBOTILAR VBHBS. 

l. 

Active Voice* 

to love , H e B e n. 





PRESENT. 






Indicative 


Subjunctive. 




I love. 


I may love. 


Set) titit, 


I love. 


3cfi liebe, 


bu tiebet? 01 


- liebfi, thou lovest. 


bit liebeft, 


er It'ebet or 


liebt, he loves. 


ec liebe, 


wir lieben, 


we love. 


loir lieben, 


ifjr Itebct 01 


• liebt, you love. 


i\)x liebet, 


fie lieben, 


they love. 
Imperative. 


fte lieben. 


Siebe (bu), 


love (thou). 




liebe er, 


let hirn love. 




lieben roir, 


let us love. 


Participle. 


liebet or liebt(iljr), love (you). 


loving. 


lieben fie, 


let them love. 

IMPERFECT. 


liebenb. 


Indicative. 


Subjunctive. 


I was 


loving, I loved. 


I might love, 


3$ liebte, 


I loved, (I was loving.) 


3d) IkbtU, 


bu ikhUft, 


thou lovedst. 


bu liebetef^, 


er liebte, 


he loved. 


er liebete, 


toil liebten, 


we loved. 


toir liebeten, 


tfjr liebtet, 


you loved. 


if)r liebetet, 


fte (tebten, 


they loved. 


fie liebeten. 



Perfect Participle. 

loved, geltebet or geliebt 

PERFECT. 
I have loved. I may have loved. 

3d) tyabe geliebt, 3d) babe geliebt, 

bu tjafi geliebt, bu babefi geliebt, 

er l)at geliebt, er fjabe geiiebt, 

wir fyaben geliebt, roir l)aben geliebt, 

ibr fyabt geliebt, iljr l)ahtt geliebt, 

fie fyaben geliebt. fie l?aben QtliibU 



XXIV 

PLUPERFECT. 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

I had loved. I might have loved. 

3d) fatte gfStotf 3* fjatte geliebt, 

bu batteft geltebt, bu (>aiteil geliebt, 

er batte geliebt, er fjatte geliebt, 

tt)tv fatten geliebt, totr fatten geliebt, 

itjr f;attet geliebt, Ujr I>attet geliebt, 

fte fatten geliebt. fte Ijatten geliebt. 

Present Infinitive. Future Infinitive. 

to love, lieben. to be about to love, lieben iuevoeu, 

FIRST FUTURE. 

I shall love. (if) I shall love. 
3d) iuerbe lieben, 3d) toerbe liebcn, 

bu voirfi lieben, bu toerbeft liebcn, 

cr tt)irb liebcn, er toetbe lieben, 

toir roerben lieben, Mr toeiben lieben, 

tl)r wetbet liebcn, ibr nmbet lieben, 

fte toeibeu lieben. fie toevben lieben.. 

FIRST FUTURE CONDITIONAL. 

I should (or would) love. 

3d) toi'trbe lieben, 3Bir nnitben lieben. 

bu toiiibeft lieben, il)r nutvbet lieben, 

er nnirbe lie&en, fte !»&«>« lieben. 

Perfect Infinitive. 
to have loved, geltebt Ijabett. 

SECOND FUTURE. 
I shall have loved. I shall have loved 1 . 

3d) tocrbe geliebt fyaben, 3d) fterbe creliebt baben, 

bu nmfi geliebt baben, bu n>erbeft geliebt baben, 

er totrb geliebt baben, er tocrbe geliebt baben, 

ttnv toevben geliebt baben, Uu'r tocrben geliebt fyaben, 

il)r toevbet geliebt baben, tf)r toerbet geliebt Ijaben, 

fte toevben geliebt t)aben. fte toevben geliebt baben. 

SECOND FUTURE CONDITIONAL. 

I should (or would) have loved. 
3d) Hntvbe geliebt Oabeu, xoix unirben geliebt tjaben, 

bu untvbefl geliebt baben, tt>r ttuubet geliebt baben, 

n ttwvbe geliebt fyaben, fte toiirben getieb-t ba^eu. 



XXV 

2. 



Passive Voice. 

to be loved, — geltebt toetben. 



Present. %$ luetbe geliebt, 

Imperfect. id) tmti'be geltebt, 
or id) tt>arb geltebt, 
Perfect. \&) bin geltebt toot-ben, 

Pluperfect. id) tear geltebt ftorben, 
Fw-5^ Future, id) toerbe geltebt toetben, 
Pirsif CW. idj toiirbe geltebt toerben, 
Second Future, id) werbe geltebt toorben fetiij 
Second Cond. ic§ tiJttrbe geltebt iuorben fetn, I should have been loved. 



I am loved (I am in the 
state of being loved.) 
I was loved. 

I have been loved. 

I had been loved. 

I shall be loved. 

I should be loved. 

I shall have been loved. 



Imperative. 



SSerbe (bu) geliebt, 
toerbe er geltebt, 
toerben voir geltebt, 
tterbet (tbr) geltebt, 
iuerben fte geltebt, 



be (thou) loved, 
let him be loved, 
let us be loved, 
be (you) loved, 
let them be loved. 



Infinitive. 

Present, geltebt foerben, 
Perfect, geltebt toovben fetn, 
Future, nmben geltebt werben, 



to be loved. 

to have been loved. 

to be about to be loved. 



XII. 

Verbs of the old form* 

(irregular verbs) 
1. to find, f i n b e tn 

IMPERFECT 

Indicative. Subjunctive^. 

I found, I might find. 

3d) fa lib, I found. %A) fdnbe. 

bu fanbeft, (fanbjl), thou foundst. bu fdnbeft. 

er fanb, he found. ev fdnbe. 

w>ir fanbett, we found, toir fdnben. 

il)t fanbet, you found- ifyv fdubet, 

fie fanb en, they found. fie fdnben. 

Past Participle. 

found, gefiiuben. 
2. to give , q e fc e tu 





PRESENT. 




Indicative. 




Imperative* 


I give. 






3$ gebe. 







bu gib ft. 




gib (bit). 


n gibt. 




gebe ev. 


ttir geben. 




geben ttrir. 


ifyv gebet or gebt, 


r 


gebet or gebt (il)v), 


fte geben 




geben ft?,. 


3. 


to bake, hi 

PRESENT. 

Indicative. 
I bake, 
Scfc bacfe. 
bu bacffh 
ev bdcft. 


tcfetu 



XXVII 

XXIX. 

Verbs of the old form, 

(irregular verbs). 
Arranged according to their radical syllable. 

The verbs of the old form change their radical vowels in 
the Imperfect and Perfect Participle according to their 
radical syllable. 

CLASS 1. 
1. The irregular verbs which have it in the radical syllable change it 



in the Imperfect, 
into, 

bt ct en, to offer, 

6 i eg en, to bend, 

erftefen, to select, 

(txtov, erfercn) 



in the Past Participle. 
into, 



»0* 



uot, 



q euoten, 



fdjttepen, to shut, 

ftebeu, to boil, 

(foit, gcfotten) 



nieijett, 1. 


to fly, 


iiiefyen, 


to flee, 


ficetjen, 


to flow, 


frieren, 


to freeze, 


fleniejjen, 


to enjoy, 


9 teg en, 


to pour, 


flieben, 


to cleave, 


frtedjen, 


to creep, 


vied) en, 


to smell, 


fcbte&en, 


to shove, 


frf)ie§en, 


to shoot, 


fcfjliefen, 2. 


to slip, 



fpriefjen, 


to sprout, 


flieben, 


to fly, (as dust), 


trtefeu, 


to strickle, 


sevbriefjen, 


to displease, 


fcer Keren, 


to loose, 


fttegen, 


to weigh, 


#t%iri' f 


to draw, 


(m> ge^ecjen), 




Derived as: 




erfrteren, 
gebteten, 


to freeze, 


to command, 


fcerbieten, 


to forbid, 


oerjteOen, 


to spoil, (in edu- 




cation.) 



RE 31 ARKS *. 

1. In the second and third persons singular the „te" is 
sometimes changed into „e u" (in poetry), 
as: fiegen, ffeugfi, fleiigt. 
2. The „f" is doubled in all irregular verbs, when it 
stands immediately after a vowel. 
fn)(tefen, fdjlcff, frr)(ofren. 



XXVII? 



3. 


glimmen, 


to glitter, 


glomm, Qt$ommn, 




Flimmen, 


to climb, 


flonun,,, geflommen, 




r-evwtrvcn, 


to confound, 


yertoovr, uertoorren, 
(uertoirrt, confused). 


4. 


(tegen, 


to lie, 


lm 3e(egen, 




bitten, 


to beg, 


bat, gebeten, 




ftijen, 


to sit, 


f*§# Oef^ffen. 



2. The irregular verbs which have a modified vovjel in their 
radical syllable change it also 





in the Imperfect, 


in the Past Participle, 




into, 


into 






,,0" 


„0" 


te&g 


en, to weigh, 


toog, 


q en> ogen. 


gatjreu, 


to ferment, 


t>erlofd)en, 


to extinguish, 


gebaten, 


to bring forth, (gebctv) 


auslofdjen, 


to extinguish, 


rad)eu, 


to avenge, (also reg.) 


tri'tgen, 


to deceive, 


fd) n>ii re »t, 


to supperate, 


fit ven, 


to choose, (only in 


cvlofctjen, 1. 


to extinguish, 


ti'tgen, 


to lie, [poetry) 


fd)tooren, 


to swear, (also 






Derived as: 


frf)toitv) 






ettoagen, 


to consider, (also re- 


betrftgeu, 


to deceive, 




gular) 


erfi'iven, 


to choose, 



3. The compounds with ,,(6fd)en" are irregular only when, 
they are used intransitively. In the 2nd and 3rd persons, 
singular we can also say, 1 1 f d) e fl, K f d) t. 

3. The irregular verbs which have „flU" in their radical syllable 
change it also 



in the Imperfect, 
into, 

fatt gen, to suck, 

faufen, to drink, (to tipple,) 

fdjnauben, to snort, 

fd)iauben, to screw, (also regular). 

Derived as : 
evfaufen, to be drowned. 
Sxc. laufen, to run, 
I) an en, to hew 



in the Past Participle, 
into, 

fog, aefogetu. 

(faufjt, fauft), 



* vufen, to. call,. 



lief, gefaufen, (bit fcteffo e* lauft). 
t)ieb, gebauen. 
T^aute, (in cutting wood, stones etc.) 
vf.cf, gerufeiv 



XXIX 



CLASS 2. 
The irregular verbs which have „et" * n their radical syllable 



change it 




in the Imperfect, 


in the Past Participle. 


1. into, 


into, 







when a double or hard consonant (fg, t, f, d),) follows* 
2. into, into, 

„ie" ,,it" 

ivhen a softer consenant (b, g, I); follows. 



1. bctf 


en, to bite, 


6if, 


GCpiffcn, 


SBejtcifjen, (fid)) to apply ones self 


, Fnet'fen, 


to pinch, 


l)eigen,(3^ei| 


pen) to be named, 


Vfeiffen, 


to whistle, 


Jieifjen, 


to tear, 


frfyUtfen, 


to grind, 


fd)(et§cn, 


to slit, 


bletdjen, 


to fade, 


fdjmctjjen. 


to smite, 


fd)Uid)cn, 


to sneak, 


fvfeijjen, 


to split, 


fketdjen, 


to stroke, 


fllcttcn, 1. 


to glide, 


rdetcfyen, 


to yield, 


retten, 


to ride, 


Derived as: 




ftreUen, 


to contend, 


evb(eid)im, 


to turn pale, 


fdjvetten, 


to stride, 


evgveifen, 


to seize, 


cireif-CH, 


to seize, (gripe), \j>etbletd)en, 


to grow pale-, 


feifen, 


to chide, 






2. reifcen, to rub, 


tiefc, 


q erie6en. 


bleiben, 


to remain, 


fd)einen, 


to shine, 


fcfyreiben, 


to write, 


fd;u>e(gen, 


to be silent, 


tteiben, 


to drive, 


fteigen, 


to step, 


gebeitjen, 


to prosper, 


preifen, 


to praise, 


leifyen, 


to lend, 


roeifen, ' 


to show, 


jetfjcit. 


to aecuse of, 


Mteiben, 


to shun, 


fdjreten, 


to cry, 


fd)etben, 


to separate, 


fpeten, 


to spit, 






Derived as: 








beqtitjen, 


to pardon, 


erfdjei-nen, 


to appear, 


ucrbteiben, 


to remain, 


erweifen, 


to render. 


uerleiljen, 


to grant, 






1. 


,,i" is doubled in all verbs of this class. 


2. 


leiben, to suffer, titr, 


geliUen. 




fdjneiben, to cut, 


fd)mtt, 


gefdjmtten,. 



XXX 



CLASS 3. 

The irregular verbs which have n i\l'' in their radical syllable 
change it 



in 


the 


Imperfect, 


in the Past Participle, 




into. 


into. 


1 




h 


,a" 


11" 
//U 




Mrtb 


en 


t to bind, 


& ci n b , 


e Bun to en. 


b insert, (bun 


;g)/ 


to bargain, 


fltnfcn, 


to stink, 


bringen, 




to urge, 


trinfen, 


to drink, 


fmben, 




to find, 


gvotngen, 


to force, 


fldtngen, 




to succeed, 






fttngen. 




to sound, 


Derived as: 




ringen, 




to wrestle, 


erftnben, 


to invent, 


fd)inben,(fdjunb)io flay, 


empfuiben, 


to feel, 


fdjlingen, 




to sling 


s?effd)U)tnben, 


to disappear, 


fcfyvoinben. 




to vanish, 


petfctyliugen, 


to swallow up, 


fonmngen, 




to swing, 


eutfprtngeu, 


to spring away, 


ftug.cn, 




to sing, 


evringen, 


to gain by exer 
tion, 


ftnfen, 




to sink, 


ttrifttngffy 


to go amiss, 


fp ting en, 




to spring, 


Bebtngen. 

REMARKS : 


to bargain. 



1. The following change ,,[" into ,,0" in the Past Participle: 
gettnnnen, to gain, getoounen, 
tinnen, to run, (of fluids), 

ftnnen, to think, 

fptnnen, to spin, 
begtnnen, to begin, (also fregonn in the Imp,) 



2. fcr)Pummen has ftfjtoamm, (and fcfy roc turn) gefdjtocm* 
men* 



XXXI 

CLASS 4. 

The irregular verbs which have ,,C" as the vowel of their radical 
syllable change it 



in the Imperfect, 
into, 



in the Past Participle, 
1. into, 

„0" 



When more than one consonant 
folloio. 
2. They preserve the ,,t", if one 
consonant or , , f 6 " follows* 

1. $elfen, to help, tyalf, ge^olfen. 



fcefefjien, 


to command, 


jler&en, 


to die, 


&eigen, 


to hide, 


ireffen, 


to hit, 


fcerften, 


to burst, 


fcetbetfJen, 


to perish, 


bvecfyen, 


to break, 


toerben, 


to woo, 


ferefcften, (bvcfcb) to thresh, 


voerben, 


to become, 


cmpfcfjten, 


to recommend, 


toetfen, 


to throw, 


etftyredeit, 


to freighten (re 


y, 
3 






when transitive) Derived as : 




gelten, 


to avail, 


entfpvec^en, 


to answer. 


I) elf en, 


to help, 


ttevfyeljlen, 


to conceal, 


nefjmen, 1* 


to take, 


wfcergen, 


to hide, 


fdjetfeen, 


to scold, 


server fen, 


to reject, 


fpredjen, 


to speak, 


gerbrcdjeii/ 


to break to pieces, 


fled) en, 


to sting, 


tterneljmen, 


to hear, 


ftefyten, 


to- steal, 


ertoev&en, 


to gain. 



2. fetyen, to see, fa$, gefetyen. 



eiTen, (gegeffen) 


, to eat, 


geneferi/ 


to recover, 


fceflfen, 


to devour, 


ireten, 


to tread, 


Devgeffen, 


to forget, 


geben, 


to give, 


steffen, 


to measure, 


Derived as : 




lefen, 


to read, 


aergeb-en, 


to forgive, 


gefdjefK"/ 


to happen, 


jertreten, 


to crush by trea- 
ding on. 



XXXII 



1. neftmetl, Imperf. naljm, looses the ,,\)" in the other 

irregular forms, and doubles the n m", as ; genommeu. 

2. The following verbs change „e" into /; o" in the Im- 

perfect. 

BcHemmeit/ to press, (has a regular Imperf.) 

fedjten, to fight, 

ffecbtenv to twist, 

metfen, to milk, 

qudlett A to gush, (ciiieUett/ to swell, is reg.) 

fd)toeUen, to swell, (reg. when active.) 

fdjmeljen, to melt. 

3. All preceding irregular verbs change „ e" into ,,\" in 

the second and third persons Present Indicative and 
second person Imperative Singular, and into „ie" if 
an „&" follows — 3d) gebe, bit gibft, cr gibt, gib. 

3d) empfeljle, bit empfiielft etc. 
(Parad. XII. 2) 

melfetl and genefen are exceptions to this, 
lefen, has liefeft, Jtefit, lies. 

4. The following change „e" into ,,o" in the Imperfect 

and in the Past Participle : 

beftegetl/ to move, (irregular only, if it means 

,,to induce".) 

^jlcgen, to cherish, (pfiegcn, to be wont is re- 
gular.) 

Ijebeit, to lift, heave, 

to eft en, to weave, (to q b, only in poetry), 

fdjeren, to shear. 

5. fkhen, to stand, fianb, geftanben,. 
gefien, to go, ging, gegangetu 

6. fteden, to stick, is regular; but has also „ftacf" in. the 
Imperfect. 



XXXIII 

CLASS 5. 

The irregular verbs which have „a" as the vowel of their radi- 
cal syllable change it 

in the Imperfect, in the Past Participle, 

into, preserve, 

„te" //ft" 

Mafen, to blow, fcltea, geMafen, 



fcraten, to roast, 


taffen, 


to let, 


em\}fangen, to receive, 


vatljen, 


to advise, 




fd)(afen, 


to sleep, 


fatten, to fall, 


entfd)(afen, 


to fall asleep, to 


fangen, (fteng or 




die, 


ftng) to catch, 


gefatten, 


to please, 


batten, to hold, 


»ii§faf(en# 


to displease, 


[jangen, (r/teng to hang, 


anfangen, 


to begin, 


or (jing) 


geratljen, 


to hit upon. 


1. The following verbs change ,,a" into „u" in the Imp, 


bacfen, 


to bake, 




fallen, 


to drive, 




fvagen, 


to ask, 




cpraben, 


to dig, 




fab en, 


to load, 




fd;ajten, 


to create, (fd)uf ; fdjajfeit, to labor 






is reg.) 


fd)tagen, 


to strick, beat 


(vatl)fd)lagen to con 
suit, is reg.) 


tragen, 


to cany, 




wad) fen, 


to grow, 




irafdjen, 


to wash. 





2» The verbs of this class, mentioned hitherto, modify „a" 
in the second and third persons Present Singular, ex- 
cept (aben (some times) and fdjaffen. (Parad. XII. 3.) 
3. The following verbs have only the irregular Participle. 
faOen, to catch, 

fallen, to fold, 

nialen, to gi'ind, (maten, to paint is reg.) 

fallen, to salt, 

fpalten, to split, 

fcetfdjatten, to die away in sound (fdjaffen is 

reg.) 



XXXIV 

XXV. 

Verbs of the mixed form, 

(irregular verbs). 

There are some verbs which form their Imperfect and 

Past Participle partly according to the new form (k, etc.), 

partly according to the old (in changing the radical vowel 
etc.) 

L 



nennen, 


to name, 


nannte, 


genannf,. 


tcnnen, 


to run, 


vannte, 


getannt, 


brennen, 


to burn,. 


brannte. 


gebtannt, 


menben, 


to turn, 


toanbte,. 


geiuanbt, 


fenben, 


to send, 


fanbte, 


gefanbt, 


benfcn, 


to think, 


bacfyte. 


gebacht, 


being en, 


to bring,, 


btacbte, 


gebtacbfc 


fonnen, 


to be able, 


fonnte, 


gefonnfr, 


Woden, 


to be willing, 


toottte, 


genJoHt, 


mbgen, 


to like, 


raecfyte, 


gemocftt, 


(often, 


to be obliged, 


fotlte, 


&efoHt, 


biirfen, 


to be allowed 


burfte, 


gebutft. 


miiiTen, 


to be forced, 


mufite, 


gemu&t, 


nnffen, 


to know, 


imifjie, 

REMARKS. 


geuni§t. 



1. Only in fibrin gen" and „benfen", the Imperfect 

Subjunctive modifies the vowel, — in the others is has 
the vowel of the Present, as: id) nennete. (Parad.. 

XII. 1.) 

2, gonnen, not to envy, has also gonnte, gegonnt. 



XXXV 



to be able, fonnenv 





PRESENT. 






Indicative. 








Subjunctive. 


I can, or am able, 








E may be able. 


3d) fann, 








3d) fonne, 


bu fannfl, 








bu fonneft, 


et fann, 








er fonne, 


to'vc fonnen, 








vo'xk fonnen, 


tbr fannet or fonnt, 






ii)X fimnet, 


fie fonnen, 








fte fonnen* 




IMPERFECT. 






I was able (or I could.) 




I 


might be able. 


3d) fonnte, 








3d) fonnte, 


bit fonntej!, 








bit fonnteft, 


et: fonnte, 








ev fonnte, 


toix fennten, 








toir fimnten, 


ityx fonntet, 






& 


tf)r fonntet, 


fte fonnt en, 








fte fonnten. 




Participle. 






Present. fonnenb, 


being i 


ible 


, (seldom used) 


Perfect, gefonnt, 


been able. 





Infinitive. 
Present, fonnen, to be able, 
Perfect. gefonnt tjct&en, to have been able. 



Compound Tenses. 

Perfect. 3d) ftaoe gefonnt, 

Phiperfect. id) bcttte gefonnt, 
First Future, id) toerbe fonnen, 
First Cond. id) ttntrbe fonnen, 
Second Future, id) tverbe gefonnt hauen, 
Second Cond. id) uMivbe gefonnt fcaben, 



I have been able, 

I had been able. 

I shall be able. 

I should be able. 

I shall have been able. 

I should have been able. 



XXXVI 

3. 



to be willing or to wish, to i>U e « 



PRESENT. 



Indicative. 



I will, am willing. 

3d) tt!B» 

bu toiHft, 

eu toil!, 

toil' too Hen, 

iljt xovliet or toottt, 

fee tootten, 



Subjunctive: 
may be willing;. 
3d) wolle, 
bit toofleft, 
ev tootte, 
toiv toollen, 
Ujv toottet, 
fte tooUen. 



IMPERFECT. 



I was willing. 
3d) tooKte, 
bu tocdic-jl, 
er tooHte, 
toir woHten, 
tf)c toolltet, 
fte woHtCrt, 



I might be willing. 

3d) toollte, 
bit toollteft, 
ev toollte, 
toir tooUten, 
il)t tooHtet, 
fiie toeflteiu 



"resent. 



Participle. 
toottenb, willing 



(seldom used) 



Perfect. getooUt, willed, been willing. 

Infinitive. 
Present, tooden, to be willing. 

Perfect. gentottt fjciftett, to have been willing. 



Compound Tenses. 



Perfect. 3d) fyctbe getooUt, 

Pluperfect. tct) Ijatte getooUt, 

First Future, id) toevbc tooUen, 
First Concl. id) toitrbe tool! en, 
Second Future, id) toetbe getooUt Ijaben, 
Second Cond. id) toi'ube getooUt Ijaben,, 



I have been willing. 
I had been willing. 
I shall be willing. 
I should be willing. 
i shall have been wil 



ling. 



I should have been willing. 



AAA VIA 
4. 



to like , m 6 g e «. 







PRESENT. 






Indicative. 




Subjunctive, 




I may, I like. 




I may like. 




3d) mag, 




3d) moge, 




bu mag ft, 




t>u mogeft, 




ev mag, 




er mcge. 




tv>ir mcgen, 




toir mogen, 




ifyx moget or tr 


logt, 


tbv moget, 




fte mogen, 


IMPERFECT 


fie mogen. 




I liked. 




I might like. 




3d) mod)te, 




3d) mod)te, 




bu modjtefl, 




bn ntocfytefi, 




er mocfyte, 




er ni 6 d)te, 




wit modjten, 




tt>ir mocfytcu, 




*f>v modtfet, 




it)v mccfytet, 




fie mocfyten, 


Participle. 


fte mod)ten. 




Present, mogenb, liking 
Perfect. gemocftt, liked. 


, (seldom used) 


„ 




Infinitive. 






Present, mogen, to like. 




Perfect, gem 


octjt fyaben, 1 


to have liked. 




Compound Tenses. 


Perfect. 


3d) *)abe gemodjt, 


I have liked. 


Pluperfect. 


id) fyatte gemotfjt, 


I Jiad liked. 


First Future. 


id) ftetbe mogen, 


I shall like. 


First Cond. 


id) toiivbe mc 


>gen, 


I should like. 


Second Future. \6) toerbe gemod)t fyaben, 


I shall have liked. 


Second Cond 


id) i&urbe gemccfyt fyaben, 


I should have liked 



XXXVIII 

5. 
to be allowed, bur fen. 

PRESENT. 

Indicative* Subjunctive. 
I am allowed or permitted. I may be allowed. 

3d) barf, 3$ burfe, 

bit barfir, bit bi'trfejr, 

•er barf., ex bi'irfe, 

voix biirfen, lt»ir biirfen, 

ifjt biirfet or biirft, if)r biirfet, 

fie biirfen, fie bi'irfcu. 

IMPERFECT. 

I was allowed, I might be allowed. 

3d) burfte., 3d) burfte, 

bit burftefr, bit biirfteft, 

er burfte, cr bitrfte, 

voir burften, wir friivften, 

tljt burftet , ifir bitrftet, 

ite buvften, fte burften. 

Participle. 

Present, biirfenb, being permitted, (seldom used) 
Perfect, gebltrft, been permitted. 

Infinitive. 
Present, biirfen, to be permitted, 

Perfect. gebltrft fyaben, to have been permitted. 

Compound Tenses. 

Perfect, 3d) fyabe gebltrft, I have been permitted. 

Pluperfect, id) l)Ciitt geburfi, I had been permitted. 

First Future, itf) roerbe biirfen, I shall be permitted. 

First Cond. ift) roiirbe biirfen, I should be permitted. 

SecondFuture. id) fterbe gebltrft fyafcen, I shall have been permitted. 

Second Cond. icr) roiirbe geburft tjabtn, I should have been permitted. 



XXXIX 



to be under obligation , foil cm 



PRESENT. 



Indicative. 
I am under obligation. 

3* foil, 
M faftft 

ex fell, 
nnr fellen, 
tljr fcttet or follt, 
fte follen, 



Subjunctive. 
I may be under obligation 
3d) folle, 
fcu felled 
ex folle, 
totv fellen, 
iljr follet, 
fte folleru 



IMPERFECT. 
I was under obligation, I might be under obligation. 



3d) Mite, 
bit felltef*, 
er follte, 
mix follten, 
iljx fclltet , 
fie fofttcn, 



3d) follte, 
bit folltetf, 
er follte, 
toix fcllten, 
it)t felltet, 
fte follten. 



Participle. 
Present. follenb, being under obligation, (seldom used), 
Perfect. Cjefotit, been under obligation. 

Infinitive. 

Present, follen, to be under obligation. 

Perfect. gefolU fta&en, to have been under obligation. 



Corn-pound Tenses. 

Perfect, 3d) &aoe gefcllt, 

Pluperfect. id) batte gefollt, 

First Future, id) toerbe fatten, 

First Cond. id) toi'trbe follen, 

Second Future, id) toerbe gefollt l)Ctben, I shall have been under 

Second Cond. id) nntrje gefollt Ijaben, I should have been under 



I have been under obligation 
I had been under obligation. 
I shall be under obligation. 
I should be under obligation. 



XL 
I 

to be obliged, muff en. 



PRESENT 



Indicative. 



I am obliged (must). 
3d) mujr, 
bit mufjt, 
cr mu§ f 
li)iv mil {fen, 
ifjr wriiffet or mitftt/ 
fie mi'tffcn, 



Subjvnctive. 
may be obliged. 

3d) miiffe, 
t>u miijTeft, 
cr miiffe, 
tolr muff en, 
t()r miiffct, 
fie ma (fen. 



I was obliged. 

3rfj mufjte, 
fcu niujjtefi, 
er mufjte, 
itjit mufHen 
iljr mujjtet, 
fie mujjten, 



IMPERFECT. 

I might be obliged. 

3d) miijHe, 
t>u miiptej}, 
er miifHe, 
h>ir mitten, 
tyr miijjtet, 
fie miifjteiw 



Participle. 

Present, muffenfc, being obliged, (seldom used) 
Perfect. gemupt, been obliged. 

Infinitive. 

Present, mi'iff en, to be obliged. 

Perfect, gemu§t fta&eit, to haye been obliged. 



Compound Tenses. 



Perfect. 
Pluperfect. 
First Future. 
First Cond. 
Second Future. 
Second Cond. 



3dj fyabt gemufjt, 
idj tyaite gemujjt, 
id) tuetbe miijfen, 
id) ttmrbe miijfen, 
id) toerbe gemufjt fjaben, 
id) nnirbe gemujjt fyaben, 



I have been obliged. 

I had been obliged. 

I shall be obliged. 

I should be obliged. 

I shall have been obliged. 

I should have been obliged. 



XL1 




8. 




to know, k> i f f c \u 


PRESENT 




Indicative. 


Subjunctive. 


I know. 


I may know c 


3d) \vii% 


3d} ttiffe, 


fcu tteifjt, 


bu ttriffef*, 


er wetfj, 


er tolffe^ 


toir roiffen, 


tt)tv ttuffen, 


if>r rotffet or nnjH, 


U)r »iffe-t # 


fie iciffw, 


fie toiffen. 


IMPERFECT 




1 knew. 


I might know 


3d) Wugte, 


3d} wttfite, 


feu ttwfjtefi, 


bu to&fjtefi, 


er tmigte, 


evto&fjte, 


»ir toufjtett, 


unr nutptctt, 


ifc tuugtet, 


iljt toujjtet, 


fie nmpten, 


fie umptetu 


J^arZicipZe. 




Present, ftiffent)., knowing, (seldom used) 


Perfect. gettJllft, known. 


Infinitive. 




Present, ftiffeu, 


to know. 


Perfect. gefollfjt f)dbtn, 


to 1 have known. 


Compound Tenses. • 


3$ ^abe gett-ugt, 


I have known, 


id) I)atte getou^t, 


I had known. 


idj toerbe ftiffen, 


I shall know. 


id) vritrbe toiffen, 


I should know. 


e. id) toerbe gevwu^t fyabeti, 


I shall have known. 



Perfect. 
Pluperfect. 
First Future. 
First Cond. 



Second Cond. id} ttrtirbe geanifjt baben, I should have known. 



£LII 

9. 

to name, n e n n e n. 

IMPERFECT. 
Indicative. Subjunctive. 

I named. I might name. 

3ch nannte, 3cfc nennete, 

*u nanntefl, bit nenr.eteft, 

er nannte, cr nennete, 
rvh nannten, ivit* nenneten, 

\\}x nanntet, Ojx nennetet, 

fxe nannten, fte nenneten. 

The Imperfect Suejunctive of : 

brcnnen, to burn, fenben, to send, 

fennen, to know, wenben, to turn, 

rcnnen, to run, 

is formed in the same way. 

( Compare Parad. XIV, 1) 

10. 

Some verbs are irregular only in certain cases, as: 

1. (5 if cb reef en, when intransitive, i. e. to get frightened (Parad 
XIII, 4.) 

2. (5" i : I o f ft) e n or i) e V 1 6 f d) e n , when intransitive i. e. to become ex- 
tinct. (Parad- XIII. 1.) 

3. ©C^affen, in the sense of "to create." (Parad. XIII. 5.); it is 

regular in the sense of " to work" 

A. S3n\UCjen, in the sense of "to move" (morally); it is regular in 
the sense of "to move'' (physically). 

5. ^> f ( e g e n , in all cases (to exercise, to entertain &c), except in the 
sense of "to wont." 

6. §> rfj t e i f c n , iu the sense of "to sharpen"', it is regular in the sense 
of "to demolish," 



PART VI. 



DICTIONARY 






Sib, adv. off, of, from. 
Slbdnbent, v. a. to alter. 
Stbdnbertid), adj. alterable. 
Slbbtuben, v. a ir. to unbind. 
Slbbredjen, v. a. ir. to break off. 
Slbenb, m. evening; west. 
Slbenteuer, n. adventure. 
Slber, conj. but. 
Stberglaube, m. superstition. 
Slbergtaubifcb, adj. superstitious, 
Slbfettfgen, v. a. to dispatch. 
Slbgrunb, m. abyss. 
Slbfunft,/. descent, origin. 
Sib to fen, v. a. to loose, to exchange, 
Slbnu&en, v. a. to use, to wear out 

by use. 
Sibfdjeu, m. aversion, abhorrence. 
Slbfd)ieb, m. discharge, departure, 

leave. 
Stbfcfytctgett, v. n. ir. to beat off, to 

refuse. 
Stbfdjreiben, v. a. ir. to transcribe, 

to copy. 
Stbftdjt,/. view, design. 
Sib ft) ei fen, v. a ir. to send away. 
9lbft>efenb, adj. absent. 
Slbwefenheit,/. absence. 
Sid) ! int. alas ! ah ! 
51 eft f el,/, shoulder. 
Sld)t,/. ban, attention. 
9ld)tbar, adj. respectable. 
Slcfyten, v. a. to regard, to esteem. 
Sldjtung,/. attention, esteem. 
SliffV, m pi. mod. field;. 



Sib el, w&. nobility, nobleness. 

Stbei',/. vein. 

Staler, m. eagle. 

Slffe, w. ape. 

Slfyu, m. pi. en, grandfather, an- 
cestor. 

Stfynen, v. «. to anticipate by se- 
cret 



fining,/, presentiment. 

Sletjnltd), adj. resembling. 

Silt, «^v. all, entirely. 

Slftet'n, adj. alone, only ;•• conj. but. 

Sllletnig, adj. only. 

SlUemal, a<&\ always. 

Sifter, e, eg, «d?. all, whole, every. 

Slflgemetn, adj. universal. 

StU^ter, adv. here. 

Slllju, adv. too, too much. 

SI (3, e<??y. than, but; as; when* 

Sll^bann, adv. then. 

Sllfo, adj. <$• eonj. thus, so,' 

Silt, adj. old, ancient. 

Slttan, m. balcony. 

Slltar, m. altar. 

Sitter, w. age; antiquity. 

Slettep, pi. parents, pi. 

Sllternjnm, n. antiquity. 

Simeife,/. ant. 

Slmt, n. office. 

Sin, £>rp. on, at, in, by, near. 

Slnbeten, v. a. to adore. 

SlnBtid, m. look, aspect. 

Slnbvud), m. break, beginning. 

Slnbenfen, n. remembrance. 

Slubev, adj. othev 

Slenbern, v. a. to aiter, to change. 



XLVI 



9fnbev#/ adv. otherwise. 

SlnbetiJttto, adv. elsewhere. 

Slnerbieten, v. a. ir. to offer. 

SlnerFennen, v. a. ir. to acknow- 
ledge. 

Stnfall/ m. attack. 

%\\faUtn, v. n. ir. to fall upon; -, v 
a. to assail. 

&nfang, m. beginning. 

Slnfangen, v. a. ir. to begin. 

2tnfaiig3, adv. in the beginning. 

Slngetegenfjett,/. concern. 

9tn$eueljm, adj. agreeable. 

3ingev, m. gi'assy place, pasture. 

2lngeftd)t, n. face. 

&ngjr,/. anguish. 

51rtfyang, m. appendage; party. 

Slnbeben, v. n. to begin. 

Sfnffagen, ». a. to accuse. 

Stnfunbigen, », a. to announce. 

&n?unft,/. arrival. 
Slnntutl)/ /. agreeableness, charm. 
Stttmutfyig, adj. charming.. 
9£nnef)mett,0.a.to take; to accept. 
Slnfagen , v. a. to bring word, to 

announce. 
Stnfdjauen, v. a. to look at* 
Stnfdjcin, m. appearance. 
§tnfct)lagen, v. a. %r. to strike; to 

strike against. 
Slnf efyen, v. a. ir. to look at, or upon; 

- t n. appearance; respect* 
Suffrtlt,/. preparation. 
Slnfianb, m. delay ; manner. 
Slnftcinbig, adj. proper. 
Slnfiatt, prp. instead of. 
Suftaunen, v. n. to gaze at. 
Slnftefyen, v.n.ir. to stand against; 

to become. 
Slnfftengen, v. a. to stretch; to 

exert. 
Sfatlifc, ?i. face. 



Slntrag, m. offer. 
Sttlttvort//. answer. 
9tntn>orten, v. a. to answer. 
' StKga^f,/. number. 
Sfajteljen, r. a. «>. to draw on; to 
put on ; to attract. 
. Slpfef, m. apple. 
Slrbert,/. labour. 
9lrbeiten, v. w. to labour. 
Sltbeitfam, a^'. laborious* 
5trg, adj. bad. 
Merger, m. vexation. 
9lrgU)of)n, ra. suspicion. 
Slrm, «*#. poor. 
$lrm, w. £>£. «o£ mod. arm, 
Slnnee,/. army. 
Slermlicfc, a^g. poor, miserable; 
Strmittf),/. poverty, want. 
Strreft, m. arrest. 
StrrejJant, m. prisoner. 
Sltt, /. kind, species. 
5tvtig, ad/> pretty. 
Qlrjt, m. physician. 
%\ti)l,f. ashes. 
9lt()em, w. breath. 
Sltljmen, ». m. to breathe. 
Slitd), con;', also, too, even. 
9luf, #rp. on, in, at, by, into, upon ; 
-, adv. up, upwards ; -, int. up 
Slufberoafiten, ». a. to keep. 
Slufenfbatt/ m. stay. 
Slufetjieljeit/ ». ». w. to rise up. 
SluffaOven, ». n. ir. to rush up- 
wards; to rise. 
Stuffafteit/ v. n. ir. to fall upon ; to 

surprize. 
Sfltffaftenb, part, striking. 
SluffiUjten, v. a. to erect j -, v. a. 

to behave. 
Stuff ufjrimg, /• exhibition; be- 
haviour. 
?tuff)£ren, #. ». to cease. 



XLVII 



Shifmacfyen, v. a. to open. 
Shifmerfen, v. n. to attend. 
Slufmevffani, adj. attentive. 
Slufovfcm, v. a. to sacrifice. 
Shifted)!, adj. upright, erect. 
§hifrid)tcn, v. a. to set upright* 
Siufttd)tig, adj. sincere. 
Shifmfen, v. a. ir. to call up. . 
Slufcnfyr, to. uproar, sedition. 
5luffd)lib, to. delay. 
Sluffeljen, v. n. ir. to look up; to 

look at. 
Slnffefjcr, to. overseer. 
Sluffudjen, v. n. to seek for. 
9luftifd)en, v. a. to serve up. 
Shlfttag, to. commission. 
Sluftvitt, to. appearance; scene. 
5hifiv>ad)en, v. n. to awake. 
Slufmacbfen, v. a. ir. to grow up. 
StllfWartS, adv. upwards. 
Slufftecfen, v. a. to awake. 
Sluge, n. pi. en, eye. 
Slugenbhcf, to. moment. 
Slug, prp. out, out of; from, by; -, 

adv. out, over, finished. 
SfuSbtlicf, to. expression. 
ShlSbti'icfeu, v. a. to express. 
SluSfevtigen, v. a. to dispatch. 
Slugfyoten, v. n. to reach out, to 

fetch far. 
2lu3(ad)en, v. a, to laugh at, tp 

deride. 
SluSliefern, v. a. to deliver. 
Slugtofr^en, v. a. to extinguish. 
§lu$m ad) en, v. a. to make out, to 

constitute. 
$lu^reben, v.n. to finish speaking. 
SluStidjien, v. a. to perform, to 

execute. 
Sllt^tuf, to. exclamation. 
Siufjen, adv. on the outside. 
§ln$?x,prp, without, oat of, except. 



Sleupere, adj. outer, exterior. 

Shijjerfyatb, prp. # adv. on the out- 
side of. 

9ht$ftd)t,/. view. 

Shifter,/, oyster. 

§iu3U)eg, to. way-out; resource. 

Slu3$tel)en, v. a. ir. to pull out, or 
off. 

5(rt,/. pi. mod. $ e, axe. 



33ad), to. brook. 

93acf Cll, v. a. ir. to bake. 

33ab, n. bath. 

Sal)!!,/, road, path. 

Sabre,/, bier. 

Salfon, to. balcony. 

Sa(b, adv. soon* 

©all, w. ball. 

Sanb, w. band, 

SauF,/. bank. 

Sar, to. ^. en, bear. 

53 cube, to. bard. 

Sart, to. beard. 

Sauen, v. a. to build; to cultivate. 

Salter, to. peasant. 

Saum, to. tree. 

Sauineifler, m. architect. 

Saunten, v. a. to rise (of horses). 

Seben, v. n. to tremble. 

Sed)ee, to. cup. 

33et>ad)t, to. consideration. 

Sebanfen, t>. r. to thsaik. 

Sebaitcm, ». a. to pity. 

Sebenfen, a. a. ir. to consider. 

Sebeuteit, v. a. to inform; -, v. n. 

to signify. 
Sebeutetib, adj. significant. 
Sebeniung,/. signification. 
Sebtenen, v. a. to serve. 
Sebiente, w. servant. 



XLVIH 



^Qebtn^en, v. a. ir. to stipulate. 

33ebingung,/. condition. 

Q3ebvoben, v. a. to threaten. 

33ebiivfen, v. a ir. to need. 

^ebuvfnip, n. pi. e. want. need. 

^Befallen, v. a ir. to befall. 

SBefefjt, m. command. 

33cfe()(en, v. «. ir to command. 

SB eft lib en, v. a. ir. to find, (to feel). 

SBefreien, v. «. to free. 

Q3efreiuben / v. a. to surprise. 

Q3egeben, v. a. ir. to go to a place; 
to come to pass. 

Q3egcT)l, n. demand. 

SBegebl'Cn, v. a. to wish for; to re- 
quire. 

^Begeifteni, v. a. to inspire. 

SBegievbe or 53egter,/. desire. 

^BegtCt'ig, adj. desirous. 

SBegteiten, v. a. to accompany. 

^SecjfeiteV/ m. companion. 

33eg cab en, v. a. ir. to inter, to bury. 

JBegveifen, v.a.ir. to seize, to 
comprehend. 

^Begviff, m. notion. 

33egvuJ3en, v. a. to greet. 

33cf)dien, v. a. ir. to keep; to re- 
tain. 

^eljanbetn, v. a. to handle ; to treat. 

^Befiaupten, v. a. to assert. 

33e!)enb, adj. light, nimble. 

33ei, prp. by, at, in, near; with. 

33eibe, adj. both. 

-JBetfugen, v. a. to add. 

53etmefi"en v. a ir. to impute. 

SBein, n. leg; bone> 

SBetndje, adv. almost. 

53eifein, n. presence. 

SBcifiriel, n.pl.e. example; jltm-, 
for example. 

SBeiftefjeii/ v. n. ir. to assist. 

33e!annt, adj. known. 



SBefattnte, m. 4* /• acquaintance.. 

33efannt(td), adv. as is known. 

33efennen, v. a. ir. to confess. 

SJefommen, v. a. ir. to get. 

33efreu$en, v. a. to make the sigu 
of the cross upon one's self. 

33e(agevii, v. a. to besiege. 

SQilaubt, part. coxevd with foliage. 

33e(eibigen, v. a. to oftend. 

33e(obnen, v. a. to reward. 

33elobmtng,/. reward. 

sSemei'fen, v. a. to perceive. 

Q3em"id)vid)ttgen, v. a. to inform. 

Q3eobarf)ten, v. a. to observe. 

33eopteirt> adj. convenient. 

23evat()fd)lageit, v. n. $ r. to deli- 
berate. 

33eved)neu, v. a. to calculate. 

33eveit, adj. ready. 

53 eve it en, v. a. to prepare,. 

33evcit<3, adv. already. 

S3evg, m. mountain. 

53evgab, adv. down-hill. 

SBevganf, adv. up-hill. 

53evgcn, v. a. ir. to hide. 

53evtd)t, m. repoi't. 

53evtcbten, v. a. to prepare; to re- 
port. 

33evnbigen, v. a. to quit. 

33cviU)mt, adj. renowned. 

Q^efdjaffen, adj. constituted. 

S3efd)affenl)eit, /. quality. 

53cfd)amen, v. a. to shame. 

33cfdjeib, m. share; answer. 

53efd;eiben, adj. discreet; modest. 

93efcbeinen, v. a. ir. to shine upon. 

33efd)enfen, v. a. to present with. 

53efd)(ie^en, v. a. i)\ to resolve. 

S3efd)vanfcn, v. a. to confine. 

Sefcbufcen, v. a. to guard, to pro- 
tect. 

S3efee{fn, v. a. to animate. 



XLIX 

33cfei3en, v. a. to occupy, 33iegen, v. a. fy n. ir. to bend* 

33eftegeln, v. a. to seal. 33iene, /. bee. 

33eftegen, v. a. to vanquish. 33teten, v. a. ir. to bid; to offer. 
33eftngen, v. a. ir. to celebrate by 33i(b, n. figure, image. 

song. 33i{ben, ®. a, to form. 

33efonber, adj. peculiar. 33iflig, adj. just, right, 
33efi.uibev3 / adv. separately; par- 33hiben, v. a. ir. to bind* 

ticularly. 33 13, conj. 8? adv. till, until. 

33efin - gen, v. a. to take care. S3ttte, /. entreaty, petition. 

33ef[crn / v. a. to better. 33ttten, v. a. ir. to entreat. 
33efte()eit, v n. into endure, to per- 33tttet, adj. bitter. 

sist. 33laj"en, v. a. # n t ir, to blow. 

33ejJimmen, v. a. to define, 33faj3, adj. pale. 

33efkafen, v. a. to punish. 33latf, n. leaf. 

33efkeben, v. a. to strive. 33(ou, adj. blue. 

33efuri), «*• visit. 33tei, n. lead. 

33efuct;en, ». a, to visit. 33(eiben, 0. w. ir. to remain. 

33eten, v. n. to pray. 33lenben, v. a. to blind. 
33etracbten, «?. a. to contemplate. 33ticf,w. glance. 

33etvageu, ». r. *r. to behave. 33lufen, v. n. to gleam; to look. 
33etreten, v. a. ir. to step upon, 33ltnb, adj. blind. 

adj. perplexed. 33ltnfen / v. n. to glitter. 

33ett, n % j9/.-en, bed. 33li$, m. lightening. 

33ett(ev, m. beggar. 3310$, adj. naked, bare, - t adv, 

33eugen, v. a to bend. barely, merely. 

33eut, n. bietet. 33{ume, /.flower. 

33 eutc, /. booty. 33ilUlitg, adj. flowery, 

33e»cr, conj $? adv. before. 33lut, n. blood. 

33eroaci)eit, v. a. t» watch. 33liitl)e, f. blossom. 

33ett>affneil / v. a. to arm. 33oben, m. ground, bottom, 

33ett>egen, v. a. to moye. 33ogen, m. arch, arc; bow. 

33 eiDeglirf), adj. moveable. 33ofe, adj. had, evil, wicked. 

33ewegung, /. motion. 33ote, \n. messenger. 

33etueifen, v. a. ir to prove. 33otfdjaft, /. message. 

33ett>erben, v. r. ir. to solicit. 33tanbung, /. surge. 

^BelDetbung, /. request. 33caitci)cn, v. a. to use. 

33etDtf(igen# n. a. to consent. 33eauet, m. brewer. 
SSeiuittfyen, ». a. to entertain, to 33raun / adj brown. 

treat. 33 toil fen, v. n. to roar. 

33eU>0f)Jien, v. a. to inhabit. 33 rout, /. pi. n. and mod. bride. 

33etmmbern, v. a. to admire. 33vauttgcim, m3, m. bridegroom. 

33ejaf)len, v. a. to pay. 33vautyaai*, n betrothed couple. 



■03 rati/ adj. good, brave. 

$ieit, adj. broad. 

Shetllieit, v. a. ir. to burn. 

03ieet, ». board; plank. 

£3l"tef, vn. letter. 

03ringen, v. a. ir. to bring. 

03i*cb/ n. pi. e, bread. 

£3rurf), m. breaking. 

03ri'ufe, /. bridge. 

&3ntbev, m. pi. mod. brother. 

03cii((en, v. a. to roar. 

S3 ni mm en, v. n. to roar, to hum. 

03iujt,/.j^. mod. # e, breast. 

S3iut,/. brood. 

03ube, m. boy. 

S3 ltd), n. book. 

S3urf)e,/. beech. 

JBiicbfe,/. box, gun. 

03unb, m. league. 

03unbe(, n. bundle. 

03inibia,, adj. binding, federate. 

33uut, adj. variegated. 

S3urc]er, m. citizen. 

S3uvfrf)e, m. fellow. 

03ufd), m. bush; thicket. 

S3ufen, m. bosom. 

S3iifjen, v. n. to atone. 

<£♦ 

(Samerab, m. g. en, comrade. 
(Sanctl, m. canal. 
15 1) or, vi. chorus, n. quire. 
■Qjiotpg, n. body of forces. 
iSuiiren, v. a. to cure. 

2)d, adv. there, where; cotij. when 

-because, 
©abet, ad#. near that, thereby. 
2) art), n. roof. 



©abui'dj, adv. thereby, through 
that. 

©afiir, adv. for that, for it. 

©Ctgegen, adv. against that. 

3)al)ev, adv. thence; -, conj. there- 
fore. 

2)at)tn , adv. there , thither ; to 
that. 

JDo^intett/ adv. behind. 

2)al)tnter, adv. behind that. 

5)ama((5, adv then. 

2)ame, /. lady. 

©amit, adv. therewith ; -,conj. that. 

©ammern, v. n. to dawn. 

JDdmmeruug, /. twilight. 

©aiiebeu, adv. near it, by it. 

2)atlicber, adv. en the ground, 
down. 

£)anf, m. thanks. 

£>auU>ar, adv. thankful. 

3)anfen, v. a. to thank. 

JDann, adv. then. 

SDaran, ado. thereon ; in that. 

JDiuauf / adv. thereupon, on it; 
at it, after that. 

iDavauS, adv. thereout, therefrom. 

2Davbrin<jen, v. a. ir. to offer. 

£>arein, adv. into it. 

3)a:in, ©arinnen, adv. therein. 

©ariiber, adv. over that. 

3)arum, adv. therefore. 

©anttiter, adv. under that. 

3)afein, n. presence; existence. 

©aj?, conj. that. 

2)auern, v. n. to last. 

2)a»0H/ adv. thereof, of that. 

2)ay^r ; adv. before that. 

£>an>iber, adv. against that. 
, 35a$U, adv. thereto. 

©ecfen, v. a. to deck, to cover. 

£>emobna,eacr;tet, or. adv. notwith- 
standing. 



Li 



SDcuruttj, /. humility. 

JDdifen, v. a. 4- n. ir, to think. 

£>enfma(, n. monument. 

5)enn, conj. than, but, for. 

£>Cnnoci), conj. yet, nevertheless. 

JDerfelbe, pron. the same. 

S)efevtiren, v. n. to desert. 

2)e3gleid)en, adv. likewise. 

JDeeljalb, adv. for this reason; -, 
conj. therefore. 

©e{lo,eewj.the;bejic nuftr, the more 

5)eutcn, #. a. to point at; to ex- 
plain. 

5) e lit! Id), «t?i. clear, distinct. 

3)id)t, adj. dense. 

3) id) ten, v. ».. t(» compose; to poe- 
tize.. 

JDidjtcr, m. poeu 

2) ten en, v. » to serve. 

iDtencvfdjaft,/. servants. 

5}tenft, m. service. 

JDie&nftf, adv. this time. 

S)te*fett3, adv. on this side. 

3)cld),^. not. mod. m. dagger. 

JDonr.eV; m- thunder. 

©Otincrn, ». «»*p. to thunder, 

Soppelt, adj. double. 

3)otf, n. village. 

iDort, 2>ovten, adv. there, yonder. 

2)ortI)ev, «^». from yonder. 

QtiKifyxw, adv. to that place, thither. 

©range It, v. a. to press. 

S)ranpeu, adv. out of doors. 

©resell, v. a. to turn. 

5)rcimal, fl^y., three times. 

©ritcfen, v. a., to press. 

©lift, m., vapour, fragrant.. 

©twittl, adj., dull, stupid. 

©uilfel, adj., dark. 

©i'mfeu, v. n., to seem. 

5)iird),j7?7?., through, by. 

©lWtymavfdj,«i., marching through 



©urd^ieben, v. a. ir. to draw through: 

— , v. n. or march through. 
SDikr, adj. dry. 



W&tW, adv. even; — , adv. even, just. 
(Sbe(, a^ noble. 
@b elf ran,/, noble lady. 
(Slje, «<i0. ere, before; -,/. marriage. 
Gsfyebem, adv. formerly. 
(Stye I, adv. sooner. 
(B-l) re,/, honour. 
(5'hven, v. a. to honour. 
(Shvetbietig, adj. reverent. 
@()tgei}, to. ambition. 
dljxiid), adj. honest. 
(S'briimvbig adj. venerable, 
@i, n. egg; --. int. ah ! 
(Sib, m. oath. 
(S'ifer, m. zeal. 
(§ifevfnd)t,/. jealousy. 
(Sigen, adj. own, proper. 
(Sigenfdjaft,/. quality. 
@ig en t Ijuni, «. property, 
(gigentbiimet, m. proprietor. 
(Sigentltd), adj. proper, 
(Silbefe, to. courier. 
(S'ile,/. haste. 
(Stlen, v. n. to hasten, 
©in, one; i/i, in compounds. 
lSinant>ev, adj. one another^ 
iSinbiegeili, v. a. n. to bend in. 
(Sinbilfcen, v. r. to imagine. 
(Sinfacf), adj. single, simple, 
(Sinl)er, ado. forth,, along. 
(Suivtd)ten, v. a. to arrange. 
(Sinfangen, v. a. ir. to snek ii>. 
(|jilfd}Ue0itr, v. a ir. to lock in. 
(S'inft, adv. once; at one time. 
(Stntritt, m. entry. 
(5*inlin'((rgen, v. a. to consent to* 
.(§"tun)o!)iier, m. inhabitant. 



IW I 



(Sittjig, adj, only, alone. 

(SiS, n. ice. 

(S'ifeit, n. iron. 

(Sifent, adj. iron. 

(Sitel, adj. ina^e, vain. 

(Sfel, m. dislike. 

(Smpfangen v. rc. jr. to receive. 

C5"mpf etjien, tf a. ir. to recommend, 

(5'mpjtlibCn, 0. a. jr, to perceive. 

(Sniper, adv. upwards, on high. 

(S'nbe, n. end. 

(S'nbcn, ». n, <f r, to end. 

(Snbtgen, v. a. to end. 

(Enblid), adj. finite; ait', at last. 

(Snfef, m. grand-son. 

(Snlbecfeu, v. a. to discover. 

(SntfrtttCU, v. a. to unfold. 

(Snffeint, adj. remote. 

CS'xitfltcf; Cti, v n. ir. to run away. 

©ntgegen, prp. against, towards. 

(Sntgeguen, t>. a. to answer. 

(S'ntgel)en, #. n. ir. to escape. 

(5ntl)alten, v. a.ir, to contain; --,3« 

to abstain. 
(S'ntritjhn, v. a. to make angry. 
(5'ntfagcn, v. n. to renounce. 
(Sntfd)Ctben, v. a ir. to decide. 
C£ntfd)lteJ3Cii, v. r. ir. to resolve. 
©nt$$'l«ji, w. resolution. 
CJnt[d)ulbigeit, o. a. to excuse, 
©ntji'ufen, ». a. to enrapture. 
(Sibarmen, t>. a to move to pity; 

~,v. r. to feel pity; -, n. mercy 
Qibc, m. heir; -, n. inheritance. 
CSrbc,/. earth.. 
©rfafyren, ». a. jr. to experience 

to learn. 
(Si'jtnben, ». a. #% to invent' 
(Sifcvbeni, v. a. to demand, 
(Srfiitten, v . a. to fill, satisfy. 
©rgeben, v.r,to surrender; --, adj 

devoted. 



firgo&en, v. a to enter- tain, to amuse. 

(§ rgveifen, v. a. ir. to seize. 

©vhabeu, adj. elevated. 

©djcilten, v. a. ir. to preserve, to ob- 
tain. 

Qtc^eDen a. v. to brighten, 

(Si-l)o(en, v, r. to recover. 

©rijih'en, v. a. to hear, to listen. 

li'riuitmi, v. a. to remind; --, v. r, 
to remember. 

(Svfiimvfeu, v - a > t0 gain *o conflict. 

©vfeunen, v. a. ir. to perceive, to 
recognize. 

(Scfliuen, v. a. to explain. 

(Scflavlid), adj. explicable. 

(Sdangcu, ». a. to acquire. 

Qh'laiibcu, v. n. to permit. 

(S'l'laild)!, adj. illustrious. 

(Sdetbcn, v. a. ir. to suffer. 

(Svnuuben, v. a. to murder. 

(Smetten, evneuern, a a. te renew. 

(Smfi, vi. earnest, adj serious. 

Qrrdttyen, «« w, to blush, 

(Sifdjaff en, v. a. ir. to create. 

@rfd)af(eil v. ». ir. to resound, 

(Srfdjauen, see evfeljen. 

@cfd)re<fen, v. a. to terrify. 

(Sufcljen, v. «. i/ - . to observe-. 

(SrfjiAten, v. a. to spare. 

(Srft, ady. first, at first. 

(§ eft cure it, % «, to become torpid. 

(Stfi&unen, v. n. to be astonished 
. (Srtragen, 3. a. ir. to bear. 

CJnuJrmen, v. a. to warm. 

(Itimuten, n. a. to expect. 
;, (ErWetfetl, v. a. to awaken. 

Qjrtoetcijen* ». a. to soften. 

(S'riDCfbeit, v.. a. ir. to gain* 

(Snniebevn, v. a. to reply. 

liqaljhtng, /. narration. 
. @qie()en, 0. «. ir. to bring up. 

Of If en, 2?. «. # n ir. to eat, 



LIII 



QttWa, adv. perhaps. 

(Stlf a3, pron. somewhat, something. 

(Eliev, pron, your, yours, 

(£mig, adj. eternal. 

* 
%abtl,f. fable. 
§al)tg, adj. capable* 
%ai)\U, f, flag. 
Wat)mt, v. n. ir. to go in a carriage; 

-, v. a. to carry, to drive, to 

rush. 
%M»k,f. track, mark. 
W, m. fall. 
Stiffen, v. n. ir. to fall., 
%(i({$, adv. in case. 
Waffd), adj. false. 
Waften, v. a. to fold. 
W^nggn, v. a. ir. to catch-. 
%dxbt,f. colour. 
%a$ , n. barrel. 
Saffen, v. a. to lay hold of. 
Waft, adv. almost. 
Waft en, v. n. to fast. 
Wanf, adj. idle. 
Wauft,/., pi. mod. # e, fist. 
Weber,/, feather, pen. 
Wefylen, v. a. to err. 
Wefjfer, m. fault. 
Wcier,/ celebration. 
Weierlid), ai;. festive, solemn. 
Wetg, adj. timid, cowardly. 
We if, adj. venal. 
Weill, adj. fine, elegant. 
Wetnb, m. enemy, fiend. 
Wefb, n. field. 
WefS, Weffen, rn. rock, 
Wenfter, »« window 
ijwat) ««</. f ar > distant. 
We cue,/, distance. 
Werner, a$ 4- a^w. farther. 
Werti$, «4/- ready. 



Weft, «$. fast; --, n , pi. e, feast. 

^efie, /. firmness. 

Weftfid), adj. festive, solemn,, 

Wett, adj. fat. 

Weud)t, adj. moist, humid,. 

§euer, n. fire. 

Wteber n. fever. 

Winben, v. a. ir. to find,. 

Wtnfter, adj. dark. 

Wife!), m. fish. 

W<fd)er, vi. fisher. 

Whim me,/, flame. 

St afd) e,/. flask, bottle. 

Wlattern, ». «. to flatter, to flutter. 

Wfeif en, m. place, spot. 

Wfefyen, a. a. to implore. 

Wleifd), *, flesh, meat, 

Wfetf}, m. diligence. 

Wfet§ig adj. diligent. 

Wf teg-en, v n. ir. to fly. 

Wfieljen, v. n. ir. to flee. 

Wlie^en, v a.ir. to flow. 

%{\\tf),m. curse. 

Wtucbteit, v. n. $> r. to flea 

WHtd;tig, adj. fugitive. 

Wfngel, m. wing. 

Wln§, m. flow, river. 

Wfitftern, v. n. S? a to whisper. 

Wlutlj,/. flood. 

Wofgen, v. n. to follow, to obey. 

Wofgltd), adj. subsequent; •-, adv. 

8j\ conj. consequently. 
Worm,/, form. 
Worm (id), adj. formal. 
Worfdjen, v. n. to search. 
Wort, adv. forth, forward, on. 
Wrage, /. question. 
Wrageu, v. a. to ask. 
Wran,/. woman, wife, lady. 
Wred), adj. bold, impudent. 
Wl'Ct, adj. free, frank. 
W.reten y n. % a to court.. 



LIV 



Svcier, TO . wooer. 

Sreibeit,/. freedom. 

Svetttnllig, adj: voluntary. 

$temb, adj strange, foreign. 

Smnbe, m. stranger. 

Smite,/, joy. 

Smtbtg., adj. joyful. 

$veueu, v. r. to rejoice* 

Sceimb, to. friend. 

fficunblicb, adj. friendly. 

Sveoel, to. crime. 

^rtcbe, to. gen. n5, peace.. 

Svifd), adj. fresh. 

%K$\), adj. joyful. 

%wi)Utf), adj. joyous.. 

Svomnt, adj. pious. 

gvofrt), m. frog. 

%XQ% to. frost. 

Stoftig, adj. frosty. 

$tucbt, f. pi. mod. and C, fruit. 

Sxup&tfiftt, ad/, fruitful. 

$riU), adj. and adv. early, in the 

morning.. 
Stiiber, adj. former. 
ftnil)lhig, m. spring. 
% t i'l () ft i'lff, n. breakfast.. 
Sit I) I en, v. a. to feel, perceive. 
SW)mi, v. a. to carry, to lead. 
Sitfte, /. fulness. 
Sullen, v. a. to fill, 
Sunfe, m., g. n8, spark.. 
Si'tV, prp. for. 
Surest, ft. fear. 
Surd) {bar, adj. formidable. 
Siudjt.en, a. a, to fear, 
Sfu'cbtevitd), adj. terrible. 
Sntdjtfctm, adj. timid. 
SiU'Iteb, adj. satisfied. 
Siirfl, to., g. en, prince. 
SuJ3, ?w. foot. 
Sufjyfcib, w. foot-path 
§UpWeg, to. foot-way. 



©abe,/. gift. 

©vifnien, v. a. to yawn. 

©algen, to. gallows. 

©a(opp, m. gallop. 

@an$, adj. whole, entire; --, adv. 

quite, 
©ar, adv. quite, 
©avten, m, pi. mod. garden. 
©a|Te,/. street, 
©aft, to. guest, 
©an, m. pi. not mod. district, 
©ebaren, v. a. ir. to bring forth, 
©eben, v. a. ir. to give, 
©ebevbe,/. gesture, 
©ebet, ft. pi. e prayer, 
©ebtet, n. pi. e district, 
©ebietcn, «. «. ir. to command, 
©cbivge, w. g. s. pi. unchanged, 

chain of mountains, 
©cb valid;, to. use, tisage.. 
©cbvitll, n. roaring. 
@ebiil)i\/. duty, due* 
©eburt,/. birth. 
©ebiifel), n. bushes, pi,. 
©ebacl)tut}5, n. memory. 
©ebanfe, to. pi. ns thouglit. 
©eb^i()en, V. a, to prospor. 
©ebenfen, v. a. ir. to think, to n>. 

member, 
©ebtcftt, n. pi. e. poem.. 
©t'bulb,/. patience, 
©ebltibig, adj, patient. 
®*fa^V,/* danger, 
©cfabvte, to. companion, 
©efallen, v. n. ir. to please. 
©cfdflig, adj. pleasing, 
©efangen, adj. prisoner. 
©cfapt, ad), prepared, collected 

in mind, 
©efi'ibi, n. pi, e feeling. 
©egeu,.p7?. towards, against. 



LV 



©egenb,/. region 

©egenjlanb, m. object. 

©egentoart, m. presence. 

®el)eim, adj. secret. 

©efyetmntjj, n. secret. 

©eljeul, n. bowling. 

©e()trn, n. brain 

©efyor, n. hearing. 

©efyorcfoen, v. n. to obey. 

®el)<H'eii, v. n. to belong. 

©etjorfailt, adj. obedient. 

©eiir, m. spirit, ghost. 

©ei$, m,. avarice. 

©eijt'g, adj. avaricious. 

©eldd;ter, laughter. 

©el age, n. banquet. 

©eldnber, n. balluster. 

©elattftg, adj. ready, fluent. 

©elb, adj. yellow. 

©etc, n. money 

©el eg en, adj. situated, convenient. 

@e(egenl)eit,/. occasion, 

©eleit, n. escort. 

©elcBen, a. a. to vow. 

©elten, v. n. ir. to cost, to be valu- 
able. 

©eniaf)[, m. consort. 

©em&lbe,/. picture. 

©emdfj, adj. conformable;, --, adv. 
conformably 

©emein, adj. common. 

©emutl), n. soul, heart. 

®Crt/ (§?$tn) P r P- to > towards. 

©enau, adj. precise. 

©enetgt, adj. inclined. 

©eute, 11. genius. 

©eiiie^en, v. a. ir. to enjoy. 

©enug, adj. $ adv. enough. 

©eiiitgen, v. n. to be enough^ to suf- 
fice. 

©erabe, adj. straight; --, adv. di- 
rectly. 



©evat>e$U/ adv. straightforward, 
©erdttfd), n noise. 
®eted)t, adjust. 
@crid)t, n. pi. e judgment, 
©ertugy adj. small, 
©eriuneu, v. n. ir. to curdle, 
©evtppe, n. skeleton, 
©etn, adv. with pleasure, 
©erte,/. switch, whip, 
©efaug, m. song, 
©efcfy&ft, n. affair. 
©cfrf)el)en, v. n. ir. to happen* 
©efcfyenf, n. pi. e gift. 
@efd)id)te,/. history. 
©efrf)led)t, n. gender, sex., 
©efcfyrei; n. cry, clamour, 
©efdjwinb, adj. quick, 
©cfcbuunbigfett,/. speed 
©efefl, m. g. en,, fellow. 
@efellfd)aft,/. society. 
©cfe§, n. pi. e, law. 
©cfefcticb, adj. lawful, 
©eftcfot, n. sight, 
©eftnbel, w.rabble, vagabonds 
©cftimt, adj. disposed. 
©eftnek, m play-mate, 
©efpieltn,/. play-maiden.. 
©efprctd)ig, adj. affable. 
@etfatt,/form. 
©eftdnbmfj, n. confession, 
©cftetyen, v, a. vr. to confess* 
©efkrn, adv. yesterday, 
©efuub, adj. sound, healthy, 
©etreu, adj. faithful, 
©eivdfiven, v. a. to promise, to im- 
part, 
©etintlt,/. power, 
©enniltfam, adj. violent. 
©eu>td)t, n. weight, 
©etinnfel, n, whimpering. 
©eannn, m. gain, profit. [gain, 
©eftumten, v. n. $a,ir. to win, to 



LVI 



©elvi(j, adj. pertain; — , adv. cer- 
tainly. 

©eroiffen, n. conscience. 

©etoofynfyeit,/. custom. 

©etoobnlid), adj. customary. 

©terig, adj. eager. 

©ift, n. pi. e poison.. 

©ttter, n, grate* 

©lanj, m. splendour; 

©lag, ft. glass. 

©laube, to., g. ens, faith. 

©laufren, v. a. to believe. 

©Idllbig, arf/. believing. 

©Icirf,), adj. even, like; •-, adv. 
equally. 

©(etd)en, *> »« *>"• to. resemble. 

®(eid)fau% adv. likewise. 

©leidjmajjig, adj. proportionate. 

©[etd)Wie, conj. as, just as. 

©Jeicfywol)!, co«j. nevertheless. 

©lieb, re. limb,, member. 

©(ccfe,/. bell. 

©li'uf, ». fortune. 

©litcrfid), ad], fortunate. 

©liuffeltg, ad], blessed. 

©(iiljen, v. n. to glow. 

©lutt),/. glowing-fire, heat. 

©nabe, /. grace. 

©udbtg, adj. gracious. 

©cnn en, v. a. not to envy. 

©ott, wi. God. 

®tah, n. grave. 

©taben, to. ditch. 

©raf, to., g. en, count. 

©ram, to. grief. 

©vajjltd), ad], horrible. 

@cau, adj. gray. 

©rctuen, v. n. to down; ~,v.n. imp. 
to abhorr, to fear. 

©vauttd), ad], shocking. 

®rau3, to. horrour* 

©raufani, ad], cruel. 



© I'eiS, ad] . gray, hoary ; -, to., g. en, 

pi. e, old man. 
©venje,/- limit, border, 
©vtmmtg, adj. enraged, 
©rob, ad], coarse, 
©rott, to. ill-will, 
©rofj, adj. great, 
©riibeki,/. speculation 
©ri'tbehi, v. ?i. to meditate closely, 
©ilift,/. grave, tomb, 
©rial, ad], green, 
©limb, to. ground, bottom, 
©ninbfalj, to. maxim, 
©mfj, to. greeting, 
©un ft,/, favour, 
©urgeln, v. a. to gargle, 
©i'titd, to. girdle, 
©lit, ad], good, well; ~, adv. well, 
©it tig, ad]- good, kind. 



«£>a ! int. ha !■ 

£aar, n. pi. e hair. 

4? a ben, v. n. ir. to have. 

£ctbfe(igfeit,/. property. 

«£>abev, to. quarrel. 

&abent, v. n. to quarrel. 

«£>afen, to. pot, port. 

•£>ageborn, to. hawthorn. 

«£) a 1)11, to. cock. 

£ait>e,/. heath, field. 

«£alb, adj. half. 

«£>albet, prp. on account of. 

«£>a((en, v. n. to sound. 

<$a{$, to. neck. 

«£>a(t, to. hold; ~, int. hold! halt.' 

«£>alten, t>» a. 4* w « •*• t0 hold, to- 

keep. 
Ǥaub,/.; pi. mod. & e, hand. 
Ǥanbfeft, ad], robust. 
<£janbfd)ul), to. glove. 
•^oiibWfrf, n. profession. 



LVH 



•Sdngen, v-. a. to hang 

£>arm, to. sorrow. 

QdXt, adj. hard. 

£afe(, /. hazel. 

$ftf, to. hate. 

£affen, ». a. to bate, 

£df3lid), a<7j. ugly. 

£aji, see di(e. 

•£>afttg, a&\. hasty. 

|>aud), »t. bi-eath. 

§ and) en, v. n. to breathe. 

£aufe, 4paufen, w. heap. 

J<5aupt, n. head. 

■£>ait3, n, house. 

£>aufen, ». n. to live, to stay. 

£aut, /. pi. mod. 8? e hide. 

£e ! int. heh ! ha ! ~ba ! ho there. 

£eben, v. b. ir. to lift. 

£ecfe,/. hedge. 

.peer, «. pi. e army. 

•£>efttg, a^j. vehement.. 

«£>egen, v. a. to foster. 

•Jpehr, adj. holy, sacred.. 

•gieil! int. hail! 

<£>eilen, v. n. to- heal. 

£et(tg, adj. sacred, holy. 

<£>euu, adv. lwme, 

jQtimati),/. home. 

4?etmfebren, «. «. to return home. 

«£>etmltd), adj. secret. 

^eiratb,/. marriage. 

4?etratben, v. a. to marry. 

4? ei6 en, v. a. «r. to call, to command. 

<§eiter, adj. serene, clear. 

«£>e(b, to. hero. 

.£>elbcnmutl), m. heroism. 

^elfen, v. a. ir. to help. 

4pe((, fl</j. clear. 

fetfit,/. clearness. 

«£>er, adv. to this place, hither. 

•fycxab, adv. down, downwards. 



45eiauf, adv. up, upwards* 
§txa\\$, adv. out. 
4?ei"bet, adv. hither, near. 
«£etb, to. hearth. 
£etbe,/. herd, 
herein, adv. in, into. 
«£>etr, w. g. en master, Sir. 
^errfeften, v. n. to reign. 
<£>erum, adv. round, about. 
4peruor, adv. forth, out. 
^eroevbvingen , v. a. ir. to bring 

forward. 
<£>eV3, n. g. ens heart. 
*^etAca# to., pi. not mod., duke* 
^iX\\\, adv. hither. 
<§eu(en, v. a. to howl. 

^eitte, adv. to-day. 

•^itb, to. cut, stx - oke. 

^tev, adv. here. 

Jpieraitf, anv\ hereupon. 

Ǥi era tltl, adv. fiom this. 

•tpieibei, adv. at this, 

<§ietber, adv. hither. 

<£>teniltt, adv. herewith. 

«£>ieuun, adv. about. 

4?tei»on, adv. hereof. 

43immel, to. heaven. 

<§in, adv. thither, along. 

•Iptnab, adv. down. 

«£unan, adv. towards a place. 

^inauf, adv. up. 

^tnau^, adv. out. 

4?inbe?(td), adj. hindering. 

<§tnbei'n, v. a. to hinder. 

<§inbernip, n. hinderance. 

4?mbutd), adv. through. 

<£>ttieut, adv. in, into. 

<§inba(ien, v. a. ir. to hold forte, 

to detain, 
•gnnnen, adv hence, 
•jp-tnvei-cfyen, v. n. to suffice, 
^inretdjenb, adj. sufficient. 



LVIII 



^tnftd)*,/ view.. 

^imutfer, adv. down. 

£inun\q, adv. away. 

4?ir.uH'ifen, v. a. ir. to throw down. 

•fmiJU, adv. to. 

«£tppe, /. sithe. 

t^ivt; m. g. en herdman. 

«£>i£e,/ heat. 

45 od), adj. high. 

•£>cd)qevid)t, n. place of execution. 

Jpedjtt, adj. highest. 

•Dccfyjeit/ /. nuptials. 

4pof, vi. yard, court. 

<£>cjfen, v. n. to hope-. 

«&frfmtng, /. hope. 

£> b\i id), adj. courteous. 

£6^6, / hight. 

<&ofylt f m. scorn. 

«£>i>l).nifch, adj. scornful. 

«£>otb, atlj. favourable. 

•JDolett, v. a. to fetch. 

«&%(ta! z'?^. holla! 

£Mle, f. hell. 

«£>ol(itnbet", ». elder. 

<£>ol}, ». wood. 

4?ovchen, v. n. to hearken. 

<£>dren, v. a. to hear. 

i">ubfd), aij. pretty. 

>j>uf, »». pi. not mod. hoof. 

^i';(]e(, m. hill. 

4?ui! e«Z. quick f huzza! 

4?ttl&, /• grace. 

J pi'tlfe, /■ help. 

£>iU(cn, «>. «. to cover. 

ganger, ». hunger. 

Jputte, /. hut. 

3. (Vowel.) 
3b ee, /. idea. 
Smmev, «<#v. always, ever. 
SmmeniHihrenb, adj. everlasting. 
3iN/ P r P- i n > i uto « 



3n&ritnjr, /. fervour. 
Snbritnftig, adj. fervent. 
Snbem, eonj. while, when, as. 
•3ube#, iubeffcu, eonj. in the mean 

time. 
Suljalt, m. contents. 
3nnc, adv. within, 
SnttcrC; adj inner, interior. 
3\uuxl)alb,prp. within. 
SttllCrtid), adj. inward. 
3nucrff, adj. inmoss. 
3tUltg, adj. hearty, cordial. 
Sn^befontfetej adv. particularly. 
3nfeft, n. insect. 
Snfel/ f> isle, island. 
3nfofern, cony in as far as. 
Sntocnbig, adj. interior. 
StM'fd), adj. earthly. 
%X§ZX\h,adv. somewhere; -e(n, any; 

--jemanb, any body. 
Si'ven, v. n. to err. 
Strtfjum, ™" error. 

3» (Consonant.) 
%CL, adv. yes. 
3agen, to. a. to chase. 
3al)r, n. year, 
'jahrftcb, adj. annual, 
jammer, m. lamentation, misery. 
3?, adv. ever. 

.Seber, jebe, iebes, pron. every. 
Sebod), cony yet, however. 
3t?ma(3, adv. ever. 
3emaHb, pron. somebody. 
Senfeit, ienfeitS, prp. on the other 

side. 
3e£o, see jefct. 
3e$t, «d». now. 
3u&el, »*• jubilation. 
Sugenb, /. youth. 
Sunge, m. boy. 
bungling, m. yqqnfl ^nnn 



LIX 



$tat)n, to. boat. 

jllaifev, to. emperor. 

hammer, /. chamber. 

.Rampf, to. fight. 

.nampjlujitg, adj. longing after the 

combat. 
Ma$z, f. cat. 
^aufen, v. a. to buy. 
^aum, adv. scarcely hardly, 
jtecf, adj. fearless, bold. 
Jtef)ten, v. a. to turn, 
^ennen, v. n. ir. to know. 
StilU, f. chain. 
Jtte3, to. gravel, 
.fttnb, n. child. 
JlittMid), adj. child-like. 
«Ktrdjl)of, to. church-yard. 
.Klagen, v. n. to complain, 
dicing, to. sound. 
Stiax, adj. clear. 
iKletb/ n. dress. 
$(etben, v. a. to dress. 
StUitl, adj. little. 
•Klimmen, v n. ir. to climb, 
jllingen, v. n. ir. to sound, 

St Uppe, /. cliff. 

$Urren, v. n. to clink. 

Jtlug, adj. prudent. 

$nabe, to. boy. 

.Kn te, ». pi. C knee. 

.totter, n. jacket. 

.ftcnig, to. king. 

$opf, m. head. 

$ovb, to. basket. 

$6rper, to. body. 

$ofen, v. n. to caress. 

Jtoften, pi- expenses; --, v. n. to 

cost. 
.StbjHid), adj. costly, precious, 
jtracfyen, v. n. $> a. to crack. 
Jh'Cift,/. pi. mod. Sp e force. 



jh*anf, adj sick. 
Jh'anfcln, v. n. to be sickly, 
jlvan}, to. crown, wreath. 
.ftretS, to. circle. 
Jlreu^ ?i. pi. e cross. 
$teu$tgen, % n.to crucify. 
\ftrieg, to. war. 
.ftiicfre, /. kitchen. 
$i'ir)f, adj. cool, 
.fti'ibn, adj. bold. 
.Summer, to. grief, 
^ltnb, adj. known. 
Jtinibfdjctft, /. information, custom 
$unft, /. pi. mod. Sp z art. 
$iinft(td), adj. skilful. 
Mux$, adj. short, 
jvi'tqe, /. shortness. 
jvti§, to. kiss. 
Jti'ifieV/ to. sacristan. 

Sa&en, v. r. to refresh one's. 
£acl)en, v. n. to laugh. 
%a&) eln, v. rc. to smile. 
Sage/ /. situation. 
Sagern, v. a. to lay. 
£an'D, n. land, country. 
£dng3, £>?•;>. along. 
Scuigfam, adj. s^ow. 
Sangeweile,,/. tediousness. 
Safiev, n. vice.. 
Sairerbaft, a^j. vicious. 
Saub, ». 'foliage. 
Sctube,/. arbour, bower. 
Sauf, m. course. 
Saufen, v. n. ir. to run. 
\Ktune, f. humour, spleen. 
Saufdjeu, v. n. to lurk. 
£aut, to. sound; --, ai/. loud. 
Seben, v.. n. to live; -, n. life. 
Sebenbig, adj. alive. 
SebcnSavt,/. good manners. 



LX 



£eKg,a'*f. empty, loose, unmarried. 

Seer, adj. void. 

£ec]en, v. a. to lay, to put. 

£el)iien, v. a. 4- n. to lean, 

£ef)ten, v. a. to teach. 

Setb, m. body. 

£eid)e, /. corpse. 

£cici)emitii, funeral procession* 

8eid)t, adj. light, easy. 

ih'idjtftnn, m. levity. 

£eib, n. sorrow. 

Seiben, v. a. S? n. ir. to suffer. 

£eibenfd)aft,/. passion. 

£eibev ! int. alas! 

Seiev, /. lyre* 

Set CM, v. n. to play on the lyre, to 

repeat. 
£eife, adj low, not loud, 
^eiften, v. a. to do, to perform, 
^eitcn, v. a. to lead 
£efen, v. n. ir. to read. 
Vcfet, ad;', last. 

Send) ten, v. n. to light, to shine*. 
Seute, pi. persons. 

Seyer, see i*eier. 
£id)t, n. light; ~, ligh*. 
Sieb, adj. dear, beloved. 
£iebd)en ; «. sweet-heart. 
Stebe, /". love, 
^teblid), adj. lovely. 

£ieb, %. song. 

fiieberltd), adj. loose, disorderly. 

£ tec] en, v.n. ir. to lie, place. 

£tnbe, /. lime-tree 

Shnbent, v. a. to soften, to mitigate. 

£tuf, adj. left. 

SiSpeln, v. n. to lisp, to whisper. 

Stft,/. art, cunning. 

!^ob, ». praise. 

l*oben, v. a. to praise, 

Sccfen, v. a. to allure, 

Sofoe,/. sparks of fire> 



Soljn, m. pi. e & not mod. reward. 
£e3, w. lot; —, adj. loose* 
£6fd)en, v. a. to extinguish; -, v.n. 

to cease to burn. 
£ofe, adj loose, petulant, 
£6fen, w. a. to loose. 
2 owe, j». lion. 
Cuft, /. pi. mod. # c air. 
Shtftifl, ai/\ airy, aerial, 
ih'igen, v. n. ir. to say a lie. 
£uft, pi. mod. 3? e pleasure, delight. 
Shiftig, adj. gay, merry.. 



Sftadjeil, v. a. to make. 

®iad)t, /. pi. mod. & e might. 

2J£ad)tic|, arf;*. mighty.. 

-Diabrijeii, n. girl-.. 

!iDtabd)enl;aft, adj. maidenly. 

SJiacib, /. pi. mod. # e maid. 

3JJa()C, n. meal, repast. 

SJiandjer, C, l$,pron. many a. 

iWandjmal, adfl. sometimes. 

•banter, /. manner. 

•DJiantel, m. pi. mod. cloak. 

SWarfdj, »"*. march. 

9)la if d)tren, v. n. to march. 

Smarter, /. torment. 

Sftafj, n. measure. 

S)iaucr, /. wall. 

Sftaiirer, m. mason. 

Sftebaille, /. medal. 

SD^er, n. pi, e sea.. 

yjicl)!, n. meal. 

3ftt'()t, adj. and ««&>. more. 

-DJJeieri'of, m. farm. 

.Weile,/. mile. 

2fteinetb, m. false oath. 

SWeilieit, #. n. to intend, to mean. 

Sfteinuncj, /. meaning, opinion. 

Sfteift, adj. most. 

$le i ft e *;«,*».. master*. 



LXI 



Sftelben, v. a. to announce. 
Sftenge, /. multitude. 
Sftenfd), m. g. en man, person. 
37tenfd)licfr, adj. human. 
$Jlnhn, v. a. to mark, to perceive. 
STiefTe , /. mass. 
iUiefT en, v. a. z>. to measure. 
Sfteffer, m. measurer; —, %. knife. 
Sftefwer, m. sacristan, 
afttne, /. mine. 
•Stiffen/ v. n. to miss. 
Sftifjfallen, v. n. ir. to displease. 
2Jitptrauen, v. a. to distrust. 
£0tt't, prp. with, by, at, on. 
SWiteinanber, adv. together. 
SDtttleib, n. compassion. 
mittt, f. middle. 
Wlittel, n. means, remedy. 
SRittelpunft, m. centre. 
IDltttelS, pron. by means of. 
Smitten, adv. in the middst. 
SJiittlerWCile, adv. meanwhile. 
SOtbgltd), adj. possible. 
SJtonb, m. pi. not mod. moon. 
Sftotb, *». pi. not mod. murder. 
iUto fb en, v. n. to murder. 
SJlorgenb, adj. relating to to mor- 
row. 
ilRube, adj. weary. 
n)lul)e, /. trouble, pains. 
2Jliil)le, /. mill. 
2Jtul)fam, adj. troublesome. 
Sftnnb, m. mouth. 
SUiunbig, adj. of age. 
Sftih'be, adj. loose, brittle. 
SJttimn, v. n. to grumble, 
SJluf e, /. muse. 
3ftu§e, /. leisure. 
$Jlu$ic\, adj. idle. 
SJtufter, n. pattern. 
Sftutl), m. spirit, courage, 
Gutter, /. pi. mod. mother. 



%la&), prp. & adv. after^ 
9tad)abmen, v. a. to imitate. 
CHadjbar, m. gen. n neighbour. 
9lad)bem, adv. afterwards; --, conj. 

after, when. 
9tad)l)er, adv. afterwards. 
Utafyft, adj. next. 
^ad)t, /. pi. mod. 4- e night, 
■ttadft, adj. naked, 
yiatye, adj. nigh. 
•9taf)e, /. nearness. 
01 at) en, v. n. & r. to approach. 
Oialjem, *&. r. to ■approach. 
Otcibren, ». a. to nourish. 
Olaljrung, /. food. 
Otame, m. g. en3 name. 
St cint (id), adj. the same; -*> «<&>, 

namely. 
Olavr, m. g. en fool. 
Olafe, / nose. 
Otcriuf, f. nature. 
Olattirlid), adj. natural. 
Oleben, prp. beside, near. 
Olebenber, adv by the side. 
0leb(l, prp. together with. 
Oiebmen, v. a. 4r. to take. 
Oteib, m. envy. 
OZetgen, v. a. to incline. 
Olennen, v. a. ir. to name. 
Olefe, w. pi. e net. 
01e£en, w. a. to wet. 
OUultdj, «£$* newly, lately. 
01 ie, acfe. never. 

Olteber, adj. l° w > "/ fl< ^ t; * l° w > dowi»« 
Ottebttg, adj. low. 
Ottrgenb, nivgenbg, adv. nowhere. 
9ted)mal3, adv.. once more, 
motl), /. need. 
Oibtbig, adj. necessary. 
Olun, adv. &. con], now, at presemt, 
Oltir, adj.. only, but. 



LXII 



0?u^cn, tiuijen, ». n. to be of use>, 

--, v. a. to make use of. 
jKu^eu, m. use, utility, 
OJi'i&lid), adj, useful. 

£) ! int. o ! oh ! 

Ob, con] . whether, if. 

Dben, adv. above, ou high. 

£)ber, ad}, upper. 

Qbfd)0lt, con}, though. 

Dbfi, n. fruit. 

Debe, adj. desert. 

Dbem, see gltfyem. 

D^ev, «wj. or, 

JDfen, w. pi. mod. oven, stove. 

Dffen, ad], open. 

Offenbai', a^j. manifest. 

Deffneit, v. a. to open. 

DeftevS, adv. often. 

DfMnalS, adv. oftentimes. 

Dbttebieg, c()ttel)tn, <wfo. besides. 

£>fjtigefa(jv, see Ungefaljr. 

Dpfer, n. offering, sacrifice. 

Dpfern, v. a. to offer. 

Dvbeittlitt), ad], orderly. 

JDrbnen, v. a to order. 

Drbmntg, /. order. 

Dvt, m. place. (Qiti, Dertec) 

£>rtfd)aft, /. place, township. 

$aar, n. pair, couple. 

^aaren, v. a. to pair; ~, v. **. to 

couple. 
$acfen, v. a. to pack, to seize, 
$artet, /. party, 
^affert, v. n. to fit. 
$aufe, /. drum. 
$Peht, /. pain. 
9? ei til id), ad}, tormenting. 
*Pfab, m. pi. not mod. path. 



$fevb, n. pi. e horse, 
^flfattje, /. plant. 
fy$an\tn, v. a. to plant. 
^jlecjcn, v. a. to take care of; -, 

v. n. to be wont. 
Mm, /• duty. 
^fiug, m. plough. 
SjJforte, /. gate. 
$fui ! int. fy ! 
s 4>funb, ». pound, 
5^1 age, /. plague. 
H^lagen, v. a. to plague, to trouble 
*#[&%, ra. place, space. 
s $laubertt, v. n. to chatter. 
^(ot$ltd), ad] sudden, 
^oefte, /. poesy, poetry, 
^tfffe, /. jest, farce. 
$o fie it, m. post, station; 
s #rad)t, / splendour. 
Qkad)tig, ad}, splendid, 
^raffeln, v. n. to crackle. 
^>iebtgen, v. a. to preach, 
^}rei$, m. prize, price, 
^robirett, f>. a. to try. 
^u'tfeit, v. a. to try, examine. 
$ul3, m. pulse. 
^Suloet, n. powder, 
^ttnft, m. pi. not mod. point, 

£*♦ 

Ouafen, v. n. to croak. 

Dual, / pain. 

•Dudlen, v. n. to torment. 

O-uavtier, n. pi. e quarter. 

CiteUen, *>• ». e>. to spring, to gush. 

0ll er, m. cross; ~, adv. across. 



Sftabe, m. i-aven. 
Start) e,/. revenge. 
9lad)en, v. a, to revenge, 
0lab, n, wheeL 



Lxin 

Stolen, v. re. to project, to stick out. Steife, /• journey, 

Slanb, m, pi. er edge. Oteifen, v. re. to travel, 

Stappe, /• black horse. 9let§en, v. a. ir. to tear. 

Star, adj, rare. Steiter, re*, rider, horseman. 

y^afrfj, adj. quick. Steifl, re*, charm. 

Stafen, m, turf. ■ Steunen, v. re. ir. to run. 

Staffeln, v. re. to rattle. Steiten, «• a. to save. 

Slafi, /. rest. Otetter, m. saver. 

Stafteii, w. ». to rest. SKettuntj, /. safety. 

9latf>, m. counsel. Steue, /. repentance. 

9tatf)en,t;. a. ir. to guess, to counsel. Olcuen, v. re. mp. to repent. 

Siatib, m. prey. 9itd)ten, v. a. to direct, to put up 

Stauben, v. a. to prey, to rob. Ot!ci)tev, w. judge. [right. 

SUubeV, w. robber. Sttcljttg, adj. right, just. 

Stand), m. smoke. Sticbtung, /. direction. 

Stand) en, v. a. & re. to smoke. Stteget, m. rail, bar, bolt. 

Staum, m. room, space. Stint* e, /. rind, bark. 

Staufd), m. drunkeness. [rustle. Siingen, v. a. to ring, to wrest. 

Staufd) en, v. re. to make a noise, to StingS, adv. in a circle, around. 

Sted)nen, v. a. 8? re. to reckon. Stippe, /. rib. 

Sted)t, adj. right; --, re. right, Slitter, m. knight. 

Sted)tfertigeu, v. a. to justify. Stocf, m. coat. 

3ted)t3, oefo. to the right hand. Sto§, re. horse, courser. 

Stebe, /. speech, discourse. Stotl), adj. -red. 

Stebcn, v. a. & 7i. to speak, to talk. Stiicfen, v. re. to move. 

Stebltd), adj. honest. Stiitfen, m. back. 

Steget, /. rule. Sti'icffebr, /. return. 

Stegen, v. a. to stir, to move, Stiufftd)t, /. view, regard. 

Stegen, m. rain. Stilrffteg., m. way back. 

Stegiereu, v. a. to reign. Stuber, re. rudder. 

Stegnen, v. a. & re. to reign. Stubetn, v. re. to row. 

Steid), adj. rich; --, re. reign, kingdom Stuf, ra. call. 

Stetdje"* v. re. to extend to; -, v. a. Stuf en, v. re. & a. ir. to call. 

to reach. Stufye, /• rest. 

Stetdjtfyum, m. pi. mod. & er, riches Stuben, v. re. to rest. 

Stetf, adj. ripe, mature. St-uljtg, adj. quiet. 

Steigen see Sieifyen. * fftufim, m. renown, fame. 

Steifie, /. row. Stitbmen, t>. a. to glorify; r-, w. r. to 

Steifyen, v. a. to put in a row. Stuftmltd), adj. glorious. [boast. 

Steifyen, m» circular dance. Stiiljren, ». a. &re. to stir, to move. 

Stein, adj. clean, pure. Stunb, adj. round, around, 

SteiS, re, twig. Stufien, »♦ a. to prepare. 



LXIV 



§>aal, m. saloon. 

<&aat, f. seed. 

©acfce,/. thing. 

©aeii, v. a. to sow. 

@age, /. saying, tradition,. 

Sag en, v. a. to say, to tell. 

Same, to. g. n3, seed. 

@anuneln, v. a. to gather. 

•Sanft, adj. soft, gentle. 

(Sang see ©efang. 

©arg, to. coffin. 

@att, «^;. satisfied, satiate. 

©attel, to. pi. mod. saddle. 

©atteln, v. a. to saddle. 

@a{3, w. position. 

©augen, ». a. # w - &"• to suck. 

Saumen, v. a. S? n. to delay. 

©aufen, *. w. to bluster, to blow. 

©djabe, m. damage, 

©cbabel, to. skull. 

©djaben, v. n. to injure. 

©cfyabltd), adj. injurious. 

©d>af, n. pi. mod. Sp e, sheep. 

©d)dfer, to. shepherd. 

©cfyaffen, ». a. & to. to effect to con- 
trive, to create. 

©djall, to. pi. not mod. sound. 

©d) alien, ». w. to sound. 

©d)am /. shame. 

©d)amrotlj, adj. blushing. 

©cfyanbe, /- shame, ignominy. 

©cb&nblid), adj. shameful, infamous. 

©cfcar, /. troop, band. 

©cfyarf, adj. sharp. 

©djarven, v. a. $• n. to scrape, to 
scratch. 

©djatten, to. shade, shadow. 

©djalj, m. treasui'e. 

©rtjatjbat, adj. valuable, estimable. 

©cfyatjen, v. a. to value. 

©d)au, /. view, show. 



©djatter, to. shower, 
©djauerltcfy, adj. awful. 
©d,auin, to. foam, 
©djaumen, v. n. to foam. 
©djeiben, v. a. ir. to separate; --, 

to withdraw. 
©rf)ein, to. shiue, lustre. [pear, 
©djetnen, ». n. ir. to shine, to ap- 
©d)elt«n, »• a. 4- n. ir. to chide, 
©cfyenfen, v. a. to make a presen 
©djerj, to. jest, joke, 
©chervil, v. n. to jest. 
<&d)tu, adj. shy; --, /. shiness, av 

ersion. 
©d)euen, v. a. to shun, to be afraid 
©chrcfen, v. a. to send; --, <o. r. to 

dispatch, to be suitable*, 
©djicfltd), «<;'. suitable. 
©djie&CU, ». a. 4- a. ir. to shoot. 
©d)tff, w. pi. C. ship. 
©d)ilb, to. $p to. shield, 
©djtlbroacfye, /. seutiuel. 
©chintmev, to. glitter, 
©djintmern, v. n. to glitter. 
©d)irm, to. skreen, shelter. 
©d)t*rmen, v. a. to skreen, to pio- 
©d)(ad)t, /. battle. [tect. 

©deafen, v n. ir. to sleep, 
©dj lag en, v. a. Sp n. ir, to beat, to 
©d)lange, /. snake. [stril 

©d)lanf, ffldy. slender, 
©cftlatt, a<^'. sly. 
©d)(ed)t, ai/'. mean, base, bad. 
©djletcfyen, v. n. ir. to sneak, 
©djleier, to. veil. 
©d)lep:pen, «. a. Sp n. to drag. 
©cbleub'ern, v. a. to sling, 
©cftlicfrt, adj. plein. 
©d)lte§en, ». «. Sp n. ir. to shut, 
©djlinnn, adj. bad, ill. 

[ingen, v. a. Sp n. ir. to sling 

to intvvine. 



LXV 



Scfytef?, n. lock, castle, 
©djdirfojen, v. n. to sob. 
v&d)lit(fcn, v. n. & a. to swallow. 
'Scfytucfer, 7?i. wretch, 
©djliunmer, to. slumber, 
<Srf)!ummcvn, v. n. to slumber. 
©cbiiivfen, v. a . to sip. 
<Sd;mari), /. reproach. 
©d;mal, adj. narrow, small, 
©djmccfen, v. a. & n. to taste. 
©djmcidjeln, v. n. to flatter. 
@d)mcr$, to. g. e3, pain, ache. 
©cfymucfi to. ornament, 
©cfymiicfett, ■». a. to adorn. 



©diltee, to. snow 



©djuetben, v. a. &, tu to cut. 

@d)ne(l, adj. quick. 

©djnieben/fc&jiauben^.re.w-.topuSf. 

Sdnur, /. pi. mod. & e, lace. 

©d;nuuen, v. a. to lace, to cord. 

^cfrnuvren, v. n. to rattle, to hum. 

@d)on, adv. already. 

\Sd)6it, ai/. fine, beautiful. 

©djonfyeit, /. beauty. 

©tfjoojj, to. lap. 

©djoefjfiub, «. favourite child. 

©d)Opf, w. top, tuft 

©d)6pfen, ?>. o. to create, to draw. 

©djopfet, m. creator, 

©d)ranfe, /. bar, rail* 

©djtccf, w. terrour. 

©ctyrecfen, a. a. to frighten. 

©d)vei, to. cry. 

©djretbeii, tf. a. z>. to write. 

©d) vet en, "P. ^. # ». er. to cry, 

©djrift, /. writing. 

©djriftfteu'er, to. writer. 

©d)itd)tetn, adj. shy, timid. 

©djiidjternljeit,/. shiness, timidity. 

©djulb,/. guilt. 

©djufbig, «w# guilty. 

©djule,/* school, 



©djiilet, »t., ©cpUsitt/ /. scholar, 

pupil, 
©rfjurFe, to. knave, 
©cfyuqen, v. a, to tie, to tie up, 
©djitfii, to. shoot, shot, 
©djiitteln, v. a. to shake, 
©d)U&, to. defence, protection, 
©djiifcen, ». a. to protect, 
©djtoctdj, fli;. weak, 
©cbttnidje, /. weakness, 
©d) toad) en, v. a. to weaken. 
©djwanF, adj. slender, flexible. 
©d)U)anFen, v. n. to wave, 
©djroatj, adj. black. 
©djtueben, v. n. to hover, to be 

suspended. 
©d)U)eif, to. tail. 
©d)U>etfen, ». w, to ramble. 
©cfywetten, w. a, *r. to swell. 
©d)Wer, a#. heavy, difficult. 
©djtoerlii), «<*«• hardly, scarcely, 
©djroert, n. sword, 
©ctyroimmen, te ». ir. to swim. 
©cbwinbef, to. giddiness, 
©djroinben, v. n. to disappear, 
©djroingen, a. w. m\ to swing, 
©cbworen, v. a. $• n. ir, to swear, 
©djtmtr, to. oath. 
©ee, /. sea, --, to. lake, 
©eele, /. soul. 

©eg en, to. benediction, blessing, 
©egnen, v. a. to bless, 
©efyen, v. n. & a. eV. to see. 
©ebnen, ». ** to long, 
©ebnfud)*, /. longing. 
©el)t\ «<&>♦ very, much. 
©eit,jPrp. 4" C01l i' since, 
©ettbem, adv. S? conj. since. 
©Cite, /. side, page, 
©eitfyer, adv. since that time, 
©efbet, pron. the same, 
©cfbft/ pron. self; ~, adv. even* 



LXVI 



<2>eltg, adj. happy, blessed. 

©elten, adj. rare. 

©eltfam, adj. singular. 

©efcen, t>. a. to set. 

©eufycn, •*>. ». # a. to sigh. 

<2>tct)er, «tfj sure. 

©tci;t, /. sight. 

©icfytbar, «£/. visible. 

©idjtbarliclj, a<$> visible. 

©icg, m. victory. 

©iegen, «>. ?i. to conquer. 

©tetye! tft£« see ! lo! 

©ilbe, f. syllable. 

©inn, m. sense, mind. 

©innen, v. n. ir. to think. 

©ttte, /. custom. 

<5iii\&m,adj. well behaved, modest 

©ifc, «n. seat. 

©ifcen, v. n. ir. to sit. 

©c, at?fl. & wwj. so, thus ; if, so as. 

©obanit, adv. then. 

©cfevn, con], so far, in case. 

<Sefott, adv immediately. 

©ogav, adv. even. 

©egfeirt), a<?v. immediately. 

©dbat, tn. soldier. 

©omit, adv. therefore. 

©onbeibar, adj. strange. 

©onbem, *>. a. to separate, -, cowj.but 

©oujl, adv. else, otherwise. 

©OVge, /• care. 

©cigen, v. n. & a. to take care. 

©pvgfatt, /. care, carefulness. 

©orgfeS, adj. without care, careless 

©pannen, v. a. to stretch. 

©pat, adj. & adv. late. 

©pajteven, v. n. to walk leisurely. 

©peien, v. n. & a. ir. to spit. 

©peife, /. food. 

©peifen, v. n. to eat. 

©penbe, / distribution. 

Spiegel, w. mirror, looking-glass. 



©piegeln, v. r. to reflect one's 
image from a mirror. 

Spiel, n. play. 

©pielen,v. a- Sin. to play, to game. 

©pieljeug, to. play-things. 

©ptlfbef, /. spindle. 

©pinnen, v. n. & a. ir. to spin, 

©pinnrpcfen, m. distaff. 

©pitje, /• point. 

©porn, m. pi. not mod. spur. 

©pott, m. mockery. 

©pottcn, v. ii. & a. to mock. 

©ptarfye, /. speech, language. 

©precfyen, v. a. & ». jr. to speak. 

©pringen,». *.*>. to spring, to leap 

©printer, m springer. 

©pro IF en, v. n. to sprout. 

©pritd), m. saying. 

©pri'tfjen, v to. to emit sparks. 

©piling, m. leap. 

©pur, /. track. 

©tacit, m. pi. en, state. 

©tab, m. staff. 

©tabt,/. pi. mod. & e, town, city. 

©tamm, m stem. 

©tammeln, v. a. &to. to stammer. 

©tanb, m. stand, state, station. 

©tarf, adj. strong, stout. 

©tarfe, /. strength. 

©tarr, adj. stiff. 

©tavren, v. to. to stare. 

©tatt, /. place, stead; -, pron. in- 
stead of. 

©taul), m. dust. 

©tautien, v. n. to be astonished. 

©tecfeen, v. a. & to. ir. to prick, to 
pierce. 

©tedf en, v. to. a. to stick. 

©teg, m. path. 

©tel)en, ». to. ir. to stand. 

©tcf)ten, v. a. ir. to steal. 

©teigen, v. n. ir. to step. 



LSVII 



Stent, to. stone. 

Steffe, /. place. 

Steven, v. a. to pat, to place. 

SteHting, /. position. 

Stevben, v. n. ir. to die. 

(St evil, «. star. 

Stet£, <z<2w. continually. 

Stieben, -u. rc. z>. to fly quickly; --, 

v a. to start. 
Stiff, adj. still, calm. 
Sttffe, /. stillness. 
(Stiffen, v. a . to still. 
(Stimme, /. voice. 
Stimmen, «. n. to sound. 
Stol^, adj. proud; --, to. pride. 
(Stolen, v a . ir. to thrust, to push. 
Strafe, /. punishment. 
Strafen, «. a. to punish. 
(Stval)(, m. pi. en, beam, ray. 
Strafyfen, «. a. & to. to radiate. 
Stranb, m. strand, shore. 
Strajise, /. road, street. 
Strand), to. bush, shrub. 
Streben, «. to. to strive, to struggle 
Streifen, v. a. to stretch. 
(Stretch, to. stroke, blow. 
Streifften, v. to. ir. to rush. 
Streiten, v. n. ir. to fight. 
Strenfte, adj. severe; -, / severity 
Strom, m. stream, current. 
Strom en, '». to. to stream. 
Stnbe, /. room, chamber. 
Sti'tcf, n. pi. e, piece. 
Stufe, f. step, degree. 
Snibf, to. chair, stool. 
Stumm, adj. dumb, mute. 
Stitnbe, /. hour. 
Sturm, to. storm. 
Sti'irmen, «. n. to storm. 
Stiiqen, v. to, to fall suddenly; to 

rush; -, «. a. to precipitate. 
Slid) en, v. a, to seek, to search. 



Snrbt, /. distemper, desire. 
SubltCv, adj. south. 
Siinbe, /. sin. 
Siinbtgen, v. to. to sin. 
Siijj, adj. sweet. 
Styfbe see Sitbe. 

S'abef, to. blemish. 

Xabeln, v. a. to blame. 

£afef, /. table. 

Sag, to. day. 

£acjen, v. imp. to dawn. 

£rtnb, to. trifle. 

£dnbelet, /. trifling. 

£apfer, adj brave. 

Satje, /. paw, claw. 

S'aufen, «. a. to baptize. 

£augcn, «. to. to be of use. 

Saufdjen, v. to. to exchange. 

%.?[&), to. pond. 

£enfe(, to. devil. 

Xfyal, to. dale, valley* 

XI) ai, /. deed. 

£f)dttg, adj. active. 

£fjanen, v. imp. to thaw. 

^fjeif, m part. 

%l)tiUn, v. a , to divide. 

STjeuev, adj. dear. 

£f)cv, to. pi not mod. & e, gate; •-, 

£l)i*dne, /. tear. [to. gen. en fool. 

£f)un, (o. a. & to. to do. 

£f)uve, /. door. 

Sfynvm, to, tower, steeple. 

£ief, <3K?7". deep. 

Stefe, /. depth. 

%i$tx, m. tiger. 

£ila,en, v. a. to destroy, 

£iffb, m. table. 

£ob, m. death. 

£obt, ad; dead. 

$6bten, #. a. to kill. 



lxviii 



Xoti fin. tone, sound. 

$6nen, v. a. & n. to sound, 

Xvah, m. trot. 

Xtahen, v. n. to trot. 

J&acfaten, v. n. fy a. to strife after. 

£ragen, v. a. <$• «. *>. to bear, to 

carry. 
J&anf, m. drink. 
Strap/ see £vab. 
£rauen, ». n. to trust. 
Scaucr, /. mourning. 
£raumi, ». ft. to mourn. 
Jttaum, m. dream. 
£taut, adj. intimate, dear. 
JSreffetl, tf. a. ir. to hit, to meet. 
Jfcretbcn, «. a. ir. to drive, to urge, 
itteitnen, v. n. to separate, 
itreten, v. ft. 8? a. ir. to tread, to 

step. 
Suit, adj. true, faithful. 
Steue, /. faithfulness, fidelity. 
%xe\xlQ$, adj. faithless. 
Jtriumpf), m. triumph. 
Jtriumpfttven, v. n. to triumph. 
JtvodEen, ai;. dry. 

StOpten, v.n. Sp a. to drop; -, w. drop. 
£rofl, w. consolation. 
JtcoflCJl/ * a. to console, 
itrofc, m. haughtiness, spite. 
Xvhbt, adj. obscure. 
Srubfal,/. affliction, 
itt'itg, w. deceit. 
£rugen, v. w. ir. to deceive. 
Stunfett, «$. drunk, intoxicated. 
JttUpp, m. troop, band. 
Jttuppen, pi., troops. 
Xucb, ». cloth. 
^UCfytig, adj. able, stout. 
$ugenb, /. virtue. 
J£itgeitb6a,fi, adj. virtuous. 
Sunuueln, v. a. to manage;-, v.r.to 
Styvann, m. g. CO, tyrant. [hurry. 



It. 

Uebef, adj. evil, ill. 

Ueben, v. <s. to exercise. 

Ueber, prp. over; -, ad». on,, upon, 
beyond. 

UcbcraK, adv. every where, all over 

ileberbltcf, m. survey. 

Itebevblicfen, v. a. te overlook. 

Uebeiein, adv. in harmony, — f onl- 
ine it, to agree. 

UebevfaM, m. surprise, invasion. 

llebeifubren, v. a. to convy over, 
to convict. 

Uebei'baupt, adj. in general. 

Ueberlegen, to consider; -, adj. su- 

Uebevmctj}, n. excess. [perior. 

XUbtxn\i)xqcn, adv. after to-morrow 

Uebertuutf), m. haughtiness, arrog- 
ance. 

Uebevfetjeu, v. n. to leap over;. 
--, v. a. to translate. 

Uebeqeugen, v. a. to convince, to 
convict. 

Ucbrig, adj. remaining. 

lifer, ft. bank, shore. 

lH)r, /. clock, watch. 

Um, prp. around, about, for.. 

Umavmen, v. a. to embrace. 

tlmfaffen, v. a. to embrace. 

Umgang, m. going rouud, conver- 
sation. 

Hmgcben, v. a. ir. to surround. 

It m gel) en, v. n. ir. to go round; -, 
v. a. to avoid. 

llttlljcr, adv. around, about* 

Umfonfl, adv. in vain. 

Umftanb, in. circumstance. 

tttifaU, m. mischance. 

Ungefdfyt, adj. accidental, casual. 

Ungebeuer, adj. huge, enormous; 
--, n. monster. 

tlnfe, /. frog, snake. 



LSIX 

Uttfojteu, pi., expeuces. SSerbutC^Itd)/ adj. vexatious. 

Unldngft, adv. not long ago. 93evef)ren, v. a. to revere. 

Umnenfd), m. barbarian. SSetfanlen, ». n. to rot. 

Unten, adv. below, beneath. 33evgeffen, ». a. ir. to forget. 

VLixhx, prp. under, beneath, below, 93 evg( eict)/ m. comparison. 

among; — , adj. inferior, lower. 3$ergteid)en, «. a. ir. to compare. 

Untevbvecfyen, v a. ir. to interrupt. 33s?rgnugen, n. pleasure, delight. 

Xtntevbeffen, adv. in the mean time SSevgonnen, v. a. to grant. 

Untergang, m. decline, fall. 33eil)alten, v. a. ir. to hold; -, v. r. 

Untergetjen, v, n. ir. to go down, to to be in a certaiu state, to con- 
perish, duct cue's self; -, n conduct. 

Untedaffen, v. a. ir. to cease from. SSerljatinijj, a. pi. e, relation. 

llnterfdjeiben, v. a. # n. ir. to dis- 93evf)dngen, v. a. to cover by hang- 
tinguish. ing. 

Untedfjan, adj. & m. g. en, subject. SSeifyetfiien, v. a. ir. to promise. 

Unienvegg, adv. by the way, on the 93ert)evv(id)en ; ». n. to glorify. 
way. 93erl)inberu, v. a. to hinder. 

Urittt, ocZg. extremely old. S3ed)uteu, *>. a. to prevent. 

33erjagen, v. a. to chase away. 
SQ. 93eifaufen, v. a. to sell,. 

Seifcfyen, n. violet. SBeiHdit, adj. glorified. 

SSevabveben**?. a. to concert, to agree SSedangen, **, a. to long for, tode* 
upon. sire; --, n. desire. 

Skra&fcfyeuen, v. a. to abhor. 93ev(a.fTcn A v. a. ir. to leaver --, v.r. 

2kvad)ten, v. a. to despise. to rely upon. 

33ei*dni>ern, v. a. to change. Skrieugnen, v. a. to deny. 

SSet&anb, m. bandage, connexion. SS^rlefcen, v. a. to violate, 

-23evbergeit, v. a. ir. to conceal. 93edieben, v. r. to be enamoured. 

93ei*beugen, v. r. to bow. SSedtebt, aa J- enamoured. 

SSerbmben, v. a. ir. to unite, to join. SSerlieren, •». a. ir. to loose. 

93evbtnbung, /. connexion, union. SSevlcben, v. a. to betrothe. 

SSetbot, n. pi. e, prohibition. SSerm^fren, adj rash, temerarious. 

SSerbvedjen, n. crime. SSevmiffen, v. a. to miss. 

Skrbtennen, v. a. 8? n. ir. to burn, JBermiitelft, adv. by means of. 

SBerbadjt, m. suspicion. Sevmoge, adv. by virtue of. 

SSevbanfen, v. a. to owe. 33ermogen,». a. & n. ir. to be able;, 

SJevbecben, v. a. ir. to spoil, to cor- --, n. ability, property. 

rupt. 33etmut(;en, v. a. to suppose, to 

Q3erbtenen, v. a. to deserve. presume, 

33erbienft, m. reward; -, n. merit. SSevnefymen, v. a. ir. to perceive.. 

93erbcppeln, ■». a. to dcuble. SSernefymltdj, adj. perceptible, di-- 

SDevbVtepen, ?, imv. ir. to displease. stinct. 



J,XX 



93etntdjten, ». a. to annihilate. 
23ernunft, /. reason. 
93crrtnncn, v. n. to flow away. 
$erriegetn, #♦ a. to bolt. 
S3 Ctf ag eil, v. a. 8? n. to refuse. 
SSerfcfyaffen, v. a. to procure. 

33crfd'jfiefjcit, v. a. *v. to lock. 
93erfdjlmgcn, v. a. ir. to twine, to 

swallow up. 
SScrfcfymaljcn, 9, a. to disdain. 
SSctfdjOlten, v. a. to spare. 
SBevfujonern, v. a. to embellish. 
SBetfdjtoeigen, v. a. ir. to bury in 

silence, to be silent of. 
23erfdjtt>enbeu, ». a. to squander. 
33erfd)nnuben, v. n. ir. to disappear 
SierftnFcn, v. n. ir. to sink. 
33erforgCU, v. a. to provide with. 

cvfiimmeit, t. a. to put out of tune. 
SScvfrcrbett, adj. deceased. 
Sktftvetcfyen, *• n. ir. to pass away. 
Skrfucfyen, v. a. to attempt. 
SSertfyeibigen, v. a. to defend. 
93ertrauen, v. n. to trust; -, v. a. to 

entrust; -, n. confidence. 
vSertraulid)/ adj confidential. 
SSernKtnbeln, v. a. to change. 
9>ennegen/ adj. audacious.. 
SSertveigern, v. a. to deny. 
S3ertt)eilen, v. n. to abide, to tarry. 
SBerroelfen, v. n. to wither. 

SSernnttftet, adj. widowed. 

SBertounben, v. a. to wound. 
SSerwunbertt, v. r. to wonder. 
SBetjefjreit, v » a. to consume. 
33er$eiJjen, v. a. ir. to pardon. 
SBeqetren, v. a. to distort. 

*Berjltg, m. delay. 
Skqttmfettt, v. n. to despair. 
SBiefy, n. brute, cattle. 
St ft, adj. & adt>. much. 
$8tettetd)t, adv. perhaps 



SBiehual, Diefmaf3,fl</0.many times 

33egcl, m. bird, fowl. 

93olf, n. people. 

ffielf, *#. full. 

SMlbvingen,©. a. ir. to accomplish 

SSollcnben, v. a. to end, to finish. 

23c((eiib3, adv. quite, entirely. 

Q3b((ig, adj. full, entire. 

SMlfommeu, ai;. perfect. 

S3 en, pr/?. of, from, by. 

33onu6t(jen, adj. necessary. 

93cr, prp. 8? adv. before, for, from. 

SSoran, adv. before. 

33evan<3, adv. before, foremost. 

SScvbei, adv. by. passing, past. 

33ovbent, adv. formerly. 

33iH'bei*/ adj. anterior, fore. 

ffloifaK, m. occurrence. 

SSorftang, m. curtain. 

95ov()CV/ adv. before. 

93erftin see ucrl;cr. 

SScvig, adj. former, last. 

93or(teb see §itvUeO. 

SSovpcjten, m. outpost. 

SBcrfafe/ m. purpose. [foresee. 

33erfefyen ; v. r. ir. to take care, to 

SSmfehmtg, /. providence. 

33orftd)t, /. caution. 

5Bortl)etl, m. advantage. 

95c ruber, adv. by, past, over. 

SSortoCMlb, m, pretence. 

93ovn?art3, adv, forward, forwards 

SSiH'^ug, m. preference. 

m. 

28arfje, /. guard, watch. 

®arf)en, v.n. to wake. 

33 a a) f am, adj. watchful. 

S3adjt see ?&a&)e. 

SSacf er, adj. vigorous, gallant, good 

SBagen, m. wagon. 

SBagen, v. a. to venture. 



LXXI 



SBttTjf, /. choice. 

9Baf)!en, v. a. to choose. 

SBaljn, m. opinion, conceit. 

5Ba.l)r, adj., true. 

SBafyrbafttg, adj. true; ., adv. truly. 

2£al)Kl)zit, f. truth. 

58a()rltd), adv. verily. 

SBalD; m. wood, forest. 

58 tlft, m. rampart. 

SBaffen, ». w. to wander. 

SBattfaljvten, v. re. to go on a pil- 
grimage. 

58anbel, m. conduct. 

28a lib evil/ v. n. to wander. 

SBrtlin, conj & aii>. when, 

SBatm, adj. warm. 

SBarme, f. warmth. 

SBavten, «. re. to wait. 

58a nun, «<&;, why. 

SB&jfet, n. water. 

SJafftta, v. n. to water. 

58-cbcll/ *. a. to weave. 

58ed)fetn/ w. a. & w. to exchange. 

SBecfen, #. a. to wake. 

£8e$, oi». away, gone. 

2Be^/ m. way, path. 

SBcgen, pr/?. on account of. 

58 el)! 58tbe! int. wo! woe! 

58cI)Cti/ ». n. to blow. 

SBetjmutf), /. sadness, melancholy. 

58ef) v eu, »• «• to check. 

58rib, n. woman, wife. 

SBricfyen, v. n. ir. to give way, to 
yield. 

58do,ern, v. a. to refuse 

5Brif/ conj. because, while. 

SM&tfi while. 

58eilen, ». a. to tarry. 

58etncn, v. a. & n. to weep. [ner. 

£9t lift adj. wise; --, / mode, man- 

SBetfen, ir a. w\ to point out, to 
show. 



58et0/ adj. white. 

53etffagen, v. a. to prophesy, 

58ett, adj. distant, far. 

38e£ttmtj% adj. prolix, diffuse. 

58e((e, /. wave. 

58 lit, f. world. 

58cnben, v. a. ir. to turn. 

58entg, adj. & adv. little. 

58imtgjktt(3, adv. at least. 

SB C 1111, conj. when, if. 

58evben, v. n. ir. to become, to 
grow, to get. 

58evfett, 9. a. ir. to throw, to cast. 

58ei'F/ n, pi. e, work, deed. 

58ertf), adj. worth, valuable. 

5Befen, n. being. 

SBette, /. bet. 

SBettcn, v. a. & n. to wager, to bet. 

58vttlauf, m. race, run. 

5BM)ttfl, adj. weighty. 

fS&kct,prp. against, contrary to. 

5Btbevfa()reil, v-. n. it. to happen. 

SBibevlecjen, v a. to refute. 

58:berfej3en, v. r. to resist. 

QBibcifyrcdien, v. n. ir. to contra- 
dict, [vote. 

58'bmcn, v. a to dedicate, to de- 

SBibrio,, adj. contrary; 

58ie, adv. how; — , conj. as,, like, 

SBlefer, adv. again, anew. 

5Btebev0o(en, v. a. to repeat. 

2£iebetfcl)ien, v. n. to return. 

58 ten, en, v. a. to rock. 

58iefe, /. meadow. 

38;! v, adj. wild. 

58i lb l)tit, f. wildness. 

58. Ke, m. will, purpose. 

58; (If cm men, adj. & &£ welcome. 

SBtnben, v. a. ir. to wind, to twist 

58iuf, on. wink. 

58tnfcn, v. n. & a. to wink. 

SGlrM, m. whirl. 



LXXII 



SBivfen, v. n. to operate; ~, v. a. to 

effect. 
SBfrfftdj, adj. real. 
SBirflicfcfeit, f. reality. 
SBirfimg,/. effect. 
2Bii't(), m economist, host. 
2Bittl)fd)aften, v. n. to manage. 
3B fdjen, v. a. to wipe. 
SBttTen, v. a. Sf n. ir. to know. 
^Bittern, v. a. to scent, to smell. 
SBittwe, /. widow. 
23;'$, m. wit, 
2Bo, adj. where, somewhere; -, conj 

if, in case. 
SSobet, adv. whereby. 
3Bobiit'd), adv. whereby. 
aBofern, conj. if. 
QBof iir, adv. for what. 
aBoqe,/. billow, wave. 

SBoljev, adv. whence. 

2Bof)in, adv. whither. 

9Boh(, adv. well; --, n. welfare. 

2B of) I an, int. well! 

SBoOlig see wefjf. 

2Bol)l()abenb, a<Z/. opulent, wealthy, 

SBotnten, v. n. to dwell, to live. 

2Bjol)MUt3# /• dwelling. 

UBolfe, /. cloud. 

aBolle,/. wool. 

SB omit/ adv. wherewith. 

Sonne,/, delight, joy. 

SB o van, adv. whereat, whereon. 

SBorauf/ adv. whereon. 

2Bovau3, adv. wherefrom. 

SBorin adv. wherein. 

SBcrt, n. word. 

SBott&vfidjtn, adj faithless* 

aBocuber, adv. whereupon. 

SBiOVUntei' , adv. whereat, under 
which. 

aBcfelbjr, adv. where. 

SBoypit/ adv. whereof. 



SBooot, ado. before. 

SBe$lt, adv. whereat, for what. 

aButfld, m. growth. 

SBmifre, /. wound. 

3Bmrt>et, n. wonder. 

aBnnbevbav, adj. wonderful 

SBunbcnt, v. u. to be astonished. 

2B.tnbeifam, adj. wonderful. 

SBunfdj, m. wish. 

2Binifd)Cn, v. a. to wish. 

2Biivbig, adj worthy. 

SB it if, in. cast, throw. 

aButl), /. rage, fury. 

2Butf)fn, v. n. to rage. 

SSfltfjig, adj. mad. 

,3^Cii, v. n. to be in fear, to 

delay. 
3 at) I, /. number. 
3 atom, adj. tame. 
3a()U, m. tooth. 
3art, adj. tender, soft, fine. 
3vU't(td), adj. tender. 
3attbcr, m. enchantment. 
3>*itberit, v. n. & a. to enchant. 
3 a am, m. bridle. 
3 - , I) ten, ■»>. n. to consume. 
3eicben, m. sign. 
3eigcn, v . a. to show. 
3ctt, /. time. 
3eitf)ev, adv. hitherto. 
Sevbtedjen, v. a. % n. ir. to break. 
3erfleifd)en, v. a. to lacerate. 
3erljaiten, *>. a. to cut in pieces. 
3evvaiifen, v. a. to pull out hairs. 
3evfd)lagen, v. a. ir. to beat hi 

pieces. 
3erfd)mef$eH/». a. 8?n. ir. to melt. 
3evfpvengen, v. a. to rend. 
3erfloren, v. a. to destroy. 
3erfierung, /. destruction. 



LXXIII 



3eug, m. 4- n„ pi. t t stuff. 

3eiige, m. witness. 

3 dig en, v. a. to generate; -, r>, n. to 
witness. 

3ettgnifii, ». witness, testimonial. 

3 i el; en, *• a - *P« t0 draw, to march. 

3 i el/ to. limit, aim. 

3ielen, v. n. to aim. 

3 i em I id), adj. moderate; — t adv. to- 
lerably. 

3 i e vb e , /. ornament. 

3ierl(C^/ adj. elegant. 

dimmer, n. room, chamber. 

3if$en, i?. ri. & a. to hiss. 

3tttern, v. %. to tremble* 

3opf/ *»• weft of hair, tail. 

3u, j9rora. to, at, in, on. 

3ubringen, v. a. ir. to bring to; bit 
3eit, --, pass time. 

3uifen, v. n. to stir. 

3ubem, adv. besides. 

3uetft, adv. first, at first. 

3ufaH/ 7n " accident. 

3uf rieb en, adj. contented. 

3ufriereit, v. n. ir. to freeze up. 

3ug/ m. procession, train, lineament 

3ugang, m. access. 

3uganglitfj, adj. accessible. 

3ugegen, adj. present. 

3ugel, m. rein, bridle. 

3ugefteljen, v. a. ir. to concede. 

3ugetljau, adj. attached. 



3ugfetcfy, adv. at the same time. 

3uflUift, /. future time. 

3tllc£t, adv. last, at last. 

3111)101, adv. especially. 

3uuber, m. tinder. 

3unft, /. company, guild. 

3unge, f, tongue. 

3lU"Uif, adv. back, backwards. 

3uvucfgaBe, /. restitution. 

3'tnufgebeii, «. a. ir, to give back 

3utucffommen, v. n. ir. to come 
back. 

3uiiuffuuft, /. return. 

3ufage,, /. promise. 

3ufageu, ». a. to pi-omise. 

3ufamnien, adv. together. 

3ufh>J3en, v> n. ir. to befall. 

3utvauen, v. a. to confide; -, n. . 
confidence. 

3uttevftd)t, /. confidence. 

3utt)eiten, adv. sometimes. 

3uWtber, prp. contrary to. 

3tt?ang, m. constraint. 

3tt>ai:, conj. certainly, indeed. 

3iuert, m. aim. 

3uieifel, m. doubt. 

3iodfe(ii / v. n. to doubt. 

3uH'tg, m. branch, t ■'■ ig. 

3nnngen, v. a. ir. to force, to con- 
strain. 

3wtfdjeii, prp. between. 

3.Wtfi, \m. dissensioni 



a., active. 
adj., adjective. 
adv., adverb. 
conj., conj nation. 
f., feminine. 
g., genitive singular 
imp., impersonal. 
int., interjection. 
ir., irregular. 



^abbreviations. 

vi., masculine. 

mod. the vowel modified. 

n., neuter. 

p?., plural. 

pron., pronoun. 

prp., preposition. 

r., reflective. 

v., verb. 



EXAMPLES 

OF 

ETYftXOLOaiCAL ANALYSIS. 

(See pag 9, No, 3.) 
This ought to be imitated in all the scholar reads. 

No. 83, 4. ©ebrait t, usage — braudjen, to use (No. 45, 1.) 

8. £anbe, No. 113. 

No. 84, 2. (Slmler, disciple — (Seville, school. 

No. 85, 5. Slufeben, the regard— a life tytn, to look at. (No. 87, 2.) 

No. 8G, 2. weqdu'eu or ^e()ren, to consume. In some cases prefixes 
have lost their power. 

4. uetliereir, to loose — leer, empty. 

5. Derbetbeir, to corrupt — beib, hard, solid. 

No. 87, 1. ©liirffeligfeit, felicity— ©luct, luck ; fefta, blessed; Seelc, 
soid. 

2. erlenrijten, enlighten — leitrijten, to light. 

4. anffallenb, surprizing — anf, up'»n ; fallen, to fall. 
No. 105, 2. foit/td), precious, costly — foften, to cost. (No. 15, 2.) 

4. yerfaulett, to get putrid — fauf, putrid (also lazy). 

5. ©elbflyerleuguug, selfdenial — lengnen, to deny, 
erhaben, lofty — ertjeb-en, to elevate— beben, to lift (heave) 
©eroobnbett, custom — ^ewoijlienj to accustom— tt>el)n en, to 
dwell 

No. 10G, 1. niigetuilbig, impatient — ©eb nib, patience — bulb en, to suffer. 

Snfiiefrenbeit, satisfaction— jnfrieb en, satisfied— ber $rtebe, 

peace. 
No. 107. 1. i>eibrennen, to destroy by burning— brennen, to burn. 

3. Slbgiunb, abyss— ab, off— ©runb, ground. 
S3efc()eit»enbeit, modesty — befdieiben, modest. 
33efd)eib, share — fdjeiben, to separate. 

6. 3nfal(, accident — ju, to; fallen, to fall. 

,, ent" changes sometimes into „ emp " before f, as in ems 

pfefjlen (feljlen, to fail) to recommend. 
No. 108, 1. ©el)eimnt§, secret — gef)etnt, adj. secret— b, eim, home. 
No. 110. 4. begretfen, to conceive — greifen, to gripe, grasp. 

2)eutlidjfett, distinctness — beuten, to point out. 

(Words ending in „ hit" are feminine.) 

©elauftgfeit, fluency — (attfen, to run. 

Errata, p. 28. 1. 9. read admits for requires. 
p. 47. 1. 14. " tack for tag. 

P. 71.1. 3. " stands nearest the end of the sentence. 
p. 99. 1. 16. " tit febr eft for gilt felju »ie(. 

p. 223. 1. 21. add the active is used after ,, taffea." 




M